Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.
This document contains no pages.
2024-04-16 CC Agenda PacketAGENDA
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
REGULAR MEETING
TUESDAY, APRIL 16, 2024
4:00 PM CLOSED SESSION
6:00 PM OPEN SESSION
CITY COUNCIL CHAMBER
350 MAIN STREET, EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245
Drew Boyles, Mayor
Chris Pimentel, Mayor Pro Tern
Carol Pirsztuk, Council Member
Lance Giroux, Council Member
Ryan W. Baldino, Council Member
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
Matthew Robinson, City Treasurer
Executive Team
Darrell George, City Manager Mark Hensley, City Attorney
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager Paul Chung, Chief Financial Officer
Jaime Bermudez, Police Chief George Avery, Fire Chief
Michael Allen, Community Development Dir. Rebecca Redyk, HR Director
Jose Calderon, IT Director Elias Sassoon, Public Works Dir.
Aly Mancini, Recreation, Parks & Library Dir.
MISSION STATEMENT:
"Provide a great place to live, work, and visit."
VISION STATEMENT:
"Be a global innovation leader where big ideas take off
while maintaining our unique small-town character."
1
Pagel of 441
The City Council, with certain statutory exceptions, can only act upon properly posted
and listed agenda items. Any writings or documents given to a majority of City Council
regarding any matter on this agenda that the City received after issuing the agenda
packet are available for public inspection in the City Clerk's Office during normal
business hours. Such documents may also be posted on the City's website at
www.elsegundo.org and additional copies will be available at the City Council meeting.
Unless otherwise noted in the agenda, the public can only comment on City -related
business that is within the jurisdiction of the City Council and/or items listed on the
agenda during the Public Communications portions of the Meeting. Additionally,
members of the public can comment on any Public Hearing item on the agenda during
the Public Hearing portion of such item. The time limit for comments is five (5) minutes
per person.
Those wishing to address the City Council are requested to complete and submit to the
City Clerk a "Speaker Card" located at the Council Chamber entrance. You are not
required to provide personal information in order to speak, except to the extent
necessary for the City Clerk to call upon you, properly record your name in meeting
minutes and to provide contact information for later staff follow-up, if appropriate.
When a Council Member duly requires AB 2449 teleconferencing to attend the City
Council meeting the public will also be able to access the meeting and provide public
comment via Zoom. To access Zoom from a PC, Mac, iPad, iPhone, or Android device,
use URL https://zoom.us/m/ 81951332052 and enter PIN: 903629 or visit www.zoom.us
on device of choice, click on "Join a Meeting" and enter meeting ID: 81951332052 and
PIN: 903629. If joining by phone, dial 1-669-900-9128 and enter meeting ID and PIN. To
reiterate, attending a City Council meeting by Zoom will only be used when AB 2449 is
used.
NOTE: Your phone number is captured by the Zoom software and is subject to the
Public Records Act, dial *67 BEFORE dialing in to remain
anonymous. Members of the public will be placed in a "listen only" mode and your video
feed will not be shared with City Council or members of the public.
REASONABLE ACCOMMODATIONS: In compliance with the Americans with
Disabilities Act and Government Code Section 54953(g), the City Council has
adopted a reasonable accommodation policy to swiftly resolve accommodation
requests. The policy can also be found on the City's website at
https.11www.else_qundo.or_g4governmentldepartmentslcitV-clerk. Please contact
the City Clerk's Office at (310) 524-2308 to make an accommodation request or to
obtain a copy of the policy.
2
Page 2 of 441
4:00 PM CLOSED SESSION — CALL TO ORDER / ROLL CALL
PUBLIC COMMUNICATION — (RELATED TO CITY BUSINESS ONLY — 5-MINUTE
LIMIT PER PERSON, 30-MINUTE LIMIT TOTAL) Individuals who have received value
of $50 or more to communicate to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees
speaking on behalf of their employer, must so identify themselves prior to addressing
City Council. Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and punishable by a fine of $250.
While all comments are welcome, the Brown Act does not allow City Council to take
action on any item not on the agenda. City Council and/or City Manager will respond to
comments after Public Communications is closed.
SPECIAL ORDERS OF BUSINESS
RECESS INTO CLOSED SESSION: City Council may move into a closed session
pursuant to applicable law, including the Brown Act (Government Code Section
§54960, et seq.) for purposes of conferring with City's Real Property Negotiator; and/or
conferring with City Attorney on potential and/or existing litigation; and/or discussing
matters covered under Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel); and/or
conferring with City's Labor Negotiators.
CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — EXISTING LITIGATION (GOV'T CODE
§54956.9(D)(1): -1- MATTER(S)
1. Orr-Ryals v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles Superior Court Case.
CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — ANTICIPATED LITIGATION
CONFERENCE WITH CITY'S LABOR NEGOTIATOR (GOV'T CODE §54957.6): -2-
MATTER(S)
1. Employee Organizations: Fire Fighters' Association (FFA) and City Employee
Association (CEA).
Representative: City Manager, Darrell George, Human Resources Director,
Rebecca Redyk, Laura Drottz Kalty and Alex Volberding
6:00 PM — CONVENE OPEN SESSION — CALL TO ORDER / ROLL CALL
INVOCATION — Rabbi Dovid Lisbon, Community Jewish Center
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE — Council Member Giroux
SPECIAL PRESENTATIONS
1. El Segundo Big 5 PTA Run 4 Education Day Proclamation
2. 2024 Los Angeles Marathoner Alexandria Taylor
3. El Segundo Youth Cheer, Quest National Championship
PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (RELATED TO CITY BUSINESS ONLY — 5 MINUTE
3
Page 3 of 441
LIMIT PER PERSON, 30 MINUTE LIMIT TOTAL) Individuals who have received value
of $50 or more to communicate to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees
speaking on behalf of their employer, must so identify themselves prior to addressing
the City Council. Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and punishable by a fine of
$250. While all comments are welcome, the Brown Act does not allow Council to take
action on any item not on the agenda. The Council will respond to comments after
Public Communications is closed.
CITY MANAGER FOLLOW-UP COMMENTS — (Related to Public Communications)
A. PROCEDURAL MOTIONS
Read All Ordinances and Resolutions on the Agenda by Title Only
Recommendation -
Approval
B. CONSENT
4. City Council Meetina Minutes
Recommendation -
1. Approve regular City Council minutes of March 19, 2024.
2. Alternatively, take other action related to this item.
5. Warrant Demand Register for March 4, 2024 through March 31, 2024
Recommendation -
Ratify payroll and employee benefit checks; checks released early due to
contracts or agreements; emergency disbursements and/or adjustments;
and, wire transfers.
2. Approve Warrant Demand Register numbers 1713, 18A, 18B and 19A:
warrant numbers 3049628 through 3050024, and 9003111 through
9003130.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
6. Waive Bidding Requirements and Authorize the Purchase of Two Portable
Emergency Generators by Cooperative Agreement
Recommendation -
Approve the waiver of competitive bidding requirements pursuant to El
Segundo Municipal Code § 1-7-9(C) and authorize the City Manager
to execute the purchase of two new portable emergency generators by
cooperative purchase agreement.
0
Page 4 of 441
2. Appropriate $179,000 from Sewer Enterprise Fund to account #502-
400-4301-6206.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
7. Amendment to Contract with DownStream Services, Inc. for On -Call Pump
Station Repair Services
Recommendation -
Authorize the City Manager to execute a third amendment to the contract
with DownStream Services, Inc. for an additional $200,000 for on -call
pump station repair services.
2. Alternately, discuss and take other action related to this item.
8. Construction Contract with Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company for the
Center Street Storm Drain Imarovements Proiect
Recommendation -
Authorize the City Manager to execute a standard public works
construction contract with Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company for
$172,959 for the award of the Center Street Storm Drain Improvements
Project and authorize an additional $17,296 contingency for potential
unforeseen conditions and waive its bid irregularity as immaterial
pursuant to Section 14.2 of the bid specifications.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
9. Professional Services Agreement With Clifton LarsonAllen to Audit the
City's Financial Statements and Perform Other Financial Audits for the
Three Fiscal Years Ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the Option
of Two Subseauent Fiscal Years
Recommendation -
Receive and file information regarding selecting Clifton LarsonAllen to
audit the City's financial statements and to perform other financial audits
for the three fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the
option of two subsequent fiscal years, pursuant to a Request for
Proposals for professional audit services for the City of El Segundo.
2. Authorize the City Manager to sign the professional services agreement
for auditing services with Clifton LarsonAllen. The agreement is for three
years for a total of $213,915 with an option to renew the agreement for
another two years for a total of $155,104.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
5
Page 5 of 441
10. Resolution to Adopt the FY 2024-25 Pavement Rehabilitation Project (PW
24-08) Funded by Senate Bill 1
Recommendation -
1. Adopt the attached resolution identifying the street rehabilitation project
to be funded utilizing Senate Bill 1, "Road Repair and Accountability Act"
funds for FY 2024-25.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
11. Notice of Completion for Pavement Rehabilitation Project along El
Segundo Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street Project No. PW
22-01
Recommendation -
1. Accept the Pavement Rehabilitation Project No. PW 22-01 by DASH
Construction Company, Inc.
2. Authorize and direct the City Clerk to file the attached Notice of
Completion with the County Recorder's Office.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
12. Notice of Completion for the George Brett Field Restroom Improvements
Proiect (PW 23-10)
Recommendation -
1. Accept the George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project No. PW
23-10 by GEM Construction, Inc.
2. Authorize and direct the City Clerk to file the attached Notice of
Completion with the County Recorder's Office.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
13. Waive Bidding Requirements and Authorize the Purchase of a New Ford
Transit Cargo Van
Recommendation -
1. Waive bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1-
7- 9(A) and authorize the City Manager to enter into an agreement, in a
form approved by the City Attorney, directly with an auto dealership for
the purchase of one new Ford Transit cargo van for the Media Division
within the City Manager's Office.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
0
Page 6 of 441
14. Agreement with Sharp Business Systems to Provide Copier Equipment,
Supplies, Maintenance, and Support
Recommendation -
1. Authorize the City Manager to execute a four-year agreement with Sharp
Business Systems to provide copier equipment, supplies, maintenance,
and support for $6,665.06 a month, totaling $319,922.88 over the four-
year term.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
15. Waive Bidding Requirements to Purchase Fire Command Vehicle
Recommendation -
Waive formal bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal
Code § 1-7- 9(A) to purchase a Fire Command Vehicle and authorize the
City Manager to sign agreements, in a form approved by the City
Attorney, with National Fleet and 911 Vehicle.
2. Authorize the release of $204,030.54 from account 001-252-0000-1252
(Developer Impact Fee) and authorize budget appropriation of
$204,030.54 to account number 001-400-3202-8105 (Automotive).
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
C. PUBLIC HEARINGS
16. Resolution for Addendum to Previously Certified General Plan
Environmental Impact Report and Ordinance for General Plan
Amendment, Zone Change, and Zone Text Amendment for the
Implementation of Housing Element Program No. 6 (Provision of Adequate
Sites) and Program No. 9 (El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments), to
Increase the Allowable Density and Adopt New Objective Development
Standards in the R3 Zone and Housing Element Sites Inventory Sites
Recommendation -
Adopt a resolution adopting an addendum (Environmental Assessment
No. EA 1344) to the Certified Environmental Impact Report for the
previously certified General Plan for General Plan Amendment No. GPA
23-01, Zone Change No. ZC 23-01, and Zone Text Amendment No. 2301
pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15162 as the proposed modifications
would not trigger the conditions therein that would result in any new
significant impacts or a substantial increase in the severity of previously
identified significant impacts.
2. Waive the first reading and introduce an ordinance adopting Zone
Change No. ZC 23-01 and Zone Text Amendment No. 23-01.
7
Page 7 of 441
3. Schedule a second reading of the ordinance for the May 7, 2024 regular
City Council meeting or as thereafter feasible.
4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
17. Amendment to the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan for Vesting
Tentative Tract MaD No. 83236
Recommendation -
1. Open the public hearing and solicit public testimony.
2. Waive first reading and introduce an Ordinance amending El Segundo
South Campus Specific Plan for permitted uses, setback requirements,
and parking requirements; and find that the proposed amendments are
exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA
Guidelines § 15162 because the previously environmental impact report
for the Specific Plan, certified on December 15, 2015, contemplated
development of the project site and none of the proposed minor
amendments would trigger conditions set forth in § 15162 necessitating
the preparation of a subsequent or supplemental environmental impact
have occurred.
3. Schedule second reading of the Ordinance for the May 7, 2024 regular
City Council meeting or as soon thereafter feasible.
4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
18. Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in Ell Segundo
Municipal Code Chapter 15-15
Recommendation -
1. Open the public hearing and solicit public testimony.
2. Waive first reading and introduce an Ordinance amending the minimum
required distance between driveway curb cuts on the same property in El
Segundo Municipal Code Section 15-15-5(N) and find that the proposed
amendments are exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act
pursuant to CEQA Guidelines §15061(b)(3) because they do not approve
any particular development project, they consist only of minor revisions to
existing zoning regulations and related procedures, and they do not have
the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment.
3. Schedule the Ordinance's second reading for the May 7, 2024 regular
City Council meeting or as soon thereafter feasible.
4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
Page 8 of 441
D. STAFF PRESENTATIONS
19. Results of 2024 Resident and Business Survey Regarding Satisfaction
with City Services
Recommendation -
1. Receive and file the results of the 2024 resident and business survey.
2. Alternatively, discuss other action related to this item.
20. Ordinance Adopting the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code with Certain
Appendices and Amendments and Resolution Making Supporting
Findings
Recommendation -
1. Read by title only, waive further reading, and introduce the proposed
Ordinance.
2. Set a public hearing and second reading of the Ordinance for May 7,
2024 or as soon thereafter feasible.
3. Adopt a resolution making certain findings to support local amendments
to the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code.
4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
E. COMMITTEES, COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS PRESENTATIONS
21. Aquatics Subcommittee Update
Recommendation -
1. Receive and file the Aquatics Subcommittee update.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
F. REPORTS - CITY CLERK
G. REPORTS - CITY TREASURER
H. REPORTS - COUNCIL MEMBERS
COUNCIL MEMBER BALDINO
COUNCIL MEMBER GIROUX
COUNCIL MEMBER PIRSZTUK
MAYOR PRO TEM PIMENTEL
0
Page 9 of 441
MAYOR BOYLES
I. REPORTS - CITY ATTORNEY
J. REPORTS/FOLLOW-UP - CITY MANAGER
CLOSED SESSION
The City Council may move into a closed session pursuant to applicable law, including
the Brown Act (Government Code Section §54960, et seq.) for the purposes of
conferring with the City's Real Property Negotiator; and/or conferring with the City
Attorney on potential and/or existing litigation; and/or discussing matters covered under
Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel), and/or conferring with the City's Labor
Negotiators.
REPORT OF ACTION TAKEN IN CLOSED SESSION (if required)
MEMORIALS
ADJOURNMENT
POSTED:
DATE: April 11, 2024
TIME: 12:00 PM
BY: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
10
Page 10 of 441
rortamatt"On
Citp of (fY *egunbo, (California
WHEREAS, The El Segundo Big 5 PTA Run 4 Education was established 32 years ago to create a healthy
and fun day for the community to come together to support public education; and
WHEREAS, The Big 5 PTA Run 4 Education, is hosted by the El Segundo Council of PTA's, benefitting
students attending all public schools in the district. The Run 4 Education has developed
into the Council of PTA's largest fundraiser, welcoming over 1,500 participants from the
community and surrounding areas to the streets of El Segundo to run, jog or walk the USA
Track and Field certified 5k or 10k course, or Kids Fun Runs through our town; and
WHEREAS, The funds raised from this event are used to support a wide range of student's needs
including technology requests, physical education equipment, departmental supplies, and
college and career preparation programs, providing for unique student experiences, as well as
supporting district parent education programs; and
WHEREAS, Community support is of the utmost importance with this event, relying on the El Segundo
Police Department, City of El Segundo, parents from all our schools, high school student
volunteers, local businesses, and community members; and
WHEREAS, Community partners play a critical role in the success of this event. We are fortunate to have
Big 5 Sporting Goods as the Title Sponsor of the Run, along with presenting sponsors,
Chevron and LAWA (Los Angeles World Airports), as well as the support of many local
businesses who sponsor or participate in the event's Run Expo and "Show your Shirt and
Save" promotion; and
WHEREAS, The goal of the El Segundo Council PTA is to positively impact the lives of children and
families, serving its members and its community by providing opportunities and experiences to
make El Segundo School District the best it can be.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Mayor and Members of the City Council of the City of El Segundo, California, here-
by proclaim April 27, 2024 as "El Segundo Big 5 PTA Run 4 Education Day" in El Segundo and encourage
all citizens to take part in the 32nd Run.
Chris Pimentel
Mayor Pro Tem
Lance Giroux
Councilmember
Drew Boyles
Mayor
Carol Pirsztuk
Councilmember
Ryan Baldino
Councilmember
Page 11 of 441
MEETING MINUTES OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL
TUESDAY, MARCH 19, 2024
CLOSED SESSION — Mayor Boyles called to order at 4:00 PM.
ROLL CALL
Mayor Boyles -
Present
Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel -
Present
Council Member Pirsztuk -
Present (4:05 PM)
Council Member Giroux -
Present
Council Member Baldino -
Present
PUBLIC COMMUNICATION — (Related to City Business Only — 5-minute limit per
person, 30-minute limit total)
SPECIAL ORDER OF BUSINESS:
Mayor Boyles announced that Council would be meeting in closed session pursuant to
the items listed on the agenda.
CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — Existing Litigation (Gov't Code
§54956.9(d)(1): -8- Matter(s)
1. Hendrix v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles Superior Court Case No.
22TRCVO1161.
2. Tony De la Rambelje (Retired Police Officer) v. City of El Segundo, Workers
Compensation Appeals Board, Claim No. 23-172175.
3. Scott Martinez (Retired City Fire Fighter) v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles
Superior Court Case No. 21 ST CV10637.
4. James Tulette (Retired City Fire Fighter) v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles
Superior Court, Case No. 205T, CV44025.
5. Shawn Bonfield Retired (City Fire Department Battalion Chief) v. City of El
Segundo, Los Angeles Superior Court Case no. 20ST CV48677.
6. Rebecca Smith (Former Non -Sworn Police Department Employee) v. City of El
Segundo - Binding Arbitration Personnel Case.
7. Amy McDaniels (Non -Sworn Police Department Employee) v. City of El Segundo
- Binding Arbitration Personnel Case.
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
MARCH 19, 2024
PAGE 1
Page 12 of 441
8. Brent Beardmore (City Police Officer) v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles
Superior Court Case No. 22STCV25047.
CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL —ANTICIPATED LITIGATION
Threats to Significant exposure/- to litigation pursuant to (Government Code
§54956.9(d)(2) or (d)(3)): -1- matter(s).
1. Government Tort Claim by Keith Puckett
INITIATION OF LITIGATION PURSUANT TO (Government Code (Government Code
§54956.9(d)(4)): -1- matter(s)
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT (Gov't Code § 54957) -2- Matter(s)
1. City Manager and City Attorney
Performance Review
CONFERENCE WITH CITY'S LABOR NEGOTIATOR (GOV'T CODE §54957.6): -3-
MATTER(S)
1. Employee Organizations: Fire Fighters' Association (FFA), Classified Employee
Association (CEA) and Management Confidential (unrepresented).
Representatives: City Manager, Darrell George, Human Resources Director, Rebecca
Redyk, and Laura Drottz Kalty
Adjourned at 5:55 PM
OPEN SESSION — Mayor Boyles called to order at 6.02 PM
ROLL CALL
Mayor Boyles -
Present
Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel -
Present
Council Member Pirsztuk -
Present
Council Member Giroux -
Present
Council Member Baldino -
Present
INVOCATION — Pastor Rob McKenna, The Bridge Church
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE — Council Member Pirsztuk
SPECIAL PRESENTATIONS:
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
MARCH 19, 2024
PAGE 2
Page 13 of 441
1. Tracey Miller-Zarneke, Environmental Committee Chair and Council presented
commendations to the City's 31 Certified Green Businesses.
2. Proclamation read by Council Member Pirsztuk, proclaiming April 2024 as
"Sexual Assault Awareness Month" and April 24, 2024 as "Denim Day."
3. Darrell George, City Manager and Council recognized Jaime Bermudez, Police
Chief on his retirement.
PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (Related to City Business Only — 5-minute limit per
person, 30-minute limit total) None
CITY MANAGER FOLLOW-UP COMMENTS:
• Darrell George gave an update on the Hyperion Water Reclamation Plant
A. Read all Ordinances and Resolutions on the Agenda by Title Only.
MOTION by Council Member Giroux, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk to read
all ordinances and resolutions on the agenda by title only. MOTION PASSED BY A
UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
B. CONSENT:
4. Approve Regular City Council meeting minutes of March 5, 2024.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
5. Approve warrants demand register for February 12, 2024 through March 3, 2024
and approve warrant demand register numbers 16A, 16B and 17A: warrant
numbers 3049123 through 3049395 through 3049627, and 9003105 through
9003110. Ratify Payroll and employee benefit Checks; Checks released early
due to contracts or agreement; Emergency disbursements and/or adjustments;
and, Wire transfers.
(Fiscal Impact: $4,635,152.83 ($1,989,625.49 in check warrants and
$2,645,527.34 in wire warrants))
6. Receive and file the General Plan Implementation and Housing Element annual
progress reports.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
7. Authorize the City Manager to execute standard Public Works Construction
Contract No. 6889 with Cornerstone Construction Group, Inc. in the amount of
$129,752 for the Library Wall Repairs and Waterproofing Project and authorize
an additional $15,248 as contingency funds for potential unforeseen conditions.
(Fiscal Impact: $145,000 included in the FY 2023-24 budget)
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
MARCH 19, 2024
PAGE 3
Page 14 of 441
8. Waive formal bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1-
7- 9(A) to purchase Self -Contained Breathing Apparatuses and authorize the City
Manager to sign required documentation and Agreement No. 6895 with All Star
Fire Equipment, Inc. to facilitate the purchase and authorize the release $91,390
from account 001-252-0000-1252 (Developer Impact Fee) and authorize budget
appropriation of $91,390 to account 001-400-3202-6259 (Breathing Apparatus).
(Fiscal Impact: $374,000 ($282,610 included in the FY 2023-24 budget and
$91,390 in additional appropriation)).
9. Adopt Resolution No. 5469 terminating the local emergency proclaimed due to
severe weather events in February 2024 pursuant to Government Code § 8630.
(Fiscal Impact: None)
MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk,
approving Consent items 4 (as amended), 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. MOTION PASSED BY A
UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
PULLED ITEMS:
C. PUBLIC HEARING: (Items 10 and 11 switched order)
11. Resolution to Amend Preferential Parking Zone 3 to Add Washington Street from
Mariposa Avenue to Holly Avenue
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Mayor Boyles stated this was the time and place conduct a public hearing regarding
amending preferential Parking Zone 3 to add Washington Street from Mariposa Avenue
to Holly Avenue.
Clerk Weaver stated that proper notice had been given in a timely manner and that
written communication had been received.
Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director gave a presentation.
Public Input:
Cheryl Smith, Jason Taback, Jim DeCordova, Pat Curry, Ken Wogomon, John
Anderson, Cathy Mai, Jim Woods, Mike Mai, Christian Bravo, Joyce Harris, Christine
Collette, Chris King, Danny Firestone, Voula Dixon, Kim Harris, Bill McCaverty, Leslie
Kehrer, Heather Putnam, Steve Voboril, and Brett Ryan all in favor of parking permits
for Zone 3, including Kansas Street.
MOTION by Council Member Pirsztuk, SECONDED by Council Member Baldino to
close the public hearing. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
Council discussion
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
MARCH 19, 2024
PAGE 4
Page 15 of 441
Mark Hensley, City Attorney read by title only:
RESOLUTION NO. 5471
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO,
CALIFORNIA DESIGNATING PREFERENTIAL PARKING ZONE NO. 3
MOTION by Council Member Pirsztuk, SECONDED by Council Member Girox adopting
Resolution No. 5471. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
MOTION by Council Member Pirsztuk, SECONDED by Council Member Giroux
directing staff to provide 4 hour parking on the corners of Holly/Kansas Park and 24
hour parking on Both east and west curb lines along Kansas Street, from Holly Avenue
to Mariposa Avenue, and both east and west curb lines along Washington Street, from
Mariposa Avenue to Holly Avenue. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
10. Public Hearing to Consider Amending the City's CDBG Program for Fiscal Year
2023-24, Reject All Bids Received for CDBG Project No. PW 23-07, and Instead
Fund the ADA-Compliant Curb Ramp Installation Project
(Fiscal Impact: $399,998)
Mayor Boyles stated this was the time and place conduct a public hearing regarding
amending the City's CDBG Program for Fiscal Year 2023-24, Reject All Bids Received
for CDBG Project No. PW 23-07, and Instead Fund the ADA-Compliant Curb Ramp
Installation Project.
Clerk Weaver stated that proper notice had been given in a timely manner and that no
written communication had been received.
Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director reported on the item.
Public Input: None
MOTION by Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk to
close the public hearing. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
Council discussion
MOTION by Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk
rejecting all bids for construction of the CDBG Library Park ADA-Compliant Pathway
Improvements Project No. PW 23-07/CDBG Project No. 602603-2. MOTION PASSED
BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
Mark Hensley, City Attorney read by title only:
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
MARCH 19, 2024
PAGE 5
Page 16 of 441
RESOLUTION NO. 5470
A RESOLUTION AMENDING THE EL SEGUNDO COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
BLOCK GRANT FY 2023-24 PROGRAM TO CANCEL PROJECT NUMBER 602603-23
AND REAPROPRIATE $199,998 IN PROGRAM FUNDS FOR AN ALTERNATIVE
PROGRAM TO INSTALL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT -COMPLIANT CURB
IV11J199
MOTION by Council Member Giroux, SECONDED by Mayor Pro Tem Pimentel
adopting Resolution No. 5470. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel
authorizing the City Manager to execute all contracts, in a form approved by the City
Attorney, with the Los Angeles County Development Authority to effectuate the FY
2023-24 CDBG Program, the ADA compliant curb ramp installation project. MOTION
PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
E. COMMITTEES, COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS: (Moved forward on agenda)
15. Environmental Committee Work Plan
(Fiscal Impact: There will be direct and indirect fiscal impact on the City's General
Fund, including staff time and possibly funds for additional community engagement
activities. These costs were included in the FY 2023-24 operating budget. If there
are greater financial needs, staff will return to City Council for separate budget
appropriation requests)
Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director introduced the item.
Tracey Miller-Zarneke, Environmental Committee Chair gave a presentation.
Council Discussion
MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk
approving the Environmental Work Plan. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE.
5/0
MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel
directing staff to work with the Environmental Committee to implement the approved
work plan and related activities. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
D. STAFF PRESENTATIONS:
12. Presentation of the Long -Range Financial Forecast Model Update
(Fiscal Impact: None)
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
MARCH 19, 2024
PAGE 6
Page 17 of 441
Paul Chung, Chief Operating Officer and Jim Morris of Urban Futures, Inc. (UFI) gave a
presentation.
Council discussion
Council consensus to receive and file the update.
Recessed at 8.16 PM
Reconvened at 8:24 PM
13. Proposition A Local Return Funds Exchange with City of Commerce
(Fiscal Impact: The following budget appropriations are required to account for the
funding exchange: appropriate $740,992 to account 112-400-5297-5204 (Prop A
Operating Supplies), for payment to City of Commerce, set revenue budget for
$555,744 to account 001-300-0000-3909 (Misc. Revenues), for the collection of
revenue from City of Commerce, set transfer out budget for $555,744 to account
001-400-0000-9601 (Transfer Out), to account for monies being transferred out of
General Fund, and set transfer in budget for $555,744 to account 601-300-0000-
0001 (Transfer In), to account for monies being transferred into Equipment
Replacement Fund)
Paul Chung, Chief Operating Officer gave a presentation.
Council discussion
Mark Hensley, City Attorney read by title only:
RESOLUTION NO. 5472
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO,
CALIFORNIA, APPROVING A FUND TRADE AGREEMENT FOR THE EXCHANGE
OF PROPOSITION A LOCAL RETURN FUNDS WITH THE CITY OF COMMERCE
PURSUANT TO SECTION II(B)(2) OF THE LOS ANGELES METROPOLITAN
TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY LOCAL RETURN PROGRAM FUNDS GUIDELINE.
MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk
adopting Resolution No. 5472. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Council Member Giroux
approving and authorizing the City Manager to execute the Fund Trade Agreement No.
6890 between the City of El Segundo and the City of Commerce to assign $740,992 of
its Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Prop A Local Return funding authority to Commerce, in
exchange for $555,744 from the City of Commerce's general fund, appropriate
$740,992 to account 112-400-5297-5204 (Prop A Operating Supplies), set revenue
budget for $555,744 to account 001-300-0000-3909 (Misc. Revenues), set Transfer Out
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
MARCH 19, 2024
PAGE 7
Page 18 of 441
budget for $555,744 to account 001-400-0000-9601 (Transfer Out -General Fund), and
set Transfer In budget for $555,744 to account 601-300-0000-0001 (Transfer In -
Equipment Replacement Fund). MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
Mayor Boyles and Council Member Pirsztuk left the dais due to conflict of interest.
14. Discussion of Draft Downtown Outdoor Dining Program Guidelines
(Fiscal Impact: None)
Michael Allen, Community Development Director gave a presentation
Council discussion
Under Eligibility Council requested to strike "signed petition by 100% of adjacent
property owners/business owners located within 100' on the same side of the street"
and requested staff to explore other options.
MOTION by Council Member Pirsztuk, SECONDED by Council Member Giroux
directing staff related to the draft Downtown Outdoor Dining Program Guidelines.
MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
Mayor Boyles and Council Member Pirsztuk returned to the dais.
E. COMMITTEES, COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS: (Item moved forward)
F. REPORTS — CITY CLERK — Asked for a vote on Consent.
G. REPORTS — CITY TREASURER — Not present
H. REPORTS — COUNCIL MEMBERS
Council Member Baldino — Attended Richmond Street School's "Civic
Responsibility" presentations, spoke to the Boy Scouts regarding civic
involvement, invited residents to attend Assemblymember Al Muratsuchi's Town
Hall meeting at the Joslyn Center on Saturday at 10:00 AM and congratulated
Alexandra Tayor on her LA Marathon finish, Ms. Taylor finished 1st in her age
group, 2nd overall in the Women's Division and finished under 3 hours.
Council Member Giroux — Continuing in the spirit of Champions, mentioned the
El Segundo Youth Cheer group won the National Championship in Orlando and
the ESHS Color Guard won a National Championship as well.
Council Member Pirsztuk — Mentioned the Kelly's School of Dance will have a
dancer competing in Glasgow, Ireland, mentioned it's large item pick up week
with EDCO and invited everyone to the Egg Hunt at the Rec Park on March 30t"
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
MARCH 19, 2024
PAGE 8
Page 19 of 441
Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel — Attended the Transportation Committee meeting and
will have more to report at the next meeting regarding the 710 Project and
Sanitation will be meeting next week.
Mayor Boyles — Invited everyone to the Good Friday Breakfast on Friday, March
29t" at the Zimmerman Automobile Driving Museum.
16. Discussion of Incentives to Support Start -Up Businesses in El Segund0
Mayor Boyles reported on the item.
Council Discussion
MOTION by Council Member Boyles, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk
directing staff to direct staff to develop an incentive program to support start-up
businesses in El Segundo. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0
REPORTS — CITY ATTORNEY — No report
J. REPORTS/FOLLOW-UP —CITY MANAGER — No report
MEMORIAL — None
Adjourned at 9.11 PM
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
MARCH 19, 2024
PAGE 9
Page 20 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F �' t 1\ 1) 0Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.5
TITLE:
Warrant Demand Register for March 4, 2024 through March 31, 2024
RECOMMENDATION:
Ratify payroll and employee benefit checks; checks released early due to
contracts or agreements; emergency disbursements and/or adjustments; and,
wire transfers.
2. Approve Warrant Demand Register numbers 17B, 18A, 18B and 19A: warrant
numbers 3049628 through 3050024, and 9003111 through 9003130.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The warrants presented were drawn in payment of demands included within the FY
2023-2024 Adopted Budget. The total of $7,415,528.56 ($3,291,304.36 in check
warrants and $4,124,224.20 in wire warrants) are for demands drawn on the FY 2023-
2024 Budget.
:1_T61201:tell] Z 113
California Government Code Section 37208 provides General Law cities flexibility in
how budgeted warrants, demands, and payroll are audited and ratified by their
legislative body. Pursuant to Section 37208 of the California Government Code,
warrants drawn in payments of demands are certified by the City's Chief Financial
Officer and City Manager as conforming to the authorized expenditures set forth in the
City Council adopted budget need not be audited by the City Council prior to payment,
but may be presented to the City Council at the first meeting after delivery.
In government finance, a warrant is a written order to pay that instructs a federal, state,
county, or city government treasurer to pay the warrant holder on demand or after a
specific date. Such warrants look like checks and clear through the banking system like
Page 21 of 441
Warrant Demand Register
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 2
checks. Warrants are issued for payroll to individual employees, accounts payable to
vendors, to local governments, and to companies or individual taxpayers receiving a
refund.
DISCUSSION:
The attached Warrants Listing delineates the warrants that have been paid for the
period identified above. The Chief Financial Officer certifies that the listed warrants
were drawn in payment of demands conforming to the adopted budget and that these
demands are being presented to the City Council at its first meeting after the delivery of
the warrants.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability
Objective 5B: El Segundo approaches its work in a financially strategic and responsible
way.
PREPARED BY:
Liz Lydic, Management Analyst
REVIEWED BY:
Wei Cao, CPA, CPFO, Finance Manager
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Register 17b - summary
2. Register 18a - summary
3. Register 18b - summary
4. Register 19a - summary
Page 22 of 441
3D4962B - 3049730
9003111 - 9003115
001
GENERALFUND
38D,171.67
D03
EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND -OTHER
-
104
TRAFFIC SAFETY FUND
-
106
STATE GAS TAX FUND
-
103
ASSOCIATED RECREATION ACTIVITIES FUND
-
7W
ASSETFORFEITUREFUND
6.924.41
110
MFASURE'R'
-
111
COW. DEVEL. BLOCK GRANT
-
112
PROP'A'TRANSPORTATION
4.888.55
114
PROP'C-TRANSPORTATION
-
115
AIR QUALITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM
-
I la
HOME SOUND INSTALLATION FUND
-
117
HYPERION MITIGATION FUND
-
Ila
TDA ARTICLE 3- SS 921 BIKEWAY FUND
-
119
MIA GRANT
-
121
FEMA
120
C.O.P.S. FUND
900.00
122
L A W.A. FUND
-
123
PSAF PROPERTY TAX PUBLIC SAFETY
2,097.65
124
FE DERALGRANTS
-
125
STATE GRANT
1.795.90
126
AIP CUPA PROGRAM OVERSIGHT SURCHARGE
373.44
127
MEAURE"M'
-
126
SB-1
129
CERTIFIEDACCESS SPECIALIST PROGRAM
348.00
130
AFFORDABLE HOUSING
-
131
COUNTY STORM WATER PROGRAM
-
132
MEASURE"B"
-
301
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT FUND
23,971.77
302
INFRASTRUCTURE REPLACEMENT FUND
-
311
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- GENERAL GOVERNME
-
312
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - LAW ENFORCEMENT
98600
313
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - FIRE PROTECTION
431.00
314
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - STORM DRAINAGE
-
315
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- WATER DISTRIBUTI
-
316
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- WASTEWATER COLLE
-
317
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES,LIBRARY1.233,00
318
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PUBLIC MEETING
-
319
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -AQUATICS CENTER
320
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - PARKLAND
1,662.00
405
FACILITIES MAINTENANCE
-
501
WA TER UTILITYFUND
1856.93
502
WASTEWATER FUND
159.095.93
503
GOLF COURSE FUND
-
504
SENIOR HOUSING CITY ATTORNEY
78,00
505
SOLID WASTE FUND
-
601
EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT
596,853.82
W2
LMBILITYINSURANCE
-
W3
WORKERS COMP. RESERVE/INSURANCE
51.72
701
RETIRED EMP. INSURANCE
-
702
EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND -DEVELOPER FEES
4,848.99
704
EXPENDABLETRUST FUND -OTHER
1644.58
7.
OUTSIDE SERVICES TRUST
346.50
TOTAL WARRANTS 1,190,560.06
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
Information an actual expendllures is available in the Chief Financial Officer's ofce in the
City of El Segundo.
I certdv as to the accuracy of the Demands and the availability of fund for payment thereof
For Approval: Regular checks held for CM council authorization to release.
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
WARRANTS TOTALS BY FUND
DATE OF APPROVAL: AS OF 31IS124 REGISTER 617b
CODES: NOTES:
R = Computer generated checks for all nomemergency/urgency payments for matefials, supplies and
services in support of CiN Operations
For Ratification:
A = Payroll and EmploVee Benefit checks
B - F = Computer generated Early Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City
Manager. Such as'. payments for utility services, petty cash and employee travel expense
rembursements, various refunds, contract employee services consistent with current contractual
agreements, instances where prompt payment discounts can be obtained or late paymentpenalties /`/��J1]//1yy1/
can be avoided Early
when a situation arises that the dju Manager approves.
H = Handwritten Eary Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City Manager
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CITY MANAGER
DATE: � DATE:
Page 23 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
WARRANTS TOTALS BYDEPARTMENT
A8DF3/19/24
REG|STER#17b
OEPT#
NAME TOTAL
GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURES
GENERAL GOVERNMENT
1101
City Council
1.104.35
1201
City Treasurer
11.801.35
1300
City Clerk
1.274.05
2101
City Manager
15.54325
2102
Communications
5.998.09
3103
BSegundo Media
840.23
2201
City Attorney
68.358.50
2401
Economic Development
2.836.45
2402
Planning
808.00
2406
Human and Health Services
1.152.55
2500
Administrative Services
38.790.37
2601
Government Buildings
27.502,32
2900
Nondopadmenbo|
48.839.04
6100
Library
2,323.77
228,201.92
PUBLIC SAFETY
3100
Police
43,981.57
3200
Fire
35.980.27
2403
Building Safety
2404
Ping/Bldg SMyAdministration
385.23
80,347.07
PUBLIC WORKS
4101 Engineering
4200 Streets 4,189.6
4300 VVoobmwoter 108.00
4601 Equipment Maintenance 11.832.17
4801 Administration 176.92
16,106.75
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
5100.5200 Recreation &Parks 22.19671
5400 Centennial
22,196.71
EXPENDITURES
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT
ALL OTHER ACCOUNTS 843.07.61
Page 24 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
PAYMENTS BY WIRE TRANSFER
03/04/24 THROUGH 03/10/24
Date Payee
Description
3/4/2024 IRS
284,345.46
Federal 941 Deposit
3/4/2024 Employment Development
5,044.57
State SDI payment
3/4/2024 Employment Development
67,274.95
State PIT Withholding
3/5/2024 Cal Pers
2,250.00
GASB 68 Reporting Sevices Fee
3/6/2024 Cal Pers
52,742.62
EFT Retirement Safety Police Classic - 1st Tier 28
3/6/2024 Cal Pers
62,555.32
EFT Retirement Misc - PEPRA New 26013
3/6/2024 Cal Pers
54,367.51
EFT Retirement Safety Fire- Classic 30168
3/6/2024 Cal Pers
38,769.57
EFT Retirement Safety-Police-PEPRA New 25021
3/6/2024 Cal Pers
35,558.91
EFT Retirement Misc - Classic 27
3/6/2024 Cal Pers
20,092.03
EFT Retirement Safety-Fire-PEPRA New 25020
3/6/2024 Cal Pers
13,228.57
EFT Retirement Sfty Police Classic-2nd Tier 30169
3/8/2024 Cal Pers
674,951.37
EFT Health Insurance Payment
02/26/24-03/03/24 Workers Comp Activity
50,964.79
SCRMA checks issued/(voided)
02/26/24-03/03/24 Liability Trust - Claims
-
Claim checks issued/(voided)
02/26/24-03/03/24 Retiree Health Insurance
-
Health Reimbursment checks issued
1,362,145.67
DATE OF RATIFICATION: 03/11/24
TOTAL PAYMENTS BY WIRE:
1,362,145.67
Certified as to the accuracy of the wire transfers by:
Treasury & Customer Services Manager Date
/��rit / 3 /1 I / Z-
Chief Financial Officer Date
., 3- a -2 V
City Manager Date
Information on actual expenditures is available in the City Treasurer's Office of the City of El Segundo.
PACity Treasurer\Wire Transfers\Wire Transfers 07-01-23 to 6-30-24 3/11/2024 1/1
Page 25 of 441
3049731 - 3049841
g003116 - 9003120
001
GENERALFUND
091,666.10
003
EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND -OTHER
16,000.DO
104
TRAFFIC SAFETY FUND
-
106
STATE GAS TAX FUND
10,400,DO
100
ASSOCIATED RECRFATION ACTIVITIES FUND
-
109
ASSETFORFEITUREFUND
1,583.12
110
MEASURER"
27, 197.62
111
COMM. REVEL. BLOCK GRANT
-
112
PROP'A"TRANSPORTATION
-
114
PROP "C" TRANSPORTATION
Its
AIR QUALITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM
-
116
HOME SOUND INSTALUTION FUND
-
117
HYPERION MITIGATION FUND
126.00
118
TDA ARTICLE 3- SB 821 BIKEWAY FUND
-
119
MTA GRANT
-
121
FEMA
120
C.O.P.S. FUND
-
IM
L.A.W.A. FUND
-
123
PSAF PROPERTY TAX PUBLIC SAFETY
10,176.32
124
FEDERAL GRANTS
-
125
STATE GRANT
-
126
A/P CUPA PROGRAM OVERSIGHT SURCHARGE
1,161.93
127
MEAURE"W
10.600.00
128
SB-1
In
CERTIFIED ACCESS SPECIALIST PROGRAM
1,364.80
1m
AFFORDABLE HOUSING
-
131
COUNTY STORM WATER PROGRAM
1,190.50
1>
MEASURE'B"
-
W1
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT FUND
138.431.12
302
INFRASTRUCTURE REPLACEMENT FUND
-
311
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- GENERAL GOVERNME
-
312
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - LAW ENFORCEMENT
-
313
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - FIRE PROTECTION
-
314
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - STORM DRAINAGE
-
315
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- WATER DISTRIBUTI
-
316
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - WASTEWATER COLLE
-
317
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - LIBRARY
-
318
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PUSUC MEETING
-
319
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES-AOUATICS CENTER
-
320
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PARKLAND
-
405
FACILITIES WINTENANCE
-
501
WATER UTILITY FUND
4,235AII
502
WASTE WATER FUND
1,65446
503
GOLF COURSE FUND
-
504
SENIOR HOUSING CITY ATTORNEY
-
505
SOLID WASTE FUND
-
601
EDUIPMENT REPLACEMENT
43,969.28
602
UABILITY INSURANCE
-
603
WORKERS COMP. RESERVE/INSURANCE
-
701
RETIRED EMP. INSURANCE
-
702
E%PENDABLE TRUST FUND -DEVELOPER FEES
335.47
704
EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND - OTHER
-
706
OUTSIDE SERVICES TRUST
24.795.75
TOTAL WARRANTS 1, 184,1387. B5
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
Information on actual expenditures is available in the Chief Financial Officer's office in the
City of El Segundo.
I tartly as to the accuracy of the Demands and the availability of fund for payment thereof
For Approval: Regular checks held for CM council authorization to release.
CODES: NOTES
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
WARRANTS TOTALS BY FUND
DATE OF APPROVAL AS OF 412124 REGISTER p18a
R =
Computer generated checks for all non-emergency/urpency payments for materials, supplies and
services in support of City Operations
For Ratification.
A =
Payroll and Employee Benefit checks
B - F =
Computer generated Early Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City
Manager. Such as: payments for utility services, petty cash and employee Uwe] expense
reimbursements. various refunds, contract employee services consistent with current contractual
agreements, instances where prompt payment discountsM can be obtained or tale payment penalties
can be avoided or when a situation arises That theCity Manager approves
H =
Handwritten Early Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City Manager.
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
V
CITY MANAGER DATE:
/ DATE: 3
7� /
! ,(
Page 26 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
WARRANTS TOTALS BY DEPARTMENT
AS OF 4/2/24
REGISTER #18a
DEPT#
NAME TOTAL
GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURES
GENERAL GOVERNMENT
1101
City Council
1201
City Treasurer
1300
City Clerk
500.00
2101
City Manager
2102
Communications
2103
El Segundo Media
232.71
2201
City Attorney
99,731.80
2401
Economic Development
5,000.00
2402
Planning
200.00
2405
Human and Health Services
2500
Administrative Services
22,602.15
2601
Government Buildings
63,405.62
2900
Nondepartmental
9,655.25
6100
Library
3,697.26
205,024.79
PUBLIC SAFETY
3100 Police 543,552.07
3200 Fire 6,651.29
2403 Building Safety
2404 Ping/Bldg Sfty Administration 550.00
550, 753.36
PUBLIC WORKS
4101
Engineering
21,500.00
4200
Streets
35,322.62
4300
Wastewater
20,028.92
4601
Equipment Maintenance
49,022.52
4801
Administration
125, 874.06
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
5100,5200
Recreation & Parks
5,238.00
5400
Centennial
5,23&00
EXPENDITURES
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT
ALL OTHER ACCOUNTS
297,997.64
TOTAL WARRANTS
1,184,887.85
Page 27 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
PAYMENTS BY WIRE TRANSFER
03/11/24 THROUGH 03/17/24
03/04/2
03/04/2
03/04/2
Date Payee
3/11/2024 West Basin
3/15/2024 Mission Square
3/15/2024
3/15/2024
DATE OF RATIFICATION: 03/18/24
TOTAL PAYMENTS BY WIRE:
Description
1,982,220.45 H2O payment
63,876.04
457 payment Vantagepoint
1,080.00
401(a) payment Vantagepoint
3,048.85
401(a) payment Vantagepoint
100.00
IRA payment Vantagepoint
2,365.29
EFT Child support payment
23,111.35
SCRMA checks issued/(voided)
-
Claim checks issued/(voided)
-
Health Reimbursment checks issued
2,075,801.98
Certified as to the accuracy of the wire transfers by:
Treasury & Custo r Services Manager Date
Chief Financial Officer Date
3-0-2y
City Manager Date
Information on actual expenditures is available in the City Treasurer's Office of the City of El Segundo.
2,075,801.98
PACity Treasurer\Wire Transfers\Wire Transfers 07-01-23 to 6-30-24 3/18/2024 1/1
Page 28 of 441
3049842 - 3049935
9003121 - 9003129
001
GENERALFUND
320,781.14
W3
EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND - OTHER
10,50000
IN
TRAFFIC SAFETY FUND
IN
STATE GAS TAX FUND
-
109
ASSOCIATED RECREATION ACTIVITIES FUND
-
109
ASSET FORFEITURE FUND
1.620.00
110
MEASURE "IT'
-
I II
COMM. DEVEL BLOCK GRANT
-
112
PROP"A"TRANSPORTATION
-
114
PROP"C"TRANSPORTATION
1,470.00
115
AIR QUALITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM
-
lie
HOME SOUND INSTALLATION FUND
-
117
HYPERION MITIGATION FUND
-
ite
TDA ARTICLE 3- SO 821 BIKEWAY FUND
-
119
MTA GRANT
-
121
FEMA
120
C.O.P.S. FUND
in
LA WA. FUND
-
123
PSAF PROPERTY TAX PUBLIC SAFETY
-
124
FEDERAL GRANTS
-
125
STATE GRANT
-
126
AP CUPA PROGRAM OVERSIGHT SURCHARGE
B0.00
127
MEAURE'M'
-
128
S81
129
CERTIFIED ACCESS SPECIALIST PROGRAM
-
130
AFFORDABLE HOUSING
-
131
COUNTY STORM WATER PROGRAM
-
132
MEASURE"8'
-
202
ASSESSMENT DISTRICT►73
41.95
301
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT FUND
10.083.24
302
INFRASTRUCTURE REPLACEMENT FUND
-
311
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- GENERAL GOVERNME
-
312
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES LAW ENFORCEMENT
-
313
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEESFIREPROTECTION
-
314
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES STORM DRAINAGE
-
315
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- WATER DISTRIBUTI
-
318
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- WASTEWATER COLLIE
-
317
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES LIBRARY
-
318
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PUBLIC MEETING
-
319
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -AQUATICS CENTER
-
320
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PARKLAND
-
ADS
FACILITIES MAINTENANCE
-
501
WATER UTILITY FUND
1.780.13
502
WASTEWATER FUND
3.926.65
503
GOLF COURSE FUND
-
504
SENIOR HOUSING CITY ATTORNEY
-
505
SOLID WASTE FUND
-
601
EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT
-
W2
LIABILITY INSURANCE
-
603
WORKERS COMP. RESERVE/INSURANCE
-
701
RETIRED EMP. INSURANCE
-
7W
EXPENDABLE TRUST FUNDDEVELOPERFEES
357.05
704
EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND OTHER
-
708
OUTSIDE SERVICES TRUST
80,118.76
TOTAL WARRANTS 430.758.92
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
Information on actual expenditures is available in the Chief Financial Officer's office in the
City of El Segundo.
I certify as to the accuracy of the Demands and the availability of fund for payment thereo
For Approval: Regular checks held for City counal authorization to release.
CODES
R = Computer generated checks for all non-emergency/utgency payments for materials, supplies and
services in support of City Operations
For Ratification:
A = Payroll and Emoloyee Benefit checks
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
WARRANTS TOTALS BY FUND
NOTES:
Replacement Checks: 3049936-3049937
B - F = Computer generated Early Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City
Manager. Such as: payments for utility services, petty cash and employee travel expense
reimbursements, varous refunds, contract employee services consistent With current contractual
agreements, instances where prompt payment discounts can be obtained or late payment penattes
can be avoided or when a s strun arises that the CM Manager approves
H = Handwritten Early Release tlrsbunsementsand/or adjustments approved by the City Manager
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CITY MANAGER
DATE: DATE: 3 -'"'u
DATE OF APPROVAL: AS OF 412124
REGISTERII Bb
Page 29 of 441
CITY DFELSBGUN03
WARRANTS TOTALS BY DEPARTMENT
AGOF4%D24
REG|STER#18b
DEPT#
NAME TOTAL
GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURES
GENERAL GOVERNMENT
1101
City Council
380.31
1201
City Treasurer
3.158.38
1300
City Clerk
501.46
2101
City Manager
5.732.52
2102
Communications
181.90
2103
BSegundo Media
2201
City Attorney
2401
Economic Development
91.14
2402
Planning
39.019.50
3406
Human and Health Services
2.881.50
2500
Administrative Services
56.746.31
2601
Government Buildings
19.679.57
2900
Nondepartmentai
15.121.41
8100
Library
4,205.29
147,679.29
PUBLIC SAFETY
3100 Police 9,714.28
3200 Fire 7.750.52
2408 Building Safety
2404 Ping/Bldg SftyAdministration 349.92
17.814.72
PUBLIC WORKS
4101
Engineering
6.652.93
4200
Streets
27.023.09
4800
Wastewater
4601
Equipment Maintenance
5.753.80
4801
Administration
282.18
39,712.76
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
5100.5200 Recreation &Parks 00.83973
5400 Centennial
90,839,73
EXPENDITURES
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT
ALL OTHER ACCOUNTS
TOTAL WARRANTS
134,71142
Page 30 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
PAYMENTS BY WIRE TRANSFER
03/18/24 THROUGH 03/24/24
Date Payee
3/18/2024 IRS
3/18/2024 Employment Development
3/18/2024 Employment Development
3/20/2024
Cal Pers
3/20/2024
Cal Pers
3/20/2024
Cal Pers
3/20/2024
Cal Pers
3/20/2024
Cal Pers
3/20/2024
Cal Pers
3/20/2024
Cal Pers
03/11/24-03/17/24
Workers Comp Activity
03/11/24-03/17/24
Liability Trust - Claims
03/11/24-03/17/24
Retiree Health Insurance
DATE OF RATIFICATION: 03/25/24
TOTAL PAYMENTS BY WIRE:
Description
258,438.11 Federal 941 Deposit
4,946.12 State SDI payment
59,301.11 State PIT Withholding
52,228.01 EFT Retirement Safety Police Classic - 1 st Tier 28
62,415.22
EFT Retirement Misc - PEPRA New 26013
53,516.55
EFT Retirement Safety Fire- Classic 30168
38,998.15
EFT Retirement Safety-Police-PEPRA New 25021
34,916.84
EFT Retirement Misc - Classic 27
20,445.52
EFT Retirement Safety-Fire-PEPRA New 25020
11,787.30
EFT Retirement Sfty Police Classic-2nd Tier 30169
19,821.17
SCRMA checks issued/(voided)
18,369.75
Claim checks issued/(voided)
-
Health Reimbursment checks issued
635,183.85
Certified as to the accuracy of the wire transfers by:
Treasury 8,Custo er Services Manager Date
Chief Financial Officer
City Manager
3l-7-y /z Y
Date
3-z s-2y
Date
Information on actual expenditures is available in the City Treasurer's Office of the City of El Segundo.
635,183.85
PACity Treasurer\Wire Transfers\Wire Transfers 07-01-23 to 6-30-24 3/25/2024 1/1
Page 31 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
WARRANTS TOTALS BY FUND
3049938 - 3050024
9003130 - 9OG313D
Out
GENERALFUND
380270.26
003
EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND -OTHER
IN
TRAFFIC SAFETY FUND
-
IDS
STATE GAS TAX FUND
(2.87)
108
ASSOCUTED RECREATION ACTIVITIES FUND
-
IDS
ASSET FORFEITURE FUND
-
110
MEASURER"
-
III
COMM. DEVEL. BLOCK GRANT
-
112
PROP'A'TRANSPORTATION
-
114
PROP'C-TRANSPORTATION
82,301.13
115
AIR QUALITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM
-
Ila
HOME SOUND INSTALLATION FUND
-
117
HYPERION MITIGATION FUND
64.2E
Ila
TDA ARTICLE 3- SB 821 BIKEWAY FUND
-
Ila
MTA GRANT
-
121
FEMA
-
120
C.OR S. FUND
1.977.55
In
L.A.WA. FUND
-
123
PSAF PROPERTY TAX PUBLIC SAFETY
431, 52
124
FEDERAL GRANTS
-
125
STATE GRANT
-
126
A& CUPA PROGRAM OVERSIGHT SURCHARGE
411.34
127
MEAURE'M"
-
128
SB-1
In
CERTIFIED ACCESS SPECIALIST PROGRAM
-
130
AFFORDABLE HOUSING
-
131
COUNTY STORM WATER PROGRAM
in
MEASURE'B"
-
202
ASSESSMENTDISTRICT973
-
Sot
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT FUND
-
302
INFRASTRUCTURE REPLACEMENT FUND
-
311
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- GENERAL GOVERNME
-
312
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - LAW ENFORCEMENT
-
313
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - FIRE PROTECTION
-
314
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - STORM DRAINAGE
-
315
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -WATER DISTRIBUTI
-
316
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - WASTEWATER COLLIE
-
317
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - LIBRARY
-
318
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PUBLIC MEETING
-
319
DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -AQUATICS CENTER
-
320
DEVEL OPEN IMPACT FEES - PARKLAND
-
a0S
FACILITIES MAINTENANCE
501
WATER UTILITY FUND
6.178,43
502
WASTEWATER FUND
13,452.31
S03
GOLF COURSE FUND
-
504
SENIOR HOUSING CM ATTORNEY
-
So5
SOLID WASTE FUND
-
.1
EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT
-
602
LIABILITY INSURANCE
10.26
B03
WORKERS COMP. RESERVE/INSURANCE
(6,001
701
RETIRED EMP. INSURANCE
-
7W
EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND - DEVELOPER FEES
9.34
701
EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND -OTHER
-
703
OUTSIDE SERVICES TRUST
TOTAL WARRANTS
485.097.53
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
Information on actual expenditures
Is available in the Chief Financial Officer's office in the
City of El Segundo.
I ceNty as to the accuracy of the Demands and
the availability of fund for payment thereof,
For Approval: Regular checks held for City council
authorization to release.
CODES
NOTES:
R = Computer generated checks for all non-emergencv/urgency payments for materials, supplies
and
services in support of CrY Operations
For RatiAcadpn.
A = Paymlt and Employee Benefit checks
B - F = Computer generated Eady Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City
Manager. Such as: payments for utility services, petty cash and employee travel expanse
reimbursements , various refunds, contract employee services consistent with current contractual
agreements, instances where prompt payment discounts can be obtained or late payment penalties
can be avoided or when a situation arises that me City Manager approves /�\
H = Handwrfllen Early Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City Manager \ \r,ltI"'
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CITY MANAGER
DATE: DATE:
Y/L(L� `� 2- "z`/
DATE OF APPROVAL: AS OF 4116/24 REGISTER 019a
Page 32 of 441
1101
1201
1300
2101
2102
2103
2201
2401
2402
2405
2500
2601
2900
6100
3100
3200
2403
2404
4101
4200
4300
4601
4801
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
WARRANTS TOTALS BY DEPARTMENT
AS OF 4/16/24
REGISTER #19a
NAME TOTAL
GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURES
GENERAL GOVERNMENT
City Council
15.69
City Treasurer
29.35
City Clerk
47.22
City Manager
4,008.64
Communications
94.76
El Segundo Media
City Attorney
26,963.60
Economic Development
1,200.00
Planning
560.00
Human and Health Services
Administrative Services
49,759.79
Government Buildings
31,905.75
Nondepartmental
36,699.61
Library
9,604.44
PUBLIC SAFETY
Police
Fire
Building Safety
Ping/Bldg Sfty Administration
PUBLIC WORKS
Engineering
Streets
Wastewater
Equipment Maintenance
Administration
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
5100,5200 Recreation & Parks
5400 Centennial
EXPENDITURES
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT
ALL OTHER ACCOUNTS
TOTAL WARRANTS
160, 888.85
58,967.60
69,176,58
8.63
849.30
129,002.11
13, 627.26
2,416.59
1,236.26
9,116.04
64.26
26,460.41
1,786.34
1,786.34
166, 959.82
485,097.53
Page 33 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
PAYMENTS BY WIRE TRANSFER
03/25/24 THROUGH 03/31/24
Date
3/29/2024
3/29/2024
3/29/2024
03/18/24-03/24/24
03/18/24-03/24/24
03/18/24-03/24/24
Payee
Mission Square
Mission Square
ExpertPay
Workers Comp Activity
Liability Trust - Claims
Retiree Health Insurance
DATE OF RATIFICATION: 04/01/24
TOTAL PAYMENTS BY WIRE:
Certified as to the accuracy of the wire transfers by:
Treasury & Custom Services Manager Date
Chief Financial Officer Date
city Manager Date
Description
3,973.98
457 payment Vantagepoint
1,080.00
401(a) payment Vantagepoint
2,365.29
EFT Child support payment
16,095.58
SCRMA checks issued/(voided)
27,577.85
Claim checks issued/(voided)
-
Health Reimbursment checks issued
51, 092.70
Information on actual expenditures is available in the City Treasurer's Office of the City of El Segundo.
51,092.70
PACity Treasurer\Wire Transfers\Wire Transfers 07-01-23 to 6-30-24
4/1 /2024 1 /1
Page 34 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F �' t I) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.6
TITLE:
Waive Bidding Requirements and Authorize the Purchase of Two Portable Emergency
Generators by Cooperative Agreement
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Approve the waiver of competitive bidding requirements pursuant to El
Segundo Municipal Code § 1-7-9(C) and authorize the City Manager to
execute the purchase of two new portable emergency generators by
cooperative purchase agreement.
2. Appropriate $179,000 from Sewer Enterprise Fund to account #502-400-4301-
6206.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The adopted FY 2023-24 budget did not include the budget for the purchase of the two
new portable emergency generators. At this time, additional appropriation is needed
from the Sewer Enterprise Fund.
Amount Budgeted: $0.00
Additional Appropriation: $179,000 from the Sewer Enterprise Fund
Account Number: 502-400-4301-6206 (Contractual Services)
BACKGROUND:
The City currently owns two portable, trailer mounted back up generators for the
utilization of maintaining electrical power to any of the nine City sewer lift stations and
any other City facility during a power outage. These two units are critical to the City's
ability to move sewage through the sewer conveyance system, and provide coverage
for other City facilities during a power outage. Due to California Air Resources Board
("CARB") regulations, these units have been phased out of use due to their tier rating,
Page 35 of 441
Purchase of Two Emergency Generators
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 2
emission limits and operational restrictions, as of December 31, 2019.
DISCUSSION:
Since the phase out of the prior generators, staff has rented a portable generator when
generally needed. However, they require the ability to quickly address power
contingencies for unscheduled power outages that cannot be quickly addressed through
equipment rentals. Unfortunately, during an unscheduled/emergency power outage, the
City runs the risk of not obtaining a generator in a timely manner, which can pose
greater health and safety concerns.
Staff recommends that these portable generators be procured through Sourcewell
cooperative agreement #092222-CMM, pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code
("ESMC") § 1-7-9(C), which allows bidding procedures to be bypassed when
procurement is facilitated through a cooperative agreement with a public agency
fulfilling the requirements of ESMC § 1-7-9(C). The purchase of these generators will
enable staff to operate any of the 9 sewer lift stations and any city facility located
throughout the City during a scheduled or emergency power outage. It is to be noted
that the new generators will comply with the existing emission standards.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 2: Support Community Safety and Preparedness
Objective: El Segundo is a safe and prepared city.
Goal 4: Develop Quality Infrastructure and Technology
Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an appealing, safe, and
effective City.
PREPARED BY:
Erica Miramontes, Senior Management Analyst
REVIEWED BY:
Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Quote
Page 36 of 441
Sales and
Service
Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222-
CMM
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
January 30, 2024
Prepared by
Ryan M Cavitt
(916) 936-5039
ryan.cavitt@cummins.com
We are pleased to provide you this quotation based on your inquiry.
Item
Description
Qty
GENERATOR - Via Sourcewell Contract #092222-CMM
1
C100D2RE, Diesel Genset, 50/60Hz, 100kW, Standby -Rental
2
U.S. EPA, Nonroad (Portable) Application
C100D2RE, Diesel Genset, 50/60 Hz, 100kW, Standby -Rental
Duty Rating - Prime Power (PRP)
Emissions - Compliance EPA Tier 4 Final Certified
Voltage 208 - 480 Variable
Alternator - 60Hz, 208/416 - 240/480 Volt, 125/80C Standby/Prime
Electric Brake Trailer
Pintle Hitch - 3 inch
UN31A Certified Fuel Tank
Generator Set Control - PowerCommand 3.3, Paralleling with MILD
Distribution Panel - Rental Barrel Lug Connection
Coolant Heater
Packaging - Cummins Power Generation
Genset Warranty - Industrial Mobile Base, Prime 3 Years/3000 hours
Engine Coolant - 60% Antifreeze, 40% Water Mixture
Cam Lock Distribution Panel - U.S. Rental
Engine Oil Heater
Auxiliary DEF Connections
Paralleling Harness
2
Generator Delivery
2
TOTAL: $ 178,667.02
OPTIONS:
ADDER:
Start up & Testing per generator $ 1.924
Quote value does not include any tax.
EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS:
This quote was based on verbal requests and this package may or may not fit the owner's application. However, if unforeseen design
changes are required, please notify us right away.
Offloading, installation, permits, fuel, and fuel for testing, start-up service is to be provided by others.
Lead times subject to change.
Any third party testing by others.
LEAD TIME:
Please note the following: The current lead time on the Generator is 28-30 weeks after approved submittals.
Please feel free to contact me if you require any additional information; or if you have any further questions or concerns that I may be of
assistance with.
Thank you for choosing Cummins.
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
41
P81ge 1 of 7
Sales and
Service
Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222-
CMM
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
Submitted by:
Paul van Niekerk, Territory Manager
paul.vanniekerk(a�cummins.com
+1 9493009835
SUBMITTALS. An order for the equipment covered by this quotation will be accepted on a hold for release basis. Your order will not
be released and scheduled for production until written approval to proceed is received in our office. Such submittal approval shall
constitute acceptance of the terms and conditions of this quotation unless the parties otherwise agree in writing.
THERE ARE ADDITIONAL CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS ATTACHED TO THIS QUOTATION, INCLUDING LIMITATIONS
OF WARRANTIES AND LIABILITIES, WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY INCORPORATED HEREIN. BY ACCEPTING THIS QUOTATION,
CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN READ, FULLY UNDERSTOOD
AND ACCEPTED.
Authorized Signature
Company Name
Printed Name & Title
Purchase Order No
<Rest of the page is intentionally left blank>
Date
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
41
P81ge
Sales and
Service
Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222-
CMM
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR SALE OF POWER GENERATION EQUIPMENT
These Terms and Conditions for Sale of Power Generation Equipment, together with the quote ("Quote"), sales order ("Sales Order"),
and/or credit application ("Credit Application") on the front side or attached hereto, are hereinafter collectively referred to as this
"Agreement" and shall constitute the entire agreement between the customer identified in the Quote ("Customer") and Cummins
Inc. ("Cummins") and supersede any previous representation, statements, agreements or understanding (oral or written) between
the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Customer shall be deemed to have made an unqualified acceptance
of these Terms and Conditions and it shall become a binding agreement between the parties on the earliest of the following to occur:
(i) Cummins' receipt of Customer's purchase order or purchase order number; (ii) Customer's signing or acknowledgment of this
Agreement; (iii) Cummins' release of equipment to production pursuant to Customer's oral or written instruction or direction; (iv)
Customer's payment of any amounts due to Cummins; or (v) any other event constituting acceptance under applicable law. No prior
inconsistent course of dealing, course of performance, or usage of trade, if any, constitutes a waiver of, or serves to explain or interpret,
the Terms and Conditions set forth in this Agreement. Electronic transactions between Customer and Cummins will be solely governed
by the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement, and any terms and conditions on Customer's website or other internet site will be null
and void and of no legal effect on Cummins. In the event Customer delivers, references, incorporates by reference, or produces any
purchase order or document, specifications, agreement (whether upstream or otherwise), or any other terms and conditions related
thereto, then such specifications, terms, document, or other agreement: (i) shall be null and void and of no legal effect on Cummins,
and (ii) this Agreement shall remain the governing terms of the transaction.
1. SCOPE. Cummins shall supply power generation equipment and any related parts, materials and/or services expressly identified in
this Agreement (collectively, "Equipment"). No additional services, parts or materials are included in this Agreement unless mutually
agreed upon by the parties in writing. A Sales Order for Equipment is accepted on a hold for release basis. The Sales Order will not be
released and scheduled for production until written approval to proceed is received from Customer. A Quote is limited to the plans and
specifications section specifically referenced in the Quote. No other sections shall apply. Additional requirements for administrative
items may require additional costs. The Quote does not include off unit wiring, off unit plumbing, offloading, rigging, installation,
exhaust insulation or fuel, unless otherwise stated and mutually agreed to in writing by the parties. Unless otherwise agreed by
Cummins in writing, this Quote is valid for a maximum period of thirty (30) days from the date appearing on the first page of this
Quote ("Quote Validation Period"). At the end of the Quote Validation Period, this Quote will automatically expire unless accepted
by Customer prior to the end of the Quote Validation Period. The foregoing notwithstanding, in no event shall this Quote Validation
Period be deemed or otherwise considered to be a firm offer period nor to establish an option contract, and Cummins hereby reserves
its right to revoke or amend this Quote at any time prior to Customer's acceptance.
2. SHIPPING; DELIVERY; DELAYS. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, Equipment shall be delivered FOB origin,
freight prepaid to first destination. For consumer and mobile products, freight will be charged to Customer. Unless otherwise agreed
to in writing by the parties, packaging method, shipping documents and manner, route and carrier and delivery shall be as Cummins
deems appropriate. Cummins may deliver in installments. A reasonable storage fee, as determined in Cummins' sole discretion, may
be assessed if delivery of the Equipment is delayed, deferred, or refused by Customer. In the event Customer fails to take any or all
shipments of Equipment ordered hereunder within thirty (30) days of the agreed upon delivery date, Cummins shall have the right, in
its sole discretion to either (i) charge a minimum storage fee in the amount of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month of the total
quoted amount; or (ii) consider the Equipment abandoned and, subject to local laws, may (a) make the Equipment available for auction
or sale to other customers or the public, or (b) otherwise use, destroy, or recycle the Equipment at Customer's sole cost and expense.
The foregoing remedies shall be without prejudice to Cummins' right to pursue other remedies available under the law, including
without limitation, recovery of costs and/or losses incurred due to the storage, auction, sale, destruction, recycling, or otherwise of the
Equipment. Offloading, handling, and placement of Equipment and crane services are the responsibility of Customer and not included
unless otherwise stated. All shipments are made within normal business hours, Monday through Friday. Any delivery, shipping,
installation, or performance dates indicated in this Agreement are estimated and not guaranteed. Further, delivery time is subject to
confirmation at time of order and will be in effect after engineering drawings have been approved for production. Cummins shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to meet estimated dates, but shall not be liable to customer or any third party for any delay in delivery,
shipping, installation, or performance, however occasioned, including any delays in performance that result directly or indirectly
from acts of Customer or any unforeseen event, circumstance, or condition beyond Cummins' reasonable control including, but not
limited to, acts of God, actions by any government authority, civil strife, fires, floods, windstorms, explosions, riots, natural disasters,
embargos, wars, strikes or other labor disturbances, civil commotion, terrorism, sabotage, late delivery by Cummins' suppliers, fuel
or other energy shortages, or an inability to obtain necessary labor, materials, supplies, equipment or manufacturing facilities. AS A
RESULT OF COVID-19 RELATED EFFECTS OR INDUSTRY SUPPLY CHAIN DISRUPTIONS, TEMPORARY DELAYS IN DELIVERY, LABOR
OR SERVICES FROM CUMMINS AND ITS SUB -SUPPLIERS OR SUBCONTRACTORS MAY OCCUR. AMONG OTHER FACTORS, CUMMINS'
DELIVERY OBLIGATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CORRECT AND PUNCTUAL SUPPLY FROM OUR SUB -SUPPLIERS OR SUBCONTRACTORS,
AND CUMMINS RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE PARTIAL DELIVERIES OR MODIFY ITS LABOR OR SERVICE. WHILE CUMMINS SHALL
MAKE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE EFFORTS TO MEET THE DELIVERY, SERVICE OR COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH
HEREIN, SUCH DATES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. IN THE EVENT DELIVERY, SHIPPING, INSTALLATION, OR PERFORMANCE IS
DELAYED, HOWEVER OCCASSIONED, DUE TO EVENTS BEYOND CUMMINS' REASONABLE CONTROL, THEN THE DATE OF DELIVERY,
SHIPPING, INSTALLATION, OR PERFORMANCE FOR THE EQUIPMENT OR SERVICES SHALL BE EQUITABLY EXTENDED FOR A PERIOD
EQUAL TO THE TIME LOST, PLUS REASONABLE RAMP -UP.
3. PAYMENT TERMS; CREDIT; RETAINAGE. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing and subject to credit approval by
Cummins, payments are due thirty (30) days from the date of the invoice. If Customer does not have approved credit with Cummins,
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
Poge39o� 7441
Sales and
Service
Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222-
CMM
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
as solely determined by Cummins, payments are due in advance or at the time of supply of the Equipment. If payment is not received
when due, in addition to any rights Cummins may have at law, Cummins may charge Customer eighteen percent (18%) interest
annually on late payments, or the maximum amount allowed by law. Customer agrees to pay Cummins' costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees) related to Cummins' enforcement and collection of unpaid invoices, or any other enforcement of this
Agreement by Cummins. Retainage is not acceptable nor binding, unless required by statute or accepted and confirmed in writing by
Cummins prior to shipment. If Customer fails to make any payments to Cummins when due and payable, and such failure continues
for more than sixty (60) days from the date of the invoice, or less if required by applicable law, then Cummins may, at Cummins' sole
discretion and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies, either (i) terminate this Agreement; or (ii) postpone delivery of any
undelivered Equipment in Cummins' possession and/or suspend its services until payment for unpaid invoices is received.
4. TAXES; EXEMPTIONS. Unless otherwise stated, the Quote excludes all applicable local, state and federal sales and/or use taxes,
permits and licensing. Customer must provide a valid resale or exemption certificate prior to shipment of Equipment or applicable
taxes will be added to the invoice.
5. TITLE; RISK OF LOSS. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, title and risk of loss for the Equipment shall pass to
Customer upon delivery of the Equipment by Cummins to freight carrier or to Customer at pickup at Cummins' facility.
6. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE. Customer shall inspect the Equipment upon delivery, before offloading, for damage, defects,
and shortage. Any and all claims which could have been discovered by such inspection shall be deemed absolutely and unconditionally
waived unless noted by Customer on the bill of lading. Where Equipment is alleged to be non -conforming or defective, written
notice of defect must be given to Cummins within three (3) days from date of delivery after which time Equipment shall be deemed
accepted. Cummins shall have a commercially reasonable period of time in which to correct such non -conformity or defect. If non-
conformity or defect is not eliminated to Customer's reasonable satisfaction, Customer may reject the Equipment (but shall protect the
Equipment until returned to Cummins) or allow Cummins another opportunity to undertake corrective action. In the event startup of
the Equipment is included in the services, acceptance shall be deemed to have occurred upon successful startup.
7. LIEN; SECURITY AGREEMENT. Customer agrees that Cummins retains all statutory lien rights. To secure payment, Customer
grants Cummins a Purchase Money Security Interest in the Equipment. If any portion of the balance is due to be paid following
delivery, Customer agrees to execute and deliver such security agreement, financing statements, deed of trust and such other
documents as Cummins may request from time to time in order to permit Cummins to obtain and maintain a perfected security
interest in the Equipment; or in the alternative, Customer grants Cummins a power of attorney to execute and file all financing
statements and other documents needed to perfect this security interest. Cummins may record this Agreement, bearing Customer's
signature, or copy of this Agreement in lieu of a UCC-1, provided that it shall not constitute an admission by Cummins of the
applicability or non -applicability of the UCC nor shall the failure to file this form or a UCC-1 in any way affect, alter, or invalidate any
term, provision, obligation or liability under this Agreement. The security interest shall be superseded if Customer and Cummins enter
into a separate security agreement for the Equipment. Prior to full payment of the balance due, Equipment will be kept at Customer's
location noted in this Agreement, will not be moved without prior notice to Cummins, and is subject to inspection by Cummins at all
reasonable times.
05.01.2023
8. CANCELLATION; CHARGES. Orders placed with and accepted by Cummins may not be cancelled except with Cummins' prior
written consent. If Customer seeks to cancel all or a portion of an order placed pursuant to this Agreement, and Cummins accepts such
cancellation in whole or in part, Customer shall be assessed cancellation charges as follows: (i) 10% of total order price if cancellation
is received in Cummins' office after Cummins has provided submittals and prior to releasing equipment to be manufactured; (ii) 25%
of total order price if cancellation is received in Cummins' office after receipt of submittal release to order, receipt of a purchase order
for a generator already on order with the factory, or is asked to make any hardware changes to the equipment already on order with
the factory; (iii) 50% of total order price if cancellation is received in Cummins' office sixty (60) or fewer days before the scheduled
shipping date on the order; or (iv) 100% of total order price if cancellation is received in Cummins' office after the equipment has
shipped from the manufacturing plant.
9. TERMINATION. Cummins may, at any time, terminate this Agreement for convenience upon sixty (60) days' written notice to
Customer. If the Customer defaults by (i) breaching any term of this Agreement, (ii) becoming insolvent or declared bankrupt, or
(iii) making an assignment for the benefit of creditors, Cummins may, upon written notice to Customer, immediately terminate this
Agreement. Upon such termination for default, Cummins shall immediately cease any further performance under this Agreement,
without further obligation or liability to Customer, and Customer shall pay Cummins for any Equipment or services supplied under
this Agreement, in accordance with the payment terms detailed in Section 3. If a notice of termination for default has been issued
and is later determined, for any reason, that the Customer was not in default, the rights and obligations of the parties shall treat the
termination as a termination for convenience.
10. MANUALS. Unless otherwise stated, electronic submittals and electronic operation and maintenance manuals will be provided,
and print copies may be available upon Customer's request at an additional cost.
11. TRAINING; START UP SERVICES; INSTALLATION. Startup services, load bank testing, and owner training are not provided
unless otherwise stated. Site startup will be subject to the account being current and will be performed during regular Cummins
business hours, Monday to Friday. Additional charges may be added for work requested to be done outside standard business hours, on
weekends, or holidays. One visit is allowed unless specified otherwise in the Quote. A minimum of two -week prior notice is required
to schedule site startups and will be subject to prior commitments and equipment and travel availability. A signed site check sheet
confirming readiness will be required, and Cummins personnel may perform an installation audit prior to the startup being completed.
Any issues identified by the installation audit shall be corrected at the Customer's expense prior to the start-up. Portable load banks
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
Ppge 40ot 7441
Sales and
Service
Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222-
CMM
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
for site test (if offered in the Quote) are equipped with only 100 feet of cable. Additional lengths may be arranged at an extra cost.
Cummins is not responsible for any labor or materials charged by others associated with start-up and installation of Equipment,
unless previously agreed upon in writing. Supply of fuel for start-up and/or testing, fill -up of tank after start up, or change of oil is
not included unless specified in the Quote. All installation/execution work at the site including, but not limited to: civil, mechanical,
electrical, supply of wall thimbles, exhaust extension pipe, elbows, hangers, expansion joints, insulation and cladding materials, fuel/
oil/cooling system piping, air ducts, and louvers/dampers is not included unless specified in the Quote. When an enclosure or sub-
base fuel tank (or both) are supplied, the openings provided for power cable and fuel piping entries, commonly referred to as "stub -
ups", must be sealed at the site by others before commissioning. All applications, inspections and/or approvals by authorities are to be
arranged by Customer.
12. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. Equipment purchased hereunder is accompanied by an express written manufacturer's warranty
("Warranty") and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, is the only warranty offered on the Equipment. A copy of the
Warranty is available upon request. While this Agreement and the Warranty are intended to be read and applied in conjunction, where
this Agreement and the Warranty conflict, the terms of the Warranty shall prevail.
13. WARRANTY PROCEDURE. Prior to the expiration of the Warranty, Customer must give notice of a warrantable failure to
Cummins and deliver the defective Equipment to a Cummins location or other location authorized and designated by Cummins to
make the repairs during regular business hours. Cummins shall not be liable for towing charges, maintenance items such as oil filters,
belts, hoses, etc., communication expenses, meals, lodging, and incidental expenses incurred by Customer or employees of Customer,
"downtime" expenses, overtime expenses, cargo damages and any business costs and losses of revenue resulting from a warrantable
failure.
14. LIMITATIONS ON WARRANTIES.
THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE WARRANTY AND THIS AGREEMENT ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES
AND REMEDIES PROVIDED BY CUMMINS TO THE CUSTOMER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS SET OUT IN THE
WARRANTY AND THIS AGREEMENT, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CUMMINS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL
OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, ENDORSEMENTS, AND CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY STATUTORY OR COMMON LAW IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND
CONDITIONS OF FITNESS FOR A PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY.
The limited warranty does not cover Equipment failures resulting from: (a) inappropriate use relative to designated power rating; (b)
inappropriate use relative to application guidelines; (c) inappropriate use of an EPA -SE application generator set relative to EPNs
standards; (d) normal wear and tear; (e) improper and/or unauthorized installation; (f) negligence, accidents, or misuse; (g) lack
of maintenance or unauthorized or improper repair; (h) noncompliance with any Cummins published guideline or policy; (i) use of
improper or contaminated fuels, coolants, or lubricants; (j) improper storage before and after commissioning; (k) owner's delay in
making Equipment available after notification of potential Equipment problem; (1) replacement parts and accessories not authorized
by Cummins; (m) use of battle short mode; (n) owner or operator abuse or neglect such as: operation without adequate coolant, fuel,
or lubricants; over fueling; over speeding; lack of maintenance to lubricating, fueling, cooling, or air intake systems; late servicing
and maintenance; improper storage, starting, warm-up, running, or shutdown practices, or for progressive damage resulting from a
defective shutdown or warning device; or (o) damage to parts, fixtures, housings, attachments and accessory items that are not part of
the generating set.
15. INDEMNITY. Customer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Cummins from and against any and all claims, actions, costs,
expenses, damages and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys' fees, brought against or incurred by Cummins related to or arising
out of this Agreement or the Equipment supplied under this Agreement (collectively, the "Claims"), where such Claims were caused
or contributed to by, in whole or in part, the acts, omissions, fault or negligence of the Customer. Customer shall present any Claims
covered by this indemnity to its insurance carrier unless Cummins directs that the defense will be handled by Cummins' legal counsel
at Customer's expense.
16. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL CUMMINS, ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,
EMPLOYEES, OR AGENTS BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER OR ANY THIRD PARTY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR
UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, STRICT LIABILITY OR NEGLIGENCE), FOR ANY
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, LIQUIDATED, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION DOWNTIME, LOSS OF PROFIT OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITY, DAMAGE
TO GOODWILL, ENHANCED DAMAGES, MONETARY REQUESTS RELATING TO RECALL EXPENSES AND REPAIRS TO
PROPERTY, AND/OR DAMAGES CAUSED BY DELAY), OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM CUMMINS' SUPPLY
OF EQUIPMENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL CUMMINS' LIABILITY TO CUSTOMER OR ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIMING DIRECTLY
THROUGH CUSTOMER OR ON CUSTOMER'S BEHALF UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE TOTAL COST OF EQUIPMENT
SUPPLIED BY CUMMINS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM. BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT,
CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES CUSTOMER'S SOLE REMEDY AGAINST CUMMINS FOR ANY LOSS SHALL BE THE REMEDY
PROVIDED HEREIN.
17. DEFAULT; REMEDIES. Customer shall be in breach and default if: (a) any of the payments or amounts due under this Agreement
are not paid; (b) Customer fails to comply, perform, or makes any misrepresentation relating to any of the Customer's obligations or
covenants under this Agreement; or (c) prior to full payment of the balance due, Customer ceases to do business, becomes insolvent,
makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, appoints a receiver, commences an action for dissolution or liquidation, or
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
PpRe 510� 7441
Sales and
Service
Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222-
CMM
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
becomes subject to bankruptcy proceedings, or the Equipment is attached, levied upon, seized under legal process, is subjected to a
lien or encumbrance, or transferred by operation of law or otherwise to anyone other than Cummins. Upon the occurrence of any event
of Customer's default, Cummins, at its sole option and without notice, shall have the right to exercise concurrently or separately any
one or all of the following remedies, which shall be cumulative and not alternative: (a) to declare all sums due, and to become due,
under this Agreement immediately due and payable; (b) to commence legal proceedings, including collection actions and specific
performance proceedings, to enforce performance by Customer of any and all provisions of this Agreement, and to be awarded damages
or injunctive relief for the Customer's breach; (c) to require the Customer to deliver the Equipment to Cummins' branch specified
on the face of this Agreement; (d) to exercise one or more of the rights and remedies available to a secured party under applicable
law; and (e) to enter, without notice or liability or legal process, onto any premises where the Equipment may be located, using
force permitted by law, and there to disconnect, remove and repossess the Equipment, the Customer having waived further right to
possession after default. A waiver of any event of default by Cummins shall not be a waiver as to any other or subsequent default.
18. CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIONS; RELIANCE. Customer is responsible for obtaining, at its cost, permits, import licenses,
and other consents in relation to the Equipment, and if requested by Cummins, Customer shall make these permits, licenses, and
consents available to Cummins prior to shipment. Customer represents that it is familiar with the Equipment and understands
operating instructions and agrees to perform routine maintenance services. Until the balance is paid in full, Customer shall care for the
Equipment properly, maintain it in good operating condition, repair and appearance; and Customer shall use it safely and within its
rated capacity and only for purpose it was designed. Even if Customer's purchase of Equipment from Cummins under this Agreement
is based, in whole or in part, on specifications, technical information, drawings, or written or verbal advice of any type from third
parties, Customer has sole responsibility for the accuracy, correctness and completeness of such specifications, technical information,
drawings, or advice. Cummins make no warranties or representations respecting the accuracy, correctness and completeness of any
specifications, technical information, drawings, advice or other information provided by Cummins. Cummins makes no warranties
or representations respecting the suitability, fitness for intended use, compatibility, integration or installation of any Equipment
supplied under this Agreement. Customer has sole responsibility for intended use, for installation and design and performance where
it is part of a power, propulsion, or other system. Limitation of warranties and remedies and all disclaimers apply to all such technical
information, drawings, or advice. Customer acknowledges and agrees by accepting delivery of the Equipment that the Equipment
purchased is of the size, design, capacity and manufacture selected by the Customer, and that Customer has relied solely on its own
judgment in selecting the Equipment.
19. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each party shall keep confidential any information received from the other that is not generally known to the
public and at the time of disclosure, would reasonably be understood by the receiving party to be proprietary or confidential, whether
disclosed in oral, written, visual, electronic, or other form, and which the receiving party (or agents) learns in connection with this
Agreement including, but not limited to: (a) business plans, strategies, sales, projects and analyses; (b) financial information, pricing,
and fee structures; (c) business processes, methods, and models; (d) employee and supplier information; (e) specifications; and (f)
the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each party shall take necessary steps to ensure compliance with this provision by its
employees and agents.
20. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION. This Agreement and all matters arising hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted,
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision.
The parties agree that the federal and state courts of the State of Indiana shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or
claim arising in connection with this Agreement or any related matter, and hereby waive any right to claim such forum would be
inappropriate, including concepts of forum non conveniens.
21. INSURANCE. Upon Customer's request, Cummins will provide to Customer a Certificate of Insurance evidencing Cummins'
relevant insurance coverage.
22. ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties and their successors and assigns. Customer shall not assign this
Agreement without the prior written consent of Cummins.
23. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Any intellectual property rights created by either party, whether independently or jointly, in the
course of the performance of this Agreement or otherwise related to Cummins pre-existing intellectual property or subject matter
related thereto, shall be Cummins' property. Customer agrees to assign, and does hereby assign, all right, title, and interest to such
intellectual property to Cummins. Any Cummins pre-existing intellectual property shall remain Cummins' property. Nothing in
this Agreement shall be deemed to have given Customer a license or any other rights to use any of the intellectual property rights of
Cummins.
24. PRICING. To the extent allowed by law, actual prices invoiced to Customer may vary from the price quoted at the time of order
placement, as the same will be adjusted for prices prevailing on the date of shipment due to economic and market conditions at the
time of shipment. Subject to local laws, Cummins reserves the right to adjust pricing on goods and services due to input and labor cost
changes and/or other unforeseen circumstances beyond Cummins' control.
25. MISCELLANEOUS. Cummins shall be an independent contractor under this Agreement. All notices under this Agreement shall
be in writing and be delivered personally, mailed via first class certified or registered mail, or sent by a nationally recognized express
courier service to the addresses set forth in this Agreement. No amendment of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is writing and
signed by an authorized representative of the parties hereto. Failure of either party to require performance by the other party of
any provision hereof shall in no way affect the right to require such performance at any time thereafter, nor shall the waiver by a
party of a breach of any of the provisions hereof constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach. Any provision of this Agreement that
is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms hereof. These terms are exclusive
and constitute the entire agreement. Customer acknowledges that the provisions were freely negotiated and bargained for, and
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
Pon 46 0Q 7441
Sales and
Service
Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222-
CMM
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
Customer has agreed to purchase of the Equipment pursuant to these Terms and Conditions. Acceptance of this Agreement is expressly
conditioned on Customer's assent to all such Terms and Conditions. Neither party has relied on any statement, representation,
agreement, understanding, or promise made by the other except as expressly set out in this Agreement. In the event Cummins incurs
additional charges hereunder due to the acts or omissions of Customer, the additional charges will be passed on to the Customer, as
applicable. Headings or other subdivisions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference and shall not limit or affect
the legal construction of any provision hereof. The Parties' rights, remedies, and obligations under this Agreement which by their
nature are intended to continue beyond the termination or cancellation of this Agreement, including but not limited to the Section 16.
Limitation of Liability provision contained herein, shall survive the expiration, termination, or cancellation of this Agreement.
26. COMPLIANCE. Customer shall comply with all laws applicable to its activities under this Agreement, including, without
limitation, any and all applicable federal, state, and local anti -bribery, environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations then
in effect. Customer acknowledges that the Equipment, and any related technology that are sold or otherwise provided hereunder
may be subject to export and other trade controls restricting the sale, export, re-export and/or transfer, directly or indirectly, of such
Equipment or technology to certain countries or parties, including, but not limited to, licensing requirements under applicable laws
and regulations of the United States, the United Kingdom and other jurisdictions. It is the intention of Cummins to comply with these
laws, rules, and regulations. Any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Customer shall comply with
all such applicable all laws relating to the cross -border movement of goods or technology, and all related orders in effect from time
to time, and equivalent measures. Customer shall act as the importer of record with respect to the Equipment and shall not resell,
export, re-export, distribute, transfer, or dispose of the Equipment or related technology, directly or indirectly, without first obtaining
all necessary written permits, consents, and authorizations and completing such formalities as may be required under such laws,
rules, and regulations. In addition, Cummins has in place policies not to distribute its products for use in certain countries based on
applicable laws and regulations including but not limited to UN, U.S., UK, and European Union regulations. Customer undertakes to
perform its obligations under this Agreement with due regard to these policies. Strict compliance with this provision and all laws of
the territory pertaining to the importation, distribution, sales, promotion and marketing of the Equipment is a material consideration
for Cummins entering into this Agreement with Customer and continuing this Agreement for its term. Customer represents and
warrants that it has not and shall not, directly or through any intermediary, pay, give, promise to give or offer to give anything of
value to a government official or representative, a political party official, a candidate for political office, an officer or employee of a
public international organization or any other person, individual or entity at the suggestion, request or direction or for the benefit of
any of the above -described persons and entities for the purposes of inducing such person to use his influence to assist Cummins in
obtaining or retaining business or to benefit Cummins or any other person in any way, and will not otherwise breach any applicable
laws relating to anti -bribery. Any failure by Customer to comply with these provisions will constitute a default giving Cummins
the right to immediate termination of this Agreement and/or the right to elect not to recognize the warranties associated with the
Equipment. Customer shall accept full responsibility for any and all civil or criminal liabilities and costs arising from any breaches
of those laws and regulations and will defend, indemnify, and hold Cummins harmless from and against any and all fines, penalties,
claim, damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, fees, and expenses incurred by Cummins or its affiliates as a result of Customer's breach.
27. To the extent applicable, this contractor and subcontractor shall abide by the requirements of 41 CFR H 60-1.4(a),
60-300.5(a) and 60-741.5(a). These regulations prohibit discrimination against qualified individuals based on their status as
protected veterans or individuals with disabilities and prohibit discrimination against all individuals based on their race,
color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or national origin. Moreover, these regulations require that covered
prime contractors and subcontractors take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment individuals without regard
to race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, protected veteran status or disability. The
employee notice requirements set forth in 29 CFR Part 471, Appendix A to Subpart A, are hereby incorporated by reference
into this contract.
Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330
PogeIOT 7441
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F �' t I) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.7
TITLE:
Amendment to Contract with DownStream Services, Inc. for On -Call Pump Station
Repair Services
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Authorize the City Manager to execute a third amendment to the contract with
DownStream Services, Inc. for an additional $200,000 for on -call pump station
repair services.
2. Alternately, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
Included in the adopted FY 2023-24 Budget.
Amount Budgeted: $200,000
Additional Appropriation: None.
Account Number: 502-400-4301-6206
BACKGROUND:
The City has one water pump station, three storm -water pump stations, and nine
sanitary sewer pump stations. These pump stations require routine maintenance to
ensure safe, efficient, and effective operation. A five-year "Maintenance and On -call
Repairs" contract was awarded to DownStream Services on December 17, 2019, and
its current contract amount is $867,988.23. The contract was last amended on January
16, 2024, to address necessary repairs to pump stations 4 & 5. This contract is in its
final year. The DownStream Services, Inc. firm has been performing satisfactorily and
within the budget, keeping these pump stations operational and in good working
condition.
Page 44 of 441
On -Call Pump Station Repair Services Contract Amendment 3
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 3
DISCUSSION:
Last February, the storm -water pump station 16, which is next to Stevenson Field in the
Recreation Park, became inoperable due to pump and engine failures caused by heavy
rainfall and storm events. The pump station 16 houses two pumps and two engines.
Consequently, staff had to rent and set up an auxiliary pump to drain the collected
storm -water from the pump station. The estimated cost to repair the pumps is $200,000.
These necessary repairs are within the scope of the contract with DownStream
Services, Inc. However, the estimated cost of repairs exceeds the current budgeted
amount. It is to be noted that the equipment in this pump station is very old.
Consequently, these repairs are considered to be the short term solution for this pump
station. The long term solution is total refurbishment of the pump station, which will
include upgrade of equipment at an estimated cost of $2.5M. It is to be noted that staff
will submit all the costs associated with the repairs of this pump station to Federal
Emergency Management Agency ("FEMA") for reimbursement. Also, staff has already
requested funding from FEMA for the upgrade of the equipment for this pump station at
an estimated cost of $2.5M. Moreover, staff is working with the Office of Congressman
Ted W. Lieu to pursue grant opportunities for the costs associated with upgrading of this
pump station.
Further, staff plan to initiate a new project for Stevenson Field. The scope of work for
this project would include new turf, an irrigation system, an infiltration basin or dry wells
and minor drainage improvements in the dug -out areas. In order to pursue Measure W
Regional funding for this project, a feasibility study along with an application must be
submitted to the Safe, Clean Water Program, administered by the Los Angeles County
Flood Control District. The Watershed Area Steering Committee, a body created by the
District's Board, will review the project and score the project based on a set criterion. If
the project obtains a high score, then the project may receive funding from the Measure
W Regional Program.
To pursue the short-term solution, these repairs must be done, and consequently, staff
respectfully recommends that the City Council approve the recommended actions as
noted.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 1: Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communication
Objective 1A: El Segundo provides unparalleled service to all customers.
Goal 2: Support Community Safety and Preparedness
Objective 2A: El Segundo is a safe and prepared community.
Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology
Page 45 of 441
On -Call Pump Station Repair Services Contract Amendment 3
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 3
Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe
community.
PREPARED BY:
Arianne Bola, Sr. Engineer Associate
REVIEWED BY:
Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
None
Page 46 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F �' t I) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.8
TITLE:
Construction Contract with Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company for the Center Street
Storm Drain Improvements Project
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Authorize the City Manager to execute a standard public works construction
contract with Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company for $172,959 for the award
of the Center Street Storm Drain Improvements Project and authorize an
additional $17,296 contingency for potential unforeseen conditions and waive its
bid irregularity as immaterial pursuant to Section 14.2 of the bid specifications.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The construction cost, including contingency, is $190,255.
Amount Budgeted in FY 2023-24: $190,255
Additional Appropriation: None.
Account Number: 301-400-8205-8221 (Center Street Storm Drain Improvements).
BACKGROUND:
On January 16, 2024, the City Council adopted the plans and specifications for the
Center Street Storm Drain Improvements Project, Project No. PW 24-04. The project
will increase the conveyance capacity of storm water runoff at Center Street and E. Oak
Avenue.
DISCUSSION:
On February 6, 2024, the City Clerk received and opened five bids as follows:
1. Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company $172,959.00
2. CEM Construction Corporation $211,820.00
Page 47 of 441
Center Street Storm Drain Improvements
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 3
3. Kordich Construction $222,785.60
4. GRBCON $223,442.00
5. Wright Construction $263,000.00
On February 6, 2024, staff noted that the apparent lowest bidder, Palp, Inc. DBA Excel
Paving Company (Palp, Inc.), has not submitted Addendum 1. On February 7, the
apparent second -lowest bidder, CEM Construction Corporation, also informed staff that
Palp, Inc. had not submitted the Addendum 1.
It is to be noted that Addendum 1 contained only information already provided at the
mandatory pre -bid meeting for all bidders.This information included responses to
questions posed by interested bidders and did not chagne the nature of the project or
specifications.The apparent lowest bidder's failure to include the Addendum
acknowledgment was immaterial because it did not affect the bid amount, the ability for
the City to make bid comparisons, or trigger other materiality hallmarks established by
relevant court cases. Ghilotti Construction Company v. City of Richmond (1996) 45
Cal.AppAth 897. Therefore, the City can waive this irregularity under Section 14.2 of the
Bidding Instructions:
14.2 The City will have the right to waive non -material irregularities in a Bid and to
accept the lowest responsive Bid as determined by the City.
The staff examined Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company's bid and has found it to be
the lowest responsive bidder. Their state license and DIR registration are in good
standing, and they have satisfactorily completed similar projects for the cities of Santa
Monica, Torrance, La Puente, Santa Ana, and Huntington Beach.
The staff respectfully requests City Council approve the recommended actions as
noted. The staff has closely coordinated this situation with the City Attorney, and the
City Attorney is on board with this recommendation. With the City Council's
authorization, the anticipated project schedule is:
May 2024 - Award Contract
June - Complete Contract Documents
July - Begin Construction
October - Complete Project
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology
Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe
community.
Page 48 of 441
Center Street Storm Drain Improvements
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 3
PREPARED BY:
Floriza Rivera, Principal Civil Engineer
REVIEWED BY:
Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Vicinity Map PW 24-04
2. Location Map PW 24-04
3. Bid Log Sheet PW 24-04
Page 49 of 441
E'LSEGUNDO Vicinity Map
PW 24-04: Center Street Storm Drain Improvements Project
E Ma
Ell Segundo
Vf High
_o y SS iv --+I
' c c
Fi
a
_..� >
HKI'ldgn
j El Segundo Pall,
Z
TO
U
n
7
A
O
to E Gland Ave c
1W Grand Ave C x
0 E Franklin Ave Y =
t
— •— --• N E EI Segundo Blvd -h.•
m
O
R
Q Lenno
W 111th St Mddk
Sc hoo
I ry
AtW OO
i
Vf l
� •1
Ratw— e
Vail, _
w S�sbms
R
Awboine
U i ts�
PIP
a
NUocs
'\ Plaza t I
••\ •�••^ t SilqurKk�
\• A,%'O
ADZ a Gga
0 \�--.•................ftr.c.aa as:.....,._.._.. _.. _.._.. _.. _..,
A
V'
A
O 35th St
Q L C
Q •
� 1 �
C 1� a>
Z F N
`f N
LosAngelel •'�
Alf Force
Nate I. rt••
E El Sequ+ntt Ot7d
r
CI
W M
6,018.7 1 1 0 3,009.33 6,018.7 Feet DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS
sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only
and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The City
of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting
WGS_1984_Web _Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map.
Page 50 of 441
Location Map
ELEGUVDO PW 24-04: Center Street Storm Drain Improvements Project
o
V J
F Manlr Ave
,n n
w E
to F—Palm Ave -
VY'alnUt Av-
t Walnut Ave
1
L',: Ai geiG,
tn!rr •Inriilflu
V I.
-;-Rksegundo r`r�
Manhattan
Legend
— City Boundary
� I
d c Sycamore AvF Storm Drain Project Area
c
Sycamore
Park
R
e F Manle Ave
O
R
U
0I
7
F Marino,;, A—
Ce me r
5tree t
Elementary
_E E_I_m_ Ave
No Scale DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS
sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only
and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The Ci,
of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting
GS_1984_Web—Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map.
F
I I
Notes
aqe of 44"l
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
BID LOG
BID NO. PW 24-04
City of El Segundo — Public Works Department
Center Street Storm Drain Improvement Project
Date of BID Opening: Tuesday, February 06, 2024
Time of BID Opening: 11 AM
Place of BID Opening: Council Chamber Lobbv
COMPANY NAMEIADDRESS
1. GRBCON
5114 Elton St.
Baldwin Park, CA 91706
Received: 0210612024 @ 10:00 AM
2. CEM Construction
1412 Espanol Ave.
Montebello, CA 90640
Received: 0210612024 @ 10:45 AM
3. Palp dba Excel Paving
2230 Lemon Ave.
Long Beach, CA 90806
Received: M06/2024 a@ 10:45 AM
4. Wright Construction
Received: 0210612024 @ 10:45 AM
5. Kordich Construction
6044 Lawrence St.
Cypress, CA 90630
Received:02/06/2024 (aD 10:47 AM
6.
Recei d.
7.
Received:
8.
Received
9.
Received:
10
Total BID Amount A�"�''t
� 2l 1, 020 • 00 ✓
4 2Lo-3,000
Received:
Staff Present: City Clerk's Office
City Clerk's Office
PW Representative
FORMSOVOPENLOGI
Page 52 of 441
.11101 City Council Agenda Statement
E L S E G U N D O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.9
TITLE:
Professional Services Agreement With CliftonLarsonAllen to Audit the City's Financial
Statements and Perform Other Financial Audits for the Three Fiscal Years Ending June
30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the Option of Two Subsequent Fiscal Years
RECOMMENDATION:
Receive and file information regarding selecting CliftonLarsonAllen to audit the
City's financial statements and to perform other financial audits for the three
fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the option of two
subsequent fiscal years, pursuant to a Request for Proposals for professional
audit services for the City of El Segundo.
2. Authorize the City Manager to sign the professional services agreement for
auditing services with CliftonLarsonAllen. The agreement is for three years for a
total of $213,915 with an option to renew the agreement for another two years for
a total of $155,104.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
Amount Budgeted: Budgeted annually in the Finance Department's budget:
• $68,885 for fiscal year 2024
• $71,270 for fiscal year 2025
• $73,760 for fiscal year 2026
• $76,230 for fiscal year 2027
• $78,874 for fiscal year 2028
Account Number: 001-400-2502-6214 Professional & Technical
Page 53 of 441
Agreement With Clifton LarsonAllen to Audit the City's Financial Statements
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 4
BACKGROUND:
The City of El Segundo ("City") selected the audit services of Southern California -based
White Nelson Diehl Evans LLP ("WND"E) for its fiscal year 2019 through a Request for
Proposal ("RFP"). In November 2020, Clifton LarsonAllen ("CLA"), one of the nation's
leading professional services firms, acquired White Nelson Diehl Evans LLP (WNDE).
Since then, the same WNDE audit team has been performing the annual financial audit
for the City. The fiscal year 2023 audit was performed on time successfully, and it was
the fifth year audit the City got from CLA based on professional contact. Conducting an
RFP process every five years for professional audit services is a common best practice
recommended for municipalities to ensure transparency, accountability, and the quality
of audit services. This practice aligns with principles of good governance and helps
prevent complacency or conflicts of interest that may arise from long-term relationships
with audit firms.
DISCUSSION:
Staff issued an RFP for professional audit services sent out to 12 professional audit
firms on January 18, 2024. Staff also posted the RFP on the City's website and the
official website of The California Society of Municipal Finance Officers ("CSMFO"). The
City received and accepted six proposals from qualified certified public accountant firms
for comprehensive financial audit services of the City's financial statements in
compliance with Government Accounting Standards Board ("GASB") pronouncements
for the fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026 with the option for two
subsequent fiscal years. All the respondents are qualified certified public accountant
firms licensed by the State of California.
The City required the respondents to the RFP to address the following services:
An independent auditor's opinion for the Annual Comprehensive Financial Report
("ACFR") on the City's financial position and fair presentation of the financial
position in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP").
Audit the governmental activities, business -type activities and remaining fund
information and respective changes in financial position and cash flows in
conformity with GAAP.
A report on the City's internal control over financial reporting and tests of
compliance with laws, regulations, contracts and grant agreement and any other
matters deemed necessary and material.
Page 54 of 441
Agreement With Clifton LarsonAllen to Audit the City's Financial Statements
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 4
• A report on compliance and internal control over financial reporting based on an
audit of financial statements performed in accordance with Government Auditing
Standards.
• A report on compliance with requirements applicable to each major program and
internal control over compliance with OMB Uniform Administrative Requirements,
Cost Principles and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards (Uniform Guidance).
• A report on compliance with general requirements for both major and non -major
federal financial assistance programs.
• An agreed upon procedures report on the annual calculation of the City's GANN
Limit (Appropriations Limit).
Staff used a point formula during the review process to score proposals based on three
sets of evaluation criteria. Only firms meeting the mandatory criteria had their proposals
evaluated and scored for both technical qualifications and price. The firms with the top
three scores are The PUN Group, CLA and Badawi & Associates. They were invited to
oral presentations through Zoom meetings on March 5th and March 6th 2024. Such oral
presentations provide firms with an opportunity to answer any questions the City of El
Segundo may have about the proposals.
Staff's selected CLA as the audit firm for the City's financial statements and other
financial audits for the three fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the
option of two subsequent fiscal years. The CLA team in charge of the City's audits in
these future years will have members different from the previous audit team. Based on
staff's evaluation, it is recommended that a professional service agreement be awarded
to CLA for a three-year period with the option to renew for an additional two years.
CLA proposed to complete the three-year engagement for $213,915 ($68,885 for fiscal
year 2024, $71,270 for fiscal year 2025 and $73,760 for fiscal year 2026). The prices
submitted by the firms for the three-year engagement ranged from $213,915 to
$260,700.
Funding for the audit services is budgeted each year in the Finance Department
budget.
Based on CLA's audit proposal and the professional service agreement, below is the
timeline for the City's financial statements audit for the fiscal years ending June 30,
2024:
Start Interim Field Work - Mid -May / Early June 2024
Start Final Field Work - Mid -October 2024
Issue ACFR and final audit reports - By December 31, 2024
Page 55 of 441
Agreement With Clifton LarsonAllen to Audit the City's Financial Statements
April 16, 2024
Page 4 of 4
Present ACFR and audit results to City Council - January 2025
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability
Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and
the community.
Objective 5B: El Segundo approaches its work in a financially strategic and responsible
way.
PREPARED BY:
Wei Cao, CPA, CPFO, Finance Manager
REVIEWED BY:
Paul Chung, Chief Financial Officer
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Professional Auditing Services RFP
2. Professional Auditing Services RFP - Addendum
Page 56 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
FINANCE DEPARTMENT
350 Main Street
El Segundo, CA 90245
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
PROPOSAL NUMBER: 24-01
PROPOSAL TITLE: Professional Auditing Services
REQUESTING DEPARTMENT: Finance
RELEASE DATE: January 18, 2024
DUE DATE: February 22, 2024, no later than 2:OOPM
Notice is hereby given that sealed proposals will be received in the office of the City Clerk,
City Hall, 350 Main Street Room 5, El Segundo, CA 90245-3813 until 2:OOPM (PST),
February 22, 2024.
Late proposals will not be accepted.
Interested parties may obtain a copy of this RFP by accessing the City of El Segundo
website:
https://www.elsegundo.org/government/departments/city-clerk/bid-rfp
Any and all updates, addenda, questions and answers and changes to this RFP will be
distributed through the Bid/RFP webpage. The city will not be held responsible or liable if
interested bidders or proposals miss any information relevant to this RFP
Page 57 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
REQUESTS FOR PROPOSALS
PROFESSIONAL AUDITING SERVICES # 24-01
January 2024
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction.......................................................................................................... 4
A. General Information
B. Term of Engagement
II. Nature of Services Required.............................................................................5
A. General
B. Scope of Work to be Performed
C. Auditing Standards to be Followed
D. Reports to be Issued
E. Special Considerations
F. Working Papers Retention and Access to Working Papers
G. Irregularities and Illegal Acts
III. Description of the Government........................................................................7
A. Name and Email Address of Contact Person/Organizational Chart
B. Background Information
C. Fund Structure
D. Budgetary Basis of Accounting
E. Component Units
F. Finance Operations
G. Computer System
H. Availability of Prior Reports and Work Papers
IV. Time Requirements.......................................................................................9
A. Proposal Calendar
B. Notification and Contract Dates
C. Audit Schedule for fiscal year ending June 30, 2024
D. Report Completion Dates
V. Assistance to be Provided to the Auditors and Report Preparation ............................10
A. Finance Department
B. Schedules and Working Papers
C. Work Area, Telephones and Photocopying
D. Report Preparation
Page 58 of 441
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
VI. Proposal Requirements..................................................................................11
A. General Requirements
1. Inquiries
2. Submission of Proposals
B. Technical Qualifications
1. General Requirements
2. Independence
3. License to Practice in California
4. Firm's Qualifications and Experience
5. Partner, Supervisory and Staff Qualifications and Experience
6. Similar Engagements with Other Government Entities
7. Specific Audit Approach
8. Identification of Anticipated Potential Audit Problems
C. Price
1. Itemize of Total All-inclusive Maximum Price
2. Anticipated Rates Times the Hours for Each Partner, Specialist, Supervisory and
Staff Level to be Assigned to the Engagement
3. Out-of-pocket Expenses Included in the Total All-inclusive Maximum Price
4. Rates for additional Professional Services
5. Manner of Payment
VII. Evaluation Procedures..................................................................................16
A.
Review of Proposals
B.
Evaluation Criteria
1. Mandatory Elements
2. Technical Qualifications
3. Price
C.
Oral Presentations
D.
Final Selection
E.
Right to Reject Proposals
VIII. Exhibits.....................................................................................................18
A. Organization Chart
B. Schedule of Professional Fees and expenses for the audit of financial statements
C. Insurance Requirements
D. Professional Services Agreement
Page 59 of 441
1. Introduction
A. General Information
The City El Segundo is requesting proposals from qualified firms of certified public accountants
to audit its financial statements for the three fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026,
with the option of auditing its financial statements for each of the two (2) subsequent fiscal
years, in addition to performing other financial audits and reviews as specified below. These
audits are to be performed in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the
United States of America, the standards set forth for financial audits contained in Government
Auditing Standards (1994) issued by the Comptroller General of the United States, and the U.S.
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-133 Audits of State and Local
Governments and Non -Profit Organizations.
There is no expressed or implied obligation for the City of El Segundo to reimburse responding
firms for any expenses incurred in preparing proposals in response to this request. Materials
submitted by respondents are subject to public inspection under the California Public Records
Act (Government Code Sec. 6250 et seq.), unless exempt.
To be considered, six (6) copies of a proposal clearly marked "RFP 24-01 Professional Auditing
Services" and contained in a sealed envelope shall be received no later than 2:00 p.m. (PDT),
February 22, 2024 at the following address:
City of El Segundo
Office of the City Clerk
350 Main Street, Room 5
El Segundo, California 90245
Proposals received after the schedule submittal deadline will not be accepted and may be
returned at the proposer's expense.
The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all proposals submitted, to waive any
non -material irregularities or information in any proposal, and to accept or reject any items or
combination of items. The successful finalists may be required to submit additional copies of
the proposal.
During the evaluation process, the City of El Segundo reserves the right, where it may serve the
City of El Segundo's best interest, to request additional information or clarifications from
proposers, or to allow corrections of errors or omissions. At the discretion of the City of El
Segundo, firms submitting proposals may be requested to make oral presentations as part of the
evaluation process.
The City of El Segundo reserves the right to retain all proposals submitted and to use any ideas
in a proposal regardless of whether that proposal is selected is not. Submission of a proposal
indicates acceptance by the firm of the conditions contained in this request for proposals, unless
clearly and specifically noted in the proposal submitted and confirmed in the contract between
the City of El Segundo and the firm selected.
It is anticipated the selection of a firm will be completed by March 14, 2024. Following the
notification of the selected firm, a recommendation and proposed contract will be prepared for
review and approval by the City Council in the second regular meeting in March 2024.
Page 60 of 441
B. Term of Engagement
It is the intent of the City to contract for the services presented herein for a term of three (3)
years. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to extend the term of this contract for two (2)
additional one-year terms subject to the satisfactory negotiation of terms, including a price
acceptable to both the City and the selected firm.
The proposal package shall present all-inclusive audit fees for each year of the contract term.
II. Nature of Services Required
A. General
The City of El Segundo is soliciting the services of qualified firms of certified public
accountants to audit its financial statements for the three fiscal years ending June 30, 2024,
2025, and 2026, with the option of auditing its financial statements for each of the two (2)
subsequent fiscal years (2027 and 2028). These audits are to be performed in accordance with
the provisions contained in this request for proposals.
B. Scope of Work to be Performed
The City of El Segundo desires the auditors to express an opinion on the fair presentation of the
City's general purpose financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
The City of El Segundo also desires the auditors to express an opinion on the fair presentation
of the City's combining and individual fund and individual account group financial statements
and supplemental schedules in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The
auditors are not required to audit the supporting schedules contained in the annual
comprehensive financial report. However, the auditors must provide an "in -relation -to" report
on the supporting schedules based on the auditing procedures applied during the audit of the
general purpose financial statements and schedules. The auditors are not required to audit the
statistical section of the report.
The auditor is also required to audit the schedule of expenditures of federal financial assistance.
This information should be subject to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic
financial statements and in accordance with Governmental Auditing Standards, the federal
Single Audit Act and (OMB) Circular A-133. The auditor is to provide an opinion of the fair
presentation of this schedule in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.
C. Auditing Standards to be Followed
To meet the requirements of this request for proposals, the audit shall be performed in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards as set forth by the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants; the standards for financial audits set forth in the U.S. General
Accounting Office's Government Auditing Standards;. the provisions of the federal Single Audit
Act of 1984 as amended; and the provisions of the U.S. Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) Circular A-133, Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non -Profit Organizations.
Page 61 of 441
D. Reports to be Issued
Following the completion of the audit of the fiscal year's financial statements, the audit firm
shall issue the following reports:
1. The City of El Segundo desires the preparation of the City Annual Comprehensive Financial
Report (ACFR) in full compliance with GASB 34 and all other GASB pronouncements.
The audit firm will render their auditor's report on the basic financial statements which will
include the Government -Wide Financial Statements and the Fund Financial Statements. The
City can print the final ACFR for distribution.
2. The City of El Segundo will continue to send its ACFR to the Government Finance Officers
Association of the United States and Canada for review in its Certificate of Achievement for
Excellence in Financial Reporting program, and to the California Society of Municipal
Finance Officers for review in its Award for Outstanding Financial Reporting program. The
auditors will be required to provide special assistance to the City of El Segundo to meet the
requirements of those programs.
3. A separate Single Audit Report on grant activities, internal controls over financial reporting
and compliance performed in accordance with the U.S. Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) Circular A-133, Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non -Profit
Organizations. The report will include the appropriate schedule of expenditures of federal
awards, footnotes, findings and questioned costs, including reportable conditions and
material weaknesses, and follow up on prior audit findings where required.
4. A separate management letter (SAS 114) that include disclosures of material and non-
material weaknesses in internal controls, disclosures of violations of finance -related legal
and contractual provisions, and auditors recommendations for financial and program
management improvements. City staff comments addressing any issues disclosed, such as
a material weakness, will be incorporated in the report.
5. A separate management letter (SAS 115) that includes an overview on the scope of the audit
and the firms' responsibility under U.S. GAAS; any misstatements, audit adjustments or
significant audit findings; and any difficulties encountered during the audit including
disagreements with management.
6. A separate report on the City's calculation of the Gann Limit.
7. The Annual State Controller's Report for the City of El Segundo.
E. Special Considerations
1. The City of El Segundo desires an additional 50 hours of executive time for research and
assistance concerning accounting and other technical matters each year. These hours are
above and beyond the professional time associated with the audit.
F. Working Papers Retention and Access to Working Papers
All working papers and reports must be retained, at the auditors' expense, for a minimum of five
(5) years, unless the firm is notified in writing by the City of El Segundo of the need to extend
the retention period. The auditors will be required to make available all original working papers
for examination, upon request, to the City of El Segundo or any federal and state agencies
designated by the City.
Page 62 of 441
In addition, the firm shall respond to the reasonable inquiries of successor auditors and allow
successor auditors to review working papers relating to matters of continuing accounting
significance.
G. Irregularities and Illegal Acts
Auditors shall be required to make an immediate, written report of all irregularities and illegal
acts or indications of illegal acts of which they become aware to the following parties: Chief
Financial Officer; City Manager; and the City Attorney.
III. Description of the Government
A. Name and Email Address of Contact Person/Organizational Chart
The auditors' principal contact with the City of El Segundo will be the Finance Manager, Vicky
(Wei) Cao, who will coordinate the assistance to be provided by the City of El Segundo to the
auditors. The City El Segundo Finance Department is located at 350 Main Street, El Segundo,
California. Ms. Cao can be reached via email at wcao(c-r�,elsegundo.org
B. Background Information
The City of El Segundo is located 14 miles southwest of Downtown Los Angeles, adjacent to
the Los Angeles International Airport. The City was incorporated January 18, 1917, as a general
law city, with the Standard Oil Company of California refinery as the major industrial taxpayer
and employer. The substantial petroleum base of the local economy remains evident, although
the defense industry emerged as a major segment during World War II. Aerospace experienced
rapid growth during the early 1980's and accounted for a significant share of El Segundo's
industrial growth during those years. The available commercial/industrial space is now
attracting new business -to -business retail and services segments and is providing new
opportunities to diversify and enhance the revenue sources of the City.
With a daytime population estimated at 67,000 persons, El Segundo is an employment center
of regional and statewide significance. Many geographic and regional aspects contribute to the
City's appeal to the business community. The City borders the Century Freeway (105) on the
north and the San Diego Freeway (405) on the east, both of which provide linkages to the other
major freeways traveling north, south and east. Additionally, the city is adjacent to the Los
Angeles International Airport and is within 15 miles of the Port of Los Angeles.
The City operates many community facilities including one Police Station, and two Fire
Stations. In addition, the City provides the following facilities: one main library; the Joslyn
Senior Center; the Teen Center; the Lakes at El Segundo golf course (operated by Topgolf);
and fourteen parks, including Recreation Park, the largest in the City, which houses the George
E. Gordon Clubhouse, Teen Center, and Joslyn Center where the majority of recreation classes
and activities are held.
The City has a Council -Manager form of government, with five Council members and a City
Manager. Members of the City Council are elected to alternating four-year terms. Other elected
positions include the City Clerk and City Treasurer, both of whom also serve four-year terms.
The City government is operated on a Civil Service system of merit appointments and
promotions. The positions of City Manager and City Attorney are appointed by and serve at
the pleasure of the City Council. Department Heads are appointed by and serve at the will of
the City Manager. All other positions are filled by appointment, based on structured,
Page 63 of 441
competitive examinations. Currently, the City has 418 authorized full-time and full-time
equivalent positions, which provide all municipal services including Administrative Support
Services, Planning and Building Safety, Police, Fire, Recreation and Parks, Library, and Public
Works.
For Fiscal Year 2023-2024 El Segundo has an operating budget of $162 million across all funds.
The General Fund, which includes public safety, library, recreation and parks, planning and
other functions, makes up $88.4 million of the total. While City operations generate revenue
from various public services such as permitting and recreational activities, the core revenues
for the General Fund are from taxes: sales tax ($14.8 million); business tax ($14.3 million);
transient occupancy tax ($12.8 million); property tax ($12.5 million); and utility user's tax
($10.6 million);. The balance of the budget is attributed to funds for miscellaneous services
and grants.
An organizational chart (Exhibit A) is attached.
C. Fund Structure
The City of El Segundo uses the following fund types and account groups in its financial
reporting:
Number of
Fund Type/Account Group Individual Funds
General Fund 1
Special Revenue Funds 25
Debt Service Funds 2
Capital Projects Funds 11
Enterprise Funds 2
Internal Service Funds 3
Component Unit 1
General Fixed Assets Account Group 1
General Long -Term Debt Account Group 1
D. Budgetary Basis of Accounting
The City of El Segundo prepares its budgets on a basis consistent with generally accepted
accounting principles.
E. Component Units
The City of El Segundo is defined, for financial reporting purposes, in conformity with the
Governmental Accounting Standards Board's Codification of Governmental Accounting and
Financial Reporting Standards. Section 2100. Using these criteria, component units are
included in the City of El Segundo's financial statements.
The management of the City of El Segundo has identified the Park Vista Housing Authority as
component units for inclusion in the City of El Segundo's financial statements.
F. Finance Operations
The Finance Department, headed by the Chief Financial Officer, Paul Chung, consists of 19
positions and includes three divisions: Administration, Accounting Services and Business
Page 64 of 441
IV.
Services. The principal functions performed and the number of employees assigned to each is
as follows:
Function # of Employ
Administrative 3
Business Services 8
Accounting Services 8
Under the City's general law form of government, the City Manager is responsible for all
financial matters and reports directly to the City Council. Reporting directly to the City
Manager, the Chief Financial Officer manages the day-to-day operations of financial
administration.
G. Computer System
The City of El Segundo's data infrastructure resides at an offsite colocation facility using
Nutanix (hardware) on a hyper -converged virtual environment. VMWare virtual desktops in a
customized configuration. Server operating systems are standardized on Windows Server
2019, Desktops use Windows 10 Professional. The environment is secured by clustered Palo
Alto firewalls, all endpoints are running Crowdstrike Falcon at the OS level. Office 365 is used
for productivity across the city and Tyler Technologies EDEN system is used for financial,
purchasing and accounting services. Various other services are used for utility billing, point of
sale and the issuance of permits and licenses.
H. Availability of Prior Reports and Work Papers
The CLA (CliftonLarsonAllen LLP) in Irvine, California conducted the City's most recent
audit. The City will use its best efforts to make prior audit reports and supporting working
papers available to proposers to aid their response to this request for proposals.
Time Requirements
The City reserves the right to make changes to the below schedule, but plans to adhere to the
implementation of this bid process as follows:
A. Proposal Calendar
Request for Proposals Issued
Due Date for Proposals
Questions Deadline
Answers to Questions
Proposal Evaluation
Interview and Selection of Firm
January 18, 2024
February 22, 2024 (2:00 PM)
February 1, 2024 (5:00 PM)
February 6, 2024 (5:00 PM)
February 26 — 29, 2024
March 4 — 7, 2024
Page 65 of 441
B. Notification of Contract Dates
Notice of Intent to Award
Contract Awarded by City Council
C. Audit Schedule for fiscal year ending June 30, 2024
Written work plan and schedule
Interim Fieldwork
Final Audit Fieldwork
D. Report Completion Dates
Management Letter Comments
Report on the Gann Limit Calculation
Single Audit Report
ACFR
State Controller's Report
March 2024
March 19, 2024
June/July each year
Mid May/ Early June each year
Mid October each year
No later than end of December, each year
No later than end of December, each year
No later than end of December, each year
No later than end of December, each year
No later than end of December, each year
V. Assistance to be Provided to the Auditors and Report Preparation
A. Finance Department
The Finance Department staff and other responsible City personnel will be available during the
audit to assist the firm by providing information, documentation and explanation. A finance
staff member will be assigned as the `point of contact' to co-ordinate the auditing process. The
Finance Department staff will be able to provide electronic copies of ledgers and trial balances.
We will also be able to provide certain reports in Excel format to assist with certain testing
required during the audit. The preparation of confirmation letters will be the responsibility of
City of El Segundo staff.
B. Schedules and Working Papers
The City's Finance Department staff will prepare most of the Prepared by Client (PBC's)
working papers and lead scheduled normally required for the annual audit. The list of PBC's
required by the auditors shall be provided in writing to the City during the interim audit.
The City encourages questions from the audit staff. Audit staff should also be sensitive to City
staff s working schedules and timelines in obtaining required information.
C. Work Area, Telephones and Photocopying
The City of El Segundo will provide the auditors with reasonable workspace, desks and chairs.
The auditors will also be provided access to telephones and photocopying.
D. Report Preparation
Page 66 of 441
Report preparation, editing and typing of reports listed above shall be the responsibility of the
auditors. The auditors shall print 10 copies of the ACFR and the single audit report.
VI. Proposal Requirements
A. General Requirements
1. All questions with regards to the request for proposals must be submitted by 5:00 PM on
February 1, 2024, via email to:
Vicky (Wei) Cao, Finance Manager
E-mail wcao(kelsegundo.org
The email subject line item needs to be title "RFP 24-01 Professional Auditing Serviecs"
Responses to all questions will be posted on our website by end of day on February 6, 2024.
Contact with personnel of the City other than Ms. Cao regarding this proposal may be
grounds for elimination from the selection process. Ms. Cao will use her discretion if they
wish the proposer to consult with any other staff members.
2. Submission of Proposals
To be considered, proposer must submit six (6) hard copies of their proposal in a sealed
envelope with the name and address of the company submitting the proposal and it should be
clearly marked with the words "Request for Poposal #24-01" and the title "Professional
Auditing Services" no later than 2:00 P.M. PST on February 22, 2024 at the following
address:
City of El Segundo
City Clerk's Office
350 Main Street, Room 5
City of El Segundo, CA 90245-3813
a. Title Page
Title page showing the request for proposal's subject; the firm's name; the name,
address and telephone number of a contact person; and the date of the proposal.
b. Table of Contents
Include clear identification of the material by section and page number.
c. Transmittal Letter
A signed letter of transmittal briefly stating the proposer's understanding of the work to
be done; the commitment to perform the work within the time period; a statement why
the firm believes itself to be best qualified to perform the engagement; and a statement
that the proposal is a firm and irrevocable offer.
d. Detailed Proposal
Page 67 of 441
The detailed proposal should follow the order set forth in Section VI-B of this request
for proposals.
e. Bid Amount — Proposed Fees
The bid amount for the proposed fees should follow the order set forth in Section
VI-C of this request for proposal. Proposers are requested to provide a total all-inclusive
maximum audit fee for the three years plus the two one-year options, for performing the
audit engagement as described in this request for proposal.
B. Technical Qualifications
1. General Requirements
The purpose of the technical aspect of the proposal is to demonstrate the qualifications,
competence and capacity of the firms seeking to undertake an independent audit of the City
of El Segundo in conformity with the requirements of this request for proposals. As such,
the substance of the proposals will carry more weight than the form or manner of
presentation. The technical aspect of the proposal should demonstrate the qualifications of
the firm and of the particular staff to be assigned to the engagement. It should also specify
an audit approach that will meet the requirements outlined in the request for proposals.
The technical portion of the proposal should address all the points outlined in the request
for proposals. The proposal should be prepared simply and economically, providing a
straightforward, concise description of the proposer's capabilities to satisfy the
requirements of the request for proposals. While additional data may be presented, the
following subjects must be included. They represent the criteria against which the proposal
will be evaluated.
2. Independence
The firm should provide an affirmative statement that it is independent of the City of El
Segundo as defined by the U.S. General Accounting Office's Standards for Audit of
Governmental Organizations, Programs, Activities and Functions (1988), as amended.
The firm should provide an affirmative statement that it is independent of all of the
component units of the City of El Segundo as defined by those same standards.
The firm should also list and describe the firm's professional relationships involving the
City of El Segundo or any of its component units for the past five (5) years, together with
a statement explaining why such relationships do not constitute a conflict of interest relative
to performing the proposed audit.
In addition, the firm shall give the City of El Segundo written notice of any professional
relationships entered into during the period of this agreement.
3. License to Practice in California
An affirmative statement should be included indicating that the firm and all key
professional staff are properly licensed to practice in California.
4. Firm's Qualifications and Experience
Page 68 of 441
The proposal should state the size of the firm, the size of the firm's governmental audit
staff, the location of the office from which the work on this engagement is to be performed
and the number and nature of the professional staff to be employed in this engagement on
a full-time basis and the number and nature of the staff to be so employed on a part-time
basis.
The firm is also required to submit a copy of the report on its most recent external quality
control review, with a statement whether that quality control review included a review of
specific government engagements.
The firm shall also provide information on the results of any federal or state desk reviews
or field reviews of its audits during the past three (3) years. In addition, the firm shall
provide information on the circumstances and status of any disciplinary action taken or
pending against the firm during the past three (3) years with state regulatory bodies or
professional organizations.
5. Partner, Supervisory and Staff Qualifications and Experience
The firm should identify the principal supervisory and management staff, including
engagement partners, managers, other supervisors and specialists, who would be assigned
to the engagement and indicate whether each such person is licensed to practice as a
certified public accountant in California. The firm also should provide information on the
government auditing experience of each person, including information on relevant
continuing professional education for the past three (3) years and membership in
professional organizations relevant to the performance of this audit.
The firm should provide as much information as possible regarding the number,
qualifications, experience and training, including relevant continuing professional
education, of the specific staff assigned to the engagement. The firm also should indicate
how the quality of staff over the term of the agreement will be assured.
Engagement partners, managers, other supervisory staff and specialists may be changed if
those personnel leave the firm, are promoted or are assigned to another office. These
personnel may also be changed for other reasons with the express prior written permission
of the City of El Segundo. However, in either case, the City of El Segundo retains the right
to approve or reject replacements. Other audit personnel may be changed at the discretion
of the proposer provided that replacements have substantially the same or better
qualifications or experience.
It is the City's desire to retain, as much as possible, a consistent audit manager or senior in -
charge of the engagement.
Page 69 of 441
6. Similar Engagements with Other Government Entities
For the firm's office that will be assigned responsibility for the audit, list the most
significant engagements (maximum of 5) performed in the last five years that are similar to
the engagement described in this request for proposals. These engagements should be
ranked on the basis of total staff hours. Indicate the scope of work, date, engagement,
partners, total hours, and the name and telephone number of the principal client contact.
Also indicate whether the audit was a part of the Annual comprehensive financial report
prepared in conformance with GASB 34 requirements and if the client prepared their own
financial statements (PBC) or if the firm prepared the financial statements (PBA).
Information should be provided regarding these client references that have received the
GFOA and CSMFO awards.
7. Specific Audit Approach
The proposal should set forth a work plan, including an explanation of the audit
methodology to be followed, to perform the services required in Section II of this request
for proposals. In developing the work plan, reference should be made to such sources of
information as the City's budget and related materials, council minutes, organizational
charts, manuals, programs, and financial and other management information systems.
Proposers will be required to provide the following information on their audit approach:
a. Proposed segmentation of the engagement.
b. Level of staff and number of hours to be assigned to each proposed segment of the
engagement.
c. Sample sizes and the extent to which statistical sampling is to be used in the engagement.
d. Extent of use of software in the engagement.
e. Type and extent of analytical procedures to be used in the engagement.
f. Approach to be taken to gain and document an understanding of the City of El Segundo's
internal controls structure.
g. Approach to be taken in determining laws and regulations that will be subject to audit
test work.
h. Approach to be taken in drawing audit samples for purposes of tests of compliance.
i. Approach to be taken to ensure timely communication with the City regarding
corrections to be made.
j. Approach to be taken to ensure that agreed upon deadlines for submission of reports to
the City will be met.
Page 70 of 441
8. Identification of Anticipated Potential Audit Problems
The proposal should identify and describe any anticipated potential audit problems, the
firm's approach to resolving these problems and any special assistance that will be
requested from the City of El Segundo.
C. Price
1. Itemized of Total All-inclusive Maximum Price
The price should contain all information relative to performing the audit engagement as
described in this request for proposals. The itemized of total all-inclusive maximum price
to be bid is to contain all direct and indirect costs including all out-of-pocket expenses and
additional services.
The City of El Segundo will not be responsible for expenses incurred in preparing and
submitting the proposal. Such costs should not be included in the proposal.
2. Anticipated Rates Times the Hours for Each Partner, Specialist, Supervisory and Staff
Level to be assigned to the Engagement
The price should include a schedule of professional fees and expenses for each of the three
(3) years, plus the two one-year options, presented in the format provided in the attachment
(Exhibit B), that supports the total all-inclusive maximum price. The cost of special
services described in Section II E of this request for proposals should be disclosed as
separate components of the total all-inclusive maximum price.
3. Out -of -Pocket Expenses Included in the Total All-inclusive Maximum Price
Out-of-pocket expenses for firm personnel should be presented in the format provided in
the attachment (Exhibit B). All expense reimbursements will be charged against the total
all-inclusive maximum price submitted by the firm.
4. Rates for Additional Professional Services
If it becomes necessary for the City of El Segundo to request the auditors to render any
additional services, then such additional work shall be performed only if set forth in an
addendum to the contract between the City of El Segundo and the firm. Any such additional
work agreed to between the City of El Segundo and the firm shall be performed at the same
rates set forth in the schedule of fees and expenses included in the bid amount.
5. Manner of Payment
Progress payments will be made on the basis of hours of work completed during the course
of the engagement and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in accordance with the firm's bid
amount. Interim billings shall cover a period of not less than a calendar month. Five percent
(5%) will be withheld from each billing pending delivery of the firm's final reports.
Payments will be made within 30 days of the submission of invoices to the City.
Page 71 of 441
VII. Evaluation Procedures
A. Review of Proposals
The City of El Segundo will use a point formula during the review process to score
proposals. The firms with an unacceptably low technical score will be eliminated from
further consideration.
The price will then be considered and additional points will be added to the technical score.
The maximum score for price will be assigned to the firm offering the lowest total all-
inclusive maximum price. Appropriate fractional scores will be assigned to other
proposers.
B. Evaluation Criteria
Proposals will be evaluated using three (3) sets of criteria. Firms meeting the mandatory
criteria will have their proposals evaluated and scored for both technical qualifications and
price. The following represent the principal selection criteria which will be considered
during the evaluation process.
1. Mandatory Elements
a. The audit firm is independent and licensed to practice in California
b. The audit firm's professional personnel have received adequate continuing
professional education within the preceding two (2) years.
c. The firm has no conflict of interest with regard to any other work performed by the
firm for the City of El Segundo.
d. The firm submits a copy of its most recent external quality control review report
and the firm has a record of quality audit work.
e. The firm adheres to the instructions in this request for proposals on preparing and
submitting the proposal.
2. Technical Qualifications: (Maximum Points — 60)
a. Team Knowledge and Experience (Maximum Points — 20)
i. The firm's past experience and performance on comparable government
engagements. (Maximum Points — 10)
ii. The quality of the firm's professional personnel to be assigned to the
engagement and the quality of the firm's management support personnel to be
available for technical consultation. (Maximum Points — 10)
b. Approach to Audit Quality (Maximum Points — 40)
i. Qualifications of proposed staffing plan for various segments of the
engagement. (Maximum Points — 10)
ii. Thoroughness of approach to conducting the audit of the City and demonstration
of the understanding of the objectives and scope of the audit through proposal
presentation. (Maximum Points — 10)
iii. Adequacy of sampling techniques. (Maximum Points — 10)
iv. Adequacy of analytical procedures. (Maximum Points — 10)
3. Price: (Maximum Points — 10)
Page 72 of 441
Cost will not be the primary factor in the selection of an audit firm.
C. Oral Presentations
During the evaluation process, the City of El Segundo may, at its discretion, request any one or
all firms to make oral presentations. Such presentations will provide firms with an opportunity
to answer any questions the City of El Segundo may have on a firm's proposal. Not all firms
may be asked to make such oral presentations.
D. Final Selection
It is anticipated that a firm will be selected in March 2024. Following notification of the firm
selected, it is expected that a contract will be awarded by City Council at the second regularly
scheduled meeting held in March 2024.
E. Right to Reject Proposals
Submission of a proposal indicates acceptance by the firm of the conditions contained in this
request for proposals unless clearly and specifically noted in the proposal submitted and
confirmed in the contract between the City of El Segundo and the firm selected.
The successful bidder is selected by the City Council acting within its sole discretion. The City
Council is under no obligation to contract with any bidder. If the City Council determines bids
are unacceptably high, or specifications were misleading, it may reject any or all bids presented,
and the item may be rebid
Page 73 of 441
EXHIBIT A
City Of El Segundo
ORGANIZATION CHART
CITIZENS OF
ELSEGUNDO
CITY CITY CITY
TREASURER I I COUNCIL I I CLERK
CITY CITY
MANAGER ATTORNEY
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SERVICES
HUMAN
RESOURCES
FINANCE
POLICE
FIRE
COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT
PUBLIC
WORKS
RECREATION, PARKS, AND LIBRARY
Page 74 of 441
EXHIBIT B
SCHEDULE OF PROFESSIONAL FEES AND EXPENSES FOR THE AUDIT OF
THE (YEAR) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Standard Quoted
Hourly Hourly
Hours Rates Rates Total
Partners
Managers
Supervisory Staff
Staff
Other (specify):
Subtotal
Total for services described in Section II E of
the request for proposals. $
Out-of-pocket expenses:
Meals and lodging $
Transportation
Other (specify):
Total all-inclusive maximum price (YEAR) audit $
*Please attach itemize schedule for all services described in Section II.
Note: The rate quoted should not be presented as a general percentage of the
standard hourly rate or as a gross deduction from the total all-inclusive maximum
price.
Page 75 of 441
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Page 76 of 441
EXHIBIT C
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
[MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL]
To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance
with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below:
Tyne of Insurance
Commercial general liability:
Professional liability
Business automobile liability
Workers compensation
Limits
$1,000,000
$1,000,000
$1,000,000
Statutory requirement.
Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of the most recent ISO-CGL
Form Number. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for
bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be
endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance
coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may
be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such insurance must be on an "occurrence," not a "claims
made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written
notice to the City.
Professional liability coverage must be on an "occurrence basis" if such coverage is available, or on a "claims
made" basis if not available. When coverage is provided on a "claims made basis," the Consultant must
continue to maintain the insurance in effect for a period of three (3) years after this Agreement expires or is
terminated ("extended insurance"). Such extended insurance must have the same coverage and limits as the
policy that was in effect during the term of this Agreement, and cover the Consultant for all claims made by
the City arising out of any errors or omissions of the Consultant, or its officers, employees or agents during
the time this Agreement was in effect.
Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including
symbol 1 (Any Auto).
The Consultant must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance
of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence
of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance
must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a
Rating of "A:VII." Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any
cancellation of coverage. The Consultant will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any
exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no
obligation, and to delete the word "endeavor" with regard to any notice provisions.
By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance
requirements if it is selected as the City's consultant. Failure to provide this form may render the bidder's
proposal "nonresponsive."
Date
Bidder
Page 77 of 441
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Page 78 of 441
EXHIBIT D
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO AND
This AGREEMENT is entered into this day of , 20_, by and between the
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, a municipal corporation and general law city ("CITY") and
[ENTITY NAME], a [LOCATION AND TYPE OF ENTITY, E.G., A CALIFORNIA
CORPORATION] ("CONSULTANT").
1. CONSIDERATION.
A. As partial consideration, CONSULTANT agrees to perform the work listed in
the SCOPE OF SERVICES, below;
B. As additional consideration, CONSULTANT and CITY agree to abide by the
terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;
C. As additional consideration, CITY agrees to pay CONSULTANT a sum not
to exceed $ for CONSULTANT's services. CITY may modify this
amount as set forth below. Unless otherwise specified by written amendment
to this Agreement, CITY will pay this sum as specified in the attached Exhibit
"A," which is incorporated by reference.
2. SCOPE OF SERVICES.
A. CONSULTANT will perform services listed in the attached Exhibit "A," which
is incorporated by reference.
B. CONSULTANT will, in a professional manner, furnish all of the labor,
technical, administrative, professional and other personnel, all supplies and
materials, equipment, printing, vehicles, transportation, office space and
facilities, and all tests, testing and analyses, calculation, and all other means
whatsoever, except as herein otherwise expressly specified to be furnished
by CITY, necessary or proper to perform and complete the work and provide
the professional services required of CONSULTANT by this Agreement.
3. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS. While performing this Agreement, CONSULTANT
will use the appropriate generally accepted professional standards of practice existing at
the time of performance utilized by persons engaged in providing similar services. CITY
will continuously monitor CONSULTANT's services. CITY will notify CONSULTANT of
any deficiencies and CONSULTANT will have fifteen (15) days after such notification to
cure any shortcomings to CITY's satisfaction. Costs associated with curing the
deficiencies will be borne by CONSULTANT.
Page 79 of 441
4. PAYMENTS. For CITY to pay CONSULTANT as specified by this Agreement,
CONSULTANT must submit a detailed invoice to CITY which lists the hours worked and
hourly rates for each personnel category and reimbursable costs (all as set forth in
Exhibit "A") the tasks performed, the percentage of the task completed during the billing
period, the cumulative percentage completed for each task, the total cost of that work
during the preceding billing month and a cumulative cash flow curve showing projected
and actual expenditures versus time to date.
5. NON -APPROPRIATION OF FUNDS. Payments due and payable to CONSULTANT
for current services are within the current budget and within an available, unexhausted
and unencumbered appropriation of the CITY. In the event the CITY has not
appropriated sufficient funds for payment of CONSULTANT services beyond the current
fiscal year, this Agreement will cover only those costs incurred up to the conclusion of the
current fiscal year.
6. FAMILIARITY WITH WORK.
A. By executing this Agreement, CONSULTANT agrees that it has:
Carefully investigated and considered the scope of services to be
performed;
ii. Carefully considered how the services should be performed; and
iii. Understands the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions attending
performance of the services under this Agreement.
B. If services involve work upon any site, CONSULTANT agrees that
CONSULTANT has or will investigate the site and is or will be fully
acquainted with the conditions there existing, before commencing the
services hereunder. Should CONSULTANT discover any latent or unknown
conditions that may materially affect the performance of the services,
CONSULTANT will immediately inform CITY of such fact and will not proceed
except at CONSULTANT's own risk until written instructions are received
from CITY.
7. TERM. The term of this Agreement will be from , to
Unless otherwise determined by written amendment between the parties, this Agreement
will terminate in the following instances:
A. Completion of the work specified in Exhibit "A";
B. Termination as stated in Section 15.
8. TIME FOR PERFORMANCE.
A. CONSULTANT will not perform any work under this Agreement until:
CONSULTANT furnishes proof of insurance as required under
Section 23 of this Agreement; and
Page 80 of 441
ii. CITY gives CONSULTANT a written notice to proceed.
B. Should CONSULTANT begin work on any phase in advance of receiving
written authorization to proceed, any such professional services are at
CONSULTANT's own risk.
9. TIME EXTENSIONS. Should CONSULTANT be delayed by causes beyond
CONSULTANT's control, CITY may grant a time extension for the completion of the
contracted services. If delay occurs, CONSULTANT must notify the Manager within
forty-eight hours (48 hours), in writing, of the cause and the extent of the delay and how
such delay interferes with the Agreement's schedule. The Manager will extend the
completion time, when appropriate, for the completion of the contracted services.
10. CONSISTENCY. In interpreting this Agreement and resolving any ambiguities, the
main body of this Agreement takes precedence over the attached Exhibits; this
Agreement supersedes any conflicting provisions. Any inconsistency between the
Exhibits will be resolved in the order in which the Exhibits appear below:
A. Exhibit A: ; and
B. Exhibit B: . [LIST AND DESCRIBE EXHIBITS, AS
APPLICABLE. FOR EXAMPLE, THERE MAY ONLY BE EXHIBIT "A" AND
NOT AN EXHIBIT "B"]
11. CHANGES. CITY may order changes in the services within the general scope of this
Agreement, consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, and the contract sum and
the contract time will be adjusted accordingly. All such changes must be authorized in
writing, executed by CONSULTANT and CITY. The cost or credit to CITY resulting from
changes in the services will be determined in accordance with written agreement between
the parties.
12.TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. CONSULTANT will provide CITY with a
Taxpayer Identification Number.
13. PERMITS AND LICENSES. CONSULTANT, at its sole expense, will obtain and
maintain during the term of this Agreement, all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates
that may be required in connection with the performance of services under this Agreement.
14. WAIVER. CITY's review or acceptance of, or payment for, work product prepared by
CONSULTANT under this Agreement will not be construed to operate as a waiver of any
rights CITY may have under this Agreement or of any cause of action arising from
CONSULTANT's performance. A waiver by CITY of any breach of any term, covenant, or
condition contained in this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent
breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition contained in this Agreement,
whether of the same or different character.
15.TERMINATION.
A. Except as otherwise provided, CITY may terminate this Agreement at any
Page 81 of 441
time with or without cause.
B. CONSULTANT may terminate this Agreement at any time with CITY's mutual
consent. Notice will be in writing at least thirty (30) days before the effective
termination date.
C. Upon receiving a termination notice, CONSULTANT will immediately cease
performance under this Agreement unless otherwise provided in the
termination notice. Except as otherwise provided in the termination notice,
any additional work performed by CONSULTANT after receiving a
termination notice will be performed at CONSULTANT" own cost; CITY will
not be obligated to compensate CONSULTANT for such work.
D. Should termination occur, all finished or unfinished documents, data, studies,
surveys, drawings, maps, reports and other materials prepared by
CONSULTANT will, at CITY's option, become CITY's property, and
CONSULTANT will receive just and equitable compensation for any work
satisfactorily completed up to the effective date of notice of termination, not
to exceed the total costs under Section 1(C).
E. Should the Agreement be terminated pursuant to this Section, CITY may
procure on its own terms services similar to those terminated.
F. By executing this document, CONSULTANT waives any and all claims for
damages that might otherwise arise from CITY's termination under this
Section.
16.OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps,
models, photographs and reports prepared by CONSULTANT under this Agreement are
CITY's property. CONSULTANT may retain copies of said documents and materials as
desired, but will deliver all original materials to CITY upon CITY's written notice. CITY
agrees that use of CONSULTANT's completed work product, for purposes other than
identified in this Agreement, or use of incomplete work product, is at CITY's own risk.
17. PUBLICATION OF DOCUMENTS. Except as necessary for performance of service
under this Agreement, no copies, sketches, or graphs of materials, including graphic art
work, prepared pursuant to this Agreement, will be released by CONSULTANT to any other
person or public CITY without CITY's prior written approval. All press releases, including
graphic display information to be published in newspapers or magazines, will be approved
and distributed solely by CITY, unless otherwise provided by written agreement between
the parties.
18.INDEMNIFICATION.
A. CONSULTANT agrees to the following:
Indemnification for Professional Services. CONSULTANT will
save harmless and indemnify and at CITY's request reimburse
defense costs for CITY and all its officers, volunteers, employees
and representatives from and against any and all suits, actions,
Page 82 of 441
or claims, of any character whatever, brought for, or on account
of, any injuries or damages sustained by any person or property
resulting or arising from any negligent or wrongful act, error or
omission by CONSULTANT or any of CONSULTANT's officers,
agents, employees, or representatives, in the performance of this
Agreement.
ii. Indemnification for other Damages. CONSULTANT indemnifies
and holds CITY harmless from and against any claim, action,
damages, costs (including, without limitation, attorney's fees),
injuries, or liability, arising out of this Agreement, or its
performance. Should CITY be named in any suit, or should any
claim be brought against it by suit or otherwise, whether the
same be groundless or not, arising out of this Agreement, or its
performance, CONSULTANT will defend CITY (at CITY's request
and with counsel satisfactory to CITY) and will indemnify CITY
for any judgment rendered against it or any sums paid out in
settlement or otherwise.
B. For purposes of this section "CITY" includes CITY's officers, officials,
employees, agents, representatives, and certified volunteers.
C. It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions will
survive termination of this Agreement.
D. The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be
maintained by CONSULTANT as required by Section Error! Reference s
ource not found.2, and any approval of said insurance by CITY, are not
intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and
obligations otherwise assumed by CONSULTANT pursuant to this
Agreement, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning
indemnification.
19.ASSIGNABILITY. This Agreement is for CONSULTANT's professional services.
CONSULTANT's attempts to assign the benefits or burdens of this Agreement without
CITY's written approval are prohibited and will be null and void.
20. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CITY and CONSULTANT agree that CONSULTANT
will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in
which is it performed. CONSULTANT will be free to contract for similar service to be
performed for other employers while under contract with CITY. CONSULTANT is not an
agent or employee of CITY and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance,
bonus or similar benefits CITY provides for its employees. Any provision in this Agreement
that may appear to give CITY the right to direct CONSULTANT as to the details of doing
the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that CONSULTANT will
follow the direction of the CITY as to end results of the work only.
21.AUDIT OF RECORDS. CONSULTANT will maintain full and accurate records with
respect to all services and matters covered under this Agreement. CITY will have free
access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the
Page 83 of 441
same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents,
proceedings and activities. CONSULTANT will retain such financial and program service
records for at least three (3) years after termination or final payment under this Agreement.
22.INSURANCE.
A. Before commencing performance under this Agreement, and at all other
times this Agreement is effective, CONSULTANT will procure and maintain
the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a
minimum, with the limits set forth below:
Type of Insurance
Commercial general liability
Professional Liability
Business automobile liability
Workers compensation
Limits
$1,000,000
$1,000,000
$1,000,000
Statutory requirement
B. Commercial general liability insurance will meet or exceed the requirements
of ISO-CGL Form No. CG 00 01 11 85 or 88. The amount of insurance set
forth above will be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury,
personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability
policies will be endorsed to name CITY, its officials, and employees as
"additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such
insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may
be carried by CITY will be excess thereto. Such endorsement must be
reflected on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. Such
insurance will be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will
not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior
written notice to CITY.
C. Professional liability coverage will be on an "occurrence basis" if such
coverage is available, or on a "claims made" basis if not available. When
coverage is provided on a "claims made basis," CONSULTANT will
continue to renew the insurance for a period of three (3) years after this
Agreement expires or is terminated. Such insurance will have the same
coverage and limits as the policy that was in effect during the term of this
Agreement, and will cover CONSULTANT for all claims made by CITY
arising out of any errors or omissions of CONSULTANT, or its officers,
employees or agents during the time this Agreement was in effect.
D. Automobile coverage will be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form
CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto).
E. CONSULTANT will furnish to CITY duly authenticated Certificates of
Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this
Agreement and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as
Page 84 of 441
may be reasonably required by CITY from time to time. Insurance must be
placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to
at least a Rating of "A:VII."
F. Should CONSULTANT, for any reason, fail to obtain and maintain the
insurance required by this Agreement, CITY may obtain such coverage at
CONSULTANT's expense and deduct the cost of such insurance from
payments due to CONSULTANT under this Agreement or terminate
pursuant to Section Error! Reference source not found..
23. USE OF SUBCONTRACTORS. CONSULTANT must obtain CITY's prior written
approval to use any consultants while performing any portion of this Agreement. Such
approval must approve of the proposed consultant and the terms of compensation.
24.INCIDENTAL TASKS. CONSULTANT will meet with CITY monthly to provide the
status on the project, which will include a schedule update and a short narrative description
of progress during the past month for each major task, a description of the work remaining
and a description of the work to be done before the next schedule update.
25. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made
when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows:
If to CONSULTANT: If to CITY:
Attention: Click here to enter text. Attention: Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. City of El Segundo
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text.
phone phone
email email
Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been
received by the addressee upon deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage
prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be
deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or
addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner
prescribed in this paragraph.
26. CONFLICT OF INTEREST. CONSULTANT will comply with all conflict of interest
laws and regulations including, without limitation, CITY's conflict of interest regulations.
27. SOLICITATION. CONSULTANT maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor
retained any company or person, other than CONSULTANT's bona fide employee, to
solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, CONSULTANT warrants that it has not paid
nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than CONSULTANT's bona fide
employee, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration
contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. Should
CONSULTANT breach or violate this warranty, CITY may rescind this Agreement without
liability.
Page 85 of 441
28.THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement and every provision herein is
generally for the exclusive benefit of CONSULTANT and CITY and not for the benefit of
any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of
CONSULTANT's or CITY's obligations under this Agreement.
29.INTERPRETATION. This Agreement was drafted in, and will be construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action
involving this agreement will be in Los Angeles County.
30. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. CONSULTANT agrees to comply with all federal, state,
and local laws applicable to this Agreement.
31. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, and its Attachments, sets forth the entire
understanding of the parties. There are no other understandings, terms or other
agreements expressed or implied, oral or written. This Agreement will bind and inure to
the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and any subsequent successors and assigns.
32. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. Each Party had the opportunity to independently
review this Agreement with legal counsel. Accordingly, this Agreement will be construed
simply, as a whole, and in accordance with its fair meaning; it will not be interpreted
strictly for or against either Party.
33. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of this Agreement is declared by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to
the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as
so modified, such portion and the balance of this Agreement will continue in full force and
effect.
34. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary
action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Agreement
and to engage in the actions described herein. This Agreement may be modified by written
amendment. CITY's executive manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment
on behalf of CITY.
35. ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be executed by the Parties on
any number of separate counterparts, and all such counterparts so executed constitute
one Agreement binding on all the Parties notwithstanding that all the Parties are not
signatories to the same counterpart. In accordance with Government Code § 16.5, the
Parties agree that this Agreement, Agreements ancillary to this Agreement, and related
documents to be entered into in connection with this Agreement will be considered signed
when the signature of a party is delivered by electronic transmission. Such electronic
signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.
36. CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Agreement are for convenience
of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
37.TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this
Agreement.
Page 86 of 441
38. FORCE MAJEURE. Should performance of this Agreement be prevented due to fire,
flood, explosion, acts of terrorism, war, embargo, government action, civil or military
authority, the natural elements, or other similar causes beyond the Parties' reasonable
control, then the Agreement will immediately terminate without obligation of either party
to the other.
39. STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE. By executing this Agreement, CONSULTANT
represents that it has demonstrated trustworthiness and possesses the quality, fitness and
capacity to perform the Agreement in a manner satisfactory to CITY. CONSULTANT
represents that its financial resources, surety and insurance experience, service
experience, completion ability, personnel, current workload, experience in dealing with
private consultants, and experience in dealing with public agencies all suggest that
CONSULTANT is capable of performing the proposed contract and has a demonstrated
capacity to deal fairly and effectively with and to satisfy a public CITY.
[Signatures on next page]
Page 87 of 441
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day
and year first hereinabove written.
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO [CONSULTANT NAME] [REVIEW
VENDOR SIGNATURE GUIDE]
[SIGNATORY DEPENDS ON $ AMOUNT] By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Taxpayer ID No.
Tracy Weaver,
City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
MARK D. HENSLEY, City Attorney
Joaquin Vazquez, Assistant City Attorney
Page 88 of 441
GAT Y �A
ADDENDUM
W14wr, Pe � ;# Z
�=0410F 10
to
PROFESSIONAL AUDITING SERVICES
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL # 24-01
Date: February 6, 2024
To: All Prospective Bidders
The following questions have been raised regarding this Request for Proposal. The response to
each question is provided here and made available to all prospective bidders. The information
and clarification provided in this Addendum shall be considered as incorporated into the
specifications for the above -referenced Proposal.
1. The bid due date and time remains Thursday, February 22, 2024, at 2:00 pm.
2. Please see the attached Supplement and Addendum 1 for bidder questions and the City's
responses to them.
As evidence that the BIDDER has read this Addendum, the BIDDER must acknowledge same in
the space provided below and submit this Addendum with the Bid Proposal. Failure to
provide such acknowledgement may render the bid as non -responsive and may be subject to
rejection.
Signature:
Print Company Name:
Date:
Page 1 of 4
350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2300
Page 89 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
PROFESSIONAL AUDITING SERVICES
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL # 24-01
ADDENDUM NO. 1 SUPPLEMENT
• Question: Has there been any turnover in management during the past year?
Answer: New CFO came on board in January 2024.
• Question: Has there been any turnover in accounting staff during the past year?
Answer: One Accountant left the city in November 2023. The recruitment of the
Accountant position is open to public now.
• Question: How many journal entries were proposed by the auditor in the prior year?
Answer: About nine entries.
• Question: Are any management letter comments outstanding from the prior year?
Answer: No.
• Question: May we receive a copy of last year's management letter?
Answer: Please see attached.
• Question: How many major programs are subject to a Single Audit?
Answer: Five.
• Question: Any known or suspected fraud?
Answer: No.
• Question: When will the books be ready for the audit?
Answer: Interim audit is planned to be in mid May 2024 and final fieldwork is planned
to be in mid -October 2024.
• Question: Are financial records available electronically?
Answer: Yes. Please visit the City's website Financial Reports I El Segundo
• Question: Is remote auditing acceptable to the City?
Answer: Yes.
• Question: Were there any significant transactions (e.g., bond issuance, leases) during the
year?
Answer: There could be some leases.
Page 2 of 4
350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2300
Page 90 of 441
• Question: Who prepares the financials?
Answer: The City will prepare the Management's Discussion and Analysis and the
Statistical Section; the audit firm will prepare the full Financial Statements (including
Government -wide Financial Statements, Fund Financial Statements, Proprietary Fund
Financial Statements, Notes to Financial Statements, Required Supplementary
Information, and Supplementary Information), and bind and print the final ACFR.
• Question: Significant changes to operations or funding sources?
Answer: No.
• Question: Significant construction or capital projects?
Answer: No.
• Question: Any audits or inspections by regulatory agencies?
Answer: No.
• Question: Is there anything specific you are looking for in the successor auditors?
Answer: Please See RFP 24-01.
• Question: How many staff did the audit team consist of for both interim and year-end,
and how many weeks did the auditor spend in the field?
Answer: Because last audit was done remotely. We don't know how many staff members
were led by the Manager. We mainly contacted the audit manager during the audit.
There were approximately two weeks for the interim and two weeks for the final
fieldwork.
• Question: How many audit hours did your current auditors propose under your existing
contract?
Answer: 463
• Question: What were the prior year's total audit fees, and can you provide the
breakdown by components?
Answer: $63,000 (excluding Single Audit and State Controller's Report)
• Question: Are there any significant changes in operations expected for FY 2023-24?
Answer: No.
• Question: Were there any significant events in 2022-23? Will there be any significant
events in FY 2023-24?
Answer: No.
• Question: Have there been any changes in your accounting system since last year or any
planned changes in the future?
Answer: No.
Page 3 of 4
350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2300
Page 91 of 441
• Question: Were there any new bond issues in the current year or any planned bond
issuances in the coming years?
Answer: No.
• Question: How many leases and subscription arrangements does the City have?
Answer: There were five lessee leases, six lessor leases, and five SBITAs in FY22-23.
• Question: Does the City have any arrangements that qualify as PPP under GASB 94?
Answer: Yes. One golf course managed by private parry.
• Question: If so, please describe the type of arrangement
Answer: In February 2021, together with the ground lease agreement with ES CenterCal,
the City entered into a public -private partnership (PPP) arrangement with Topgolf, under
which Topgolf will make certain improvements to, operate, maintain and retain the net
profits from the City's Golf Course Facility during the term of the PPP arrangement,
which commenced upon Topgolf s completion of the Golf Course Facility in April 2022
and is conterminous with the term of the ES CenterCal ground lease of potentially 50
years, unless earlier terminated. At the end of the arrangement, operation of the Golf
Course Facility will be transferred to the City.
• Question: How many post -closing journal entries did you have for FY 2023? How many
were proposed by the auditor?
Answer: about 15 entries. Nine entries were proposed by the auditors.
• Question: Is there any litigation not included in the 2023 Financial Statements?
Answer: No.
• Question: Did the City have any layoffs, retirements, or replacements of key employees
in the finance department?
Answer: New CFO came on board in January 2024.
• Question: Do you currently have vacant or frozen positions within finance?
Answer: One vacant Accountant position. The recruitment of the Accountant position is
open to public now.
• Question: Was FY 2023 audit performed remotely? If so, is the City open to continuing
remote audits in the future?
Answer: Yes for both questions.
• Question: Will digital proposals be accepted in lieu of hard copies for submission?
Answer: No.
The City's FY23-24 budget for audit services is in line with previous years
expenditures.
Page 4 of 4
350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2300
Page 92 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F, G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.10
TITLE:
Resolution to Adopt the FY 2024-25 Pavement Rehabilitation Project (PW 24-08)
Funded by Senate Bill 1
RECOMMENDATION:
Adopt the attached resolution identifying the street rehabilitation project to be
funded utilizing Senate Bill 1, "Road Repair and Accountability Act" funds for FY
2024-25.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
To be included in the proposed FY 2024-25 Budget.
Amount Budgeted: $2,800,000
Additional Appropriation: None.
Account Numbers: 128-400-000-8300 (SB 1 Expenditure), 127-400-0000-8382
(Measure M Expenditure), and Prop C and Measure R funds, as needed
:1_T61201:tell] Z 113
The Public Works Department administers a five-year (2021-2025) Pavement
Management Program ("PMP") to ensure public health and safety, and to effectively
manage the integrity of the City's roadway system. Based on existing records,
conditions, and field verification, the PMP assigns a Pavement Condition Index ("PCI")
to all city roadway segments on a scale of 0-100, with 100 representing a surface
condition similar to new pavement.
Roadway segments with scores below 75 require some type of preventive maintenance.
This maintenance action can range from a slurry seal to an overlay, and to complete
reconstruction, depending on the roadway condition. The goal is to increase the
citywide average PCI score from 73 at the beginning of FY 2021-22 to 75 at the end of
Page 93 of 441
Pavement Rehabilitation Project (PW 24-08)
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 3
FY 2025-26, given the limitations of available funding.
Senate Bill 1 ("SB 1 "), the "Road Repair and Accountability Act" signed into law on April
28, 2017, provides funding to repair roads, freeways and bridges in California
communities, with the funding split equally between the state and local governments.
The SB 1 "Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account" ("RMRA") funds are provided
by voter -approved increases in gasoline and diesel excise taxes, the diesel sales tax,
and vehicle fees, which went into effect on November 1, 2017.
Prior to receiving the City's portion of RMRA funds from the State Controller in FY 2024-
25 in the estimated amount of $442,697, the City must submit to the California
Transportation Commission ("CTC") a list of projects which would utilize RMRA funds
pursuant to an adopted City resolution by July 1, 2024. This list must include a
description and the location of each proposed project, a proposed schedule for each
project's completion, and the estimated useful life of the improvement. The RMRA funds
shall be used to subsequently pay invoices for the adopted project(s). An expenditure
report must also be submitted to the CTC for their records and auditing purposes.
DISCUSSION:
FY 2024-25 Pavement Rehabilitation Project:
Staff has identified the following areas where the roadways can be rehabilitated with FY
2024-25 RMRA funds as part of the Annual Pavement Rehabilitation Program:
1. Roadways within the northeast residential quadrant of the City, bordered by
Mariposa Avenue to the south, Sheldon Street to the west, and Pacific Coast
Highway to the east. Rehabilitation of roadways within this quadrant will consist
of a 2-inch grind and overlay for some streets, while other roadway segments
within the area will be slurry sealed. The slurry sealing process consists of the
application of a thin asphalt slurry layer on existing asphalt pavement to prevent
water intrusion.
2. Full -depth reconstruction, where 4 inches of asphalt over 6 inches of sub -grade
will be removed and replaced in the following 3 alleys within the Smoky Hollow
area:
a. Alley 1, which is bordered by E. El Segundo Boulevard to the south,
Sheldon Street to the west, E. Franklin Avenue to the north, and Penn
Street to the east. This alley will also undergo drainage improvements at
its south end prior to the pavement reconstruction.
b. Alley 2, which is bordered by E. El Segundo Boulevard to the south, Penn
Street to the west, E. Franklin Avenue to the north, and Sierra Street to
the east.
Page 94 of 441
Pavement Rehabilitation Project (PW 24-08)
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 3
c. Alley 3, which is bordered by E. El Segundo Boulevard to the south, Sierra
Street to the west, E. Franklin Avenue to the north, and Lomita Street to
the east.
3. The Loma Vista Street & W. Palm Avenue intersection, where a portion of the
intersection will undergo full -depth reconstruction, while the entire intersection
will be slurry sealed.
Staff estimates the following timeline for the project:
June 2024 - Advertise and Bid Project
July - Award Contract
August - Complete Contract Documents
September - Begin Construction
November — Complete Construction
Staff requests that City Council approve the proposed Resolution which will be
transmitted to the CTC to facilitate its receipt of RMRA funds.
I:NIA'&IIZ7_A1Xr]Los aw_1zKee] iyilall /_10[N4
Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology
Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe
community.
PREPARED BY:
Floriza Rivera, Principal Civil Engineer
REVIEWED BY:
Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. FY 2024-25 S131 Funds Adoption Resolution PW 24-08
2. Vicinity Map PW 24-08
3. Location Map PW 24-08
Page 95 of 441
RESOLUTION NO. _
RESOLUTION TO ADOPT PROJECT PW 24-08, NORTHEAST
RESIDENTIAL QUADRANT BORDERED BY SHELDON STREET,
MARIPOSA AVENUE, AND PACIFIC COAST HIGHWAY PAVEMENT
REHABILITATION TO BE FUNDED BY SB 1: THE ROAD REPAIR AND
ACCOUNTABILITY ACT OF 2017
The City Council of the City of El Segundo does resolve as follows:
SECTION 1: The City Council finds and declares as follows:
A. Senate Bill 1 (SB 1), the Road Repair and Accountability Act of 2017 (Chapter 5,
Statutes of 2017) was passed by the Legislature and Signed into law by the
Governor in April 2017 to address the significant multi -modal transportation
funding shortfalls statewide; and
B. SB 1 includes accountability and transparency provisions that will ensure the
residents of City of El Segundo are aware of the projects proposed for funding in
our community and which projects have been completed each fiscal year; and
C. The City of El Segundo must adopt a list of all projects proposed to receive funding
from the Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account (RMRA), created by SB 1
by resolution, which must include a description and the location of each proposed
project, a proposed schedule for the project's completion, and the estimated useful
life of the improvement; and
D. The City of El Segundo will receive an estimated $442,697 in RMRA funding in
Fiscal Year 2024-25 from SB 1; and
E. Receiving SB 1 funding will enable the City of El Segundo to continue essential
road maintenance and rehabilitation projects, safety improvements, repairing and
replacing aging bridges, and increasing access and mobility options for the
traveling public that would not have otherwise been possible without SB 1; and
F. The City of El Segundo has undergone a robust public process to ensure public
input into our community's transportation priorities/the project list; and
G. The City of El Segundo used a Pavement Management Program to develop the
SB 1 project list to ensure revenues are being used on the most high -priority and
cost-effective projects that also meet the community's priorities for transportation
investment; and
H. The funding from SB 1 will help the City of El Segundo maintain and rehabilitate
roadways in the northeast residential quadrant of the City bordered by Sheldon
Street, Mariposa Avenue, and Pacific Coast Highway; three alleys bordered by
Page 1 of 4
Page 96 of 441
Sheldon Street, El Segundo Boulevard, Lomita Street, and Franklin Avenue; the
Loma Vista Street/Palm Avenue intersection and many similar projects into the
future; and
I. The 2018 California Statewide Local Streets and Roads Needs Assessment found
that the City of El Segundo streets and roads are in a fair condition and this
revenue will help us increase the overall quality of our road system and over the
next decade will bring our streets and roads into a good condition; and
J. The SIB 1 project list and overall investment in our local streets and roads
infrastructure with a focus on basic maintenance and safety, investing in complete
streets infrastructure, and using cutting -edge technology, materials and practices,
will have significant positive co -benefits statewide.
SECTION 2: The City Council finds that the foregoing recitals and true and correct and
adopts the following list of newly proposed projects will be funded in -part or solely with
Fiscal Year 2024-25 Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account revenues:
The northeast residential Quadrant Bordered by Sheldon St., Mariposa
Ave., and Pacific Coast Highway Pavement Rehabilitation Project consists of 2-inch
grind and overlay as well as slurry sealing treatment of the asphalt concrete for specific
streets.
The resurfacing improvements to three alleys bordered by Sheldon Street,
Ell Segundo Boulevard, Lomita Street, and Franklin Avenue consist of full -depth
pavement reconstruction.
The Loma Vista Street/Palm Avenue intersection improvement consists of
full depth pavement reconstruction in part of the intersection followed by slurry seal
treatment of the entire intersection.
The project is anticipated to start in September 2024 and complete in November 2024
and expected to extend pavement life for at least six years.
SECTION 3: Construction. This Resolution must be broadly construed in order to achieve
the purposes stated in this Resolution. It is the City Council's intent that the provisions of
this Ordinance be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a manner that
facilitates the purposes set forth in this Resolution.
SECTION 4: Severability. If any part of this Resolution or its application is deemed invalid
by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not
affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the
provisions of this Ordinance are severable.
Page 2 of 4
Page 97 of 441
SECTION 5: The City Clerk is directed to certify the adoption of this Resolution, record
this Resolution in the book of the City's original resolutions, and make a minute of this
adoption of the Resolution in the City Council's records and the minutes of this meeting.
SECTION 6: This Resolution will become effective immediately and will remain effective
unless repealed or superseded.
PASSED AND ADOPTED this 16th day of April, 2024.
Drew Boyles,
Mayor
ATTEST:
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO )
I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that
the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing
Resolution No. was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and
signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said
Council held on the day of , 2024, and the same was so passed and adopted
by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAIN:
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney
Page 3 of 4
Page 98 of 441
k:LSEGUNUO Vicinity Map
PW 24-08: FY 24/25 Pavement Rehabilitation Project
�p b}alsms
U 1 h•
a S�1
t Plaza E I
Seog u roc,
35th St
7 O �
U Q�
u
_n E ���C, %\11age
m ^ 27th St C `
LL G�
PVC Marino AVP
,e
Mar wl
,,Hnug
r"t.
a
w 111th St r,t�id►
r
.Le�tury FwY
1
ti
I
1 O
I Q
I 0
� a �
I
sc�t�trl]cr�ta°d
V
W Rcs1
> lne A
6,018.7 1 1 0 3,009.33 6,018.7 Feet DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS
sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only
and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The City
of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting
WGS_1984_Web _Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map.
Page 99 of 441
ELFSEGUNDO Location MapPW 24-08: FY 24/25 Pavement Rehabilitation Project
Quadrant east of Sheldon St., north of E. Mariposa Ave., and west of Pacific Coast Highway
E Imperial Ave i
Alley B-47 to B-48 Alley A-24 Alley A-2�Paites'
V E Acacia Ave E Acacia Ave
E Acacia Ave
E Walnut Ave
E Sycamore Ave
McCarthy Ct
E Maple Ave
Irene Ct
E Oak Ave
ep�
All��
E Palm Ave
c
= w
E Mariposa Ave
Alleys east of
Sheldon St., north
of E. El Segundo
Blvd., south of E.
Franklin Ave., and
west of Lomita St.
E Walnut Ave
E Sycamore Ave
� s>camo
Park
w
(j E Maple Ave
E Imperial Ave r�
T
6
I
i.
fib Segundo r�r�
Manhattan
Legend
--- City boundary
Proposed overlay street
Proposed slurry seal street
Street to be overlayed on
a different project
Drainage improvement
construction
Full -depth alley pavement
overlay
Part full -depth intersection
overlay followed by entire
intersection slurry seal
*1 Notes
No Scale DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS
sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only
and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The City
of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting
VGS_1984_Web-Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map.
anP n
N - -
E '- Franklin Ave
m ro
4 m 3
a
E El Segundo Blvd
Loma Vista St./ w Palm Ave
W. Palm Ave.
intersection
i
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F, G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.11
TITLE:
Notice of Completion for Pavement Rehabilitation Project along El Segundo Boulevard
from Whiting Street to Illinois Street Project No. PW 22-01
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Accept the Pavement Rehabilitation Project No. PW 22-01 by DASH
Construction Company, Inc.
2. Authorize and direct the City Clerk to file the attached Notice of Completion with
the County Recorder's Office.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
Included in the adopted FY 2023-24 Budget.
Amount Budgeted: $1,200,000
Additional Appropriation: None
Account Number(s):
$333,550 from 128-400-0000-8383 (SB 1 Expenditure)
$200,000 from 110-400-8203-8943 (Measure R Local Streets)
$666,450 from 127-400-0000-8382 (Measure M Expenditure)
BACKGROUND:
On September 20, 2022, City Council awarded a construction contract to DASH
Construction Company, Inc. in the amount of $997,777 and approved a construction
contingency amount of $117,523 to perform street rehabilitation work along El Segundo
Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street. The completion of this project has
increased the life of the rehabilitated street.
Page 101 of 441
Notice of Completion for Pavement Rehabilitation Project along El Segundo
Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 2
DISCUSSION:
Construction of this project began in April 2023, and was completed in September 2023.
The project was completed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications to
the full satisfaction of city staff. The final construction cost for this project is $1,084,361.
Staff recommends that the City Council approve the recommended actions for project
PW 22-01 as noted.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology
Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe
community.
PREPARED BY:
James Rice, Associate Engineer
REVIEWED BY:
Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Vicinity Map
2. Location Map
3. Before and After Pictures
4. Notice of Completion
Page 102 of 441
k:LSEGUNDO Vicinity Map
PW 22-01 Pavement Rehabilitation Project
I�—' �mpenal live �••--
I E W al nut Av,
I E Sycamare A.,
dWay
AN+°°
E Maple Ave
I
_ El Srqundo
I N Mph of
i o N Sc hoot
c E Manposa Av, v
a A Q 0 H
— >
0
RocreAlon in r'� N
j El Segundo Put' ' 3
-- O
rn E Grand Ave a It Z
�W Grand Ave c R
i 0 E Franklin Ave Y = a
rnCE150gundo v n Raytheon Space
S�fbms
M
A
O
V ih
_U 1.
V
7
a
M%) g es
Piaza E I
. Spurxk,
................ �iA.�wi.1i:. r.......-..-.. �..-..
M 9 35th St
c
O
Q Lenno
W tttth St ldddk
Sc hoo
Vf !
� J �
C
Z 1 M
1{ N
L o s A ngek• 1
An Force Paso 11.1Au
E El Sequndo•9hd
J
_ I
rn i
N
41
I
0
N i
I
I
I
I
......................
u
Q
Z
6.
6,018.7 1 1 0 3,009.33 6,018.7 Feet DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS
sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only
and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The City
of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting
WGS_1984_Web _Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map.
Page 103 of 441
k:LSEGUNUO Location Map
PW 22-01 Pavement Rehabilitation Project
Sc tr-rc'+
c
IE
El Segundo
•i
W Grand Ave
I
Roc m ul to n
Paf$'
..
0
E
E Grand Ave
E Franklin Ave
r
Mariposa Ave
Z
�
Y
0 E EI Segundo 61vd
C twv ran
E �pio�rM
nIF� �
x
6,018.7 1 , 0 3,009.33 6,018.7 Feet DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS
sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only
and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The City
of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting
WGS_1984_Web _Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map.
Page 104 of 441
� E�TTfy
T t
ter-=-- -'-- >-
Before: El Segundo Blvd at Main Street, looking east
After:
1 C -
Page 107 of 441
-4
'RG
wv-J
AP
Before: El Segundo Blvd between Oregon Street and Kansas Street, looking east
After:
Page 109 of 441
j 1� • . . J.
•JF
(. Jl _ _ ��` 1.�IN
40
6 Mom" �q.
1 }'ryrt .fa ,
t
`-�
Recording Requested by
and When Recorded Mail To:
City Clerk, City Hall
350 Main Street
El Segundo, CA 90245
NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION PROJECT
Project Name: Pavement Rehabilitation Project along El Segundo Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street
Project No.: PW 22-01 Contract No. 6493
Notice is hereby given pursuant to State of California Civil Code Section 3093 et seq that:
1. The undersigned is an officer of the owner of the interest stated below in the property
hereinafter described.
2. The full name of the owner is: City of El Segundo
3. The full address of the owner is: City Hall, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA, 90245
4. The nature of the interest of the owner is: Public Facilities
5. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was field reviewed by the City
Engineer on March 11, 2024. The work done was: Pavement Rehabilitation Project
6. On April 16, 2024, City Council of the City of El Segundo accepted the work of this contract as
being complete and directed the recording of this Notice of Completion in the Office of the
County Recorder.
7. The name of the Contractor for such work of improvement was: DASH Construction Company, Inc.
8. The property on which said work of improvement was completed is in the City of El Segundo,
County of Los Angeles, State of California, and is described as follows:
• El Segundo Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street
9. The street address of said property is: None
Dated:
City of El Segundo
Elias Sassoon
Public Works Director
VERIFICATION
I, the undersigned, say: I am the Director of Public Works/City Engineer of the City El Segundo, the declarant
of the foregoing Notice of Completion; I have read said Notice of Completion and know the contents thereof;
the same is true of my own knowledge.
I declare under penalty of perjury the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on , 2024 at El Segundo, California, 90245
City of El Segundo
Elias Sassoon
Public Works Director
Page 111 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F, G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.12
TITLE:
Notice of Completion for the George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project (PW
23-10)
RECOMMENDATION:
Accept the George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project No. PW 23-10 by
GEM Construction, Inc.
2. Authorize and direct the City Clerk to file the attached Notice of Completion with
the County Recorder's Office.
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
Included in the adopted FY 2023-24 Budget.
Amount Budgeted: $266,002.42
Additional Appropriation: None
Account Number(s): 301-400-8202-8216 (Brett Field Restrooms)
BACKGROUND:
The George Brett Field Restrooms and Snack Bar are old facilities and were in need of
some improvements. In order to better serve the public, the restroom improvements and
the facilities' Americans with Disability Act ("ADA") accessibility improvements for the
Snack Bar and the restrooms were identified by staff. Subsequently, engineering plans
and construction documents were prepared to make these necessary improvements.
On September 19, 2023, the City Council awarded a construction contract to GEM
Construction, Inc for an amount of $183,000 and approved a construction contingency
amount of $40,000 for the construction of this project.
The construction of these improvements began in December 2023 and has recently
Page 112 of 441
Notice of Completion for the George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 2
been completed. The restrooms were converted to two single -occupancy gender -neutral
restrooms which are ADA-compatible. Further, the snack bar was also renovated to
have an approved ADA-compatible transaction window and counter.
DISCUSSION:
During the construction, it was determined that the internal plumbing and the sanitary
sewer discharge outlet had to be completely reconstructed. Consequently, a change
order was processed for $43,203 to pay for this additional work. The George Brett Field
Restroom Improvements Project No. PW 23-10 was completed in February 2024 and
was subsequently inspected by City staff. The project was completed in accordance
with the approved plans and specifications to the full satisfaction of city staff. The final
project construction cost is $266,003.
Staff recommends that the City Council approve the recommended actions for project
PW 23-10 as noted.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology
Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe
community.
PREPARED BY:
James Rice, Associate Engineer
REVIEWED BY:
Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Vicinity Map
2. Location Map
3. Before and After Pictures
4. Notice of Completion
Page 113 of 441
Vicinity Map - PW 23-10 George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project
m WImperiaIAve 0 g•—■—■—■—■—■—■—■—■MEaw■pe■iwl■F#wy—■7Q-
'W Acacia Ave
E Acacia Ave
■
Century Fwy
v>
E Walnut Ave
• N
T!
1 v N
N E Sycamore Ave
1
3
■ u
>
o in E Maple Ave
1
Q
1 _
•
� C
■
S
s )
z =1
1
. in
Z
o
•
■ 7 W Mariposa Ave
E Mariposa Ave
a)C
tN
�
S
d
>
■■�
E Pine Ave
K
N ■
N
.t 1
Q
N
'N
• El Segundo
■
1 ■—■
N @
lD N
■— i 124th St
1
E Grand Ave @
E Grand Ave
•
,,arid Ave
m Y
Ln
G � ILn
Nd
L■—•
1
t ■ rt ■ — ■ — ■ —
E El Segundo Blvd
E El Segundo Blvt
— ■ — ■ J
♦
The Lakes Golf
N 1
•
Course
0 ■
♦
� 1
♦
E 1N
�
1
N.
a
.
`
I
•
W 138th St
♦ •A
Plaza El
Segundo
!
!000 ;
139th St
♦
1
♦
m
•
1
Q
El PAW
36th PI
35th PI
2/23/2023 1:27, 046
0 0.17 0.35 0.7 mi
0.3 0.6 1.2 km
City of El Segundo, County of Los Angeles, California State Parks, Esri,
HERE, Garmin, SafeGraph, GeoTechnologies, Inc, METI/NASA, USGS,
Page 114 of 441
Location Map - PW 23-10 George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project
❑❑ = ❑� a El ❑ ❑ ❑C❑❑
❑ in E::] Q�ED
E Holly Ave
6/9/2023
Picnic
F--�
g and Table
I P, BBQ �
Area
Tot Area
Fire Circle
Guaymas Way
George Brett
Field
Stevenson Field
Q � 0000
C • rt
Sn ck Bar Lawn Bow,7] RolleRink
ckey
Comm. Garden R uetball.
Softball Field
Volley Ball Park
❑ iorse Shoes Maintenance
S n c ,,
Te n C ntteerrj
Public Parking S ate Park u
E Grand Ave
E=:�:]
d
❑ o
0
11
Q N1M
EJaodan
E Pine Ave
❑�
d E--1 o
❑❑Cn
Q
El
E Holly Ave
ICJ ❑❑
❑
CD
❑❑ 0❑
o
o E--1
LJ ❑❑
❑
❑
❑ ❑ E:3
❑
❑
❑
�f❑
❑❑ ==
❑
❑
❑
Co ur t
❑❑j ����
h cl
ov h's Wi fl� L)
Wi ne es ❑
❑0��
E Grand Ave
St AnTfTony
tholic Chur h
1:3,381
0.02 0.04 0.09 m i
0.04 0.07 0.15 km
Esri Community Maps Contributors, City of El Segundo, County of Los
Angeles, California State Parks, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, HERE,
Page 115 of 441
PW 23-10 George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project Before and After Pictures
Before:
After:
Page 116 of 441
Before: Water fountain
i
1
'ib
J
Ma
♦ M
e
After:
Page 117 of 441
f
r
I
After:
East Restroom
West Restroom
Page 119 of 441
Before: Snack bar transaction windows
After
Page 122 of 441
Before: Snack bar counter
m
Page 123 of 441
After: Snack bar counter
%N�
Page 124 of 441
Recording Requested by
and When Recorded Mail To:
City Clerk, City Hall
350 Main Street
El Segundo, CA 90245
NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION PROJECT
Project Name: George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project
Project No.: PW 23-10 Contract No. 6754
Notice is hereby given pursuant to State of California Civil Code Section 3093 et seq that:
1. The undersigned is an officer of the owner of the interest stated below in the property
hereinafter described.
2. The full name of the owner is: City of El Segundo
3. The full address of the owner is: City Hall, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA, 90245
4. The nature of the interest of the owner is: Public Facilities
5. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was field reviewed by the City
Engineer on February 20, 2024. The work done was: restroom and snack bar remodel to
meet latest accessibility standards.
6. On April 16, 2024, City Council of the City of El Segundo accepted the work of this contract as
being complete and directed the recording of this Notice of Completion in the Office of the
County Recorder.
7. The name of the Contractor for such work of improvement was: GEM Construction Inc.
8. The property on which said work of improvement was completed is in the City of El Segundo,
County of Los Angeles, State of California, and is described as follows:
• George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project
9. The street address of said property is: 401 Guaymas Way, El Segundo, CA 90245
Dated:
City of El Segundo
Elias Sassoon
Public Works Director
VFRIFICATI(7N
I, the undersigned, say: I am the Director of Public Works/City Engineer of the City El Segundo, the declarant
of the foregoing Notice of Completion; I have read said Notice of Completion and know the contents thereof;
the same is true of my own knowledge.
I declare under penalty of perjury the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on , 2024 at El Segundo, California, 90245
City of El Segundo
Elias Sassoon
Public Works Director
Page 125 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.13
TITLE:
Waive Bidding Requirements and Authorize the Purchase of a New Ford Transit Cargo
Van
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Waive bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1- 7- 9(A)
and authorize the City Manager to enter into an agreement, in a form approved
by the City Attorney, directly with an auto dealership for the purchase of one new
Ford Transit cargo van for the Media Division within the City Manager's Office.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
Staff is anticipating the total cost to replace the current cargo van will not exceed
$65,000. The budget breakdown is as follows:
Amount Budgeted: $55,000
Additional Appropriation: No additional appropriation is necessary at this time. The
remaining $10,000 is available in the FY2023-24 City Manager's Office adopted budget.
Account Numbers: 001-400-2103-6207 (El Segundo Media - Equipment Replacement -
$25,000) and 001-400-2103-8105 (El Segundo Media - Automotive - $30,000)
BACKGROUND:
The Media Division within the City Manager's Office has been using a small 1987
Chevrolet G-Series Bonaventure cargo van as its vehicle for remote media productions.
The unit was originally purchased for another department in 1987 and transferred to the
Media division after a fleet equipment replacement upgrade. The unit has remained in
service within the Media Division for more than 25 years and has experienced
numerous breakdowns due to a failed alternator, faulty braking system, electrical
issues, and multiple drained batteries.
Page 126 of 441
Media Division Van Purchase
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 3
DISCUSSION:
The 1987 Chevrolet G-Series Bonaventure van has been a reliable workhorse for the
Media Division for over two decades. However, its age and extensive use have
rendered it increasingly unreliable, costly to maintain, and potentially unsafe for
operation. The van is no longer capable of effectively meeting the demands of the
division's operations for the following reasons:
1. Reliability and Safety Concerns: The 1987 Chevrolet G-Series Bonaventure van
is prone to frequent breakdowns and mechanical failures, posing a significant risk
to the safety of City staff and the integrity of City operations. A newer vehicle with
updated safety features and reliability standards is essential to mitigate these
risks and ensure smooth operations.
2. Operational Efficiency: Modern vehicles offer advanced features such as
improved fuel efficiency, enhanced cargo capacity, and integrated safety
systems, all of which contribute to increased operational efficiency. Upgrading to
a new vehicle will streamline Media Division operations and reduce downtime
caused by maintenance issues.
3. Cost Savings: While the initial investment in a new vehicle may seem significant,
the long-term cost savings associated with reduced maintenance expenses,
improved fuel economy, and lower risk of breakdowns justify the purchase.
Additionally, newer vehicles often come with warranties and maintenance plans
that further reduce operating costs.
4. Environmental Impact: Older vehicles tend to have higher emissions and lower
fuel efficiency, contributing to environmental pollution and carbon footprint.
Transitioning to a newer, more environmentally friendly vehicle aligns with the
City's commitment to sustainability and civic responsibility.
Replacement of the aging 1987 Chevrolet G-Series Bonaventure van with a new Ford
Transit cargo van is a strategic investment that will yield numerous benefits for the
Media Division. By prioritizing safety, efficiency, and environmental responsibility, we
can ensure the continued long-term success of the division's operations and maintain
the City's commitment to excellence. Accordingly, staff finds that the City's best
interests are served by a direct award of a contract to purchase the new Ford Transit
cargo van and recommend that the City Council waive competitive bidding and
authorize the City Manager to enter into an agreement to purchase the vehicle, as
proposed.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 1: Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communication
Page 127 of 441
Media Division Van Purchase
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 3
Objective 1 B: El Segundo's engagement with the community ensures excellence.
Goal 3: Promote a Quality Workforce Through Teamwork and Organizational
Efficiencies
Objective 3A: El Segundo is an employer of choice and consistently hires for the future,
with a workforce that is inspired, world -class, engaged and innovative.
Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability
Objective 5B: El Segundo approaches its work in a financially strategic and responsible
way.
PREPARED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
REVIEWED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
None
Page 128 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F 1 F �' t 1) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.14
TITLE:
Agreement with Sharp Business Systems to Provide Copier Equipment, Supplies,
Maintenance, and Support
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Authorize the City Manager to execute a four-year agreement with Sharp
Business Systems to provide copier equipment, supplies, maintenance, and
support for $6,665.06 a month, totaling $319,922.88 over the four-year term.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The annual lease and maintenance costs will be $79,980.72 per year, totaling
$319,922.88 over the four-year lease agreement. The new lease cost with Sharp is in
line with our current expiring lease with Kyocera Document Solutions, staff is not
anticipating an overall cost increase. The lease agreement will begin in July 2024, and
the costs will be included in the FY 2024-25 proposed budget account 001-400-2505-
6203 (copier machine charges) and 001-400-2901-6216 (GASB 87 Lease Account).
The costs for the subsequent years will be requested in future budgets.
BACKGROUND:
On February 14, 2019, the City Council authorized the City Manager to enter into a five-
year lease agreement with Kyocera Document Solutions for a fleet of 23 multi -function
printers ("MFPs") for $516,454. The term of this contract was from April 1, 2019 through
April 1, 2024. Despite the expiration of the initial term, the City continues to use the
MFPs on a month -to -month contract until replacement hardware is procured.The useful
life of an MFP is estimated to be between three to five years.
As the City's fleet of MFPs has aged, the amount of maintenance required to keep them
running reliably has increased. This increased maintenance has introduced a disruption
to business operations in the City, forcing staff to spend additional time clearing paper
Page 129 of 441
Copier Machine Services Agreement
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 4
jams and resolving error messages. To identify replacement hardware that would
properly serve all city departments, the Information Technology Services Department
("ITSD") issued a request for proposals ("RFP") and identified a representative from
each department to create a review panel ("Panel").
DISCUSSION:
On February 12, 2024, ITSD issued an RFP for a fleet of 27 MFPs, including supplies,
maintenance, and support, for a lease term of four years. The City published the RFP
on its website and sent the RFP to 10 registered MFP vendors with the City. The
following vendors were notified: ADV Copy/Print Co, AIS, Allied Network Solutions,
Canon Solutions America, Inc., CBE Office Solutions, Complete Document Solutions,
Inc., Kyocera Document Solutions, Image Source, Ricoh USA Inc., and Zones LLC.
The RFP review process consisted of two steps. The first step was a scoring method
which narrowed vendor responses down to two finalists. The second step consisted of a
site visit, where the Panel would be able to view a demo and test the equipment in
person.
The scheduled timeline that was included in the RFP is below:
• RFP Published on February 12, 2024
• Questions from Proposers Due by 5:00 P.M. on February 20, 2024
• Response to Question Posted by February 26, 2024
• Proposals Due No Later Than 11:00 A.M. on March 4, 2024
• Review of Proposals by Panel: March 12, 2024
• Announcement of Two Finalists: March 13, 2024
• Site Visit(s) of Finalists Completed by March 29, 2024
• Proposed Council Award Date: April 16, 2024
A total of three proposals were received by the March 4, 2024 11.00 a.m. deadline. The
Panel reviewed each proposal and scored them according to the following criteria and
weighted percentages:
• Qualifications and Experience (20%): Qualifications and experience of the
Vendor related to the services described in this RFP. Include a history of
successfully completing contracts similar to this scope and size, meeting and
maintaining expected deadlines, as well as experience providing related services
to comparable municipalities.
• Completeness & Comprehensiveness (20%): Completeness of all required
submittal information contained in the RFP package and any supplemental
information provided by the vendor to demonstrate the quality of services and the
ability to meet all requirements of the RFP.
• Technical Approach (25%): The vendor's ability to meet the minimum technical
Page 130 of 441
Copier Machine Services Agreement
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 4
specifications outlined in the RFP. Documentation of the specific copiers to be
provided and their functionality demonstrating specifications set out in the RFP.
Management & Approach (20%): The Vendor's management and approach that
demonstrates the understanding of the Scope of Services and the potential to
implement effectively as stated in the RFP. A proposed project scheduling
detailing deployment schedule and resources onsite to deploy.
Total Cost (15%): Proposed project cost for all four (4) years.
Based on the scoring method, the two finalists with the highest scores were Sharp
Business Systems ("Sharp") and Canon Solutions America ("Canon"). ITSD notified
Sharp and Canon by e-mail on March 12, 2024, and requested their response to
clarifying questions in preparation for a site visit. Both Sharp and Canon provided their
response by the deadline.
A site visit was scheduled with Sharp on March 27, 2024, and with Canon on March 28,
2024. Both vendors provided a presentation as well as a demo of their recommended
MFPs. The Panel took the opportunity to test the MFPs in -person and to ask questions.
On April 1, 2024, the Panel met to discuss the site visits for Sharp and Canon. After
extensive discussion, and by majority vote, the Panel selected Sharp to be awarded the
RFP. While Sharp and Canon had comparable technical qualifications, experience, and
levels of support, the Panel majority selected Sharp for the following considerations:
Sharp's proposal cost less and would save the City approximately $34,600 over
the four-year contract.
Sharp meets the City's technical requirement for MFPs to have a specific paper
tray capacity and a configuration to have letter, legal, and ledger -size paper
always on standby for printing. This reduces staff time to re -configure the MFP
when printing different -sized documents. Canon was able to meet either the
paper tray capacity or the paper tray configuration, but not both.
Sharp and Canon would provide replacements in the event an MFP malfunctions
and cannot be repaired. The Panel preferred Sharp's proposal to replace after
three service calls in a 30-day period. Canon's proposal was to troubleshoot the
issue, escalate the issue through the appropriate chain, and after determining a
replacement is appropriate, provide a replacement.
The four-year contract with Sharp will include the following equipment, each of which
will be configured with accessories to match specific department needs, services, and
Sharp's environmental commitment:
15 full-size color MFPs with a 45 page per minute (PPM) printing speed
Three full-size color MFP with a 65ppm printing speed
Three full-size color MFP with a 80ppm printing speed
Page 131 of 441
Copier Machine Services Agreement
April 16, 2024
Page 4 of 4
Three B&W desktop MFP with a 57ppm printing speed
Three color desktop MFP with a 42ppm printing speed
Supplies, services, and maintenance support for the MFP fleet based on a
70,000 B&W and a 70,000 color print volume. This includes, but is not limited to,
toner and printer supplies (excluding paper and staples), PaperCut software,
MFP fleet management software, user training, routine maintenance, service
calls, on -site technician support to troubleshoot issues, and loaner/replacement
units.
As part of Sharp's environmental commitment, printer consumables are
recyclable and Sharp offers zero waste toner recycling with free shipping. Sharp
MFPs have environmentally friendly features such as staple -less stapling,
supporting recycled paper, and energy -saving modes to reduce power
consumption. Sharp offers detailed reporting on MFP usage and printing to help
the City track print usage.
See the attached pricing summary and Sharp's proposal for more details. Staff
recommends authorizing the City Manager to execute a four-year agreement with Sharp
in the total contract amount of $319,922.88 to replace, support, and maintain the City's
MFP fleet.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology
Objective 413: El Segundo's technology supports effective, efficient, and proactive
operations.
PREPARED BY:
Jose Calderon, Information Technology Services Director
REVIEWED BY:
Jose Calderon, Information Technology Services Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Sharp - City of El Segundo Cost Summary Sheet
2. City of El Segundo - Sharp Model Details
3. RFP 24-05 Copier and Printers - Sharp Proposal
Page 132 of 441
SHARP
Description
Total Cost Per Month To Lease Entire Fleet for 48 Months (including badge/card readers)
Total cost per month to provide maintenance for entire fleet (based on 70,000 B/W and 70,000 color images per month)
Overage charge for each page over the 70,000 monthly limit for B/W
Overage charge for each page over the 70,000 monthly limit for color
Cost per month to retain PaperCut software for 48 Months with Maintenance & Support
Cost
$3,783.49
$2,695.00
$0.0037
$0.035
$186.57
Page 133 of 441
City of El Segundo Pricing Proposal RFP #24-05 Copiers Printers
Tandem Paper Tray BP-DE15 $13.17 15.00 $197.55
Hole Punch
4,000 Sheet Booklet Stapling Finisher
1,000 Sheet Stapling Finisher
Card Reader
PaperCut w/ 4 years of Maintenance/Support
Total Payment with all requested features
MXPN15B
$5.50
15.00
$82.50
BP-FN16
$44.36
2.00
$88.72
BP-FN13
$18.56
13.00
$241.28
T4DT-FB2BAC-PI
$3.74
15.00
$56.10
AMS-4
$6.91
15.00
$103.65
$2,307.00
Page 134 of 441
Tandem Paper Tray
Hole Punch
4,000 Sheet Booklet Stapling Finisher
1,000 Sheet Stapling Finisher
Card Reader
PaperCut w/ 4 years of Maintenance/Support
Total Payment with all requested features
City of El Segundo Pricing Proposal RFP #24-05 Copiers Printers
BP-DE15
$13.17
3.00
$39.51
MXPN15B
$5.50
3.00
$16.50
BP-FN16
$44.36
$0.00
BP-FN13
$18.56
3.00
$55.68
T4DT-FB2BAC-PI
$3.74
3.00
$11.22
AMS-4
$6.91
3.00
$20.73
$538.10
Page 135 of 441
City of El Segundo Pricing Proposal RFP #24-05 Copiers Printers
:%I
1
L
W W
3,500 Sheet Side Deck Large Capacity Tray MX-LC12 $8.85 3.00 $26.55
Hole Punch MXPN16B $5.50 3.00 $16.50
4,000 Sheet Booklet Stapling Finisher MX-FN22 $67.08 1.00 $67.08
3,000 Sheet Stapling Finisher MX-FN34 $21.76 2.00 $43.52
Card Reader T4DT-FB2BAC-PI $3.74 3.00 $11.22
PaperCut w/ 4 years of Maintenance/Support AMS-4 $6.91 3.00 $20.73
Total Payment with all requested features $743.93
Page 136 of 441
City of El Segundo Pricing Proposal RFP #24-05 Copiers Printers
1 —
r.
Additional 600 Sheet Tray BP-CS12 $2.00 4.00 $8.00
Card Reader T4DT-FB2BAC-PI $3.74 3.00 $11.22
PaperCut w/ 4 years of Maintenance/Support
Total Payment with all requested features
AMS-4 $6.91 3.00 $20.73
$165.38
Page 137 of 441
City of El Segundo Pricing Proposal RFP #24-05 Copiers Printers
Additional 600 Sheet Tray BP-CS12 $2.00 4.00 $8.00
Card Reader T4DT-FB2BAC-PI $3.74 3.00 $11.22
PaperCut w/ 4 years of Maintenance/Support AMS-4 $6.91 3.00 $20.73
Total Payment with all requested features $215.66
Total 48 Month Cost for All Equipment
$3,970.07
Page 138 of 441
SHARP
SHARP BUSINESS SYSTEMS
March 4, 2024
Request for Proposal Response for:
City of El Segundo
Proposal # 24-05
Copiers and Printers
INFORMATIONAL TECHNOLOGY SERVICES DEPARTMENT ("ITSD")
350 Main Street
El Segundo, CA 90245
Prepared by:
Sarah Razi, Branch Sales Manager — sarah.razi@sharpusa.com
Zach Froisland, Major Account Executive— zach.froisland@sharpusa.com
Kevin McElheny, Account Executive — kevin.mcelheny@sharpusa.com
Stephen Ortiz, Branch Sales Manager — stephen.ortiz@sharpusa.com
Sharp Business Systems
12985 Los Nietos Blvd.
Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670
Phone: 888-258-2802/Fax: 619-258-1406
www.sharpusa.com
Page 139 of 441
TABLE OF CONTENTS
COVERLETTER.........................................................................................................3
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.............................................................................................4
SCOPE OF WORK/METHODOLOGY.........................................................................15
PRICINGPROPOSAL...............................................................................................18
QUALITY CONTROL & ACCOUNT REPORTING PROCESS..........................................19
ABOUT THE EQUIPMENT........................................................................................24
REFERENCES..........................................................................................................48
REQUIRED STATEMENTS & EXCEPTIONS................................................................50
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS & ADDENDUMS...........................................................53
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 12
Page 140 of 441
COVER LETTER
Jose Calderon, ITSD Director
City of El Segundo — ITSD Department
350 Main Street
El Segundo, CA 90245
Dear Jose,
It is with great pleasure to submit this proposal to the City of El Segundo. Sharp Business Systems (SBS) is the direct
arm of Sharp Electronics in North America. Sharp has offices nationwide, including four in Southern California, ready
to provide superior service and deliver award -winning technology.
We service a wide range of institutions, as you can see from our list of references. Sharp has an entire team of
dedicated specialists with extensive knowledge and experience upgrading, installing, and swapping fleets for higher
education organizations. Our team will work hand in hand with the City of El Segundo to assess each site and make
recommendations to optimize technology that makes financial sense. Our team will seamlessly replace your fleet of
existing MFPs with new Sharp devices with minimal impact on your staff and end users. Our own fleet of Sharp
trucks and a dedicated Sharp delivery team is ready to deliver.
Key items to note in our response:
• Sharp is confident our team will meet your delivery timeline. We will deliver your entire fleet, set up, network,
and train your staff with minimum disruption to the end users.
• This proposal will remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from the date of submittal, meets
the terms and conditions outlined I the RFP, and is compliant with all labor laws.
• We have currently serviced many accounts in Southern CA and have several very experienced technicians ready
to service the City of El Segundo should we be lucky enough to win this RFP.
• Sharp is an official Papercut partner and the required licenses and maintenance have been included. We have
many Papercut installations at like size clients throughout Southern California. We also have our own team of
Software Engineers in Southern California. These engineers will be onsite at the City of Redondo Beach during
deployment and address any issues that may arise throughout the term of the contract.
• Sharp's MICAS software will monitor your entire fleet 24/7 and provide Just in Time Automated Toner
Replenishment as a complementary service.
• Sharp agrees that the materials, equipment, and services offered will be new and meet all the requirements of
the specifications/scope of services in this RFP.
We have the expertise, staff, and facilities to provide the City of El Segundo with state-of-the-art equipment and
exceptional service. Our dedication will ensure a successful partnership.
Sincerely,
Sarah Razi, Branch Sales Manager
SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION, established 1962
12985 Los Nietos Blvd.
Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670
949-326-3946
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 13
Page 141 of 441
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Sharp has an Enterprise Business Group that specifically works on bids and RFPs for City and State municipality
clients such as the City of El Segundo. This team knows how to design custom solutions for every major
account based on their specific needs. Our market approach is to offer a tailored solution at the best possible
price. We believe t Sharp offers best -in -class products. You have a winning combination when you combine
Sharp products and pricing with unparalleled flexibility. Above all, our level of commitment and follow-
through is what we believe impacts our incredible success at winning bids and maintaining long-term
relationships with satisfied customers. Every company has a market approach for RFPs, but not every
company is committed to the client for the life of the contract. We are committed to giving you the same
attention and level of service in month 1, month 13, or month 60 of the agreement. We know what it takes
to put together an informative RFP and what it takes to manage an account properly throughout the
partnership.
Our Competitive Advantage
We believe our competitive advantage is our people. Sharp has account managers, service technicians, and
management who have been with the company for 10, 15, 20 years, and in some cases even longer. This type
of experience and product line knowledge is unheard of in our industry. Our experienced staff offer the best
pricing, value, and service levels to our clients. The account manager who starts the contract with you will
also be who will end it with you. We will not rotate new account managers every year due to turnover. The
City of El Segundo will have two account managers with a combined 30+ year tenure at Sharp with values you
won't find elsewhere in our industry.
What We Offer
• Four large state-of-the-art facilities in Southern California, anchored by a headquarters with $1M +
available parts and supplies.
• Local company, Live local dispatch and helpdesk for personalized service and support
• Global technology leader with global resources, national coverage, and a wide network of branches
and dealers ready to serve you.
• Fortune 250, financially stable, serving Southern California for over 50 years.
• Innovative technology and value-added services
• Robust list of clients throughout Southern California. More references can be provided upon request.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 14
Page 142 of 441
Who We Are
Sharp Business Systems is the direct sales organization of Sharp Electronics
Corporation, a $26+ billion global technology innovator that employs over 40,000 +
people worldwide. We have been serving Southern California for over 50 years. We
currently have 130 employees in Southern California with over 5,000 clients,
including a variety of municipalities and academic institutions: school cities and
universities.
What We Do and How We Do It
Sharp provides comprehensive, flexible, state-of-the-art technology to our
business partners specifically tailored to their needs.
It's not what we do, but how we do it that makes Sharp different. First, we build
strong trusting and long-lasting relationships. We believe business is still people
doing business with people and it's our people that set us apart from our
competition.
Local Support - SBS provides your business with world -class Sharp products and
first-rate services while giving you access to local management and account
support in the areas of service, IT, billing, sales, product training and more.
National Support - SBS can support your organization on a national level with 36
locations in the U.S. augmented by a nationwide network of 400 plus authorized
Sharp service providers. Our local management and nationwide support enable
SBS to be an outstanding provider for nationwide installations.
Stability
There has been unpredictability in our industry with dealers and distributors
regularly changing manufacturers. Our stability, as the manufacturer, gives clients
peace of mind knowing they are dealing with an organization that can take care of
them now and into the future.
The Results
By establishing mutually beneficial relationships with our clients, we have been
able to provide millions of dollars in savings by efficiently implementing optimal
technology, creative solutions, and innovative ideas at the right time. SBS prides
itself on maintaining a strong customer retention rate and continually establishing
new business relationships through client referrals.
Sharp is dedicated to improving people's lives with advanced technology, a strong
commitment to innovation, quality, value, and design. We invite you to learn more
about the numerous awards won by our innovative products, the value we place
upon Corporate Social Responsibility, and our on -going commitment to strong
business ethics.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
SBS is part of
Sharp Electronics
Corporation, a global
technology innovator.
O
Our branches combine
the resources of a
multi -billion dollar
-
corporation with
the value of local
representation.
We keep clients
informed on the
latest innovations to
ensure their current
technology meets
their ever -changing
demands.
Through creative
C
solutions and the right
mix of technology,
we help improve our
clients' bottom line,
Z
efficiency and security.
Page15
Page 143 of 441
Global company. Local support.
Foxconn`
SHARP
94% : s 97% : ; 95% 0
Satisfaction with the accuracy Satisfaction with the courtesy Overall satisfaction with the
and responsiveness of the call and professionalism of the support from the Sharp
center representative technician technical service team
Based on 9,600• service surveys completed by actual customers dating back to March 2013
Sharp Business Systems (SBS) is a direct sales division of Sharp Electronics Corporation. Our Irvine branch
combines the resources of a multi -billion -dollar corporation and the value of local representation and
management. We are proud of our local community relationships, most notably the Santa Ana Chamber
of Commerce and Irvine Chamber of Commerce. As a technology partner, providing friendly, local support
is our specialty through our best -in -class products, solutions, and support. Our experienced technology
specialists evaluate your current technology environment — from copiers to IT services — to help you
create a Simply Smarter Office environment.
Our experienced business technology specialists evaluate your current technology environment and
document workflow to help improve your company's efficiency, security and bottom -line with our best -
in -class products, solutions, and support.
• Local accountability and access
• 40,000 + square feet of facilities
• Roughly $11VI parts and supply inventory
• On Base Diamond Support Partner
• HP, Kyocera and Lexmark authorized dealer
• Personalized client relations
• Live Dispatch
• Less than 4-hour response time
• Proactive maintenance
• Diverse client portfolio
Sharp Electronics
Managed
Print Services
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Aquos Board
Interactive Display
Systems
Page16
Page 144 of 441
Security
Proactive IT support
and security -first
products to prevent
unauthorized access
and data loss.
Efficiency
Safety
Optimize your print
Automate health
environment to curb
screening and limit
expenses; digitize
staff exposure with
paperwork to improve file
smart and hands -
access and processes.
free technology.
A technology
company on the rise.
Foxconn
Foxconn becomes
majority shareholder
miam
Cloud -Based
Service Application
\
Managed
`
Ultra -thin bezel
IT Services
Video Walls \
1
AQUOS
BOARD®'
interactive
display
Sharp Electronics
Collaboration
Improve the
way you communicate
and share information,
in or away from the
office.
MFP with
Alexa
Unified
8 Communications Purchase of
NEC Display
Windows collaboration \ \ Home Solutions
display from Sharp Office NEC
Bundles
8K Ultra HD Synappx
LCD Display \ Remote Applications 4
Concierge ,
LivMote Station
\ thermal ti
scanning
solution k
Acquired
Dynabook from
Toshiba • —
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page17
Page 145 of 441
Sharp's Employee Training
All new hires take part in a full week of "on -boarding" training classes designed to teach employees how to
perform and succeed in both client and company environments. We have a strong culture of customer
service. Sharp offers extensive training to every employee as well as tuition reimbursement. All technicians
are factory certified on every machine we offer. In additional, Network technicians must obtain various
levels of Microsoft certifications, such as Net+ and A+. Sales staff obtain various certifications based on
hardware and software product awareness and functionality. In addition to our product and technical
training, Sharp requires all employees and managers to participate in various company mandated HR, IT
Security and Finance related training courses to ensure compliance with state and national regulations.
Sharp's History
• Founded In 1912
• Fortune 250 Public Company
• Annual R & D Expense: $1.95 Billion
• 40,000+ employees worldwide
Since its founding in 1912, our corporation has endeavored to pioneer new fields and develop original
products. Our founder, Tokuji Hayakawa coined the phrase "Make products that others want to imitate" to
embody the management concept. In 1912, he invented the Snap belt buckle and three years later brought
the mechanical pencil to the market. Since then, Sharp has been on the cutting edge of technology,
consistently innovating new appliances, industrial equipment, and office solutions, and changing the lives of
people around the world.
Beginning with the invention of the Mechanical Pencil, from which the company name is derived, Sharp has
introduced a succession of innovative world firsts including the all -transistor desktop calculator, the long -life
laser diode, the 14" color TFT LCD unit and the LCD Viewcam. In addition, Sharp developed and
manufactured Japan's first radio, television, and microwave oven, electronic calculator with LCD display,
solar cell, and electronic organizer and LCD video projector.
Sharp's commitment to the United States marketplace began in 1962. Sharp Electronics provides one of the
broadest and most innovative lines of business products, electronic components, consumer electronics and
services worldwide.
In 1972, Sharp entered what was then called the photocopier business. This has grown to include
multifunction print devices, desktop printers, Audio/Visual and related imaging equipment, business
solutions, accessories, supplies, and services. Sharp continues to redefine document technology by offering
products that are easy to use, customizable and secure. Sharp aims to always realize its business philosophy.
Possessing a "gene of creativity" since its foundation, Sharp will continue to offer one -of -a -kind products as
a corporation trusted around the world.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 18
Page 146 of 441
Outstanding Service
Sharp provides a very personalized level of technical and customer service to our clients in the areas of B/W
copiers/ printers, data center solutions, full color copier/printers, high-speed copy center solutions, LCD screens
and interactive whiteboards, and postage and staffing services. We also provide network print accounting,
network scanning solutions, network and IT management services, and document management solutions to
improve business processes and increase staff productivity. We currently provide complete facilities management
services to clients in our marketplace.
Our Southern California team has 130 local employees. Our team personnel are divided as follows from a role or
responsibility perspective:
• 23% Sales
• 37% Service
• 28% Customer Support
• 12% Administration/Operations
Experienced Professionals
Sharp's team of professionals are dedicated to finding ways to improve your business. The City of El Segundo's
dedicated Sharp team brings over 100 years of combined experience in the traditional "copier" arena. Sharp
Corporation adds the experience that only a manufacturer can to workgroup multifunction devices, managed
print services, custom data reporting and conversion.
Philosophy & Guiding Principles
Sharp seeks first to serve, and we operate our business in a way that would make our parents proud. If we
commit to something, we follow through; each staff member is empowered to make decisions to benefit our
clients. We value long-term relationships and will gladly forfeit any short-term gain that may have a negative
impact on the best interests of our clients. In addition, we generously give back to our community, we
understand it's the right thing to do.
Diversity and Public Presence
Sharp Corporation is an equal opportunity employer with a commitment to affirmative action and welcomes
applications from all qualified candidates. We make special efforts to recruit females, minority groups, and
persons with disabilities, disabled veterans, and veterans of the Vietnam Era for managerial, professional,
technical, administrative, and sales positions. It is the intention of our corporation to grow together with our
employees, encouraging and assisting them to reach their full potential. With pride, we provide our employees
with an outstanding benefits package that includes low-cost medical, dental, prescription and vision care
insurance, life insurance-, short- and long-term disability insurance, flexible spending accounts, a company -
matched 401K, tuition reimbursement, a company discount on our products, paid holidays, and paid time off
(vacation and personal days).
On a local level, Sharp contributes and participates in numerous employee volunteering, fund raising and
awareness events throughout the year. Annually, every employee is allowed one paid day to volunteer at a
charitable event of their choice. Sharp employees donate time to give back to our local community by
volunteering at San Diego Food Bank, Jacob & Cushman Food Bank, the Lee Denim Day Breast Cancer Awareness
campaign fundraiser, and sponsors blood drives from our facilities to benefit the San Diego Blood Bank. Our
organization also participates in serving Marine Toys for Tots and the One Warm Coat campaign by setting up
collection centers within our facilities to ensure the homeless have warm clothes to wear during the cold season.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 19
Page 147 of 441
Direct with a personalized client relationship
• Established in 1969
• May 2007: Sharp acquired; becomes the flagship branch in Southern California
• 130 employees servicing Southern California for over 50 years.
• OnBase Support Partner
• HP & Lexmark dealer and service provider
• 40,000 + sq. ft. + of local facilities
• Roughly $1M in parts and supplies in inventory
• Fully staffed vehicle fleet and delivery team
• Built on the concept that businesses prefer to work with local companies.
• Our business model promotes personalized client relationships.
• Local accountability and decision making
✓ Local access to management
✓ Speak to real life, local account support reps
✓ Local live dispatch
✓ Service and supplies are available near you
✓ Contract/billing is managed at the local level
✓ Accountability and decision making at branch level
✓ Resources of a multi -billion -dollar corporation
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 110
Page 148 of 441
DIVERSE CLIENT PORTFOLIO — A COMPLETE LIST OF MUNICIPALITIES SBS CURRENTLY SERVICES
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
The City of
E D I S O NF
Energy for What's Ahead SAN DIEGOJ
`V_G O
+
COL D%S�
y00L DIS��
PEPPE�NE
Sharp Electronics
CITY OF
LONG
BEACH
n Los Angeles
w Department of
IPWater & Power
n ufif�- n Ill
of Lp�
UFOUNUkI) 1907
NCORI'l)RATE[
JUNF :{(1, 19(J
Q�IFOR�~
Of LOS gHcF
® �(P
+ I+11
CgL1FORN�P
LAWA
LOS ANGELES WORLD AIRPORTS
■■ NONE
■■■■■ ■■■■■■
■■■ ■ ■■
NONE
■E■
City of West Hollywood
California 1984
BURBANK
UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page111
Page 149 of 441
SHARP SUPPORT TEAM
Sales & Support
F-INTIONWORRITIN
Sarah Razi — Director (Contact person during period of proposal evalution)
Stephen Ortiz — Branch Sales Manager (Assigned Account Manager)
Kevin McElheny — Senior Account Executive (Assigned Account Manager)
Zach Froisland — Senior Account Executive
Anne Beck - Managed Print Services Analyst
Kris Sumner — Head Trainer & Customer Service Support Specialist
Service & Operations
Ryan Erlandson- Branch Service Manager
Cherie Wright — Regional Operations Manager
Andrea Valentin - Contracts Manager
Ashley McNutt — Regional Logistics Manager
Travis Reagan - Network Technician, MICAS Specialist
Mario Rivera — Lead Service Technician & Field Manager
877-686-5277
James Robinson — Manager of Applications and Software (PaperCut Certified)
Dwayne Rosette - Delivery Driver
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 112
Page 150 of 441
SHARP SUPPORT TEAM
Southern California Sales & Support Biographies
Dale Wedge, President — dale.wedge@sharpusa.com Dale leads the business with 42 years of dedicated industry
experience. Dale co -owned Aztec Imaging and has been President of Sharp Business Systems since Sharp acquired
Aztec in 2007. Dale understands the business needs of our customers and has successfully positioned Sharp as
one of Southern California's top value-added solution providers.
Sarah Razi, Director — Enterprise Business Group — Sarah.Razi@sharpusa.com Sarah has been with Sharp for 15
years as the Director of the Enterprise Business Group. Sarah coordinates all MPS, ECM, A/V, and hardware
installations for major accounts in Southern California. His number one goal is to connect with each client to
ensure Sharp consistently provides an unsurpassed customer experience. Major accounts include, but are not
limited to: City of Long Beach, City of San Diego, City of Riverside, San Diego Unified School District, Los Angeles
World Airports, Los Angeles Department of Water & Power, Southern CA Edison, and Superior Court of Orange
County.
Kevin McElheny, Senior Account Executive — kevin.mcelheny@sharpusa.com
Kevin offers 14+ years of diversified experience including provisioning, deploying, and supporting various
customer environments. Excellent communication and problem -solving skills, with strengths in troubleshooting
and project management. Strong and methodical aptitude with an innate ability to analyze, coordinate and
synthesize data. Specialties: Dedicated to achieving customer satisfaction as well as meeting or surpassing
company expectations. Able to focus on projects, develop strategies and meet or exceed deadlines. Strong
rapport with personnel, customers, and associates based on knowledge, professionalism, and integrity.
Steve Ortiz Branch Sales Manager — Steve Has over 18 years of industry experience. Steve has been
managing Major accounts for the last 16 years focusing on building relationships with key people for the
best pre and post implementation of Sharp products into your environment. This results in the best
experience for Sharps clients going through the contract term exceeding their expectations.
Ryan Erlandson, Branch Service Manager— ryan.erlandson@sharpusa.com Ryan has been a lead technician with
Sharp Business Systems, formerly Aztec Imaging, since 2007. He has recently been promoted to Branch Service
Manager, a wonderful leader with intimate knowledge of the entire Sharp product line. Ryan excels at helping our
team solve the most challenging issues the first time, ensuring our customers always have minimal down time.
Andy Agredano, Branch Service Manager— andy.agredano@sharpusa.com
Andy has been in the Document Imaging Industry since 2005. After Sharp's acquisition of his previous company in
2017, Andy was promoted from delivery driver to a network installer and then to a filed technician. Andy has
been through Sharp's MFP core competency courses and is factory trained on Sharp's newest BP line of MFP.
Andy also holds a CompTIA A+ certification. Andy is very verse with the hardware components of the Sharp MFPs
as well as network connectivity. Andy resides in the city of Palmdale and services all our clients in the northern LA
County.
Mario Rivera, Branch Service Manager—mario.rivera@sharpusa.com
Mario has been in the Document Imaging Industry since 2003 and with Sharp Electronics since 2013. For the past
10 years he has held the position of Field Supervisor for Los Angels County. Mario is responsible for the service
delivery of all our clients in LA County as well as the performance of our technicians. Mario is fully trained on the
Sharp product line.
Kristopher Sumner, Customer Service Representative and Field Trainer — kristopher.sumner@sharpusa.com Kris
has worked as an Account Executive and Field Trainer in the Los Angeles and Orange County area for the past 7
years. He has demonstrated both one on one and large group training courses on Sharp's full product catalog. Kris
is also responsible for developing Quarterly Business Reviews and customized reports.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 113
Page 151 of 441
Anne Beck, MPS Analyst - anne.beck@sharpusa.com Anne works with Major Accounts specializing in customer
care and retention, RFI's, RFP's, account management, and business reporting. Her integral role involves
implementing managed print services, value-added services, technical support, and data analytics. Anne has been
with Sharp Electronics for 13 years.
James Robinson, Software Solutions Manager—james.robinson@sharpusa.com
James has been a Pre -Sales Solution Engineer for 8 years, 7 years at Sharp. He started as a network copier tech,
while acting as the level 3 network server support tech, starting in 2000 and worked his way up to Pre -Sales
Engineers/ Network sales engineer in 2012. His background is in IT services. Project management and break fix.
He is a problem solver and provides technical information to better help with the right solution.
Shaun Borja, Software Solutions Manager—shaun.borja@sharpusa.com
Shaun has over 15 years of industry experience and has held several different roles during his tenure. Having
experience as a Product Specialist & Trainer, Network tech support, Production Print Specialist and now as an
Application Specialist, Shaun has a strong understanding of how systems integrate and can provide valuable
support in any stage of the project.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 114
Page 152 of 441
SCOPE OF WORK/METHODOLOGY
The following implementation plan is based on our experience transitioning municipalities. Sharp will make
final recommendations after consulting City of El Segundo's IT/Security and Procurement Departments.
Sharp guarantees meeting the timeline and objectives mutually agreed upon.
Objectives include:
• Completing implementation on schedule according to the project plan developed by Sharp's Project
team and the City of El Segundo's decision makers.
• Ensure user satisfaction upon installation, throughout implementation, training, and support
services.
• Provide comprehensive training to minimize calls to City of El Segundo's help desk and/or
administrators, Procurement, or IT Help Desk.
• Remove existing equipment per the City of El Segundo's guidelines and security process, then deploy
replacement equipment in a timely manner and minimize downtime for end -users. The current
vendor may be required or choose to remove existing equipment.
Deployment transition planning
Sharp will prepare a detailed plan to address each step of the project as outlined in the RFP document.
Our intent will be to provide a "turnkey", step by step process to minimize disruption on campus while
meeting all project objectives.
Detailed project planning
Sharp will communicate the entire Deployment Transition Plan in advance. The plan will include project
objectives, milestones, deliverables, processes, roles and responsibilities and targeted outcomes. Sharp
will continually update the City of El Segundo via weekly status reports.
Project and resource management
Sharp's Project Manager will have the full support of the Enterprise Business Group. Resources will be
made available for each phase and deliverable of the project. Sharp's PM will schedule, coordinate, and
allocate resources as needed throughout the project.
Weekly progress reporting
Sharp's Project Manager will provide weekly updates via mutually agreed upon reporting methods.
Current floor equipment configuration planning /mapping
Sharp's Project Management Team will schedule a meeting with the City of El Segundo's Administrators,
IT, or Procurement Professionals to discuss and align on:
a. Delivery schedule - With proper deployment, communication, and preparation we can deliver
all new equipment and remove old equipment over the course of roughly 48 business
days based on history and the new total number of prospective units.
b. Communication content and distribution methods will be outlined.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 115
Page 153 of 441
1. Sharp will work with the Copier Program administrators, IT, or Procurement to create a list of known
assets per building. The list can include the following fields:
a. Device name
b. Make, model
c. Device type
d. Serial number
e. MAC address
f. IP address
g. Networked or local
h. Monochrome or color
i. Average monthly volume
j. Phone number applicable
The new equipment will be set up in a designated staging area, already configured for each specific
location. This process allows Sharp to minimize the downtime while swapping devices. Typically, our
downtime is 15 minutes or less.
Equipment Preparation
1. Sharp already has all site locations and related equipment information including IP addresses. Sharp
will coordinate any IP changes or additions as received. All new data and repeat data will be entered
into the system prior to equipment leaving our warehouse.
2. Sharp will proactively configure equipment with the appropriate network information to ensure all
devices delivered will be ready to print, scan and fax immediately.
3. Sharp will have a network technician at the Sharp onsite command center validating network
connectivity as the delivery team delivers, installs, and connects devices.
Pre -configuring equipment prior to delivery minimizes installation time and on -site disruption to the end
users. Sharp's goal is to manage time as efficiently as possible.
Proposing New Equipment
Sharp will collaborate with City of El Segundo's Administrators and utilize information provided to
ensure each department has the correct equipment for their needs. You may simply choose a like for
like swap based on specific features and print requirements, or opt for an assessment to address
following factors such as:
a. Print volume
b. Need for color
c. Need for finishing
d. Need for 11 x 17
e. Space limitations
Sharp Equipment removal and disposal process (end of lease)
Remove and return assets based on an agreed upon arrangement with Sharp, IT Security, Administrators,
and Shipping/Receiving Departments for HDD disposal process. The HDD disposal process will take place
after the new equipment is operational to minimize downtime. Sharp will acknowledge City of El Segundo's
security requirements and will follow all necessary steps required by the City of El Segundo. Sharp will not
touch the hard drive of another manufacturer's equipment unless owned outright by City of El Segundo and
directed to do so. Sharp is committed to adhering to these guidelines for upgrades and/or removing Sharp
equipment placed by Sharp as part of this agreement.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 116
Page 154 of 441
The City of El Segundo Commitments
For the successful completion of this project, Sharp will depend on City of El Segundo to meet the following
commitments:
• Distribute communication media to all relevant departments and personnel.
• Provide space and dates to deliver equipment.
• Attend all meetings, or teleconferences as scheduled.
• City of El Segundo's failure to meet any of these commitments can negatively impact the success of
the project and may relieve Sharp from any financial penalties for noncompliance.
Task
Status & Schedule
AL
Develop Equipment Configuration Spreadsheet
Walkthrough- Discuss Appropriate Configurations- Start TBD
Assessment period —1-2 days
Sign Lease/PO Documentation TBD
Configuration & Clone File Based on results of trial & testing
period
Equipment Delivery / Removal / Installation
Sharp Equipment Installation
Pick up and Removal of existing Equipment
Network set up and Test connectivity
Training
Identify training requirements by site
Identify end users to receive training
Notify end users that training will be provided
Schedule Training
Conduct Training
Post Installation
Provide return shipping instructions to Sharp
Follow up training as needed
Sharp Electronics
TBD
In line with installation
Upon install
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
Responsible
Pa rty
City of El Segundo
City of El Segundo
City of El Segundo
Sharp
Sharp
City of El Segundo
City of El Segundo
City of El Segundo
City of El Segundo
City of El Segundo
Sharp
TBD City of El Segundo
TBD Sharp
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 117
Page 155 of 441
Change Management
Sharp's extensive experience deploying and managing large equipment fleets has provided invaluable
insights and best practices to strategize a well -designed and thoughtful implementation plan. Execution
must involve efficient installation, training, as well as post -delivery support. Sharp would like to ensure the
best possible experience for all participants. To gain the maximum benefits, and cause as little disruption as
possible during the transition process we suggest the following guidelines:
Advance communication to everyone involved, of upcoming changes, why the changes are occurring and
the anticipated benefits for those involved.
Sharp will work with the City of El Segundo to draft a letter/email/bulletin board notice to communicate
what, why, when, who, how and outline the benefits of the program. Sharp will work with the City of El
Segundo to itemize a list of benefits (what's in it for the user) as it relates to the new program.
Communication notices can be customized for relevance to reach specific audiences e.g., Users, IT staff,
Procurement staff, Accounts Payables staff, Key Operators, etc.
Implementing change while being sensitive to organizational objectives, perceptions and feelings of the
faculty and staff can be accomplished by providing a.) employee support as they manage transition and b.) a
mechanism to communicate their opinions and suggestions.
Prior to a large-scale implementation of the new program, Sharp is willing to deliver systems to selected
training sites to conduct pre -installation training on selected systems.
Sharp will communicate equipment network set up and delivery schedules in advance so faculty and staff
can anticipate delivery and allocate resources accordingly.
Sharp will provide pre -scheduled, initial on -site training and will also conduct additional complementary
training classes as needed upon request.
Sharp will provide 24/7 access to a customized, web -based training resource called MY Sharp Training. Users
will be able to access a wide variety of machine demonstrations and instructions to commonly used
features.
Once delivery, installation and first round of training of your new fleet is complete, Sharp would like, with
your permission, to conduct a post installation survey of all or selected departments to address concerns,
isolate possible trouble areas and/or identify people in need of additional instruction.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 118
Page 156 of 441
QUALITY CONTROL & ACCOUNT REPORTING PROCESS
Sharp Business Systems helps customers maximize efficiency, cut down on wasteful printing and maintain a
pulse on overall print volume and service performance.
With these goals in mind, Sharp's MPS program offers a variety of solutions targeted to review networked
print volumes as a part of Sharp's Review system. Sharp Reviews allow customers to better understand print
behavior by identifying over and underutilized devices, troubled devices, and training needs on demand and
in more depth during quarterly reviews with a Sharp account executive.
Sharp in partnership with the City of Redondo Beach, as needed, can use the data collected to right -size
fleets, consolidate, move, and upgrade devices as well as provide follow up training to help maximize the user
experience and maintain an efficient low-cost print environment.
Sample Quarterly Report — Fleet Usage Overview
M FP Usage by model
July 2021 — September 2022
BLACK &COLOR
JUL 2021- SEPT 2022
XMW7115 M%C301W 0.5
91,2380 38,M
5% 14% 2
L/%
MX357130
96,460
307,899
9%
MXB476W
90
n,9120
27%
MKM757C
425,665
4%
MFP Service History by model
April 2021 —June 2021
12
11 MXM757Q 1
M�C396W,2
]A
M%M60]1,
8 Total RO's
24
6
5
4
3
2 2
1
1 1
0
MXM1055 MXM6071 MX1,017570 MXC304W MX8476W MXM1055 MXM7570 MXC304W MXM1055 MXC304W
Apr2021 May2021 Jun 2021
Total 11 - - 3 1
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 19
Page 157 of 441
Sample Service & Uptime Reports
MFP Service History by location
July 2021 - September 2022
Service History
u_mxi s�rwn
m
ss
ss \.
U 12 u u
m--—� --------------
s __ s
Is
PM Calls Repairorders userspnn SIIP*OFders
J5 102 n JIJL2
MFP Service Detail
July 2021 - December 2021
.CLEANED MACHINE, DONE MEMORY CLEARED, RESET COPIER.
MX3571
.GEN CLEAN.
.NEED BETTER INFORMATION FROM CUS
.UNABLE TO RECREATE MESSAGE ISSUE, WILL FOLLOW-UP LATER VIA
.PARTS ORDERED FOR CONSTANT PAPER JAM
MXB476W
.REPLACED DAMAGED ACTUATOR, TESTED OK.
.WRONG MACHINE
.CLEANED AND CAUBRATED.
.REPLACED SEP TIRE IN TRAY 1.
.REMOVED PEN FROM PAPER EXIT PATH BETWEEN PRINTER AND FINISH
.INSTALLED FOAM STRIP TO AVOID STUFF DROPPING IN BETWEEN BOD
.REINSTALLED WHITE FINGER GUIDE ON FUSER UNIT, REPLACED ROLL
MXM7570
.CLEANED 2X ROLLERS.
.CLEARED ERROR CODE, CLEARED PAPER JAM ON FUSER UNIT..PARTT
.REPLACED BROKEN PAWL.
MFP Uptime & AVG Response Time
April 2021 -June 2021
AVG Uptime
99.51%
AVG Response Time
2.41 hours
FadlRy
(EQ) Model
Avg. R
Total Hrs
Uptime%
BARNE17 ELEMENTARY XHOOL
MXM1D55
1.3966667
558
99.87680678
HANSON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
MXM1055
2.764323232
558
98.2931601
MONTECITO HIGH SCHOOL
MXM6071
3.4765387
558
99.29157706
MT WOODSON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
MXM1055
1567555556
558
99.68679809
OLIVE PEIRCE MIDDLE SCHOOL
MXM1055
2.444666667
558
99.09459379
OLIVE PEIRCE MIDDLE SCHOOL
M W570
1601333333
558
99.48772401
RAMONA COMMUNITY MONTESSORI SCHOOL
MXM1055
3.53475
558
9B.43148148
RAMONA ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
MXM1055
1.352
558
99.50113501
RAMONA HIGH SCHOOL
MXM1055
3.322333333
558
97.94130824
RAMONAUNIFIED SCHOOL
M% C304W
L608666667
558
99.38061529
RAMONA UNIFIED SCHOOL
MXC304W
2.482333333
1 558
99.95268817
RAMONA UNIFIED SCHOOL
MXM1055
1.47
1 558
99.40356
99.11178734
ANemge
Response tiM
UDOme
9951552036
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 120
Page 158 of 441
ENVIORNMENTALLY FRIENDLY OFFICE
Sharp's Recycle Policy
Sharp is very passionate about environmental conservation. All of our factories are working to eliminate
waste and greenhouse gases, and achieve other environmental targets in 21 key areas.Saving Energy. Saving
Resources.Maximizing Recycling. Minimizing Hazardous Materials.
Think Green.
As a part of Sharp's commitment to the environment, Sharp offers our
customers a zero waste toner recycling for all consumables, including:
cartridges, bottles, toner collection containers and drum units.
STOP, DROP, RECYCLE RECYCLING PROGRAM
• It's free & easy to ship your recyclables in bulk
• We provide all collection and shipping materials
• We provide all shipping and recycling costs
• We further reduce our carbon footprint by more efficiently shipping in bulk
(box fits up to 10 cartridges)
• All consumables are 100% recycled with ZERO waste to a landfill
High Volume Recycling
• 3 Pre -Addressed, Pre -Paid Cartridge
Collection / Shipping Boxes
• 3 Clear plastic liners
• 3 Zip ties
Low Volume Option
• Drop off at any Staples location, Staples
will take care of recycling the cartridge
at no cost to you. Visit:
storelocator.staples.com to find a
location near you.
Fed Ex Pick up:
• Contact our Dealer for more information
use existing service or call 1-800-GO-FEDEX about their toner consolidation procedure
(3399)
and say "ground pick-up"
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 121
Page 159 of 441
At Sharp Electronics Corporation ("Sharp"), we're very passionate about environmental
conservation. Our business products and appliances are among the industry's most energy
efficient and our parent company in Japan, Sharp Corporation ("Sharp Corporation"), has long
been a world leader in solar cell production. Furthermore, Sharp Corporation factories are
working to eliminate waste and greenhouse gases and achieve other environmental targets.
We are an environmentally conscious company
Since 2004, Sharp Corporation's core philosophy has been to become an environmentally
advanced company. Since then, the company has demonstrated these are not empty words.
In the past years, hundreds of Sharp products have received international awards for their
outstanding eco-friendly design, demonstrating our commitment to producing environmentally
friendly products which in turn enable us to achieve our aim of becoming an environmentally
advanced company.
This is Sharp's commitment to the environment & society.
Positive action. Real investment.
From early product design to manufacturing, right through to end -of -life disposal, every area in
which we directly or indirectly affect the environment is under constant scrutiny.
Sharp Corporation's factories meet the ISO 14001 standard: a framework that sets out the
requirements for environmental management systems. And we actively encourage
environmental management and green awareness initiatives throughout our entire organization.
Sharp Corporation engineers are continually developing innovative ecological technologies and
we place a firm focus on manufacturing high quality, environmentally advanced products.
Sharp Corporation's Eco Vision 2050 Long -Term Environmental Vision
The international community has recognized the urgent need to address increasingly serious
environmental problems, such as climate change, resource depletion, and plastic pollution. This
awareness is accelerating global action to solve these social problems, including efforts
associated with the achievement of Sharp's Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
In 2019, Sharp Corporation formulated SHARP Eco Vision 2050, a long-term environmental vision
based on its Basic Environmental Policy of "Creating an Environmentally Conscious Company with
Sincerity and Creativity," which was established in 1992. Sharp is working toward realizing a
sustainable global environment by pursuing long-term goals set in three fields of action with
2050 as the target year: climate change, resource recycling, and safety and security; thus,
building a circular economy and realizing a recycling -oriented society.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 122
Page 160 of 441
Long -Term Environmental Goals
To bring about SHARP Eco Vision 2050, Sharp Corporation has stipulated long-term goals in three
fields of action. In pursuing these goals, we will strive to create more clean energy than the total
amount of energy consumed in Sharp's entire supply chain, while minimizing the environmental
impact of our business activities.
Sharp Corporation strives to use less energy in its business activities and to make products that
are increasingly more energy efficient, to reduce the amount of energy consumed by households
and society as a whole.
We began developing solar cells after founder Tokuji Hayakawa said, "All the products we make
use electricity. As our company grows, we will need more electricity, so why don't we make
electricity ourselves?" Since then, we have spent more than half a century working to spread
solar power generation. It is precisely because Sharp makes products that use electricity that we
have a responsibility to reduce the environmental impacts resulting from this electricity use.
Safety and Security
As well as complying with current international standards, Sharp Corporation has established its
own even stricter in-house standards. Under these far-sighted standards, Sharp Corporation aims
to thoroughly manage relevant chemicals with the goal of eliminating any negative effects that
chemicals may have on people's health, the natural environment, or ecosystems.
Sharp Corporate 2023 Sustainability Report at www.global.sharp/corporate/eco/report
Programs:
EPEAT
ENERGYSTAR
MRM RECYCLING
CALL 2 RECYCLE
SHARP TONER RECYCLING
MERCURY EDUCATION
ENVIRONMENTALLY CONCIOUS PRODUCT DESIGN
ISO CERTIFICATIONS
NA3IZ
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 123
Page 161 of 441
ABOUT THE EQUIPMENT
Sharp Color BP-70C45
The New B&W Advanced Series from Sharp. Taking organizations to the future of business communication
by helping them work simply smarter. Designed to fit today's diverse workstyles, the new Advanced Series
monochrome document systems enable workers to collaborate and share information seamlessly and
securely throughout their office environment. Enhanced cloud services such as Microsoft Teams makes it
easy to streamline communication and boost productivity with hybrid workers.
t�
Replacement Model
BP-70C45
• 45 page per minute Full Color digital MIFF system
• Large 10.1" high resolution touchscreen display and fully customizable home screen
• 300 Sheet Single Pass Duplexing Document Feeder
• Scan speed up to 280 ipm in color or black & white
• Quarterly Volume Output up to 375,000 images
• First-time Copy Speed of 7.6 sec b&w/5.6 sec color
• Total sheet capacity of paper drawers (as configured) is 1,100
• Maximum Paper Supply with options up to 6,300 sheets
• Flexible paper handling system feeds media up to 300 gsm thru paper drawers and bypass tray
• Built in OCR to create editable PDFs and Microsoft files
• Standard Full-size Retractable Keyboard
• Walk up motion sensor
• 1.6 GHz multi -processing CPU
• 256 GB Solid State Drive
• 5 GB standard memory
• Network ready PCL®6 and true Adobe° PostScript03TM printing systems with direct print function
• 1200 x 1200 dpi printing provides clear, crisp images even on jobs with fine detail
• Standard Mobile Device Printing
• Standard Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi for stable, high speed network communication
• Supports native Universal Print from Microsoft
• Standard Cloud Connect feature for access to popular cloud services, such as Google Drive, Dropbox, SharePoint
OneDrive
• Standard Multi -Layered Security Features provide enhanced protection of data, network intrusions and includes a
convenient End -of -Lease feature
• Secure access control that supports the Active Directory° service, which lets you use the machine's log -on credentials for
internal network folders. System administrators can easily keep track of user credentials, which makes for an efficient
and highly secure operational environment
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 124
Page 162 of 441
Sharp Color 13P-70065
The New Color Advanced Series from Sharp. Taking organizations to the future of business communication
by helping them work simply smarter. Designed to fit today's diverse workstyles, the new Advanced Series
color document systems enable workers to collaborate and share information seamlessly and securely
throughout their office environment. Enhanced cloud services such as Microsoft Teams makes it easy to
streamline communication and boost productivity with hybrid workers.
*Bitdefender antivirus option available summer 2022.
Replacement Model
BP-70065
• 65 page per minute Full Color digital MFP system
• Large 10.1" high resolution touchscreen display and fully customizable home screen
• 300 Sheet Single Pass Duplexing Document Feeder
• Scan speed up to 280 ipm in color or black & white
• Quarterly Volume Output up to 600,000 images
• First-time Copy Speed of 4.8 sec b&w/3.7 sec color
• Total sheet capacity of paper drawers (as configured) is 1,100
• Maximum Paper Supply with options up to 6,300 sheets
• Flexible paper handling system feeds media up to 300 gsm thru paper drawers and bypass tray
• Built in OCR to create editable PDFs and Microsoft files
• Standard Full-size Retractable Keyboard
• Walk up motion sensor
• 1.6 GHz multi -processing CPU
• 256 GB Solid State Drive
• 5 GB standard memory
• Network ready PCL06 and true Adobe° PostScript°3'" printing systems with direct print function
• 1200 x 1200 dpi printing provides clear, crisp images even on jobs with fine detail
• Standard Mobile Device Printing
• Standard Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi for stable, high speed network communication
• Supports native Universal Print from Microsoft
• Standard Cloud Connect feature for access to popular cloud services, such as Google Drive, Dropbox, SharePoint
and OneDrive
• Standard Multi -Layered Security Features provide enhanced protection of data, network intrusions and includes a
convenient End -of -Lease feature
Secure access control that supports the Active Directory° service, which lets you use the machine's log -on
credentials for internal network folders. System administrators can easily keep track of user credentials, which
makes for an efficient and highly secure operational environment
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 125
Page 163 of 441
Sharp Color MX-8081
The Pro Series color document systems offer proven technology, award -winning features, exceptional 2,400
x 2,400 dpi image quality and precision media handling at speeds up to 80 ppm. With performance
engineering, completing time -critical short -run print jobs quickly and on budget, is second to none.
Organizations, large and small, will benefit from the versatility of the available input and output options. e
jobs in-house, saving time and money.
4
40
Replacement Model
MX-8081
• 80 page per minute Full Color digital MFP system
• Large 10.1" high resolution touchscreen display and fully customizable home screen
• 320 Sheet Single Pass Duplexing Document Feeder
• Scan speed up to 280 ipm in color or black & white
• Full -Bleed Edge to Edge Printing
• Quarterly Volume Output up to 1,050,000 images
• First-time Copy Speed of 4.6 sec b&w/3.5 sec color
• Total sheet capacity of paper drawers (as configured) is 6,300
• Maximum Paper Supply with options up to 13,500 sheets
• Flexible paper handling system feeds media up to 360 gsm thru paper drawers and bypass tray
• Built in OCR to create editable PDFs and Microsoft files
• Standard Full-size Retractable Keyboard
• 256 GB Solid State Drive
• 6 GB standard memory
• Network ready PCL16 and true Adobe' PostScript°3'" printing systems with direct print function
• 2400 x 2400 dpi printing provides clear, crisp images even on jobs with fine detail
• Standard Mobile Device Printing
• Standard Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi for stable, high speed network communication
• Supports native Universal Print from Microsoft
• Standard Cloud Connect feature for access to popular cloud services, such as Google Drive, Dropbox, SharePoint
and OneDrive
• Standard Multi -Layered Security Features provide enhanced protection of data, network intrusions and includes a
convenient End -of -Lease feature
Secure access control that supports the Active Directory° service, which lets you use the machine's log -on
credentials for internal network folders. System administrators can easily keep track of user credentials, which
makes for an efficient and highly secure operational environment
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 126
Page 164 of 441
Sharp B/W BP-B550WD
The Sharp 1313-13550WD monochrome MFP delivers an intuitive user experience and the confidence of
knowing their jobs will come out right the first time, every time. Designed with high-performance features
typically found on larger machines, this duplexing single pass feeder MFP delivers the productivity and
security needed.
Designed to fit today's diverse workstyles, the compact multifunction printer (MFP) enables workers to
collaborate and share information seamlessly and securely throughout the office environment. Enhanced
cloud services such as Microsoft Teams make it easy to streamline communication and boost productivity
with hybrid workers.
14." tilt
Replacement Model
Sharp 11313-113550WD
• Standard copy, print, scan, fax and wireless capability.
• 100-sheet duplexing document feeder on the BP-B550WD scans both sides of a document in a
single pass. This enhances productivity while maintaining the integrity of original copies and
minimizing wear on the feeder.
• Built-in optical character recognition (OCR) function can convert scanned documents to text -
searchable PDF, Microsoft® Office file formats and more.
• The compact PDF feature reduces file sizes of most scanned color documents and decreases
network traffic and storage.
• Access popular cloud services, including Microsoft OneDrive® for Business, Microsoft Teams,
SharePointOO Online, Box.com, Google Drive TM, Dropbox and more with the Cloud Connect
feature and Sharp Application Portal.
• Direct print from Microsoft Word, PowerPoint@ and Excel® files with thumb drives, cloud
applications, network folders and more.
• 7" (diagonal) customizable touchscreen display enables easy access to features and functions
when setting up jobs.
• Offers up to five paper sources with available 2,350-sheet maximum paper capacity.
• Network ready PCL®6 and PostScript@ 3TM printing systems deliver up to 40 and 50 pages per
minute.
• Supports popular mobile technologies, enabling users to easily print files from smartphones,
tablets and notebook computers.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 127
Page 165 of 441
Sharp Color MX-0528F
The MX-0528F 52 page per minute color multifunction printer is designed to fulfill today's diverse business
needs. The optional Cloud Connector app seamlessly allows users to collaborate with colleagues when
working remotely, businesses gain access to popular cloud services including Microsoft OneDrive for
Business, Google Drive, and others. Innovative features like the capacitive 10" (diagonal) touchscreen,
duplex feeder, double feed detection, and an optional convenience stapler enable users to easily manage
their workflows.
r pwm�(
MA
Replacement Model
Sharp MX-0528F
• Productive printing speeds of up to 52 (MX-0528F) pages per minute.
• Supports letter size, legal size and envelopes through the standard paper drawer or bypass tray.
• Offers up to six paper sources with available 2,850-sheet maximum paper capacity.
• Print popular file formats such as PDF, Word, Excel and PowerPoint directly from USB drives.
• MX-0528F 7" (diagonal) and MX-0528F 10" (diagonal) capacitive color touchscreen with
adjustable viewing angle offers smooth, tablet -style interaction.
• Built-in optical character recognition (OCR) on the MX-0528F allows users to convert a scanned
document into a searchable format.
• Supports popular mobile technologies, enabling users to easily print files from smartphones,
tablets, laptops and Apple AirPrint.
• 100-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder with double feed detection standard on the MX-0528F.
• True 1,200 x 1,200 dpi resolution produces razor sharp documents.
• Standard PCL@6 and PostScript@ 3TM compatible printing delivers clear, crisp professional output.
• ENERGY STAR@ certified and offers among the lowest standby power consumption in the
category.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 128
Page 166 of 441
PAPERCUT SOFTWARE
PaperCut includes a wealth of functionality for tracking and controlling printing. Many sites start with simple
goals and will leverage the more advanced features as time goes on. Some features regularly used by
education sites include: Advanced scripting: Free printing during class time.
• Advanced scripting: Teacher approval of color jobs.
• Advanced scripting: Enforce duplex printing.
• Automatic Active Directory synchronization:
- make use of existing year level and department groups/OUs.
• Customizable web interface: easily integrate with CCCD's existing intranet site
• Monitor and Control Usage
:'tuna cepao>a
f C _'193.M a5 -I
PaperCut'
Sharp Electronics
wn.r. tt.."
Add soma groups m m.n.x n• p,i.nree..i
o! pnma: a snpmP ,na monr
Ucon igue prMw costs
c.n.senArem�m.rw<nenr-e>.pn Pnme�p .m ne.
mnnp�rnope, onoP nowpe •scam mr pppim,np
grk,F pnnlnq
Q fi1.LLLPLImim•
IIIIIIIIIIIIIY
Y uoac az
q pnnh+p 21
p nxommaP a
m aerem.wn.nse ,
—11.... was .�
peaeemam am
y noar,mpw �oee • ,
�n.rr,n+° 9 mm eenencompo�u. a.mr •vmm�.rps)
�laaayaco: 1i .<npp.�„<n<„vn,<Pmm�. •1o+mnorn+o
�,..num�n �pnnrq,awn pm° y nnw p.n.ncompurr ue pnnm o
•� pegN b.m
�• �� ♦ linu.ce.p�nl,pl •ll)Pa9eeMm
y nnu.eon.ra,cw ♦)pnmer •,: mseemw.
♦ unu.ee.,ea.:-. r��.n•� •pipwp•Pcc,.
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
{7 i
Page129
Page 167 of 441
Eliminate waste, encourage responsible behaviorand make users and
departments accountable for their print usage.
PaperCut MF includes embedded software that runs on your copier/
MFD to enable tracking, control and secure print release directlyfrom
the device's panel.
PaperCut MF is suitable for sites of any size, with a cross -platform
and vendor -neutral approach to technology and device support
PaperCut's solutions are currently in use in over 50.000 sites worldwide
and translated into 20languages, making PaperCut MFa productyou
can trustwith a high return -on -investment.
Sharp Electronics
P
PaperCut M F
11Track all MFDs / Printers
► Secure Print Release
► Control and Report Use
► Recover Costs
► Enforce Print Policy
I► Minimize Waste
► Enable BYOD Printing
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page130
Page 168 of 441
Intuitive & Easy to use
PaperCut MF is regarded as the simplest system of its type to
deployand manage. System administrators have full access to
administration and configuration via a familiar web interface.
It offers:
► User directory (eg. Active Directory a nd others)
integration and automatic user account creation
► Secure print release and Find -Me printing
► Administrator dashboard with real-time status updates
► Print Archiving: Reviewjob content visually
► Optional client and account billing
► Ability to encourage responsible use via
popup notifications
rY
P Co P-11*11, papenout- nr.mm
tons,aer pnnung .n g ayscale -educe costs
Print job demds
Do-nnent name .
Printer raptop-damRn\Global Pant Queue
Pages 1 cog $0.50
Th s pant job ,s cobr and costs $0.50. You can save money by Dnnong the job at
grayscele.
Do you want to print tha job'
CPnnt
Powerful Job Scripting
Advanced scripting can be used to define and finely tune
your printing policy, and support your organization in
eliminating waste and changing user behavior
With PaperCut you can:
► Automatically route largejobstodetectedhigh
volume printers
► Discourage printing ofemails via popup print
policy warni ngs
► Convert jobs to grayscale and duplex
► Discourage or disable color printing by usergroup
► Least cost routing (suggest more cost effective
devices based on conditions)
► Allow free printing (e.g. during class times)
► Define action byjob attribute. user/ group, period of
day device feature / type,
Sharp Electronics
Web Based Administration
PaperCut MF provides "out of the box" browser -based
administration access from any network location enabling
centralized management of every user and device, Web
technologies make cross -platform support easy as there is
no need for additional software to be installed and no web
server configuration.
A key feature of the administration interface is the dashboard
tab— an easy -to -read single page view of the printing
environment for administrators. The Dashboard page utilizes
a number of gadgets to present key real time information
such as system activity and status updates, along with trend
information and statistics from past activity such as number
of pages printed and environmental impact measures.
Detailed Reporting
PaperCut includes over 80 one -click reports available for
online viewing, printing or export. Reports address all areas
ranging from detailed page logs to summaries by user.
department. device or environmental impact. Administrators
can create ad -hoc reports by applying filter conditions and
reports can be emailed to specified people on a regular
schedule.
More information is at www.papercut.com/tour/report/
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page131
Page 169 of 441
'Find -me' Printing
PaperCut's Find -Me printing feature enables users to print to
a global virtual queue. Jobs are paused and only printed when
the user releases thejob at any compatible MFD/printer:
► Improved document security and convenience.
► Reduce IT administrators need to manage multiple print
drivers and queues for both workstations and notebooks.
► Find -Me printing minimizes waste and has been
shown to reduce printing output by up to 20% in busy
office environments.
► Support for multiple release methods ranging from auto
release on authentication to active releasejob-by-job.
Secure Print Release
Today's MFDs are smarter. They have touch screens and the
ability to run software directly on the device's panel _ PaperCut
leverages this technology to bring new features to each
device.
One of the key features is user authentication - only allowing
device access to authorized users. At the
simplest level users can authenticate with network username
and password via an onscreen keyboard. In addition many
environments will implement ID card authentication. Card
numbers can be extracted from your network's user directory
or a database (e.g. door access control system), alternatively
users can self -associate their card on first -use.
Card types include magnetic stripe. proximity (HID. Mifare &
Legic) and bar codes. and PaperCut supports many brands of
USB card readers including RFldeas. Elatec and OmniKey. Off
the shelf standard USB and network card readers are available
from leading suppliers. PaperCut have a global network of
hardware experts (Authorized Solutions Centers) should you
require technical assistance. advice or onsite support of both
software and hardware.
Sharp Electronics
Print Archiving & Watermarking
PaperCut administrators can utilise these features to ensure
users are answerable to their printing.
PaperCut's Print Archiving empowers approved
administrators to browse and review the content of print
activity within their environment. Alongside the powerful
tracking and reporting functionality built into PaperCut,
this gives system administrators a wide range of auditing
functions.
Watermarking can automatically add
a username or other metadata to the
bottom of every page e.g. to indicate
the document owner. Watermarking
may include a unique digital signature
which allows you to track document
origin to enhance security and
encourage responsible printing.
Solve mobile and BYOD printing
Managing printing is getting hard! As more and more mobile
devices enter the market. peoples desire to print from
these continues to increase. PaperCut has a range of simple
solutions to allow users to print from whatever BYOD or
mobile device at their disposal. No matter the operati ng
system. their location, the fi le format or the brand of printer
our solutions can manage it.
Our latest offering Mobility Print allows users to quickly
discover and printto any printer. without requiring any
assistance. It takes away the complexities when working
across different platforms and devices. while still providing the
benefits of PaperCut's standard print charging/accounting/
quota process.
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page132
Page 170 of 441
Managing Quotas
Users can operate in either creditor debit, with defined
account rules including now and how often an account
is credited. U se network groups to define how additional
quota/credit's assigned. Use networ< groups to define
how additional quota/cred't is assigned; for examole, allow
a specific group of users to accumulate their quota while
others operate on a "use't or lose it" oasis.
User Web Interface
End users nave access to a setofweb Lools Lo track Lheir
own activity in real-time, query their account balances, and
w'ew their transactions —without the need for intervention
from administrators. The end user interface is fully
customizable, so you can design a look and feel to matcn
your website or inLraneL pages.
S,unmery
Actviry
Envnonme W Reel
ur ®tat rw✓nm
Sharp Electronics
Pre -Paid / Top -Up Cards
PaperCut P"F comes w'th a simple to imolement voucher
system for purchasing additiona pr'nl credit AdminisLraLors
can print out a batch of single -use cards with a pre -defined
value. Users redeem cads by entering the card's unique
code on a web page.
Payment Gateways
Give end users the ability to make payments into their
PaperCut account using payment gateways. Payment
gateways al ow third party systems to connect to PaperCut
in a supoo ted manner. Common gateways'nc ude,
leading providers like PayPal and Autnorize.Net wh'cn
allow real-t'me online payments via credit card. PaperCut
also supports closed or inLernal payment systems such
as a ma',) college funds account. Hardware gateways are
availab a to support a range of cash loaders, se f-serv'ce
Kosks and bill and coin ooxes. For hardware, p ease refer Lo
a PaperCut MF Autno zed Solution Center.
Add Credit using PayPal
® ,atvr
Endusers can ea*rronage theiraccountbalances and add credit via
oniine and onsite methods
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page133
Page 171 of 441
State of the Art Technology
Optimum Device Management
In today's business world, an immense amount of business information is still communicated on paper. This
information must be printed, copied, and scanned as a part of the document process. As a result,
uninterrupted uptime of MFPs and printers is important to keep up with the speed of business
communications. The Sharp device management suite delivers unparalleled control over the administration
of Sharp MFPs through intelligent tools. All MFPs and printers in your network are effortlessly managed and
monitored so that device uptime can be maximized to ensure the continuous flow of important business
communications.
Sharp MFP Home Pages
The Sharp MFP Home Page is an embedded device configuration site that makes it easy for users and IT
managers to administer the MFP through a standard web browser. Once authenticated, users can change
their profiles and document filing folder settings, as well as maintain their one -touch address keys to quickly
distribute scanned documents. From anywhere on the network, IT managers can log in and access the
device's status, system, security, and network settings, as well as maintain user accounts, specify diagnostic
e-mail alerts, clone settings and more. Administrator access can be protected via complex passwords.
Sharp Remote Front Panel (RFP)
Sharp RFP is a powerful tool that enables users and support staff to remotely view the MFP's operation panel and
control its features and functions from anywhere via a network. IT managers can see the same exact screen that
the end user is viewing, allowing them to quickly understand issues and take the appropriate actions to solve
them. Since IT managers can control the device remotely, this capability helps eliminate a trip to the device to
support users, thereby reducing users' wait time.
Optimum Device Management
In today's business world, an immense amount of business information is still communicated on paper. This
information must be printed, copied, and scanned as a part of the document process. As a result,
uninterrupted uptime of MFPs and printers is important to keep up with the speed of business
communications. The Sharp device management suite delivers unparalleled control over the administration
of Sharp MFPs through intelligent tools. All MFPs and
N- T,h"C Cmnecoan
printers in your network are effortlessly managed and �—
monitored so that device uptime can be maximized to
ensure the continuous flow of important business
DW„ , ,� , ,,..., ..*
communications.
"t—k m-
Sharp MFP Home Pages
The Sharp MFP Home Page is an embedded device
Enter the lPaddress ofthe
configuration site that makes it easy for users and IT
g y
sharp MFP you would like to
remote into and click Connect
managers to administer the MFP through a standard web
browser. Once authenticated, users can change their profiles and document filing folder settings, as well as
maintain their one -touch address keys to quickly distribute scanned documents. From anywhere on the
network, IT managers can log in and access the device's status, system, security, and network settings, as
well as maintain user accounts, specify diagnostic e-mail alerts, clone settings and more. Administrator
access can be protected via complex passwords.
Sharp Remote Front Panel (RFP)
Sharp RFP is a powerful tool that enables users and support staff to remotely view the MFP's operation
panel and control its features and functions from anywhere via a network. IT managers can see the same
exact screen that the end user is viewing, allowing them to quickly understand issues and take the
appropriate actions to solve them. Since IT managers can control the device remotely, this capability helps
eliminate trips to the device to support users, thereby reducing users' wait time.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 134
Page 172 of 441
Sharp Remote Device Manager (SRDM)
SRDM is a device management and monitoring tool to facilitate centralized management of sharp MFPs and
printers as well as SNMP-compliant printers. From the console, IT managers can view detailed information
on each device, such as network connectivity, consumable levels, and impression counts. The direct access
to remote front panel enables support staff to view and control the LCD panel from anywhere on the
network, as well as the ability to review service logs and update firmware. For more intuitive views, and to
expedite trouble shooting, devices can be grouped together in the utility by model, department, location,
network status, IP address and more. Rapid deployment of MFPs can also be accomplished by distributing
print drivers to network clients and cloning the settings of a reference device to other similar models all at
the click of a button. Toner level is monitored in 5% increments on select models.
Your computer
The machine
a � _- o
o ��o
OPERATION PANEL
Operate the
I�
machine using your
computer screen.
o
o
Network
Key features include but are not limited to:
• Manual or automated device discovery
• Remote device monitoring on status and consumables
• Remote device security, network, and system configurations
• Remote access to device's front panel to provide quick user assistance
• Driver distribution to reduce IT support time
• Firmware updates to minimize deployment time
• Device setting and cloning for fast device set up
• E-mail notifications to keep IT administrators aware of critical is
Empowered Communications
Highly featured smart phones and tablets are increasingly popular
communication tools in the business world. According to research
conducted by IDC, workers who communicate using mobile devices
will account for 37% of the worldwide workforce and three-
quarters of the workforce in the United States by 2015 (Mobile
Printing Landscape: Landscape: Transition to Early Adopters, August 2012).
Recognizing such rapid adoption of mobile devices in the
workplace, Sharp offers applications and options to seamlessly
connect mobile workers with their daily business processes. Sharp
approaches these solutions with IT professionals in mind, ensuring
security and interoperability while maintaining productivity.
,
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 135
Page 173 of 441
Mobile Printing and Scanning
Sharpdesk Mobile enables Windows° 8, Windows® RT, Apple° iOS® and Google° AndroidT" users to easily
print documents from their smartphones or tablets to a Sharp MFP. Users can also scan hardcopy
documents from a Sharp MFP directly to their mobile devices for flexible storage and sharing. Scanned files
can be shared with other applications or sent as E-mail attachments. Sharpdesk Mobile is available at no
cost on the Windows Store for Windows users, Apple App Store for iOS users or Google Play Store for
Android users.
Key features include, but are not limited to:
• Print directly to select Sharp MFPs from Sharpdesk mobile applications
• Print from and send documents to other applications such as Evernote°, Cloud Portal Office, and
Dropbox°
• Print Web pages and E-mails
• Send documents to others via E-mail
• Store and manage scanned or imported files
• User authentication for printing and scanning to meet IT security measures and track user activities
R.(ewe warmed documents
dm
ored Mat to MFP
Ugttai Multifunction
Printer/Scanner
Sharp Electronics
0))
c�
Mobile &vke
Shiq;Wesk Mobik
CONabotate with other pps
Attach docwneM to e-mail
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page136
Page 174 of 441
Sharp Security
Proven protection for confidential data, device access and network guards
As MFPs and printers become parts
of organizations' integrated
document workflows and business
processes, security becomes a
serious concern. Securely managing
business and user data is critical for
corporations to be successful. Sharp
addresses these concerns by
providing a suite of integrated
security features designed to help
protect your information and
document assets.
Protect Your Assets
From Vulnerability
with Sharp Security
Sharp Secure Network Interface
Sharp MFPs use unique embedded firmware that is
not subject to the same virus vulnerability as
Microsoft® and Linux® operating systems. Sharp's
unique architecture provides no user interface and
cannot execute downloaded files or commands sent
by an attacker to compromise the system. Our MFPs
feature an intelligent network interface that can limit
access to specific computers on a network by IP or
MAC address, and selectively enable or disable any
protocol or service port on each device.
Copy Data - i .
P'"r Data \
Scan4 ' IIII "J -
D 4
Ad*fts at
AES Encryption Hard Drive Data
Overwrite/Clear
®Restricts s user usage to
authorized users only
Sale remote
(Web) configuration
LNNil
Helps protect against
_ 1 hacker threats
��,
Helps prevent unauthorized
duect connections
x
Sharp Security Suite
Protect your organization's critical and
confidential data assets with Sharp's multi -
layered approach to security that includes an
extensive set of standard security features and
optional Data Security Kits (DSKs). Standard
MFP security coupled with optional DSK
security protects and controls the major MFP
systems and subsystems (print, copy, scan, fax
jobs, network settings, memory components,
local user interface). The Sharp data
encryption method uses the 256*-bit
Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)
algorithm on all data before it is written to
RAM and the hard disk drive. It also provides
overwriting routines (up to 7-times overwrite)
to ensure that all information is virtually
irretrievable by unauthorized users. In addition, an End -Of -Lease feature ensures that all data is erased
before returning, or relinquishing control of the MFP. Sharp MFPs' intelligent network interface provides an
extensive set of access and network control security features designed to prevent these threats as well as
improper device access.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 137
Page 175 of 441
USER TRAINNING
The section below illustrates tools used by Sharp to inform the city staff about training that we offer.
w►�efryer �wrr—Jr 11 A— 1tr trey rr�\irr
t•.w.» w ra orate r�r V>�✓�
�V 1wA/Mf K 1(Ou E
�r .a•1
L�r. s•w �. r >. o.r a a.. e
1...�r • r e r
tr w teerp WV. .0
SHARP 2""W wNeesr E•r'■.n
LPL Financial is partnering with Sharp to help reduce print related expenses
and lower our carbon footprint. Starting soon, Sharp will begin replacing
single function printers, fax machines and copiers with multi -function devices.
The newm lMn.fl-devkezw h help LPL Firwncial:
r® It Is 6
Red... Paper Conserve Energy n:prove Eeh.ien.y
U zer'Satesfa 1-
...More communication tofolloiv!
® 1 LPL Financial
Sharp Electronics
• Training will be provided from
Day 1 of device installations
and ongoing.
• Training can be conducted in
small groups at an MFD or in
large classroom settings
• Customized Training Flyers are
designed to increase end -user
communication and participation
mitchell
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page138
Page 176 of 441
My Sharp
The industry's most innovative on-line support tool, My Sharp, is your personal companion website for
product orientation and demonstrations. It offers high-level support in an easy -to -use format. My
Sharp features helpful demonstrations on how to use the scan, copy, print and fax capabilities of your
Sharp office products, related software applications and the replacement of supplies for those
products. Tailored just for you, we customize each My Sharp website to reflect the Sharp products in
your office and to suit your organization's current needs and when your organization's needs evolve,
My Sharp provides the flexibility to grow.
Benefits
• User friendly demonstrations on how to use your equipment and technology
• You will automatically receive demonstration updates on new functions as they are released.
• Access My Sharp online anytime, anywhere
• Train new employees on office products quickly and effectively
• Product features are grouped by category such as Administration, Copying, Document Filing,
Embedded Web Page, Faxing, Printing and Scanning
My Sharp Online
https://my.sharpamericas.com/sbssharp.mysharp.aspx
4 :114:14l_\►IVi[11]0111
I
4W
MX-2651/3051/3551/4051MX-3071/3571/4071 MX-5051/6051
MX-5071/6071
MX-6580/758ON
MX-7090/809ON
MX-B350P/B450P
MX-B350W/B450W
MX-B376W/B476W -
L 4
k i
MX-C300P MX-C303W/C304W MX-M1055/M1205 rf�
Mx- *'4t
M2651/M3051/M3551/M4051 MX-M3071/M3571/M4071 MX-M5051/M6051
s
MX-M5071/M6071 s I , "rr
Lmx-m657o/m7570 Fmx-mgo5
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 139
Page 177 of 441
Step by Step Tutorials
M X-2651/3051/3551/4051 SELECT DIFFERENT MODEL
.9--
"I
ADMINISTRATION Combine Filed Documents i
COPYING Use the Combine Documents feature.
DOCUMENTFILING
Deleting A Document
EMBEDDED WEB PAGE
Delete a filed document.
O
FAXING
PRINTING
E-mailing A Document
E-mail a filed document.
®
O
SCANNING
Filing a Document
File a document to a folder
®MT
—
O
Moving a Document
Move a filed document to a different folder.
®MT
O
Printing A Document
Call up and print a filed document.
O
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 140
Page 178 of 441
Training Videos
Find training videos on You Tube click here!
Link: https://voutube.com/playlist?list=PLFJdgJNR3BC-xLdxGJPDQx-liEGSu4PA6
Changing Staples
1 LA
SharpElectronicsUSA • 221 views • 2 months ago
Creating Custom Folders
2 I SharpElectronicsUSA • 110 views • 2 months ago
Document Filing
$ SharpElectronicsUSA • 216 views • 2 months ago
Folding
4 SharpElectronicsUSA • 154 views • 2 months ago
How to Print Labels
5 SharpElectronicsUSA • 171 views • 2 months ago
Job Build
6 SharpElectronicsUSA • 142 views • 2 months ago
Manual Stapling
SharpElectronicsUSA • 109 views • 2 months ago
Multi -crop Scanning
$ SharpElectronicsUSA • 128 views • 2 months ago
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 141
Page 179 of 441
OTHER SOLUTIONS & SERVICES
MICAS SOFTWARE & AUTOMATED TONER DELIVERY
"Since Sharp Business Systems started
using M I EAS, I have one less thing to
worry about. Well, maybe four."
Monthly Meter Reads
Monthly meter reads are a thing of the past. Now
you have more time to devote to your business.
Schedule Convenient Service Calls
Arrange preventive maintenance calls, and avert
emergency visits.
Automated Toner Replenishment
Before your device runs out of toner, an order
will be placed automatically.
Service Technicians Have the
Necessary Parts for Repairs
Prepared technician gets you back in business,
eliminating return visits.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 142
Page 180 of 441
Product Diagnostics
Review a range of specific device data that includes:
• ModeUSerial/Machine ID/Location: Device info by Model, Serial Number, Machine ID or Location
• Firmware Version: List of the latest versions of firmware that your device is using
• Toner Usage: Summary of current toner levels
• Toner Forecasting: Forecasts toner end dates by page or date to assist in ordering toner
• Device Installed Options: List of current hardware options installed to work with your device
• All Meters: Summary of toner, meter and various usage counts (i.e. copy/scan/fax)
• Maintenance Counters: Summary of device scan, tray and installed options usage counts (i.e. scans, stapling, jams,
fusing, etc.)
• Historic Event Logs: List of all device's trouble/jam codes history by date/time and paper count
• Historic Service Alerts: List of device's trouble/jam code alerts data
• Transaction History: List of the device's activity
• MFP Visual Report: Data collected from registered MFPs including visual image of the life status of key MFP engine
components
Viewer
Interactive panel for technicians to address and troubleshoot any issue using available assets assigned to the device's
specific maintenance alert, jam or trouble code.
Dashboard
MICAS online location allowing a dealership to view your device or entire fleet's status as well as data on meters, toner,
alerts, agents and reports.
a -
Sharp Electronics
MirmAM"
Device Management Simplified
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page143
Page 181 of 441
Assessment Process
The information collected during the assessment is used to create a baseline for measuring cost savings
during the life of the new managed service. It is also used to shape the future print policy, designed to
enable quality output and staff productivity. The assessment also contributes towards planning the
hardware rollout and ensuring that this can be completed in a seamless manner, and with minimal
disruption for the users. We use a systematic approach to assess your print and document workflow
environment.
Data is collected by surveying each site and fully auditing all output devices present across all sites.
The assessment is completed using a combination of electronic auditing tools and manual processes, to
verify how print gets produced across the organization. A data collection agent which runs across multiple
subnets can provide a rapid assessment of the current print output devices. Information from all devices
(including wide format) across every site gets recorded. This includes device specific information:
• Serial number/IP address
• Device location
• Age
• Current print volumes
Prior to the site visits, communication is key to your employees so they are aware that we will be walking
around, asking questions, and possibly taking photos. Photos would be taken to show redundancy of
assets, paper left in trays, toner closets, etc.
- Example Email:
At 8:30 a.m. Sally Smith, Bill Brown, and Joe Johnson from Sharp will arrive at your location at 123 Main
St. We plan on speaking with Jane Doe, Office Manager, and need 30 minutes with her. We will need
any invoices or bills for the last 18 months that have toner cartridges or outsourcing on them. We will
be making copies of these. Once done with our meeting we will deploy our team and we will be
gathering from each print/copy device:
• Configuration pages
• Status pages
• Supply pages
• We may be taking photos
• Interview end users
• Likes & dislikes of the device
• How many times do they think they change the toner/ink per year?
• Questions to understand configurations of the device and for what it is being used.
Once the data has been collected, an analysis can be completed to provide a complete Total Cost of
Ownership (TCO) for the current hardware state, but it also allows us to remodel the fleet to create an
optimized future hardware state which will help to:
• Reduce cost
• Create greater efficiency
• Deliver the key functionality requirements
A secondary aspect to the assessment is to assist with planning the hardware roll -out program. Valuable
information gathered as part of the site visits enables us to begin creating a "blueprint" for each site,
which will ensure that the transition can be managed with the minimum levels of downtime and
disruption to the end -users. Assessment & Optimization
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 144
Page 182 of 441
Total Cost of Ownership (TCO)
When it comes to your Document space, what you don't know can hurt you. Monthly equipment lease
payments, print -happy employees, supply orders, maintenance on overworked devices and downtime
can chip away at your bottom line. Printed documents can also create significant security concerns
because they offer little to no tracking ability for critical business information.
Our aim is to paint a clear picture of your organization's total cost of ownership (TCO) and security
exposure. To do so, we perform an in-depth analysis to uncover monthly print volume, inventory of all
output devices and the overhead to maintain those devices. Interviews with key employees let us
determine if current devices are in line with each department's workload. Your TCO serves as the
starting point for us to begin optimizing your document fleet so we can help you:
• Improve paper processes via multifunctional printers (MFPs) and printers
• Match the pace of your workforce with a right -sized fleet
• Strategically place devices to reduce redundancy
• Lower print -related costs by curbing excessive printing
• Reduce security and compliance risks by safeguarding information, devices and data
• Increase uptime with proactive device support and maintenance
Sample Device Map
.• 1 1'�Tl T - tr
• O, ■
22 4 26
Before - Unmanaged Print Environment
Sharp Electronics
0 10 10
After — Optimized, Right -Sized Fleet
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page145
Page 183 of 441
Analysis
Sharp will work with the City of El Segundo, a consultant, or utilize our own diagnostic software to collect
usage information. The data collected in conjunction with device maps reveal redundancies and
highlight print behaviors. The discoveries help us right -size a fleet and design a cost saving, productive
and efficient print environment.
Campus Point
251 122
373
SV Clinic 10170
34 8
42
SV 10150
24
112
36
CP Annex
13
113
26
SV 10130-AIB
9 1
10
SV 10110-A
4 —3
7
SV 10110-B
5 2
7
SV 10130-C
3
13
6
SV 10110 Health Lab
2
1
3
Total Devices
345 M5
510
='Campus Point
LaserJet P4035
421,1%
-
LaserJet 600 M602
359,645
-
LaserJet 4250
149,793
-
LaserJet4200
23,430
-
LaserJet 400 colorMFP M475dw
11,463
2,800
Color LaserJet 4700
6,269
8,577
LaserJet M605
5,946
-
LaserJet 500 MFP M525
4,400
-
Color LaserJet CP4020 series
3,820
4,758
LaserJet 500 color MFP M575
3,611
3,959
LaserJet4300
1,835
-
Color LaserJet MFP M476dn
1,608
1,564
Color LaserJet CM4730 MFP
989
739
LaserJet 4050 Series
810
-
LaserJet 400colorMFPM475dn
527
am
Color LaserJet CM4540 MFP
521
1,166
Color LaserJet 38W
201
666
LaserJet P4015 18,610 -
LaserJet M4555 MFP 6,648 -
FL R 2 10150 S11-1 valley Noea
33
2 1976 c *iz ]6 set g56771
4 3299 �75 �]a �69 fifiH Tfi4�fi6
76 RI RM 79 62 g _ { 60 59 — �i66 11163
63 J1 56 ER
0 -
40
44
a]
�41 a3 39 II----LLaa
�L� sal.
�a3 szI �,
p� \ �s6�.�.� i
s 46 99 49 i`i so e * s] R&dal
91 M 99 51 TLJS
Laeerjet Printer (B.) Xerax C,p,e MFP * Local Fa. Machine
Laaerjet Printer(Color) -jet Printer Networked
Sharp Electronics
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page146
Page 184 of 441
Sharp's Recycle Policy
Sharp is very passionate about environmental conservation. All of our factories are working to eliminate
waste and greenhouse gases, and achieve other environmental targets in 21 key areas. Saving Energy.
Saving Resources. Maximizing Recycling. Minimizing Hazardous Materials.
As a part of Sharp's commitment to the environment, Sharp offers our
customers a zero waste toner recycling for all consumables, including:
cartridges, bottles, toner collection containers and drum units.
Think Green.
STOP, DROP, RECYCLE RECYCLING PROGRAM
• Boxes may be placed in central locations at the City of El Segundo
• It's free & easy to ship your recyclables in bulk
• We provide all collection and shipping materials
• We provide all shipping and recycling costs
• We further reduce our carbon footprint by more efficiently shipping in bulk
(box fits up to 10 cartridges)
• All consumables are 100% recycled with ZERO waste to a landfill
High Volume Recycling
• 3 Pre -Addressed, Pre -Paid Cartridge
Collection / Shipping Boxes
• 3 Clear plastic liners
• 3 Zip ties
Fed Ex Pick up:
use existing service or call 1-800-GO-FEDEX
(3399)
and say "ground pick-up"
Sharp Electronics
Low Volume Option
• Drop off at any Staples location, Staples
will take care of recycling the cartridge
at no cost to you. Visit:
storelocator.staples.com to find a
location near you.
• Contact our Dealer for more information
about their toner consolidation procedure
RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers
Page147
Page 185 of 441
REFERENCES
Reference #1
Organization/Customer Name
Los Angeles Department of Water & Power
Name, Title & Contact information for
organization contact
Jorge Coldivar - 213-864-2047
coldivar.jorge@ladwp.com
Organization/Customer Size - number of
locations
100+locations — 9,400 employees
Number of copiers installed
640 Sharp MFP's
Installation Date
June 2017
Reference #2
Organization/Customer Name
City of Long Beach
Name, Title & Contact information for
organization contact
Jeff Kotch — (562)-570-5102
Jeffrey.kotch@longbeach.gov
Organization/Customer Size - number of
locations
5,000+Employees
Number of copiers installed
550 Sharp MFP's, 350 Printers, PaperCut User
Installation Date
June 2019
Reference #3
Organization/Customer Name
City of Riverside
Rosalinda Acosta, Innovation and Technology Officer
Name, Title & Contact information for
Client Services
organization contact
951-826-5150
rcosta@riversideca.gov
Organization/Customer Size - number of
2,626 employees
locations
Number of copiers installed
150
Installation Date
Jan 2019
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 148
Page 186 of 441
Reference #4
Organization/Customer Name
Orange County Superior Court System
Name, Title & Contact
information for organization
Vicente Lopez — 657-622-7766
vlopez@occourts.org
contact
Organization/Customer Size -
number of locations
8 locations —1,500 employees
Number of copiers installed
122 Sharp MFP's and 100 printers
Installation Date
November 2013
Reference #5
Organization/Customer Name
City of San Diego
Name, Title & Contact
information for organization
Veronica Valenzuela - 619-533-4504
vvalenzuela@sandiego.gov
contact
Organization/Customer Size -
11,000 employees over 50 locations
number of locations
Number of copiers installed
610
Installation Date
Dec 2011
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 149
Page 187 of 441
REQUIRED STATEMENTS
a. Sharp Business Systems states that all charges for services will be a "Not -To -Exceed" fee, as
submitted with, and made part of said Vendor's quote.
b. Sharp Business Systems hourly rate schedule for extra work incurred that is not part of the scope of
work outlined in the RFP is $175 per hour. See implementation plan and Scope of
Work/Methodology section for all that is included in Sharp Business Systems services offered. In the
rare occasion that the City needs additional services outside of the scope of work outlined, Sharp is
willing to work with the City on an as needed basis.
c. Sharp Business Systems states that all federal laws and regulations must be adhered to
notwithstanding any state or local laws and regulations. In case of conflict between federal, state, or
local laws or regulations, the strictest will be adhered to.
d. Sharp Business Systems will allow all authorized federal, state, county, and the City officials access
to place of work, books, documents, papers, fiscal, payroll materials, and other relevant contract
records pertinent to this project. All relevant records will be retained for at least three (3) years and
for the length of your contract with SBS
e. Sharp Business Systems will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in
connection with the performance thereof, because of race, religion, color, age, sex, national origin
or physical handicap; and shall act to ensure that our clients and employees are treated, without
regard to their race, sex, religion, color, age, national origin or physical handicap.
f. Sharp Business Systems will comply with the California Labor Code, pursuant to said regulations
entitled: Federal Labor Standards provisions; Federal Prevailing Wage Decision; and State of
California Prevailing Wage Rates, respectively.
g. Sharp Business Systems will comply with the Copeland Anti -kickback Act (18 USC 874 C) and the
implementation regulation (29 CFR 3) issued pursuant thereto, and any amendments thereof.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 150
Page 188 of 441
SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
EXCEPTIONS AND CONDITIONS TO REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL for
City of El Segundo — RFP #24-05 (the "RFP")
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Sharp Electronics Corporation ("Sharp"), as part of its response to the City of El Segundo (the "City"),
submits the following conditions and/or exceptions with respect to the above referenced RFP.
Sharp understands that the terms of any final agreement may be subject to further negotiations and edits by
both parties, and is willing to discuss the matters, as well as any other proposed agreement terms, if the City
proposes to award a contract to Sharp pursuant to the RFP.
SPECIFIC CONDITIONS AND EXCEPTIONS
Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sharp's response to the RFP is subject to the
following specific conditions or exceptions.
K. Agreement for Equipment Lease and Ongoing Services, Supply and Maintenance Support:
Paragraph 5. Sharp requests the deletion of this language in its entirety and same to be replaced with the
following:
"If a specific piece of Equipment is not performing up to specifications, the Customer will notify SBS by
written notice of the issue and machine location. SBS will have the option to either repair or replace the
machine within 30 days of receipt of the notice. If the equipment cannot be repaired or replaced within that 30
days, the Customer may terminate the Agreement solely related to that piece of Equipment. The Agreement
may not be cancelled in its entirety."
Paragraph 6. Sharp requests the deletion of this language in its entirety and same to be replaced with the
following:
"If a specific piece of Equipment is not performing up to specifications, the Customer will notify SBS by
written notice of the issue and machine location. SBS will have the option to either repair or replace the
machine within 30 days of receipt of the notice. If the equipment cannot be repaired or replaced within that 30
days, the Customer may terminate the Agreement solely related to that piece of Equipment. The Agreement
may not be cancelled in its entirety."
Paragraph 7a and 7b.
Sharp requests this language be mutual and limited to third -party claims.
Sharp requests the deletion of "arising out of this Agreement, or its performance."
Sharp requests the deletion of "volunteers."
I. Deliverables
Paragraph 5. Required Statements
5(d) Sharp requests the deletion of "payroll materials." Sharp can agree to a review of the relevant documents
relevant to the contract pertaining to this project.
Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 151
Page 189 of 441
A ® DATE 0IYYYY)
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
CONTACT
NAME:
MARSH USA I.I.C.
PHONE FAX
Japan Client Services
(A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No):
1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor
E-MAIL
New York, NY 1D036
ADDRESS:
Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company
11126
INSURED harp Electronics Corporation
INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America
25674
INSURER C:
100 Paragon Drive
INSURER D:
Montvale, NJ 07645
INSURER E:
INSURER F
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
WSR
L7R
TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL
SUBR
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFF POLICY EXP
M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY
LIMITS
A
X
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
TGL30046390100
10/01/2023
10/01/2024
EACHOCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR
DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES occurrence)
$ 1,000,000
MED EXP (Any one person)
$ 15,000
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
GEN'L
X
lF LOC
POLICY I JEC!
PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG
$ 3,000,000
OTHER:
$
A
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
TAL30011561002
1010112023
10/01/2024
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
Ea accident
$ 1,000,000
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
$
X
ANY AUTO
OWNED SCHEDULED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
$
FIR RTYDAMAGE
er acddent
$
HIRED NON -OWNED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY
S
X
UMBREL_LIA6
X
OCCUR
CPU40752AO
10/0112023
10101/2024
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION$O
$
B
WORKERS COMPENSATION
ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY
ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA
(Mandatory in NH)
UBM7505572314E
06/012024
XH-
STATUTE ER
_I
E. L. EACH ACCIDENT
$ 1.000,000
E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE
$ 1,000,000
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT
$ 1 OOD 000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required)
Evidence of Coverage
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
Sharp Electronics Corporation
100 Paragon Drive
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
Montvale, NJ 07645
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
Page 190 of 441
A ® DATE 0IYYYY)
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
CONTACT
NAME:
MARSH USA I.I.C.
PHONE FAX
Japan Client Services
(A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No):
1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor
E-MAIL
New York, NY 1D036
ADDRESS:
Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company
11126
INSURED harp Electronics Corporation
INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America
25674
INSURER C:
100 Paragon Drive
INSURER D:
Montvale, NJ 07645
INSURER E:
INSURER F
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
WSR
L7R
TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL
SUBR
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFF POLICY EXP
M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY
LIMITS
A
X
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
TGL30046390100
10/01/2023
10/01/2024
EACHOCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR
DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES occurrence)
$ 1,000,000
MED EXP (Any one person)
$ 15,000
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
GEN'L
X
lF LOC
POLICY I JEC!
PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG
$ 3,000,000
OTHER:
$
A
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
TAL30011561002
1010112023
10/01/2024
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
Ea accident
$ 1,000,000
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
$
X
ANY AUTO
OWNED SCHEDULED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
$
FIR RTYDAMAGE
er acddent
$
HIRED NON -OWNED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY
S
X
UMBREL_LIA6
X
OCCUR
CPU40752AO
10/0112023
10101/2024
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION$O
$
B
WORKERS COMPENSATION
ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY
ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA
(Mandatory in NH)
UBM7505572314E
06/012024
XH-
STATUTE ER
_I
E. L. EACH ACCIDENT
$ 1.000,000
E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE
$ 1,000,000
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT
$ 1 OOD 000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required)
Evidence of Coverage
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
Sharp Electronics Corporation
100 Paragon Drive
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
Montvale, NJ 07645
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
Page 191 of 441
A ® DATE 0IYYYY)
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
CONTACT
NAME:
MARSH USA I.I.C.
PHONE FAX
Japan Client Services
(A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No):
1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor
E-MAIL
New York, NY 1D036
ADDRESS:
Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company
11126
INSURED harp Electronics Corporation
INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America
25674
INSURER C:
100 Paragon Drive
INSURER D:
Montvale, NJ 07645
INSURER E:
INSURER F
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
WSR
L7R
TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL
SUBR
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFF POLICY EXP
M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY
LIMITS
A
X
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
TGL30046390100
10/01/2023
10/01/2024
EACHOCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR
DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES occurrence)
$ 1,000,000
MED EXP (Any one person)
$ 15,000
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
GEN'L
X
lF LOC
POLICY I JEC!
PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG
$ 3,000,000
OTHER:
$
A
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
TAL30011561002
1010112023
10/01/2024
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
Ea accident
$ 1,000,000
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
$
X
ANY AUTO
OWNED SCHEDULED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
$
FIR RTYDAMAGE
er acddent
$
HIRED NON -OWNED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY
S
X
UMBREL_LIA6
X
OCCUR
CPU40752AO
10/0112023
10101/2024
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION$O
$
B
WORKERS COMPENSATION
ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY
ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA
(Mandatory in NH)
UBM7505572314E
06/012024
XH-
STATUTE ER
_I
E. L. EACH ACCIDENT
$ 1.000,000
E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE
$ 1,000,000
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT
$ 1 OOD 000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required)
Evidence of Coverage
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
Sharp Electronics Corporation
100 Paragon Drive
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
Montvale, NJ 07645
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
Page 192 of 441
A ® DATE 0IYYYY)
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
CONTACT
NAME:
MARSH USA I.I.C.
PHONE FAX
Japan Client Services
(A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No):
1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor
E-MAIL
New York, NY 1D036
ADDRESS:
Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company
11126
INSURED harp Electronics Corporation
INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America
25674
INSURER C:
100 Paragon Drive
INSURER D:
Montvale, NJ 07645
INSURER E:
INSURER F
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
WSR
L7R
TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL
SUBR
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFF POLICY EXP
M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY
LIMITS
A
X
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
TGL30046390100
10/01/2023
10/01/2024
EACHOCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR
DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES occurrence)
$ 1,000,000
MED EXP (Any one person)
$ 15,000
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
GEN'L
X
lF LOC
POLICY I JEC!
PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG
$ 3,000,000
OTHER:
$
A
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
TAL30011561002
1010112023
10/01/2024
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
Ea accident
$ 1,000,000
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
$
X
ANY AUTO
OWNED SCHEDULED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
$
FIR RTYDAMAGE
er acddent
$
HIRED NON -OWNED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY
S
X
UMBREL_LIA6
X
OCCUR
CPU40752AO
10/0112023
10101/2024
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION$O
$
B
WORKERS COMPENSATION
ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY
ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA
(Mandatory in NH)
UBM7505572314E
06/012024
XH-
STATUTE ER
_I
E. L. EACH ACCIDENT
$ 1.000,000
E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE
$ 1,000,000
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT
$ 1 OOD 000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required)
Evidence of Coverage
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
Sharp Electronics Corporation
100 Paragon Drive
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
Montvale, NJ 07645
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
Page 193 of 441
A ® DATE 0IYYYY)
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
CONTACT
NAME:
MARSH USA I.I.C.
PHONE FAX
Japan Client Services
(A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No):
1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor
E-MAIL
New York, NY 1D036
ADDRESS:
Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company
11126
INSURED harp Electronics Corporation
INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America
25674
INSURER C:
100 Paragon Drive
INSURER D:
Montvale, NJ 07645
INSURER E:
INSURER F
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
WSR
L7R
TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL
SUBR
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFF POLICY EXP
M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY
LIMITS
A
X
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
TGL30046390100
10/01/2023
10/01/2024
EACHOCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR
DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES occurrence)
$ 1,000,000
MED EXP (Any one person)
$ 15,000
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
GEN'L
X
lF LOC
POLICY I JEC!
PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG
$ 3,000,000
OTHER:
$
A
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
TAL30011561002
1010112023
10/01/2024
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
Ea accident
$ 1,000,000
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
$
X
ANY AUTO
OWNED SCHEDULED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
$
FIR RTYDAMAGE
er acddent
$
HIRED NON -OWNED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY
S
X
UMBREL_LIA6
X
OCCUR
CPU40752AO
10/0112023
10101/2024
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION$O
$
B
WORKERS COMPENSATION
ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY
ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA
(Mandatory in NH)
UBM7505572314E
06/012024
XH-
STATUTE ER
_I
E. L. EACH ACCIDENT
$ 1.000,000
E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE
$ 1,000,000
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT
$ 1 OOD 000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required)
Evidence of Coverage
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
Sharp Electronics Corporation
100 Paragon Drive
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
Montvale, NJ 07645
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
Page 194 of 441
A ® DATE 0IYYYY)
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
CONTACT
NAME:
MARSH USA I.I.C.
PHONE FAX
Japan Client Services
(A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No):
1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor
E-MAIL
New York, NY 1D036
ADDRESS:
Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company
11126
INSURED harp Electronics Corporation
INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America
25674
INSURER C:
100 Paragon Drive
INSURER D:
Montvale, NJ 07645
INSURER E:
INSURER F
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
WSR
L7R
TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL
SUBR
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFF POLICY EXP
M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY
LIMITS
A
X
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
TGL30046390100
10/01/2023
10/01/2024
EACHOCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR
DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES occurrence)
$ 1,000,000
MED EXP (Any one person)
$ 15,000
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
GEN'L
X
lF LOC
POLICY I JEC!
PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG
$ 3,000,000
OTHER:
$
A
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
TAL30011561002
1010112023
10/01/2024
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
Ea accident
$ 1,000,000
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
$
X
ANY AUTO
OWNED SCHEDULED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
$
FIR RTYDAMAGE
er acddent
$
HIRED NON -OWNED
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY
S
X
UMBREL_LIA6
X
OCCUR
CPU40752AO
10/0112023
10101/2024
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION$O
$
B
WORKERS COMPENSATION
ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY
ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA
(Mandatory in NH)
UBM7505572314E
06/012024
XH-
STATUTE ER
_I
E. L. EACH ACCIDENT
$ 1.000,000
E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE
$ 1,000,000
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT
$ 1 OOD 000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required)
Evidence of Coverage
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
Sharp Electronics Corporation
100 Paragon Drive
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
Montvale, NJ 07645
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
Page 195 of 441
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO
350 Main Street
El Segundo, CA 90245
ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL 24-05
Date: February 26, 2024
To: All Prospective Vendors
This Addendum No. 1 to Request for Proposal ("RFP") 24-05 is to answer questions received regarding
RFP 24-05 and to modify the RFP. This Addendum is posted to the City of El Segundo's website at
https://www.elsegundo.org/government/departments/city-clerk/bid-rfp and is made available to all
prospective vendors. This Addendum No. 1 and all information, clarification, and modifications provided
herein shall be incorporated and considered part of RFP 24-05.
To acknowledge receipt of this Addendum No. 1 and to evidence that Vendor has read this Addendum
No. 1, Vendor shall designate an authorized individual to sign below. Failure to include a signed
Addendum with Vendor's proposal may subject the proposal to immediate rejection.
Signature:
Print Name:
Title:
Vendor:
Date:
Page 196 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS RECEIVED REGARDING RFP 24-05
The questions and corresponding answers are listed in numerical order for ease of reference only. Where
possible, identical (or near identical) questions are grouped together.
1. Question: Can you please specify which of the 21 copiers will need color capabilities in section LA
if any?
Question: For the 21 Copiers are you requesting a Color or BW model?
Question: For the 40, 60 & 80 PPM categories is the city considering B&W, Color Devices or is there
no preference?
Question: Scope of Work Section 1A: Is the City looking for all color copiers in this section? If no,
can the city please indicate which models vendors should price out as BW copiers and which
models should be priced out as Color copiers?
Answer: All twenty-one (21) copiers need to be color.
2. Question: Regarding the specifications for the 21-multifunction printer (MFP) copiers, does the city
have any specific preferences for color printing capabilities and the inclusion of fax kits in these
models?
Answer: All twenty-one (21) copiers need to be color. Fax is preferred.
3. Question: Do the copiers need a Fax option?
Answer: Fax is preferred for all copiers and printers.
4. Question: Does the City require faxing on any of the copiers or desktop devices?
Answer: Fax is preferred for all copiers and printers.
5. Question: How does the city currently send / receive faxes?
Answer: The City uses Concord Technologies cloud fax services and faxing through the copiers.
-2-
Page 197 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
6. Questions: Scope of Work Section 1B. Please confirm that the City is looking for a BW Desktop
MFP here. Please confirm that the City is looking for a Color Desktop MFP here
Answer: Three (3) 57PPM black and white desktop copier and scanners. Three (3) 47 PPM color
desktop copiers and scanners. Current models include: ECOSYS M3655idn, ECOSYS M6535cidn,
and ECOSYS M6635cidn.
7. Question: Can you provide a list of your current equipment?
Answer: The City currently has 27 copiers and printers. The range of models are:
•
ECOSYS M3655idn
•
ECOSYS M6535cidn
•
ECOSYS M6635cidn
•
TASKalfa 3553ci
•
TASKalfa 4053ci
•
TASKalfa 4551ci
•
TASKalfa 5053ci
•
TASKalfa 6054ci
•
TASKalfa 7052ci
•
TASKalfa 7551ci
•
TASKalfa 8052ci
8. Question: Do you have an on -site print shop? If so, which device(s) are located in the shop?
Answer: No.
9. Question: Is the City utilizing any MPS program with the incumbent?
Answer: Printers are managed by Kyocera Document Solutions using their Kyocera Fleet Services
softwa re.
10. Question: Are you using FMAudit?
Answer: No.
11. Question: For device management tools, does the City have preference on on -premise or Cloud
software solutions?
Answer: No preference.
-3-
Page 198 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
12. Question: Is the City utilizing any Cloud applications such as DropBox, OneDrive, Sharepoint,
and/or Google Drive?
Answer: Citrix Sharefile and looking to expand use of OneDrive.
13. Question: How many locations does the City have?
Answer: Eleven (11) locations within an approximate two (2) mile radius. Of which, eight (8)
locations are within an approximate 0.5-mile radius.
14. Question: Of the 27 devices, approximately how many of the installations will require stair climbing
(where no elevator/lift is available)?
Answer: Approximately one (1) device.
15. Question: Will the City's internal IT Department offer installation support of print drivers on all
workstations. If not, is the vendor expected to be entirely responsible for this and would like this
cost factored into the pricing?
Answer: The City has a virtual desktop infrastructure with two (2) print servers. The City's
Information Technology Services Department (ITSD) will install the drivers on the print servers.
16. Question: Is Hole Punch necessary on all A3 products? What item(s) is it that they are all producing?
Answer: As stated in Paragraph H, Scope of Work (p. 2), the requirements listed must be included
at a minimum in the proposal. Vendor can suggest modifications and/or additions if Vendor feel
they are warranted. In which case, the Vendor must provide a brief reason why.
17. Question: For the 40 ppm offerings, can the 1,000 sheet Finisher be replaced with a 500 sheet Inner
Finisher? Would this be acceptable without penalty for non-compliance? It would be more cost
effective and take up less floor space.
Answer: As stated in Paragraph H, Scope of Work (p. 2), the requirements listed must be included
at a minimum in the proposal. Vendor can suggest modifications and/or additions if Vendor feel
they are warranted. In which case, the Vendor must provide a brief reason why.
Proposals will be scored as outlined in Paragraph J, Administrative Elements. Note the "Technical
Approach" category.
18. Question: In regard to "320 Sheet Dual Scan Document Processor", is this 320 sheets simplex or
duplex?
Answer: 320 sheet capacity capable of scanning double -sided documents in one (1) pass.
Page 199 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
19. Question: In regard to "Dual 1,500 Sheet Trays", will the City only utilize 8.5x11 in these trays?
Answer: Yes.
20. Question: Do any of the copiers require 11 x 17 printing?
Question: Please confirm that all (21) copiers in Section 1A need to have 11*17 printing capability?
Answer: In addition to standard 8 by 11 inch (letter) size paper, all twenty-one (21) copiers need
to print 8 by 14 inch (legal) and 11 by 17 inch size papers. All three (3) size paper needs to print
from a dedicated tray.
Vendor can have one (1) dedicated tray to print both 8 by 14 inch (legal) and 11 by 17 inch size
paper, separate dedicated trays for each size, OR other configuration provided it is consistent with
the City's requirements.
21. Question: Will the City accept + or-10 ppm machines for the 3 copier speed categories? Example
- If Xerox only has a 70 ppm model versus a 80 ppm model.
Question: Can vendors recommend devices that are +/- 10 ppm for the (3) copiers speeds? Or per
1C, to provide the closest speed to the current PPM per the manufacturer?
Answer: As stated in Paragraph H, Scope of Work (p. 2), the requirements listed must be included
at a minimum in the proposal. Vendor can suggest modifications and/or additions if Vendor feel
they are warranted. In which case, the Vendor must provide a brief reason why.
22. Question: Is there a preference between a stapling capability of 50 pages or 100 pages?
Answer: 50 pages for 1,000 sheet finisher and 100 pages for 4,000 sheet finisher.
23. Question: Will a document feeder capacity of 300-sheets rather than 320 meet the City's
requirements?
Answer: As stated in Paragraph H, Scope of Work (p. 2), the requirements listed must be included
at a minimum in the proposal. Vendor can suggest modifications and/or additions if Vendor feel
they are warranted. In which case, the Vendor must provide a brief reason why.
-5-
Page 200 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
24. Question: For the accessories listed here in the grid, should vendors provide the closest accessory
listed- example if a vendor has a finisher with 3,000 sheet stapling but not a 4,000-sheet stapler?
Answer: As stated in Paragraph H, Scope of Work (p. 2), the requirements listed must be included
at a minimum in the proposal. Vendor can suggest modifications and/or additions if Vendor feel
they are warranted. In which case, the Vendor must provide a brief reason why.
25. Question: Regarding the specifications for the booklet maker, would a capacity of 20 sheets per
booklet meet your requirements?
Answer: The City routinely prints 32-page booklets. Vendor's proposal should include copiers with
booklet maker that can handle that page count.
26. Question: Do you currently have an existing secured print solution or is that something you would
like the vendor to propose?
Answer: Our current vendor provides Private Print and PaperCut. Please include a solution in the
submitted proposal.
27. Question: Do you have additional scanning requirements beyond basic scan to email and scan to
folder?
Answer: Feature to scan to cloud storage such as OneDrive or Sharefile.
28. Question: Just to clarify, does the preference for a mailbox imply the need for scan -to -email
capabilities?
Answer: The mailbox is a physical accessory feature to sort printed documents. Please refer to
chart on page 3 of the RFP 24-05 for which printers will need a mailbox. All twenty-one (21) copiers
should have scan -to -email capabilities.
29. Question: Do you have Card authentication today? Or do you require Card authentication
tomorrow?
Answer: City employees are provided a badge identification card. The current card is 26mghz
RFID cards. Employees scan the card to log -in and access the copier. The City is looking to
transition in the near future to HID iClass SEOS cards. Only the twenty (21) copiers listed under H,
Scope of Work, 1A (see page 2) need to have card access compatible with both standards.
llm
Page 201 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
30. Question: Do the printers need to be RFID/HID compatible?
Answer: City employees are provided a badge identification card. The current card is 26mghz RFID
cards. Employees scan the card to log -in and access the copier. The City is looking to transition in
the near future to HID iClass SEOS cards. Only the twenty (21) copiers listed under H, Scope of
Work, 1A (see page 2) need to have card access compatible with both standards.
31. Question: Is the City requiring card readers for these devices? If yes, is it a requirement for all (27)
devices?
Answer: Yes. City employees are provided a badge identification card. The current card is 26mghz
RFID cards. Employees scan the card to log -in and access the copier. The City is looking to
transition in the near future to HID iClass SEOS cards. Only the twenty (21) copiers listed under H,
Scope of Work, 1A (see page 2) need to have card access compatible with both standards.
32. Question: Does the City have a print management system currently that requires end user to
authenticate at the device? If yes, what are the other functions of the print management system
and should vendors price the card readers and software separately?
Answer: Yes. City employees are provided a badge identification card. The current card is 26mghz
RFID cards. Employees scan the card to log -in and access the copier. The City is looking to
transition in the near future to HID iClass SEOS cards. Vendor should include in pricing the card
readers and any proposed software.
33. Question: Is the current incumbent providing automatic service calls and toner replenishment?
Answer: Yes.
34. Question: Please clarify the requirement for auto service and repair notification. Is the desired
solution to have the equipment notify the vendor when maintenance service or supplies are
required?
Answer: Yes. Vendor should be notified of the following types of events: printer errors,
malfunctions, paper jams, and low supplies (e.g., toner). Supplies should auto -ship to each printer
location with clear identification which printer the supplies are for. Depending on severity of
printer errors, malfunctions, and paper jams, Vendor should auto -schedule a technician to appear
on -site to troubleshoot.
35. Question: Has the city previously utilized PaperCut MF for its reporting capabilities, and would
there be interest in receiving pricing for this print management software?
Answer: City is currently using PaperCut MF.
-7-
Page 202 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
36. Question: What type of device and usage reporting are you looking for?
Answer: Usage metric such as pages printed per device, total pages printed for fleet, supplies used,
replacement of parts, date and time of malfunctions, dates serviced, and service call reports.
Reports should be detailed to allow City and Vendor to identify trend such as increased wear and
tear (from greater usage and increased parts replacement).
37. Question: Regarding the Scope of Work in Section (3)(f), could you provide further details on the
specific types of sample reports you are requesting? For example, are you looking for service call
reports, post -installation reports, periodic account reviews or installation preparation reports?
Answer: Usage metric such as pages printed per device, total pages printed for fleet, supplies used,
replacement of parts, date and time of malfunctions, dates serviced, and service call reports.
Reports should be detailed to allow City and Vendor to identify trend such as increased wear and
tear (from greater usage and increased parts replacement).
38. Question: What analytics, if any, are you performing to quantify the impact of paper -laden
processes on your business today?
Answer: Currently, none. Vendors are welcome to include suggestions for analytics in their
submitted proposal.
39. Question: Can the City provide the volume for the 6 printers requested?
Answer: The City currently has three (3) "desktop" copiers with a three (3) month average print
volume total of 6,000 for black and white and 3,000 for color.
40. Question: Can the City please provide the BW average monthly volume and Color monthly volume
per device?
Answer: The approximate quarterly average for the City's current 21 copiers and printers is 45,000
for black and white and 50,000 for color.
41. Question: Of the 50,000 monthly volumes, how much is B&W and how much is color?
Answer: The City has modified the monthly print volume — see below for details. The City is now
looking for a 70,000 monthly print volume for black and white and a 70,000 monthly print volume
for color.
Page 203 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
42. Question: Page 4 4-A. States a volume of 50,000 pages monthly. Please clarify is that 50,000 pages
total for all devices and of the 50,000 pages, how many are mono versus color?
Answer: The City has modified the monthly print volume — see below for details. The City is now
looking for a 70,000 monthly print volume for black and white and a 70,000 monthly print volume
for color. Monthly print volume is for all 27 copiers and printers.
43. Question: Please confirm that it's 50,000 for black & white and 50,000 for color totaling 100,000
in volume.
Scope of Work 4 -A. Vendor will provide on -call maintenance, including toner, parts, labor, overage
charges based on 50,000 monthly volumes for black & white and color printing. The City will be
responsible for the purchase of paper and staples.
Answer: The City has modified the monthly print volume — see below for details. The City is now
looking for a 70,000 monthly print volume for black and white and a 70,000 monthly print volume
for color.
44. Question: Section 4A has a request for a monthly allowance of 50,000. Is the City looking for a
"one rate" allowance for the copier and printers? If no, is the City looking for a service and supply
plan for the copiers and then a separate plan for the printers?
Answer: The City is looking for on -call maintenance, including toner, parts, labor, overage charges
for the entire 27 printer and copier fleet. Per modifications to the RFP, the City is looking for a
70,000 monthly print volume for black and white and a 70,000 monthly print volume for color.
45. Question: As for the 50,000 monthly volume, does the city have any specific preferences for how
the print allotment should be distributed across the print fleet?
Answer: No specific preference for print allotment across the print fleet. The City has modified the
monthly print volume — see below for details.
46. Question: Is the City requiring 1 service/supply contract to include all 27 units?
Answer: Vendor and the City will need to agree on the form of the agreement(s) for the equipment
lease and maintenance -services -supplies.
47. Question: Will the City accept 2 separate service/supply contracts-1 for the 21 copier and 1 for the
6 printers?
Answer: Vendor and the City will need to agree on the form of the agreement(s) for the equipment
lease and maintenance -services -supplies.
lllm
Page 204 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
48. Question: In section K.5 - can you please clarify if this pertains to termination of equipment lease
and service agreement?
Answer: The termination rights in Section K, Paragraph 5 (p. 9) will pertain to the agreement(s)
between Vendor and the City for the leased equipment and maintenance -services -supplies.
49. Question: Regarding Section K 5 "City may terminate the agreement with or without cause with
30 days' written notice to Vendor." Can this request be negotiated if contract is awarded to us?
Answer: City reserves the right to add, modify, and/or waive terms to agreement(s) as it deem
appropriate.
50. Question: Section K: Agreement for Equipment Lease and Ongoing Services #5 — "City may
terminate the agreement with or without cause with 30 days' notice to Vendor". We would need
to take exception to that as the Lease itself with the designated financial institution is a fiduciary
responsibility and commitment and is out of the Vendor's control. Would not participating in the
"cancellation for no cause" be a reason for dismissal and rejection of our submitted RFP?
Answer: City reserves the right to add, modify, and/or waive terms to agreement(s) as it deem
appropriate. Vendor must include a requested written statement with the submitted proposal
stating their willingness (or not) to accept terms listed and provide a brief reason why not.
51. Question: Leases are typically binding through the leasing companies. Is this question referring to
the service component of the agreement?
Agreement for Equipment Lease and Ongoing Services, Supply, and Maintenance Support:
5. City may terminate the agreement with or without cause with 30 days' written notice to Vendor
Answer: The termination rights in Section K, Paragraph 5 (p. 9) will pertain to the agreement(s)
between Vendor and the City for the leased equipment and the maintenance -services -supplies.
City reserves the right to add, modify, and/or waive terms to agreement(s) as it deem appropriate.
Vendor must include a requested written statement with the submitted proposal stating their
willingness (or not) to accept terms listed and provide a brief reason why not.
52. Question: Section K #5: Due to leases being non -cancellable with the exception of non -
appropriations, is this termination without cause within 30 days for service only?
Answer: The termination rights in Section K, Paragraph 5 (p. 9) will pertain to the agreement(s)
between Vendor and the City for the leased equipment and the maintenance -services -supplies.
-10-
Page 205 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
53. Question: In regard to "Please review and then provide the City with a written statement of
Vendor's willingness to accept the terms. Please identify any term Vendor is unwilling to accept,
in whole or in part, and the reason why." Is this to be completed during the process or as a part of
ourresponse?
Answer: Vendor must include the written statement with the submitted proposal.
54. Question: Please elaborate on quality control as it relates to this RFP.
Deliverables 3 - e. Provide a detailed description and/or examples of your quality control
procedures that ensures all work products delivered to the City (i.e., drafts and final versions) are
of high quality, accurate and have been thoroughly reviewed prior to delivery to the City.
Answer: Describe any material or reference used to prepare the proposal. Discuss generally the
steps taken to prepare the proposal, e.g., which department created the proposal, who approved.
Discuss when the recommended printer model was introduced, years in service, and any recent
hardware updates. Describe any organization changes within the last three (3) years that allowed
Vendor to meaningfully improve its ability to serve its customers.
55. Question: Please define nuisance.
Scope of Work 4 -D. In the event a printer becomes a consistent nuisance or ceases function,
Vendor shall replace the printer, at no cost to the City, with a printer with all the same functionality.
Answer: The City and its employees is dependent on working copiers and printers to serve the
public. A nuisance is the interruption of the working functionality of the copiers and printers
impacting that mission. A consistent nuisance is the continued, unabated interruption of the
working functionality of the copiers and printers despite reasonable attempts — as defined by
reference to industry standard —to remedy.
56. Question: Is there a specific pricing format required?
Answer: No.
57. Question: Does the City have any required pricing pages, or should vendors provide their own?
Answer: No required pricing pages.
58. Question: Can the City confirm if they want pricing based on base devices in grey and accessories
priced out separately?
Answer: Pricing should include the device and any accessories/features.
-11-
Page 206 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
59. Question: Please define and elaborate on "not to exceed."
Required Statements
a. A statement that all charges for services will be a "Not -To -Exceed" fee, as submitted with and
made part of said Vendor's quote.
Answer: Vendor must include a total price that includes all costs associated with the project. The
total cost and each line item — including any recurring monthly charge such as maintenance -
services -supplies and equipment lease - must be a not to exceed amount. Vendor should note in
the written statement if Vendor is unable to and the reason why.
60. Question: Will the City be posting the questions/answers for the various vendors?
Question: Will all vendors questions be shared with each other?
Answer: Yes, answers will be posted as an addendum to the RFP.
61. Question: Will the City consider an time extension for this RFP?
Answer: There is no current plan for a time extension.
62. Question: Is the city open to considering responses for a 5-year term, given that the total cost of
ownership is generally lower with a 60-month lease?
Answer: A four (4) year term only.
63. Question: Will electronically signed forms be accepted?
Answer: Wet signature preferred, but e-signature will be accepted.
-12-
Page 207 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
MODIFICATIONS TO RFP 24-05
The following modifications are made to RFP 24-05:
Section H — Scope of Work, Paragraph 4(A) is revised to read as follows:
"A. Vendor will provide on -call maintenance, including toner, parts, labor, overage
charges for the 27 copier and printer fleet based on 50 Q00 Y, GRthi„ vel6imes a
70,000 monthly print volume for black & white and a 70,000 monthly print volume
for color. The City will be responsible for the purchase of paper and
staples."
Section J — Administrative Elements 5, Paragraph 2 is revised to read as follows:
"2. Vendor must provide all necessary personnel, instruments, equipment, and
materials to perform the described services. Please note that all work performed
on -premise for the City of El Segundo's Police Department will require a valid
identification card, a police escort through the building, and a warrant check.
Without limiting the foregoing, this would include installation and subsequent
maintenance of printers and copiers for the Police Department.
Section K—Agreement for Equipment Lease and Ongoing Services, Supply, and Maintenance Support is
revised to read as follows:
"The City and Vendor will need to enter into axone (1) or more agreement for the leased
equipment and the ongoing services, supply, and maintenance support. The City reserves
the right to determine and negotiate the form of the agreement(s) and to add, modify,
and/or waive terms to agreement(s) as it deems appropriate and with consideration to
Vendor's written statement. The fern of the aRreement will be Reeetiated and the C,*„
deemsnecessar„ N„twffithstaR iR the f„r geiR g the agreerneRt M , + The agreement(s)
will incorporate the following terms:
1. All requirements regarding scope of work and technification specifications outlined in
this RFP and/or addressed in Vendor's accepted proposal.
2. A four (4) year term.
3. Vendor will represent and agree that it can performed the work outlined in generally
accepted professional standards of practice.
4. A fifteen (15) day cure period upon notification of any deficiencies.
-13-
Page 208 of 441
City of El Segundo
Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05
5. City may terminate the agreement with or without cause with 30 days' written notice
to Vendor.
6. Vendor may terminate the agreement with cause with 90 days' written notice to City.
7. Vendor will agree to the following indemnification:
a. Indemnification for Professional Services. VENDOR will save harmless and
indemnify and at CITY's request reimburse defense costs for CITY and all its
officers, volunteers, employees and representatives from and against any and all
suits, actions, or claims, of any character whatever, brought for, or on account of,
any injuries or damages sustained by any person or property resulting or arising
from any negligent or wrongful act, error or omission by VENDOR or any of
VENDOR's officers, agents, employees, or representatives, in the performance of
this Agreement.
b. Indemnification for other Damages. VENDOR indemnifies and holds CITY harmless
from and against any claim, action, damages, costs (including, without limitation,
attorney's fees), injuries, or liability, arising out of this Agreement, or its
performance. Should CITY be named in any suit, or should any claim be brought
against it by suit or otherwise, whether the same be groundless or not, arising out
of this Agreement, or its performance, VENDOR will defend CITY (at CITY's request
and with counsel satisfactory to CITY) and will indemnify CITY for any judgment
rendered against it or any sums paid out in settlement or otherwise.
8. Vendor will maintain the following insurance policies and limits throughout the term
of the agreement:
a. Commercial general liability:
b. Professional Liability
c. Business automobile liability
d. Workers compensation
$ 1,000,000
$ 1,000,000
$ 1,000,000
Statutory requirement
9. Vendor will maintain a current business license with the City throughout the term of
the agreement.
Please review and then provide the City with a written statement of Vendor's willingness
to accept the terms. Please identify any term Vendor is unwilling to accept, in whole or
in part, and the reason why."
END OF MODIFICATIONS
Except as modified, all other information in RFP 24-05 is unchanged.
-14-
Page 209 of 441
ADVANCED SERIES COLOR DOCUMENT SYSTEMS
simply smarter
I�I I
wl- b
1 �
SHARP
BP-]0C65
........................................................
Easy -to -use Touchscreen
The easy -to -use Sharp touchscreen
display is built on an award -winning design
and delivers an accurate, responsive
user experience, imperative for today's
sophisticated workflows.
........................................................
Technology Focused on Efficiency
_ �' _ The Advanced Series leverages the latest
r technology to help users get their work
done with ease and efficiency. Innovative
features like multi -feed scan -detection
and enhanced auto skew correction
ensure jobs come out right the first time,
every time.
a. .............................. ............
4 Versatile Application Inte�Irlabora
ation
Maximize productivity and ction
to with easy access to"expandpd cloud
services, quickly connect w h mobile
can jl devi4s to print and sfibs, even
utilize tobe»»u_cTiTess operation with the
Sharp Synappx Go app.
Smart features that enhance productivity and efficiency.
Streamlined workflows that are safe, secure and fit today's
diverse work styles.
Work more efficiently
Collaborate better
with colleagues
Secure your document
workflows
BP-70065 shown with Inner Folding
Unit, Right Side Exit Tray and
2-drawer Paper Deck.
10.1 " (diagonally measured) customizable touchscreen display.
• 300-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder Enhanced touchscreen delivers an
offers double feed detection and scans accurate, responsive user experience
up to 280 images per minute. and provides easy access to features.
• Flexible paper handling supports media Collaborate with hybrid workers
up to 300 gsm, allowing users to print on using popular cloud services, such
a wide variety of paper stock or media. as Microsoft Teams, Google Driver"
Dropbox and others.
• New Inner Folding Unit option offers a
variety of fold patterns, including tri-fold, Strong, multi -layered security such
z-fold and others. as system integrity check at startup,
firmware attack prevention and optional
• Smart controller design ensures MFP Bitdefender antivirus to help protect
firmware is up to date by periodically your data.
checking for updates.
• Built-in walk-up motion sensor
automatically detects approaching users
immediately wakes the machine, making
it ready for use within seconds.
• ENERGY STAR° 3.0 certified and
offers among the lowest standby power
consumption in the category.
Built-in retractable keyboard for Built-in retractable keyboard simplifies
convenient data entry. email address and subject line entries.
• Supports native Universal Print from
Microsoft, enabling businesses to easily
adapt to this popular cloud service.
• Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi
for stable, high-speed network
communication.
• Sharp OSA° Technology provides a
secure and intuitive user experience for
integrated workflows.
Page 212 of 441
Designed for today's individual workstyles.
From media handling to workflow and collaboration,
the Advanced Series delivers the features businesses
need to get the job done.
e-a �
Sharp makes it easy for businesses to execute jobs quickly, leaving more time for the actual
business at hand. Scan large documents at up to 280 ipm using the 300-sheet duplexing single
pass feeder that offers optional double feed detection. Image processing technology and Artificial
Intelligence (AI) can automatically adjust resolution, compression as well as detect original size and
adjust for skewed documents when scanning. The award -winning, tablet style touchscreen delivers
an accurate, responsive experience, while menu -driven Easy Modes offer fast, simple operation
enabling users to get their copying and scanning tasks done in less time.
........................................................
Integrate with Email Applications
In addition to native capability, the
Email Connect feature enables seamless
scan -to -email integration with Microsoft
Exchange/365 and GmailTM user accounts,
making it easy to identify the sender of
scanned files.
...................................................
Intelligent Image Processing
Scan documents to popular file formats
including Microsoft Word, PowerPoint
and Excel, as well as Searchable PDF,
Encrypted PDF and others. Direct Print
the same file types from thumb drives,
cloud applications and mobile devices.*
Adobe Embedded Print Engine direct
n ii +. DnG +iles with greater speed and
;curacy.
.............................................................
Flexible Printing Solutions
PCL 6 and Adobe PostScript 3 printing
helps users speed through their work.
The 256 GB solid state drive processes
jobs quickly. Serverless Print Release
enables users to print a job and release it
from up to eight supported models. Native
Universal Print from Microsoft eliminates
the need for on -premises infrastructure,
and enables IT to manage printers directly
through a centralized portal.
"This function is enabled via Qualcomm DiFN69 2"i ff.441
Integrating technology and functionality.
The Color Advanced Series document systems provide unsurpassed
performance that simply adapts to your business needs.
Duplexing Single Pass
Feeder(DSPF)
300-sheet document feeder scans
both sides of a document in a
single pass and scans up to 280
images per minute.
Built-in Retractable Keyboard
Full-size QWERTY keyboard enables
easy data entry.
Exceptional Image Qual
1,200 x 1,200 dpi
resolution delivers
razor-sharp text
and graphics.
Microsoft Friendly
Native integration with
Universal Print and Microsc
Teams simplifies workflow
and enhances collaboratior
Advanced Finishing
Sharp gives you a variety of
high-performance finishers
from to help complete the job on time.
New inner folding unit option offers
four popular folding patterns.
0000
Half -fold Z-fold C-fold Accordion -fold
Smart Scan
Image processing technology and
Al can automatically adjust
resolution, compression, as well
as detect original size and adjust
for skew.
.........................................
Sharp Color Consistency System
Advanced auto -calibration helps
ensure color output
is always at peak
performance. 4)
Smart Touchscreen
Enhanced touchscreen is
easy to use and delivers the
responsiveness and accuracy
users expect.
Flexible Paper Handling
Feed up to 300 gsm media through
the paper drawers and supports
up to 12" x 18" output size.
Walk-up Motion Sensor
Detects walk-up users and
wakes the machine from sleep
mode, making it ready for use
within seconds.
Touchless Operation
Scan, Copy and Print Release
with award -winning Synappx
Go app.
Advanced Multi -layer Security
Leading security features plus
optional Bitdefender antivirus
provide enhanced protection
against network intrusions.
Easy Access to Cloud Services
Print and scan documents to
popular cloud applications.
Wireless Networking
5 GHz Wi-Fi technology and
WPA3Tm encryption deliver fast,
reliable data that helps provide
strong protection from hackers.
Large Capacity Cassette
Available large capacity
cassette offers an additional
3,000-sheet capacity for
a maximum on-line paper
capacity of 6,300 sheets.
Page 214 of 441
Collaborate on -the -go with quick access to mobile devices.
The Advanced Series makes it easy to share data with tablets and
smartphones even in busy office environments.
....................................................... .
Print with Popular Mobile Technologies
The Advanced Series supports printing
using popular mobile technologies such as
Apple AirPrint and Android printing with the
Sharp Print Service plug-in.
........................................................
Advanced Wireless Networking
Print directly to the MFP from mobile
devices without interfering with the
corporate network! 5 GHz technology
and WPA3Tm Encryption deliver fast,
reliable data that is well protected from
malicious intruders.
........................................................
Touchless Operation with Synappx Go
With the Synappx Go app, its easy to email
or copy documents remotely. Simply tap
the touchscreen with your smartphone.
Get extended remote features such as print
release, scan/print from cloud services, and
display collaboration by upgrading to
a subscription version.
........................................................
Scan and Print with Sharpdesk Mobile
With Sharpdesk Mobile, a free
downloadable app for most mobile devices,
users can quickly scan and print files from
tablets and smartphones.'
Centralized device management helps ensure optimal uptime.
Seamlessly connect technology and drive collaboration with easy access solutions.
....................................................... .
Seamless Device Management
On premises, Sharp Remote Device
Manager (SRDM) simplifies device
monitoring and management. Event -driven
alerts help maximize uptime. SRDM also
offers centrally managed security settings,
pre -configured driver distribution,
energy save settings and more. SRDM is
available as a free download.'
........................................................
Unified Cloud -based Monitoring
and Management
Synappx Manage cloud service enables
IT administrators and service providers
to remotely manage Sharp MFPs and
displays from a single portal.' Proactive
monitoring and remediation helps minimize
administrator burden, as well as provide
insight for optimized investments.
Go to www.sharpusa.com for a list of supported equipment and operating systems.
Synappx Manage available 2024.
Page 215 of 441
Multi -layer security features to help businesses
stay a step ahead of hackers.
The Advanced Series utilizes leading security technology
to help organizations protect their data and meet
regulatory requirements.
BIOS Integrity Check at Startup • • • • • • •
Helps protect system files from malware attacks.
Trusted Platform Module (TPM 2.0) ••
Provides an added layer of protection to
safeguard your data.
Firmware Attack Prevention • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Checks for abnormal firmware at startup and ; • • • • • • • •
can restore the original.
End -of -Lease Data Erase
Can protect privacy by deleting all data and
personal information at trade-in time.
• • Application Whitelisting
Prevents unauthorized files and applications
from being loaded.
1.Encryption
Prevents
s eavesdropping while
data is in transit.
W..... .
• • • • • Real-time Intrusion Detection
• • • • • Detects abnormal connection requests and
denies access.
• • • Optional Bitdefender Antivirus
Provides comprehensive protection from
virus threats.
• Active Directory (AD) Integration Enables the MFP to join WPA3TM Wi-Fi Encryption Supports the latest data encryption
the network domain as a computer, making it a trusted device. standard for wireless networking security.
• Supports AD Group Policy Allows administrators to centrally
manage select security settings and enforce their own policy.
• 256-bit AES Encryption Ensures data that resides on the local
drive is protected.
• Protects Access to the Device IP/MAC address filtering, 802.1x
authentication and port control protect access to
the device.
• Protects Data in Transit IPsec and SMB 3.1.1 protocols,
as well as TLS 1.3 use data encryption to protect data.
• Authority Groups Enables administrators to define various
groups for different users, which can limit or restrict access to
specific features.
• Optional Data Security Kit Offers expanded security
functions and restricted access features for highly sensitive
environments.
141
Environmental Commitment
Sharp is committed to environmental sustainability and
corporate responsibility.
A Responsible Approach to Design
Sharp MFPs adhere to the Sharp Corporation Green
Products Guidelines, which requires designing
products that consume less power, use recycled
materials and reduce materials used in packaging.
Toner Recycling Program
Sharp offers zero -waste -to -landfill recycling for
Sharp consumables at no cost to our customers
and encourages them to recycle their Sharp toner
cartridges by providing them with a pre -paid recycling
kit for return to our facility.
Environmental Commitment
The Sharp Advanced Series models are ENERGY
STAR° 3.0 qualified and ROHS compliant. These
products also have one of the lowest TEC values in
their category as well as one of the lowest stand-by
power consumption ratings. Sharp MFPs are
EPEATO registered.
For more information about Sharp environmental
leadership including information about energy efficient
products, electronics, or toner cartridge recycling,
please visit www.sharpusa.com/environment.
SHARP!
SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
100 Paragon Drive, Montvale, NJ 07645
1-800-BE-SHARP • www.sharpusa.com
Design and specifications subject to change without notice.
!l C A> l" y M S Y N A P P X Qualcomm Directoffice- m
SHARP AirPrint
02023 Sharp Electronics Corporation. All rights reserved. Sharp, Sharp OSA, Sharpdesk, My Sharp, and all related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. Microsoft, Active
Directory, Excel, Microsoft 365, Microsoft Teams, OneDrive, PowerPoint, SharePoint, Windows, and Windows Server are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Android, Gmail, and Google Drive are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Google L-C. Adobe, the Adobe logo and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the US and/or other countries. Oualcomm DirectOffice is a product of Oualcomm Technologies, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries.
Oualcomm is a trademark of Oualcomm Incorporated, registered in the United States and other countries. DirectOffice is a trademark of CSR Imaging US, LP, registered in the United States and other countries. AirPrint is a trademark of Apple
Inc., registered in the US and other countries. Bitdefender is a trademark or registered trademark of Bitdefender SRL. Wi-Fi and WPA3 are trademarks or registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance& ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark
are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. 09/23 • CPD-22-010
Page 217 of 441
SHARP.
BP-70055 BP-70065
Designed for today's individual workstyles.
From media handling to workflow and collaboration, the Advanced Series
delivers the features businesses need to get the job done.
The Advanced Series color document systems enable workers to collaborate and share information
seamlessly and securely. Enhanced cloud services such as Microsoft Teams
makes it easy to streamline communication and enhance productivity with hybrid workers.
Easy -to -use Touchscreen Award -winning design that delivers an accurate, responsive
user experience, imperative for today's sophisticated workflows.
Technology Focused on Efficiency Innovative features like optional double -feed scan detection
and enhanced auto skew correction ensure jobs come out right the first time, every time.
Versatile Application Integration Easy access to expanded cloud services, quickly connect
with mobile devices, including touchless operation with the Sharp Synappx Go app.
Leading Security The Advanced Series uses the latest security technology in today's hybrid
working environments to protect endpoint devices from security threats.
10.1 " (diagonally measured) customizable
touchscreen display.
Built-in retractable keyboard simplifies email
address and subject line entries.
New Inner Folding Unit option offers a variety of
fold patterns, including tri-fold, z-fold and others.
High capacity 300-sheet DSPF scans documents
at up to 280 images per minute.
• 300-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder • Energy Star 3.0 certified offers among • Supports native Universal Print from
offers double feed -detection (optional) and the lowest standby power consumption Microsoft, enabling businesses to easily
scans up to 280 images per minute. in the category. adapt to this popular cloud service.
• Flexible paper handling supports media • Enhanced touchscreen delivers an • Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi
up to 300 gsm, allowing users to print on accurate, responsive user experience for stable, high-speed network
a wide variety of paper stock or media. and provides easy access to features. communication.
• Smart controller design ensures MFP • Collaborate with hybrid workers using • Sharp OSA° Technology provides a
firmware is up to date by periodically popular cloud services, such as Microsoft secure and intuitive user experience for
checking for updates. Teams, Google DriveTm and Dropbox. integrated workflows.
• Built-in walk-up motion sensor
automatically detects approaching users
immediately wakes the machine, making it
ready for use within seconds.
• Strong, multi -layered security includes
system integrity check at startup, firmware
attack prevention and optional Bitdefender
antivirus help protect your data.
Page 218 of 441
Main Specifications
BP-70C55170C65
Base models include multitasking controller, 300-sheet DSPF,
PCLe 6 and Adobe PostScript3 printing systems, network
scanning, auto duplexing, 1 x 550-sheet paper drawer,
100-sheet bypass tray. Black and color developer is included.
Type
Color mufti -function digital document system
Display
10.1" (diagonally measured) color dot matrix high -resolution
touch panel tilting display. 1,024 x 600 dots (W-SVGA)
Functions
Copy, print, network print, network scan, document filing
and fax'
Copy System
Dry electrostatic transfer/Dual component developer/
Magnetic brush developmenUOPC drums/Pad fusing/White
LED exposure
Originals
Sheets and bound documents
Max. Original Size 11" x 17"
Output Size
Min. 5Ys" x 8Yz", Max. 12" x 18"
Copy Speed
55/65 ppm Mona/Color (8%" x 11 ")
Multiple Copy
Max. 9,999 copies
First Copy Time
Platen Glass: Mono 3.7, Color 4.8
(In Secondsy
DSPF: Mono 6.2, Color 8.1
Warm Up Time
27 seconds (from main power switch on), 15 seconds
(from [Power] button on)
Magnification
25% to 400% in 1 % increments (with DSPF 25%-200%)
Original Feed
300-sheet DSPF with original size detection
Scan Speed
Copy: Up to 280 ipm (Mono/Color)
Scan: Up to 280 ipm (Mono/Color)
Original Sizes
5Ys" x 8Ys", 8Yz" x 11 ", 8%" x 11" R, 8Yz" x 14", 11" x 17"
Paper Capacity
Standard: 650 Sheets/Maximum: 6,300 Sheets
Paper Feed
Standard: (1) paper drawer 550 sheets (letterAegal/ledger/strut.
System
size) or up to 50 envelopes (max. height: 25 mm), 100-sheet
(or 20 envelope) bypass tray. Optional: Single, double, or
triple paper drawer(s) (550, 1,100, or 1,650 sheets), split
tandem paper drawers 2,100 sheets (letter) + (1) 550-sheet
paper drawer (letter/legal/ledger/ statement size).
Paper Weights
Paper drawers: 18 lb. bond to 110 lb. cover. Drawer 1: 20-24 lb.
and Types
bond or Monarch/Com-9 envelopes. Split Tandem Drawers:
18 lb. bond to 28 lb. bond or plain, pre-printed, recycled,
pre -punched, letterhead and color paper. Bypass tray: 16-28
lb. bond (plain paper), 13-16 Ib. bond (thin paper), 28 lb.
bond-1 10 lb. cover (heavy paper), tab paper (letter) and
Monarch/Com-10 envelopes. Also label, gloss, preprinted,
recycled, pre -punched, letterhead and color paper or OHP film.
Duplexing
Standard automatic duplex copying and printing
CPU
Up to 1.6 GHz Intel processor
Interface
RJ-45 Ethernet (10/100/1000 Base-T), USB 2.0: 1 host port
(front), USB 3.0: 2 host ports (rear), wireless 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac
Memory
Standard 5 GB copy/print (shared)
Solid State Drive
256 GB, 512 GB (option)
Copy Resolution
Scan: 600 x 600 dpi (Mono/Color). Output: Up to 1,200 x 1,200
dpi (Mono), up to 600 x 600 dpi (Color)
Color Modes
Auto Color Selection (ACS), Full Color Mode, Monochrome (SIM
Exposure Control
Automatic, Text, Texl/Photo, TexVPrinted-Photo, Printed -
Modes
Photo, Photo, Map, Pale -Color Document. Settings: Auto or
9 step manual
Halftone
256 gradations/2 levels (monochrome)
Copy Features
Scan -Once Print -Many, electronic sorting, offset -stacking,
Auto Color Selection (ACS), Auto Paper Selection (APS), Auto
Magnification Selection (AMS), Auto Tray Switching (ATS),
black -white reversal, blank page skip, book copy, book divide,
card shot, center erase, centering, cover pages, dual page copy,
edge erase, image edit, image preview, insert pages, job build,
job programs, margin shift, mirror image, mixed size original,
multi -page enlargement, original count, pamphlet style, proof
copy, repeat layout, reserve copy, rotated copy, stamp, stamp
custom image, suppress background, tab copy, tab -paper
insertion, tandem copy, toner save mode, transparency inserts,
watermark, 2-in-1 / 4-in-1 / 8-in-1 multi shot
Account Control
Up to 1,000 users. Supports user -number authentication via
local, LDAP and Active Directory for copy, print, scan and
document management
SHARP
Main Specifications (continued)
Output Tray
Center Exit Tray (Main): 400 sheets (face down)
Capacity
Job Separator (Upper Tray): 100 sheets (face down)
Right Side Exit Tray: 120 sheets (face down)
Cloud Supported
Google Drive, Box, OneDrive for Business, SharePoint Online,
Services
Dropbox, GmailTM, Microsoft Teams, MFP Voice
Network Protocols
TCP/IP (IPv4, IPv6, IPsec), HTTP/HTTPS, IPPAPP-SSL/rLS,
FfP/FfPS, SNMPv3, SMTP/SMTP-SSL, POP3/POP3-SSL,
LDAP/LDAP-SSL, 802.1x for Windows and Unix.
Network and
Includes IP/MAC address filtering, protocol filtering, port
Data Security
control, user authentication, (locaVLDAP/Active Directory),
WPA3 wireless, TLS 1.3 Encryption, Kerberos support
Firmware
Flash ROM with local (USB), network update capability
Management
and firmware update 1 to N with Sharp Remote Device
Manager (available for download)
Device Setup
Web -based management with user/admin level login
Service/Functions
Remote Front Panel, remote access to service logs and
click counts
Accessibility
Free stop tilting front panel, adjustment of key touch sound
Features
and speed, document feeder free stop, job programs, remote
front panel, universal grip for paper trays, disable screen
timeout and voice interaction
Environmental
International Energy Star Program Ver. 3.0, European RoHS,
Standards
Blue Angel (RAL-UZ205), EPEAT Gold
Power Source
110-127 V AC. 60 Hz. 20 A Receptacle
Power 1.92 kW or less
Consumption
Weight Approx. 192lbs.
Dimensions Approx. 24" (w) x 26" (d) 34" (h)
Network Printing System
PDL
Standard PCL 6, Adobe Postscript3
Resolution
1,200 x 1,200 dpi
Print Speed
55/65 pages per minute (8Yz" x 11 ")
Print Drivers
Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server
2012/2016/2019, Windows PPD, Mac® OS (including 10.10 to
12), UNIX®, Linuxe, Universal Print (native)
Mobile Printing'
Android— printing framework (Sharp Print Service Plugin),
Sharpdesk Mobile, AlrPrinte
Print Features
Auto configuration, serverless print release, chapter inserts,
confidential print, continuous printing, custom image
registration, document control, document filing, duplex
printing, electronic sorting, form overlay, hidden pattern print,
image rotation, job bypass print, job retention, layout print,
margin shift, multiple pamphlet, network tandem print, N-up
printing, offset stacking, page interleave, pamphlet style,
poster print, proof print, print and send, tab paper print, tab
printing, transparency inserts, tray status, user authentication
single sign -on, watermarks, zoom print
Direct Printing
File Types: TIFF, JPEG, PCL, PRN, TXT, PNG, PDF, Compact
PDF, Encrypted PDF, PS, DOCX, XLSX and PPTX.
Methods: FTP, SMB, Web page, Email and USB memory.
Adobe Embedded Print Engine support for PDF file formats.
Resident Fonts
80 outline fonts (PCL), 139 fonts (PS)
Interface
RJ-45 Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base-T, USB 2.0/3.0,
Wireless 2.4/5 GHz
Operating Systems
Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server
and Environments
2012/2016/2019, Chrome OSTM, OS X 10.10 - macOS 12,
Unix®, Linuxe, ChrbP, and SAP device types'
Printing Protocols
LPR, IPP, IPPS, Raw TCP (port 9100), FTP, POPS, POP3S,
HTTP, HTTPS, and LPR and LPD for Unix
Network Scanning System
Scan Modes Standard: Color, monochrome, grayscale
Max. Original Size 11" x 17"
Optical Resolution 600 dpi
Output Modes 600 dpi, 400 dpi, 300 dpi, 200 dpi, 150 dpi, 100 dpi
Image Monochrome Scanning: Uncompressed, G3 (MM, G4 (MR/MMR)
Compression Color/Grayscale: JPEG (high, middle, low)
Internet Fax mode: MH/MMR (option)
SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
100 Paragon Drive, Montvale, NJ 07645
1-800-BE-SHARP • www.sharpusa.com
Network Scanning System (continued)
Image Formats Monochrome: TIFF, PDF, PDF/A, Encrypted PDF, XPS,
Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX, T)CT, and RTF.
Color/Grayscale: TIFF, JPEG, PDF, PDF/A, Compact PDF,
Encrypted PDF, XPS, Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX,
TXT, and RTF. Internet Fax: TIFF-FX, TIFF-F, TIFF-S'
Scan Destinations Email, Desktop, FTP, Folder (SMB), USB, Internet fax (option),
Super G3 fax (option), Teams Folder, OneDrive, Box, Dropbox
One -touch Up to 2,000 (combined scan destinations)
Destinations
Group Destinations Up to 500
Programs 48 (combined)
Max. Jobs Up to 100
Enhanced Email Standard Gmail connector, standard Exchange connector
Scanning Protocols HTTP/HTTPS, FTP/FfPS, SMTP/SMTP-SSUESMTP, SMB,
POP3, LDAP, S/MIME
Software' Sharpdesk Mobile (download), Synappx (download)
Optional Equipment
BP-70ABD
Deluxe Copier Cabinet Base (available summer 2022)
BP-DE12
Stand/1 x 550-sheet Paper Drawer
BP-DE13
Stand/2 x 550-sheet Paper Drawers
BP-DE14
Stand/3 x 550-sheet Paper Drawers
BP-DE15
Stand/1 x 550 + 2,100-sheet Split Tandem Paper Drawers
BP-LC10
3,000-sheet Large Capacity Cassette
(letter, requires BP-DE1 21DE1 3/DE1 4/DE1 5)
BP-DD10
Double Feed Detection Kit
MX-LT10
Long Paper Feeding Tray
BP-FN11
50-sheet Staple Inner Finisher (for 31/36/45/55 ppm models)
BP-FN12
50-sheet Staple Inner Finisher (for 65 ppm model)
BP-FN13
1K Stacking 50-sheet Staple Finisher
BP-FN14
1K Stacking 50-sheet Staple/Saddle Stitch Finisher
BP-FN15
3K Stacking 65-sheet Staple Finisher
BP-FN16
3K Stacking 65-sheet Staple/Saddle Stitch Finisher
BP-FD10
Inner Folding Unit
BP-RB10
Paper Pass Unit (required for BP-FN13/14/15/16)
MX-PN14B
3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN11/12)
MX-PN15B
3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN13/14)
MX-PN16B
3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN15/16)
MX-SCX1
Staple Cartridge for BP-FN11/12/13
AR-SC2
Saddle -stitch Staple Cartridge for BP-FN14
MX-SC11
Staple Cartridge for BP-FN15/16
MX-SC12
Saddle -stitch Staple Cartridge for BP-FN16
BP-TR12
Right Side Exit Tray
MX-TR20N
Job Separator Tray
BP-TU10
Center Exit Tray
BP-UT10
Utility Table
BP-FX11
Fax Expansion Kit
MX-FWX1L
Internet Fax Expansion Kit
MX-PF10
Bar Code Font Kit
MX-AMX1L Application Integration Module
BP-SD10 High Capacity SSD (512 GB)
BP-VD10L Virus Detection Kit
BP-FR12UL Data Security Kit
DVENDFSV Generic Vendor Interface Kit
Supplies
BP-NT70BA
Black Toner Cartridge
BP-NT70CA
Cyan Toner Cartridge
BP-NT70MA
Magenta Toner Cartridge
BP-NT70YA
Yellow Toner Cartridge
BP-NV70RA
Black Developer
BP-NV70SA
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow Developer
BP-DR70SA
Drum
' Some features require optional equipment. See your local dealer.
z May vary depending on product configuration, machine settings and
operating and/or environmental conditions.
Design and specifications subject to change without notice.
n CA,
LJ - M S Y N A P P X Qualcomm' Directofficem MONO.
JI \�
P P=,m,,Mre SHARP
AirPrint
02023 Sharp Electronics Corporation. All rights reserved. Sharp, Sharp OSA, Sharpdesk, My Sharp, and all related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. Microsoft, Active Directory,
Excel, Microsoft 365, Microsoft Teams, OneDrive, PowerPoint, SharePoint, Windows, and Windows Server are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Android, Gmail, Chrome OS, and Google Drive are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Google L-C. Adobe and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the US and/or other countries. Qualcomm DirectOffice is a product of Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Qualcomm is a trademark of
Qualcomm Incorporated, registered in the United States and other countries. DirectOffice is a trademark of CSR Imaging US, LP, registered in the United States and other countries, used with permission. AirPrint is a trademark of Apple Inc. Bitdefender
is a trademark or registered trademark of Bitdefender SRL. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. 10/23 • CPD-22-010
Page 219 of 441
SHARP.
BP-70C31 BP-70C36 BP-70C45
Designed for today's individual workstyles.
From media handling to workflow and collaboration, the Advanced Series
delivers the features businesses need to get the job done.
The Advanced Series color document systems enable workers to collaborate and share information
seamlessly and securely. Enhanced cloud services such as Microsoft Teams
makes it easy to streamline communication and enhance productivity with hybrid workers.
Easy -to -use Touchscreen Award -winning design that delivers an accurate, responsive
user experience, imperative for today's sophisticated workflows.
Technology Focused on Efficiency Innovative features like optional double -feed scan detection
and enhanced auto skew correction ensure jobs come out right the first time, every time.
Versatile Application Integration Easy access to expanded cloud services, quickly connect
with mobile devices, including touchless operation with the Sharp Synappx Go app.
Leading Security The Advanced Series uses the latest security technology in today's hybrid
working environments to protect endpoint devices from security threats.
10.1 " (diagonally measured) customizable
touchscreen display.
Built-in retractable keyboard simplifies email
address and subject line entries.
New Inner Folding Unit option offers a variety of
fold patterns, including tri-fold, z-fold and others.
High capacity 300-sheet DSPF scans documents
at up to 280 images per minute.
• 300-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder • Energy Star 3.0 certified offers among • Supports native Universal Print from
offers double feed -detection (optional) and the lowest standby power consumption Microsoft, enabling businesses to easily
scans up to 280 images per minute. in the category. adapt to this popular cloud service.
• Flexible paper handling supports media • Enhanced touchscreen delivers an • Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi
up to 300 gsm, allowing users to print on accurate, responsive user experience for stable, high-speed network
a wide variety of paper stock or media. and provides easy access to features. communication.
• Smart controller design ensures MFP • Collaborate with hybrid workers using • Sharp OSA° Technology provides a
firmware is up to date by periodically popular cloud services, such as Microsoft secure and intuitive user experience for
checking for updates. Teams, Google DriveTm and Dropbox. integrated workflows.
• Built-in walk-up motion sensor
automatically detects approaching users
immediately wakes the machine, making it
ready for use within seconds.
• Strong, multi -layered security includes
system integrity check at startup, firmware
attack prevention and optional Bitdefender
antivirus help protect your data.
Page 220 of 441
Main Specifications
BP-70C3117OC36/
Base models include multitasking controller, 300-sheet DSPF,
70C45
PCLe 6 and Adobe PostScript3 printing systems, network
scanning, auto duplexing, 1 x 550-sheet paper drawer,
100-sheet bypass tray. Black and color developer is included.
Type
Color mufti -function digital document system
Display
10.1" (diagonally measured) color dot matrix high -resolution
touch panel tilting display. 1,024 x 600 dots (W-SVGA)
Functions
Copy, print, network print, network scan, document filing and fax'
Copy System
Dry electrostatic transfer/Dual component developer/Magnetic
brush development/OPC drums/Pad fusing/White LED exposure
Originals
Sheets and bound documents
Max. Original Size 11" x 17"
Output Size
Min. 5Yz" x 8Yi', Max. 12" x 18"
Copy Speed
31/36/45 ppm Mono/Color (81h" x 11 ")
Multiple Copy
Max. 9,999 copies
First Copy Time
BP-70C31 BP-70C36f7OC45
(In Seconds)2
Mono Color Mono Color
Platen Glass: 5.6 7.6 4.6 6.5
DSPF: 7.3 10.4 7.3 10
Warm Up Time
29 seconds (from main power switch on), 18 seconds
(from [Power] button on)
Magnification
25% to 400% in 1 % increments (with DSPF 25%-200%)
Original Feed
300-sheet DSPF with original size detection
Scan Speed
Copy: Up to 280 ipm (Mono/Color)
Scan: Up to 280 ipm (Mono/Color)
Original Sizes
5Ys" x 8Yz", 8'h" x 11 ", 8h" x 11" R, 8Yz" x 14", 11" x 17"
Paper Capacity
Standard: 650 Sheets/Maximum: 6,300 Sheets
Paper Feed
Standard: (1) paper drawer 550 sheets (lefterAegal/ledger/strut.
System
size) or up to 50 envelopes (max. height: 25 mm), 100-sheet
(or 20 envelope) bypass tray. Optional: Single, double, or
triple paper drawer(s) (550, 1,100, or 1,650 sheets), split
tandem paper drawers 2,100 sheets (letter) + (1) 550-sheet
paper drawer (letterAegal/ledger/ statement size).
Paper Weights
Paper drawers: 18 lb. bond to 110 lb. cover. Drawer 1: 20-24 lb.
and Types
bond or Monarch/Com-9 envelopes. Split Tandem Drawers:
18 lb. bond to 28 lb. bond or plain, pre-printed, recycled,
pre -punched, letterhead and color paper. Bypass tray: 16-28
lb. bond (plain paper), 13-16 lb. bond (thin paper), 28 lb.
bond-1 10 lb. cover (heavy paper), tab paper (letter) and
Monarch/Com-10 envelopes. Also label, gloss, preprinted,
recycled, pre -punched, letterhead and color paper or OHP film.
Duplexing
Standard automatic duplex copying and printing
CPU
Up to 1.6 GHz Intel processor
Interface
RJ-45 Ethernet (10/100/1000 Base-T), USB 2.0: 1 host port
(front), USB 3.0: 2 host ports (mar), wireless 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac
Memory
Standard 5 GB copy/print (shared)
Solid State Drive
256 GB, 512 GB (option)
Copy Resolution
Scan: 600 x 600 dpi (Mono/Color). Output: Up to 1,200 x 1,200
dpi (Mono), up to 600 x 600 dpi (Color)
Color Modes
Auto Color Selection (ACS), Full Color Mode, Monochrome (BAN)
Exposure Control
Automatic, Text, Text/Photo, Text/Printed-Photo, Printed -
Modes
Photo, Photo, Map, Pale -Color Document. Settings: Auto or 9
step manual
Halftone
256 gradations/2 levels (monochrome)
Copy Features
Scan -Once Print -Many, electronic sorting, offset -stacking,
Auto Color Selection (ACS), Auto Paper Selection (APS), Auto
Magnification Selection (AMS), Auto Tray Switching (ATS),
black -white reversal, blank page skip, book copy, book divide,
card shot, center erase, centering, cover pages, dual page copy,
edge erase, image edit, image preview, insert pages, job build,
job programs, margin shift, mirror image, mixed size original,
multi -page enlargement, original count, pamphlet style, proof
copy, repeat layout, reserve copy, rotated copy, stamp, stamp
custom image, suppress background, tab copy, tab -paper
insertion, tandem copy, toner save mode, transparency inserts,
watermark, 2-in-1 / 4-in-1 / 8-in-1 mufti shot
Account Control
Up to 1,000 users. Supports user -number authentication via
local, LDAP and Active Directory for copy, print, scan and
document management
SHARP
Main Specifications (continued)
Output Tray
Center Exit Tray (Main): 400 sheets (face down)
Capacity
Job Separator (Upper Tray): 100 sheets (face down)
Right Side Exit Tray: 120 sheets (face down)
Cloud Supported
Google Drive, Box, OneDrive for Business, SharePoint Online,
Services
Dropbox, GmailTM, Microsoft Teams, MFP Voice
Network Protocols
TCP/IP (IPv4, IPv6, IPsec), HTTP/HTTPS, IPPAPP-SSL/FLS,
FfP/FfPS, SNMPv3, SMTP/SMTP-SSL, POP3/POP3-SSL,
LDAP/LDAP-SSL, 802.1x for Windows and Unix.
Network and
Includes IP/MAC address filtering, protocol filtering, port
Data Security
control, user authentication, (locaVLDAP/Active Directory),
WPA3 wireless, TLS 1.3 Encryption, Kerberos support
Firmware
Flash ROM with local (USB), network update capability
Management
and firmware update 1 to N with Sharp Remote Device
Manager (available for download)
Device Setup
Web -based management with user/admin level login
Service/Functions
Remote Front Panel, remote access to service logs and
click counts
Accessibility
Free stop tilting front panel, adjustment of key touch sound
Features
and speed, document feeder free stop, job programs, remote
front panel, universal grip for paper trays, disable screen
timeout and voice interaction
Environmental
International Energy Star Program Ver. 3.0, European RoHS,
Standards
Blue Angel (RAL-UZ205), EPEAT Gold
Power Source
110-127 V AC. 60 Hz. 15 A Receptacle
Power 1.5 kW or less
Consumption
Weight Approx. 187lbs.
Dimensions Approx. 24" (w) x 26" (d) 34" (h)
Network Printing System
PDL
Standard PCL 6, Adobe PostScript3
Resolution
1,200 x 1,200 dpi
Print Speed
31/36/45 pages per minute (831" x 11 ")
Print Drivers
Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server
2012/2016/2019, Windows PPD, Mac® OS (including 10.10 to
12), UNIX®, Linuxe, Universal Print (native)
Mobile Printing'
Android— printing framework (Sharp Print Service Plugin),
Sharpdesk Mobile, AlrPrinte
Print Features
Auto configuration, serverless print release, chapter inserts,
confidential print, continuous printing, custom image
registration, document control, document filing, duplex
printing, electronic sorting, form overlay, hidden pattern print,
image rotation, job bypass print, job retention, layout print,
margin shift, multiple pamphlet, network tandem print, N-up
printing, offset stacking, page interleave, pamphlet style,
poster print, proof print, print and send, tab paper print, tab
printing, transparency inserts, tray status, user authentication
single sign -on, watermarks, zoom print
Direct Printing
File Types: TIFF, JPEG, PCL, PRN, TXT, PING, PDF, Compact
PDF, Encrypted PDF, PS, DOCX, XLSX and PPTX.
Methods: FTP, SMB, Web page, Email and USB memory.
Adobe Embedded Print Engine support for PDF file formats.
Resident Fonts
80 outline fonts (PCL), 139 fonts (PS)
Interface
RJ-45 Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base-T, USB 2.0/3.0,
Wireless 2.4/5 GHz
Operating Systems Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server
and Environments 2012/2016/2019, Chrome OST"^, OS X 10.10 - macOS 12,
Unix®, Linuxe, Cftrix®, and SAP device types'
Printing Protocols LPR, IPP, IPPS, Raw TCP (port 9100), Frp, POP3, POP3S,
HTTP, HTTPS, and LPR and LPD for Unix
Network Scanning System
Scan Modes Standard: Color, monochrome, grayscale
Max. Original Size 11" x 17"
Optical Resolution 600 dpi
Output Modes 600 dpi, 400 dpi, 300 dpi, 200 dpi, 150 dpi, 100 dpi
Image Monochrome Scanning: Uncompressed, G3 (MM, G4 (MR/MMR)
Compression Color/Grayscale: JPEG (high, middle, low)
Internet Fax mode: MH/MMR (option)
SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
100 Paragon Drive, Montvale, NJ 07645
1-800-BE-SHARP • www.sharpusa.com
Network Scanning System (continued)
Image Formats Monochrome: TIFF, PDF, PDF/A, Encrypted PDF, XPS,
Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX, T)CT, and RTF.
Color/Grayscale: TIFF, JPEG, PDF, PDF/A, Compact PDF,
Encrypted PDF, XPS, Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX,
TXT, and RTF. Internet Fax: TIFF-FX, TIFF-F, TIFF-S'
Scan Destinations Email, Desktop, FTP, Folder (SMB), USB, Internet fax (option),
Super G3 fax (option), Teams Folder, OneDrive, Box, Dropbox
One -touch Up to 2,000 (combined scan destinations)
Destinations
Group Destinations Up to 500
Programs 48 (combined)
Max. Jobs Up to 100
Enhanced Email Standard Gmail connector, standard Exchange connector
Scanning Protocols HTTP/HTTPS, FTP/FfPS, SMTP/SMTP-SSUESMTP, SMB,
POP3, LDAP, S/MIME
Software' Sharpdesk Mobile (download), Synappx (download)
Optional Equipment
BP-70ABD
Deluxe Copier Cabinet Base (available summer 2022)
BP-DE12
Stand/1 x 550-sheet Paper Drawer
BP-DE13
Stand/2 x 550-sheet Paper Drawers
BP-DE14
Stand/3 x 550-sheet Paper Drawers
BP-DE15
Stand/1 x 550 + 2,100-sheet Split Tandem Paper Drawers
BP-LC10
3,000-sheet Large Capacity Cassette
(letter, requires BP-DE1 21DE1 3/DE1 4/DE1 5)
BP-DD10
Double Feed Detection Kit
MX-LT10
Long Paper Feeding Tray
BP-FN11
50-sheet Staple Inner Finisher
BP-FN13
1K Stacking 50-sheet Staple Finisher
BP-FN14
1K Stacking 50-sheet Staple/Saddle Stitch Finisher
BP-FN15
3K Stacking 65-sheet Staple Finisher
BP-FN16
3K Stacking 65-sheet Staple/Saddle Stitch Finisher
BP-FD10
Inner Folding Unit
BP-RB10
Paper Pass Unit (required for BP-FN13/14/15/16)
MX-PN14B
3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN11)
MX-PN15B
3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN13/14)
MX-PN16B
3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN15/16)
MX-SCX1
Staple Cartridge for BP-FN11/13
AR-SC2
Saddle -stitch Staple Cartridge for BP-FN14
MX-SC11
Staple Cartridge for BP-FN15/16
MX-SC12
Saddle -stitch Staple Cartridge for BP-FN16
BP-TR12
Right Side Exit Tray
MX-TR20N
Job Separator Tray
BP-TU10
Center Exit Tray
BP-UT10
Utility Table
BP-FX11
Fax Expansion Kit
MX-FWX1L
Internet Fax Expansion Kit
MX-PF1 O
Bar Code Font Kit
MX-AMX1L
Application Integration Module
BP-SD10
High Capacity SSD (512 GB)
BP-VD10L
Virus Detection Kit
BP-FR12UL
Data Security Kit
DVENDFSV
Generic Vendor Interface Kit
BP-NT70BA
Black Toner Cartridge
BP-NT70CA
Cyan Toner Cartridge
BP-NT70MA
Magenta Toner Cartridge
BP-NT70YA
Yellow Toner Cartridge
BP-NV70BA
Black Developer
BP-NV70SA
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow Developer
BP-DR70SA
Drum
' Some features require optional equipment. See your local dealer.
z May vary depending on product configuration, machine settings and
operating and/or environmental conditions.
Design and specifications subject to change without notice.
n C n® J M S Y N A P P X Qualcomm' DirectOffice- SIZE.
V JI \1 �
P P=,m,,Mre SHARP
AirPrint
02023 Sharp Electronics Corporation. All rights reserved. Sharp, Sharp OSA, Sharpdesk, My Sharp, and all related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. Microsoft, Active Directory,
Excel, Microsoft 365, Microsoft Teams, OneDrive, PowerPoint, SharePoint, Windows, and Windows Server are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Android, Gmail, Chrome OS, and Google Drive are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Google I.I.C. Adobe and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the US and/or other countries. Qualcomm DirectOffice is a product of Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Qualcomm is a trademark of
Qualcomm Incorporated, registered in the United States and other countries. DirectOffice is a trademark of CSR Imaging US, LP, registered in the United States and other countries, used with permission. AirPrint is a trademark of Apple Inc. Bitdefender
is a trademark or registered trademark of Bitdefender SRL. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. 10/23 • CPD-22-009
Page 221 of 441
SHARP.
Combining Technology and Functionality
Designed to fulfill the needs of today's diverse work styles.
The Sharp color MX-C428F and MX-0528F document systems enable workers to collaborate
and share information seamlessly and securely throughout the office environment. Enhance your
office's output of professional -quality color content that gets the attention of your audience
while saving time and money!
Ease of Use The MX-C428F 7" (diagonal) and MX-0528F 10" (diagonal) capacitive touchscreen
display offer a user-friendly graphical interface with simplified customizable screens.
Productivity Intuitive and customizable interface offers copy, print, scan and fax capabilities
standard plus optional wireless connectivity enables users to easily manage their workflow from
PCs, smartphones and tablets.
Hybrid Workplace Seamlessly collaborate with colleagues when they are working remotely.
With CloudConnect, businesses gain access to popular cloud services including Microsoft
OneDrive for Business, Google Drive and others. The Cloud Connector app makes it easy for
administrators to add new cloud connectivity options securely.
Standard configuration shown.
10" (diagonally measured) customizable touchscreen
display., MX-0528F only.
MX-C428F/C528F
LA o a 0
100-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder.
A compact design with advanced workflow features for virtually any size office.
• Productive printing speeds of up to • MX-C428F 7" (diagonal) and MX-0528F • 100-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder
42 (MX-C428F) and 52 (MX-0528F) 10" (diagonal) capacitive color with double feed detection standard on
pages per minute. touchscreen with adjustable viewing angle the MX-0528F.
offers smooth, tablet -style interaction.
• Supports letter size, legal size and
envelopes through the standard paper
drawer or bypass tray.
• Offers up to six paper sources with
available 2,850-sheet maximum paper
capacity.
• Print popular file formats such as PDF,
Word, Excel and PowerPoint directly from
USB drives.
• True 1,200 x 1,200 dpi resolution
• Built-in optical character recognition
produces razor sharp documents.
(OCR) on the MX-0528F allows users
to convert a scanned document into a
• Standard PCL®6 and PostScript03TM
searchable format.
compatible printing delivers clear, crisp
professional output.
• Supports popular mobile technologies
enabling users to easily print files from
• ENERGY STAR° certified and offers
smartphones, tablets, laptops and Apple
among the lowest standby power
AirPrint.
consumption in the category.
Page 222 of 441
Main Specifications
MX-C428F/C528F Base model includes 100-sheet DSPF, PCL 6 and PostScript®
3TM compatible printing systems, network scanning, auto
duplexing, 1 x 550-sheet paper drawer, 100-sheet bypass
Kits and starter toner (5K) is included.
Main Specifications (continued) Network Scanning System (continued)
Network and Includes IP address filtering, protocol filtering, port control, Scan Destinations Email, FTP, Folder (SMB), USE, Super G3 fax
Data Security TLS Encryption, Kerberos, AES 256-bit data encryption, data Scanning Protocols HTTP/HTTPS,FTP/FTPS, SMTP/SMTP/SMTP-SSUESMTP,
overwrite
Firmware Flash ROM with local (USB), network update capability
Type Desktop color multi -function printer Management
Display MX-0528F: 10" (diagonal) color LCD touchscreen Device Setup Web -based management/cloning with user/administrator
MX-C428F: 7" (diagonal) color LCD touchscreen level login
Functions Copy, print, network print, network scan and color fax Service/Functions Remote Front Panel, remote access to service logs and
Sheets and bound documents
click counts
Max. Original Size 8Yz" x 14" Accessibility Large high -contrast icons, focus cursor and voice prompts
Output Size Min. 5Y2" x 8Y2", Max. 832" x 14" Features
Copy Speed MX-0528F: 52 ppm Environmental International ENERGY STAR Program Ver. 3.2, European ROHS
MX-C428F:42ppm Standards
First Copy Time
MX-0528F MX-C428F
(In Seconds)2
Platen Glass: M 5.5/C 6.1 M 6.5/C 7.1
Doc Feeder: M 5.7/C 6.3 M 6.7/C 7.3
Magnification
25% to 400% in 1 % increments
Original Feed
100-sheet duplex single pass feeder
(MX-0528F only - double feed detection)
Scan Speed
MX-0528F: 104 images per minute
MX-C428F: 84 images per minute
Original Sizes
5V' x 8Y2", 8Y2" x 11 ", 8Y2" x 14", 2" x 3Y2" business card
Paper Capacity
Standard 650 sheets/ Max. 2,850 sheets
Paper Feed
Standard: (1) 550-sheet paper drawers (letter/legal/statement /
System
envelope size) System and 100-sheet bypass tray (letter/
legal/statemenUenvelope size). Optional: (4) 550-sheet paper
drawers (letter/legal/statement/envelope size)
Paper Weights
Standard and optional paper drawers: Plain paper 16-58 lb
and Types
bond, Heavy paper 26 lb bond-90 lb cover. Other paper types
include plain, recycled, pre -punched, letterhead, pre-printed,
color, gloss, cardstock, 24 lb. bond envelopes (up to 50) and
58 lb. bond labels. Bypass tray: 16-58 lb. bond (thin paper),
20 lb. bond (plain paper), 24 lb. bond, cardstock,
and envelopes (up to 10).
Duplexing
Standard automatic duplex copying and printing
CPU
Up to 1.2 GHz Quad Core design
Interface'
RJ-45 Ethernet (10/100/1000 Base-T), USB 2.0: 2 host, 1
high speed ports (front), wireless LAN optional (IEEE 802.11
Memory
Standard 2 GB, Max. 2 GB
Storage
MX-G528F: std. 128GB ISO, opt. 500GB HDD
MX-G428F: opt. 128GB ISO, 500GB HDD
Copy Resolution
Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Copy Features
Scan -once print many, electronic sorting, Auto Paper Selection
(APS), Auto Magnification (AMS), darkness, save as shortcut,
auto center, background removal, contrast, mirror image,
negative image, scan edge -to -edge, shadow detail, sharpness,
job build (with ISD/HDD), cover page setup, edge erase, header/
footer, margin shift, overlay, separator sheets.
Account Control
Supports user authentication via user -number
Output Tray
Center Exit Tray (Main): 300 sheets plain paper/50 envelopes
Cloud Supported Google Drive, OneDrive for Business, SharePoint Online,
Services' Box, Dropbox
Network Protocols TCPAP (IPv4, IPv6, TCP X, UDP X, IPSEC w/ IPv4 X, IPSEC w/
IPv6 X, ICMP X, IGMP X, 802.1 x)
Power 110-127V AC. 60 HZ. 12 A receptacle
Power MX-G528F: 0.69 kW
Consumption MX-G428F: 0.55 kW
Weight MX-G528F: Approx. 87.08lbs.
MX-G428F: Approx. 85.98lbs.
Dimensions 18.85" (w) x 20.9" (d) x 24.4" (h)
Network Printing System
PDL
Standard PCL® 6 and PostScript® 3TM compatible
Resolution
1,200 x 1,200 dpi
Print Speed
MX-0528F: 52 ppm IVY' x 11 ")
MX-C428F: 42 loom (81�" x 11")
Print Drivers
Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server
2012, Windows Server 2016, Windows Server 2019, Windows
Server 2022, Windows PPD, MAC OSr (including 10.15-12),
all MAC PPD, UNIX®, Linux® PPD
Mobile Printing
AlrPrint
Print Features
Auto configuration, bar code font printing, confidential print,
different cover page/last page/other page, document filing,
duplex printing, electronic sorting, form overlay, image
rotation, image stamp, image type, job retention, layout print,
N-up printing, page interleave, pamphlet style, proof print,
tray status, user authentication, watermarks, zoom print.
Direct Printing
File Types: BMP, DCX, DOC/DOCX, GIF, JPEG, PCX, PDF, PING,
PPT/PPTX, TIFF, XLS/XLSX, XPS. Methods: FTP, SMB, Web
page and USB memory
Resident Fonts
94 outline fonts (PCL), 163 fonts (PS)
Operating Systems
Windows 8.1 and Windows 10,
and Environments
Windows 11, Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2016,
Windows Server 2019, Windows Server 2022, CibiiO, Linux, UNIX
Printing Protocols
LPR, IPP, IPPS, PAP, Raw TCP (port 9100), FTP, POP3, HTTP,
LPD and LPR for Unix
Network Scanning System
Scan Modes Standard: color, monochrome and grayscale
Max. Original Size 8Y2" x 14"
Optical Resolution 600 dpi
Output Modes 600 dpi, 400 dpi, 300 dpi, 200 dpi, 150 dpi, 75 dpi
Image Color Scanning: Uncompressed, G3 (MH), G4 (MRMIMR)
Compression Color/Grayscale: JPEG (high, middle, low)
Image Formats JPEG, PDF, PDF/A-1a/1b, compact PDF, searchable PDF,
encrypted PDF, TIFF, XPS, DOCX, CSV, TXT, RTF, XLSX (OCR
MX-0528F Only)
SHARP SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
100 Paragon Drive, Montvale, NJ 07645
® 1-800-BE-SHARP • www.sharpusa.com
OW
SHARP. AirPrint
LDAP. S/MIME
Software Optional third party applications
Super G3 Facsimile Function
Communication
Line
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) or Analog
PABX(RJ-11)
Transmission Mode Super G3, G3
Modem Speed
Maximum 33.6 KBPS with auto fallback
Compression
JBIG, JBIG2, JPEG, MMR, MR, MH
Scanning Method
Sheet fed or manual feed from platen glass
Transmit Resolution 600 x 600 dpi (ultra -fine), 300 x 300 dpi (super -fine),
200 x 200 dpi (fine), 200 x 100 (standard)
Transmit Speed
Approx. 3 seconds per page in Super G3 mode
Auto Dialing
Up to 500 destinations (combined)
Group Dialing
Up to 400 locations
Inbound Fax
Routing
To email address, FTP or Forward to Network Folder,also
Document Administration function can send fax transmission
logs, forward to Sharp eSF app and receptions to an
administrator email address.
Max. Original Up to 14"
Memory MX-0528F: std. 1GB
MX-C428F: std. 18MB
Features Color Fax, Transaction Reports, Activity Reports, PC Fax,
Quick On-line Transmission, Inbound Fax Routing, Fax
Server, Fax Release, Out -of -Paper Memory Reception, Auto
Redial, Auto Exposure, Delay Send, Duplex Reception, Fax
Forwarding, Cover Page, and Scan Preview (with ISD/HDD).
Optional Equipment
MX-CS17 550-sheet Paper Feed Unit
40C2300 Adiustable Stand
47134500 Convenience Stapler
35SB500
Staple Cartridge Refill (5-pack) 1000 Staples
27X0400
500GB Hard Drive
57X0070
Removable Hard Disk Enclosure Kit
57X9528
Intelligent Storage Device (ISD) (MX-C428F)
27X6430
MarkNet N8450 Wireless Card (internal installation)
27X6410
MarkNet N8372 Wireless Module (front installation)
57X0295
Trusted Platform Module
57X0300
Contact Authentication Device
57X0301
Contac0ess Authentication Device
37X6350
Analog Fax Card
Supplies
MX-052TB
Black Toner Cartridge
MX-052TC
Cyan Toner Cartridge
MX-052TM
Magenta Toner Cartridge
MX-052TY
Yellow Toner Cartridge
MX-052DU-BS
Black Imaging Kit (includes drum/developer)
MX-052DU-SS
Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow (includes dmn✓developer)
Design and specifications subject to change without notice.
ENERGY STAR
02023 Sharp Electronics Corporation. All rights reserved. Sharp, Sharp OSA, Sharpdesk, My Sharp, and all related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. Microsoft,
Office 365, Windows, Windows Server, Excel, PowerPoint, OneDrive, and SharePoint are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Android, Chrome, Gmail, Google Drive and Chromebook are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Google LLC. Adobe, the Adobe logo, PostScript, and PostScript 3 are either registered trademarks ortrademarks of Adobe in the United States and/or other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Page 223 of 441
SHARP.
M -u a
no MOM a KTWTJ K
A Higher Standard of Functionality
Adaptable and simplified printers that deliver safe and secure features.
The simply smarter BP-B540WR and BP-B550WD compact monochrome document systems deliver
advanced security and collaborative functionality with high -quality output. These models provide users
with an intuitive user experience and the confidence of knowing their jobs will come out right the first
time, every time. Designed with high-performance features typically found on larger multifunction
printers, both models deliver the user experience needed to meet the requirements of today's hybrid
work environment.
Easy -to -use Touchscreen The easy -to -use Sharp touchscreen display is designed to deliver an
accurate responsive user experience.
Built-in Security In today's ever changing work environments, it's vital to protect endpoint devices fror
security threats, which is why Sharp uses the latest technology to help ensure your data remains safe.
Versatile Application Integration Maximize productivity and collaboration with easy access to expand
cloud services, quickly connect with mobile devices to print and scan files and even utilize touchless
operation with the Sharp Synappx Go app.
Easily scan business cards and checks using the
high resolution scanner.
Easy touch display with customizable menus.
Optional compact inner finisher offers stapling, offset
stacking and sorting.
Compact designs with advanced workflow features for virtually any size office.
• Standard copy, print, scan, fax and
wireless capability.
• 100-sheet duplexing document feeder
on the BP-B550WD scans both sides of a
document in a single pass. This enhances
productivity while maintaining the integrity
of original copies and minimizing wear on
the feeder.
• Both models can feed letter, legal,
statement and business card sized
original documents.
• Built-in optical character recognition
(OCR) function can convert scanned
documents to text -searchable PDF,
Microsoft® Office file formats and more
• The compact PDF feature reduces file sizes
of most scanned color documents and
decreases network traffic and storage.
• Access popular cloud services, including
Microsoft OneDrive® for Business, Microsoft
Teams, SharePoint® Online, Box.com,
Google DriveTM, Dropbox and more with
the Cloud Connect feature and Sharp
Application Portal.
• Direct print from Microsoft Word,
PowerPoint® and Excel® files with thumb
drives, cloud applications, network folders
and more.
• 7" (diagonal) customizable touchscreen
display enables easy access to features
and functions when setting up jobs.
• Offers up to five paper sources with
available 2,350-sheet maximum paper
capacity.
• Network ready PCL® 6 and Adobe®
PostScript®3TM printing systems deliver
up to 40 and 50 pages per minute.
• Supports popular mobile technologies,
enabling users to easily print files from
smartphones, tablets and notebook
computers.
• Strong, multi -layered security such as
system integrity check, intrusion detection,
and optional Bitdefender antivirus help
protect your data.
Page 224 of 441
Main Specifications
BP-B540WR/
Base models include multitasking controller, 50-sheet RSPF
BP-B550WD
(BP-B540WR)/100-sheet DSPF (BP-B550WD), PCL 6 and
Adobe PostScript® 3TM printing systems, network scanning,
auto duplexing, 1 x 500-sheet paper drawer, 50-sheet bypass
tray. Black developer is included.
Type
Desktop monochrome multi -function printer
Display
7" (diagonal) color dot matrix high -resolution touch panel
tilting display. 1,024 x 600 dots (W-SVGA)
Functions
Copy, print, network print, network scan, document filing and fax
Copy System
Dry electrostatic transfer/Dual component developer/Magnetic
brush developmenUOPC drums/Roller fusing/White LED
Originals Sheets and bound documents
Max. Original Size 8Ys" x 14"
Output Size
Min. 5Ys" x 8Yz", Max. 8Yz" x 14"
Copy Speed
40/50 ppm
Multiple Copy
Max. 9,999 copies
First Copy Time
BP-B540WR BP-B550WD
(in seconds)z
Platen Glass 5.3 3.7
Doc. Feeder 7.3 5.5
Warm Up Time
20 seconds (from main switch on)
Magnification 25% to 400% in 1 % increments (with document feeder
Original Feed BP-B540WR: 50-sheet RSPF
BP-B550WD: 100-sheet DSPF
Scan Speed
BP-B540WR: up to 40 ipm
BP-B550WD: up to 130 ipm
Original Sizes
5Yz" x 8Yz", 8h" x 11 ", 8Yz" x 14", 2" x 3)1" business card
Paper Capacity
Standard: 550 Sheets/Maximum: 2,350 Sheets
Paper Feed
Standard: (1) 500-sheet paper drawer (letter/statement size)
System
and 50-sheet bypass tray (letterAegal/statement/envelope
size). 50-enevelope capacity with standard paper cassette.
Optional: up to 3 additional 600-sheet paper drawers (letter/
Paper Weights
Paper drawers: 16 lb. bond to 28 lb. bond other paper types
and Types
include plain, pre-printed, recycled, pre -punched, letterhead
and color paper, bypass tray: 16-28 lb. bond (plain paper),
13-16 lb. bond (thin paper), 28 lb. bond-80 lb. cover (heavy
paper), 20-24 lb. bond (Monarch/Com-10 envelope): label
paper, gloss paper, pre-printed, recycled, pre -punched,
letterhead, color paper and OHP film.
Duplexing
Standard automatic duplex copying and printing
CPU
1.6 GHz multi -processor design
Interface
RJ-45 Ethernet (10/100/1000 Base-T), USB3.0: 1 port (rear),
USB2.0: 1 port (front)1 device port (mar), Wireless 802.11
Memory
Standard 5 GB copy/print (shared)
Solid State Drive
128 GB
Copy Resolution
Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Exposure Control
Modes: Automatic, Text, Text/Photc, TexVPrinted-Photo,
Printed -Photo, Photo, Map, Light Original
Halftone
256 gradations/2 levels (monochrome)
Copy Features
Scan -Once Print -Many, Auto Paper Selection (APS), Auto
Magnification Selection (AMS), Auto Tray Switching (ATS),
electronic sorting, black -white reversal, blank page skip, card
shot, center erase, centering, cover pages, edge erase, image
edit, image preview, insert pages, job build, job programs,
margin shift, mirror image, mixed size original, original count,
pamphlet style, proof copy, repeat layout, stamp, stamp
custom image, suppress background, toner save mode,
transparency inserts, watermark, 2-in-1 / 4-in-1 / 8-in-1
multi shot
Account Control
Up to 1,000 users. Supports user authentication via
user -number, local login name/password, LDAP or Active
Directory® for all modes
Output Tray
Center Exit Tray (Main): 250 sheets (face down)
Capacity
Inner Finisher: 280 sheets (face down)
Cloud Supported
OneDrive for Business, Google Drive, Box, Dropbox, Sharepoint
Services
Online, Microsoft Teams, Gmail, Exchange Online
Main Specifications (continued) Network Scanning System (continued)
Network Protocols TCPAP (IPA, IPv6, IPsec), HTTP/HTTPS, IPPAPP-SSL, Scan Destinations Email, Desktop, FTP, Folder (SMB), USB, Internet fax (option),
FTP/FfPS, SNMPv3, SMTP/SMTP-SSL, POP3/POP3-SSL, Super G3 fax, Teams Folder, OneDrive, Box, Dropbox
LDAP/LDAP-SSL, 802.1x for Windows and Unix. One -touch Up to 2,000 (combined scan destinations)
Network and
Includes IP/MAC address filtering, Protocol filtering, Port
Data Security
control, TLS 1.3 Encryption, WPA3, Kerberos, Active Directory
integration, AES 256 bit data encryption, Secure data erase,
End -of -Lease feature
Firmware
Flash ROM with local (USB), network update capability
Management
and firmware update 1 to N with SRDM (Sharp Remote
Device Manager)
Device Setup Web -based management/cloning with user/administrator
Service/Functions Remote Front Panel, remote access to service logs and
click counts
Accessibility
Free stop tilting front panel, adjustment of key touch sound
Features
and speed, document feeder free stop, job programs, remote
front panel, universal grip for paper trays and disable screen
timeout
Environmental
International ENERGY STAR Program Ver. 3.2, European RoHS,
Standards
Blue Angel DE-UZ219
Power
AC 120 VAC, 60 HZ, 15 A receptacle
Power Consumption 1.44 kW or less
Weight
Approx. 63lbs (BP-B540WR)/68lbs (BP-B550WD)
Dimensions
Approx. 19-3/8" (W), 21-5/8" (D), 22" (H) (BP-B540WR)
Approx. 19-3/8" (W), 21-5/8" (D), 24" (H) (BP-B550WD)
Network Printing System
PDL Standard PCL 6, Adobe PostScript 3
Resolution 600 x 600 doi
Print Speed 40/50 onm (8Yz" x 11 ")
Print Drivers
Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server 2016/2019/2022,
Windows PPD, OS X 10.10 - macOS 13, UNIX®, Unuxe,
Universal Print (native)
Mobile Printing
AirPrint, Android printing framework (Sharp Print Service
Plugin), Sharpdesk Mobile
Print Features
Auto configuration, serverless print release, bar code font
printing, carbon copy print, chapter inserts, confidential
print, custom image registration, different cover page/last
page/other page, document control, document filing, duplex
printing, electronic sorting, form overlay, hidden pattern
print, image rotation, image stamp, image type, job retention,
layout print, margin shift, network tandem print, N-up
printing, page interleave, pamphlet style, proof print, print
and send, stapling, toner save mode, transparency inserts,
tray status, user authentication, watermarks, zoom print'
Direct Printing
File Types: TIFF, JPEG, PCL, PRN, TXT, PNG, PDF, Compact
PDF, Encrypted PDF, PostScript, DOCX, XLSX and PPTX.
Methods: FTP, SMB, Web page, Email and USB memory.
Adobe Embedded Print Engine support for PDF file formats.
Resident Fonts
80 outline fonts (PCL), 139 fonts (PS)
Operating Systems
Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server
and Environments
2016/2019/2022, Chrome OST., OS X 10.10 - macOS 13,
Unix®, Linuxe, Citrix®, and SAP device types'
Printing Protocols
LPR, IPP, IPPS, Raw TCP (port 9100), FTP, POP3, POP3S,
HTTP, HTTPS, and LPR and LPD for Unix
Network Scanning System
Scan Modes Standard: Color, monochrome, grayscale
Max. Original Size SYs" x 14"
Optical Resolution 600 dpi
Output Modes 600 dpi, 400 dpi, 300 dpi, 200 dpi, 150 dpi, 100 dpi
Image Monochrome Scanning: Uncompressed, G3 (MI-1), G4 (MR/MMR)
Compression Color/Grayscale: JPEG (high, medium, low) Internet Fax mode:
MH/MMR (option)'
Image Formats Monochrome: TIFF, PDF, PDF/A, Encrypted PDF, XPS,
Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX, TXT, and RTF.
Color/Grayscale: TIFF, JPEG, PDF, PDF/A, Compact PDF,
Encrypted PDF, XPS, Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX,
TXT, and RTF. Internet Fax: TIFF-FX, TIFF-F, TIFF-S'
SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
100 Paragon Drive, Montvale, NJ 07645
SHARP
1-800-BE-SHARP • www.sharpusa.com
Destinations
Group Destinations Up to 500
Programs
48 (combined)
Max. Jobs
Up to 100
Enhanced Email
Standard Gmail connector, standard Exchange connector
Integration
(on -premise and online)
Scanning Protocols HTTP/HTTPS,FTP/FTPS, SMTP/SMTP/SMTP-SSUESMTP,
POP3, LDAP, S/MIME
Software
Sharpdesk Mobile (download), Synappx (download)
Super G3 Facsimile Function
Communication
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
Line
Transmission Mode Super G3, G3
Modem Speed
Maximum 33.6 KBPS with auto fallback
Compression
JBIG, MMR, MR, MH
Scanning Method
Sheet fed or manual feed from platen glass
Transmit Resolution 400 x 400 dpi (ultra -fine), 200 x 400 dpi (super -fine),
200 x 200 dpi (fine), 200 x 100 (standard)
Halftones
256 levels
Transmit Speed
Approx. 2 seconds per page in Super G3 mode
Auto Dialing
Up to 1000 destinations (combined)
Group Dialing
Up to 500 groups
Inbound Fax
To email address, FTP or SMB using Transmit Terminal
Routing
Identification (TTI), also Document Administration function
can send blind copy of transmissions and receptions to an
administrator email address, FTP or SMB location.
Max. Original
Up to 19.5"
Length
Programs
48 (combined)
Memory
4 GB (shared)
Features
Transaction Reports, Activity Reports, PC Fax, F-Code
communication, Memory Transmission, Quick On-line
Transmission, Inbound Fax Routing, Anti -junk Fax Reception,
Secure Fax Release, Out -of -Paper Memory Reception, Auto
Radial, Auto Exposure, Chain Dialing, Polling Reception,
Duplex Reception and ITU-T.37 Internet Fax Option.
Optional Equipment
BP-DS14 High Stand
BP-DS15 Low Stand
BP-CS12 600-sheet Paper Feed Unit
BP-FN17 30-sheet Staple Inner Finisher
MX-SCX1 Staple Cartridge for BP-FN17
MX-FWX1L Internet Fax Kit
MX-PF1 O Bar Code Font Kit
MX-AMX1L Application Integration Module
DVENDFSV External Vendor Interface Kit
BP-FR12UL Data Security Kit
BP-VD10L Virus Detection Kit (powered by Bitdefender)
BP-SD10 High Capacity SSD (512GB)
Supplies
BP-B50NTA Toner Cartridge
BP-B50NV Developer
MX-B45DU Drum
' Some features require optional equipment. See your local dealer.
2 May vary depending on product configuration, machine settings and operating
and/or environmental conditions.
Design and specifications subject to change without notice.
n c A; ON- S Y N A P P X Qualcomm DirectOffice Bitdefender
MEN
SHARP AirPrint
2023 Sharp Electronics Corporation. All rights reserved. Sharp, Sharp OSA, My Sharp, and all related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. Microsoft, Active Directory, Excel,
Microsoft Teams, OneDrive, PowerPoint, SharePoint, Windows, and Windows Server are trademarks or registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Android, Gmail, and Google Drive are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Google L-C. Adobe and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the United States and/or other countries. Qualcomm DirectOffice is a product of Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Qualcomm
is a trademark of Qualcomm Incorporated, registered in the United States and other countries. DirectOffi ce is a trademark of CSR Imaging US, LP, registered in the United States and other countries, used with permission. ENERGY STAR and
the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Box is a trademark, service mark, or registered trademark of Box, Inc. Dropbox is a trademark or registered trademark of Dropbox, Inc.
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company. Bitdefender is a trademark or registered trademark of Bitdefender SRL. WPA3 is a trademark or registered trademark of WI-Fi Alliance®. All other trademarks are the property of
their respective owners.
Printed in U.S.A. 10/23 • CPD-23-007
Page 225 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Consent
Item Number: B.15
TITLE:
Waive Bidding Requirements to Purchase Fire Command Vehicle
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Waive formal bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1-
7- 9(A) to purchase a Fire Command Vehicle and authorize the City Manager to
sign agreements, in a form approved by the City Attorney, with National Fleet
and 911 Vehicle.
2. Authorize the release of $204,030.54 from account 001-252-0000-1252
(Developer Impact Fee) and authorize budget appropriation of $204,030.54 to
account number 001-400-3202-8105 (Automotive).
3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The total cost of the fire command vehicle is $243,000. The budget breakdown is as
follows:
Amount Budgeted in FY 2023-24:
• 601-400-3202-8105 (Equipment Replacement Fund): $38,969.46
Additional Appropriation needed in FY 2023-24:
• Release from undesignated Developer Impact Fee (Fire) from account 001-252-
0000-1252 (Developer Impact Fee): $204,030.54
• Budget appropriation to account 001-400-3202-8105 (Automotive): $204,030.54
The anticipated time frame for receiving the command vehicle is 6 months and the
anticipated time frame for installing the command technology module is 12 months from
Page 226 of 441
Waive Formal Bidding Requirements to Purchase Fire Command Vehicle
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 3
the date of order. As such, this purchase will require equipment replacement and
development impact funds to roll over for use in FY 2024-25 and FY 2025-26 until the
equipment is received.
BACKGROUND:
The Fire Department requests a fire command vehicle to respond jointly with the El
Segundo Police Department ("ESPD") on emergency incidents. The current command
vehicle has outdated technology and is incapable of capturing visual intelligence for civil
unrest, fires, disasters, and other incidents. One such recent event, a historic rainfall in
February 2024, triggered the activation of El Segundo Emergency Operations Center
("EOC"). During this 8-day period, the responding EOC team lacked centralized real-
time visibility to incidents that were being reported throughout the city (ground erosion,
down wires and trees, and flooding at parks and other public areas). Having this
technology on hand during an EOC activation will allow staff to verify reported incidents
and well as assist in a proactive response strategy (road closures, windshield surveys).
This command vehicle has two components: the one -ton truck (required load capacity),
and a technology module with emergency radios and intel monitors that display live
drone footage, pre -fire plan building maps, and incident response information.
Utilizing a command vehicle with this technology and partnering with ESPD gives the
incident commanders a higher level of awareness of what is happening on an
emergency scene. This information will aid critical incident decision -making, resulting in
improved first -responder safety and increased efficiency while responding to disasters.
The current battalion chief vehicle will be used as a back-up vehicle to respond to out -
of -county mutual aid incidents or as another command vehicle if the primary command
vehicle is being serviced. Further, the current battalion chief vehicle is a 2018 model
and is nearing reserve status (backup vehicle). The requested new command vehicle,
along with utilizing its technological capabilities, will become the primary vehicle for the
on -duty battalion chiefs.
DISCUSSION:
If approved, the response concept will be for the Police and Fire Departments to
respond in unified command with a new fire command vehicle that can accept live feeds
of incidents from unmanned aerial vehicles (drones). The live footage will
simultaneously be accessible from the command vehicle, the executive conference
room, and the EOC and enable decision makers to monitor developments from the
scene.
The Police Chief, Public Works Director, and Information Technology Services Director
support this joint -use command vehicle to improve the City's response capabilities. Staff
Page 227 of 441
Waive Formal Bidding Requirements to Purchase Fire Command Vehicle
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 3
finds that the City's best interests are served by a direct award of a contract to purchase
the command vehicle and recommend that the City Council waive competitive bidding
and authorize the City Manager to enter into an agreement to purchase the vehicle, as
proposed.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 2: Support Community Safety and Preparedness
Objective 2A: El Segundo is a safe and prepared community.
Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology
Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe
community.
Objective 4B: El Segundo's technology supports effective, efficient and proactive
operations.
PREPARED BY:
Vanessa Arias, Senior Management Analyst
REVIEWED BY:
George Avery, Fire Chief
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
None
Page 228 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F �' t 1) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Public Hearings
Item Number: C.16
TITLE:
Resolution for Addendum to Previously Certified General Plan Environmental Impact
Report and Ordinance for General Plan Amendment, Zone Change, and Zone Text
Amendment for the Implementation of Housing Element Program No. 6 (Provision of
Adequate Sites) and Program No. 9 (El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments), to
Increase the Allowable Density and Adopt New Objective Development Standards in the
R3 Zone and Housing Element Sites Inventory Sites
RECOMMENDATION:
Adopt a resolution adopting an addendum (Environmental Assessment No. EA
1344) to the Certified Environmental Impact Report for the previously certified
General Plan for General Plan Amendment No. GPA 23-01, Zone Change No.
ZC 23-01, and Zone Text Amendment No. 2301 pursuant to CEQA Guidelines §
15162 as the proposed modifications would not trigger the conditions therein that
would result in any new significant impacts or a substantial increase in the
severity of previously identified significant impacts.
2. Waive the first reading and introduce an ordinance adopting Zone Change No.
ZC 23-01 and Zone Text Amendment No. 23-01.
3. Schedule a second reading of the ordinance for the May 7, 2024 regular City
Council meeting or as thereafter feasible.
4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The proposed amendments are not anticipated to have any fiscal impact.
BACKGROUND:
On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted the City's 2021-2029 Housing
Element. The California Department of Housing and Community Development ("HCD")
Page 229 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 16
reviewed and conditionally approved the Housing Element on January 17, 2023. In
order to fully certify the Housing Element, HCD required that the City complete the
rezoning required under Program No. 6 and continue to timely and effectively implement
all Housing Element programs.
The City has completed or made substantial progress on all Housing Element
programs, since it was adopted by City Council. The subject general plan amendment,
zone change, and zone text amendment are intended to implement the required
rezoning under Program No. 6 as it relates to the Sites Inventory and complete some of
the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") amendments required under Program No. 9
as described below.
The subject General Plan Amendment, Zone Change, and Zone Text Amendments
were considered by the Planning Commission on March 28, 2024. Planning
Commission deliberation included clarification that the increased density would only
apply to the Sites Inventory locations (other than the overall increase from 27 du/ac to
30 du/ac in the R3 Zone), and overall review of the objective design standards. After
deliberation, Planning Commission approved a resolution, recommending City Council
approve the Addendum to the El Segundo General Plan certified Final Environmental
Impact Report, approve the General Plan Amendment, and adopt the Zone Change and
Zone Text Amendment, without any modifications.
Project Description
The subject item includes the discretionary applications described below:
General Plan Amendment:
• To create descriptions for a new Mixed -Use Overlay (MU-0) designation and a
new Housing Overlay (H-O) designation in the General Plan Land Use Element
• To change the description of the Multi -Family Residential Land Use designation
to increase the maximum permitted density in the R3 Zone
• To update the General Plan Build -out projections exhibit to reflect the additional
residential development anticipated by the proposed overlay districts
• To change the General Plan Land Use map to show the new overlay districts
(Figure No. 1 and No. 2) as "H-O" and "MU-O"
Zone Chanae
• To rezone certain properties from "General Commercial (C-3)," "Corporate Office
(CO)," "Parking (P)," and "Multi -Family Residential (R-3)" to "Mixed -Use Overlay
(MU-0)," "Housing Overlay (H-O)," and adopt an accompanying Zoning Map
change (Figure No. 1 and No. 2).
Page 230 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 16
Zone Text Amendment
• Adding a "Mixed -Use Overlay (MU-0)" and a "Housing Overlay (H-O)" to ESMC
Section 15-3-1
• Amending ESMC Article 15-4D Multi -Family Residential (R-3) Zone, to change
the maximum permitted density to 30 dwelling units per acre and update other
development standards in the R-3 Zone
• Add new ESMC Article 15-7(C) Mixed Use Overlay (MU-0), including
development standards for higher density (up to 75 dwelling units per acre)
mixed -use commercial and residential projects
• Add new ESMC Article 15-7(D) Housing Overlay (H-O), including development
standards for higher density (up to 65 dwelling units per acre) residential projects
• Amend ESMC Section 15-25-4 (Site Plan Review Findings) to streamline and
ensure approval of multi -family residential projects
• Amend ESMC Title 14 (Subdivisions) to permit subdivisions involving up to 10-
lots or units ministerially, without discretion or public hearings, consistent with
newly adopted state legislation
Environmental Assessment
• Addendum to the Certified Environmental Impact Report for the El Segundo
General Plan
The proposed requests are discussed in detail in the following sections of this report.
DISCUSSION:
Program 6 - Provision of Adequate Sites (Rezoning)
Housing Element Program 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) consists primarily of
rezoning actions to facilitate construction of an adequate number of residential units to
meet the City's Regional Housing Needs Assessment ("RHNA") requirements. The
City's RHNA is presented in Table No. 1 below.
Table No. 1: Housina Element RHNA Allocation
Page 231 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 4 of 16
Moderate
0
84
84
6.1 %
Income
Above
0
131
131
25.1 %
Moderate
Income
Total
29
492
521
100.0%
The City's RHNA for the current planning period is 521 units at various affordability
levels, which includes 29 units carried over from the previous planning period (2013-
2021). Program 6 of the Housing Element sets five objectives/actions (including
rezoning) to be completed at specified times to facilitate construction for the required
RHNA. The objectives, timelines, and a status description are provided in Table No. 2
below.
Table No. 2: Program 6 OWectives and Timeline
•.ective -A
1
Rezone adequate sites to
By October 15,
Completed in April 2022
accommodate the 29-unit RHNA
2022
Pacific Coast Commons
shortfall carryover from the 5th
project:
cycle Housing Element
263 units, including 29
low income and 3 very
low income
2
Rezone adequate sites as Mixed-
By summer
In progress - part of
Use Overlay and Housing
2023
subject amendment
Overlay for the 6th cycle RHNA
Anticipated completion
allocation of 492 units
in May 2024
3
Develop objective design
By summer
In progress - part of
standards for residential
2023
subject amendment
development consistent with SB
Anticipated completion
330 in conjunction with the
in May 2024
establishment of the Mixed -Use
Overlay and the Housing Overlay
4
Amend the ESMC to provide by
By October 15,
In progress - part of
right approval of projects on
2023
subject amendment
rezoned sites for lower income
Anticipated completion
RHNA if the project provides at
in May 2024
least 20 percent of the units as
affordable housing for lower
income households
5
Update Downtown Specific Plan
By October 15,
DSP update in progress
Page 232 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 5 of 16
(DSP) and Smoky Hollow
2024
Anticipated completion
Specific Plan (SHSP) to increase
in May 2024
housing capacity by 300 units.
A detailed description and status report on the objectives covered by this amendment
follows below.
Objective No. 2
Program 6 Objectives 2-4 are in progress and the subject of the current request. The
Housing Element Sites Inventory identifies four sites to be rezoned as Mixed -Use
Overlay and five sites to be rezoned as Housing Overlay. The two overlay areas are
shown in Figure Nos. 1 and 2 below.
Figure No. 1: Mixed -Use Overlay Map
r.r..•�.� • W ad."asso 11111111 • 1111111 • IRS 04111111�..M�1.
�.. . sin a so.
i n h
• - -�-
y,
e
•• 7 u }
•
l
t_ P
J
C
Y�
7
L
i
•W6.a
C
Pins .1v•
u
• El
Segundo
°°
a
� �'
N
Z
Ave
E Grand Ave
C410
Y
+
C Cl Segundo Blvd
Figure No. 2: Housing Overlay Map
Page 233 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 6 of 16
r....---•—•—•-----•---•—•---•mama---..---•—.�.—.
i
set
•
O
pi-0 Ave
L
'—•1
u
El Segundo
a
J Avele
•
M
�.
Av3
rmain amama+
C e SegurOo Blvd
The two overlays will permit higher densities compared to the current zoning for those
sites. The proposed densities will facilitate construction of approximately 528 additional
residential units during the planning period. The proposed densities and the potential
number of units generated is shown in Table No. 3 below.
Table No. 3: Mixed -Use and Housing Overlav Densities
Mixed -Use 175 units per acre 1 335
Housing 165 units per acre 1 193
I Total 1 1 528
The total numbers of units above are only estimates, and assume that all the sites will
be redeveloped during the planning period. However, the increased density alone is not
sufficient to incentivize redevelopment without addressing the physical constraints of
the sites and the other development standards.
Objective No. 3
Objective No. 3 calls for establishing objective development standards to facilitate
construction at the proposed densities. The objective development standards are part
of the zone text amendment (See Attachment No. 2 - Ordinance) and will be included in
two new overlay articles in the ESMC.
Staff engaged an architecture and planning consulting firm to study the proposed
overlay areas' physical characteristics and use their design experience to develop the
proposed standards. Overall, the proposed standards relax the requirements to
Page 234 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 7 of 16
facilitate construction at the intended densities. For illustrative purposes, some of the
proposed standards are discussed below:
1. Height. The current maximum height is 40 feet and 32 feet for pitched roofs for
the sites along Pacific Coast Highway and 26 feet for flat roofs for the site at
Franklin and Maryland Street. In the Mixed -Use Overlay, the proposed maximum
height limit is increased to 58 feet for pitched roofs and 52 feet for flat roofs. The
proposed increase in the maximum height limit is necessary, because based on
the current height limits, it would be physically infeasible to develop these sites
at the proposed MU-0 density.
2. Parking requirements. The current requirement in the R-3 zone is 2 spaces per
unit, plus 1/3 guest space per unit. In both overlays, the proposed minimum
parking requirement is reduced to one space per unit. The proposed reduction is
necessary because, based on the current requirements, it would be both
physically and financially infeasible to develop these sites at the proposed H-O
and MU-0 densities.
3. Other standards. Other amendments include changes to required setbacks, lot
coverage, open space, landscaping, etc. As stated above, the overall intent of
the proposed standards is to facilitate development at the proposed higher
densities. The complete list of development standards for each overlay is part of
the draft ordinance (See Attachment No. 2).
Objective No. 4
Objective No. 4 requires an amendment to the ESMC to ministerially approve
residential or mixed -use projects that include 20 percent of the units as affordable
housing for lower income households (required by Assembly Bill AB 1397). This action
complements the overlay rezoning and adoption of objective standards, in that it
incentivizes the inclusion of affordable housing units in development projects located in
the Mixed -Use and Housing overlays. Avoiding the discretionary process for qualifying
projects will substantially reduce the time, cost, and uncertainty associated with the
public hearing and environmental review process. As a result, this incentive will help
the City meet its RHNA requirements in the lower income categories.
Program No. 9 - El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments
Housing Element Program 9 consists of ESMC amendments related to 12 distinct topic
areas to remove constraints on various housing types and encourage more housing
construction. Several amendments were completed in 2023, while a few are pending
and are part of the subject request.
Completed Amendments
Three amendments were completed in March 2023 and addressed the following topics:
1. Density Bonus. This amendment established procedures for reviewing and
approving density bonus applications consistently with the State Density Bonus
Page 235 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 8 of 16
Law.
2. Transitional and Supportive Housing. This amendment added transitional and
supportive housing to the list of permitted uses in the City's residential zones.
3. Micro -Unit Housing. This amendment established a definition, standards, and
review processes for Micro -Unit developments.
Six amendments were completed in December 2023 and addressed the following
topics:
1. Residential Care Facilities. This amendment added residential care facilities for
seven or more persons to the list of permitted uses in the City's residential
zones.
2. Emergency Shelters. This amendment updated the standards for emergency
shelters to make them more objective and consistent with State Law.
3. Low Barrier Navigation Center ("LBNC"). This amendment added LBNCs to the
list of permitted uses in the City's Light Manufacturing (M-1) zone and
established development and operational standards.
4. Employee Housing. This amendment added employee housing to the list of
permitted and conditionally permitted uses in the City's Single -Family Residential
(R-1) zone.
5. Reasonable Accommodation. This amendment established application
requirements and procedures for reasonable accommodation requests for
individuals with disabilities.
6. Senior Housing. This amendment added senior housing facilities to the list of
permitted uses in the City's Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone.
Proposed Amendments
Three amendments are still pending, two of which are part of the subject request.
1. R-3 zone density. This amendment increases the maximum density of the R-3
zone (and the General Plan Multi -Family Land Use Designation) to 30 dwelling
units per acre. This density is considered by the State to be sufficiently high to
feasibly include units that are affordable for lower income households in multi-
family developments. The current permitted density in the R-3 zone is 27
dwelling units per acre on properties up to 15,000 square feet and 18 dwelling
units per acre on properties greater than 15,000 square feet. The proposed
density will apply to all R-3 zoned properties (outside the new overlays)
regardless of size. Staff estimates that this density increase will result in an
additional capacity of approximately 367 units in the R-3 zone.
2. Site Plan Review findings. This amendment revises the site plan review
application findings to make them objective and provide more certainty in
application outcomes. The intent of this amendment is to streamline the
application process for future multi -family development projects.
Page 236 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 9of16
The third amendment associated with Program No. 9 is related to parking
requirements. Staff anticipates presenting the parking requirements to Planning
Commission and City Council for consideration in Q3/Q4 2024. This future amendment
will reduce the parking requirements for multi -family residential units citywide. The
current requirement in the R-3 zone is 2 spaces per unit, plus 1/3 guest space per unit.
The amendment would revise the requirement to a sliding scale based on unit size or
bedroom count.
Other ESMC Amendments
SB 684: Ten -lot Residential Subdivisions
This amendment is not part of a Housing Element program, but it is included in this
overall request to make the ESMC consistent with the recently enacted Senate Bill 684
regarding the streamlined processing of small residential subdivisions. The subject bill
requires cities to process residential subdivision applications for up to 10 lots by -right,
without discretion or public hearings. This amendment revises ESMC Title 14
(Subdivision Regulations) Chapter 1 (General Provisions; definitions) to exempt
qualifying subdivision requests from tentative or parcel map, public hearings, and public
notification; and to process such requests ministerially.
Findings
To recommend approval of the proposed General Plan Amendment, Zone Change, and
Zone Text Amendments, the City Council must make the following findings:
General Plan Amendment
1. The amendment must be consistent with the General Plan.
The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use
Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere in that it
preserves and maintains the City's low -medium density residential nature, with low
building height profile and character, and minimum development standards. The
proposed amendment increases the density and permitted height only on a limited
number of properties in the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays, thereby
preserving the medium density and low building profile on vast majority of properties
in the northwest quadrant of the City. Further, the Overlay sites are located near
existing buildings with similar heights or in zones where similar building heights are
allowed.
The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use Element
Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it preserves and
protects existing Single -Family Residential uses. The proposed amendment does
not alter designation of any existing Single -Family Residential properties; it affects
only properties designated as Commercial or Multi -Family Residential.
Page 237 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 10 of 16
The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Housing
Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing Construction in a Variety of
Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the proposed amendment directly
implements Program No. 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed
amendment implements the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which
effectively rezone nine sites to allow high density residential development. The
number of sites and proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 6th cycle
RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and
77 moderate income units.
In addition, the proposed amendment is consistent with Housing Element Program
No. 9: El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments. The proposed amendment
increases the permitted maximum density in the Multi -Family Residential land use
designation to 30 dwelling units per acre, which is adequate pursuant to Government
Code section 65583.2(c)(3) to facilitate the development of low -and very low-income
housing. It is also consistent with and directly implements Housing Element Goal 3
to provide adequate sites and opportunities for construction of new housing and
Program No. 9 to amend the maximum density in the R-3 zone to 30 units per acre.
Lastly, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly implements Program
No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City to undertake a number of
actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The proposed amendment is direct
implementation of the Fair Housing Program objective to rezone adequate sites to
allow high density residential development to meet the City's 6th cycle RHNA
requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77
moderate income units.
2. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare.
The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and
general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the City's land
resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new zoning overlays that
allow high density residential development on nine specific sites. Four of those sites
currently have a commercial General Plan Land Use designation and will allow high
density residential uses in combination with other permitted commercial uses. Five
of the sites currently have a Multi -Family Residential General Plan Land Use
designation and will allow high density residential uses in a manner that is
compatible with surrounding uses. Further, the Overlay sites are located near
existing buildings with similar heights or in zones where similar building heights are
allowed.
In addition, the proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum density
in the Multi -Family Residential land use designation to 30 dwelling units per acre,
which helps focus the increased density in the City's multi -family residential
Page 238 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 11 of 16
neighborhoods and preserves those areas with a Single -Family Residential Land
Use designation.
Further, proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the opportunities
for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing needs of all segments of
the community as described in General Plan Housing Element Program 6: Provision
of Adequate Sites. The proposed amendment will rezone an adequate number of
sites to meet the 6th cycle RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing units,
including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units.
Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed amendment
were analyzed consistent with the requirements of the California Environmental
Quality Act ("CEQA"). It was determined that the proposed amendments will have no
greater impacts than the impacts analyzed in the Environmental Impact Report
("EIR") for the General Plan.
Zone Change
1. The amendment must be consistent with the General Plan.
The proposed amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal
LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere in that it preserves
and maintains the City's low -medium density residential nature, with low building
height profile and character, and minimum development standards. The proposed
amendment increases the density and permitted height only on a limited number of
properties in the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays, thereby preserving the
medium density and low building profile on many properties in the northwest
quadrant of the City. Further, the Overlay sites are located near existing buildings
with similar heights or in zones where similar building heights are allowed.
The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use Element
Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it will preserve and
protect existing Single -Family Residential uses. The proposed amendment does not
alter the zoning of any existing Single -Family Residential (R-1) properties; it affects
only properties zoned Commercial or Multi -Family Residential (R-3).
The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Housing
Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing Construction in a Variety of
Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the proposed amendment directly
implements Program No. 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed
amendment implements the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which
effectively rezone nine sites to allow high density residential development. The
number of sites and proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 6th cycle
RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and
77 moderate income units.
Page 239 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 12 of 16
Further, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly implements
Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City undertake a number
actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The proposed amendment directly
implements the Fair Housing Program objective to rezone adequate sites to allow
high density residential development and meet the City's 6th cycle RHNA
requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77
moderate income units.
2. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare.
The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and
general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the City's land
resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new zoning overlays that
allow high density residential development on nine specific sites. Four of those sites
currently have a commercial zoning designation and will allow high density
residential uses in combination with other permitted commercial uses. Five of the
sites are currently zoned Multi -Family Residential (R-3) and will allow high density
residential uses in a manner that is compatible with surrounding uses.
Further, the proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the
opportunities for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing needs of all
segments of the community as described in General Plan Housing Element Program
6: Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed amendment will rezone an adequate
number of sites to meet the 6th cycle RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing
units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units.
Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed amendment
were analyzed consistent with the requirements of the California Environmental
Quality Act ("CEQA"). It was determined that the proposed amendments will have no
greater impacts than the impacts analyzed in the Environmental Impact Report
("EIR") for the General Plan.
3. There are changed conditions since the existing zoning became effective to warrant
other or additional zoning.
There are changed conditions since the existing zoning became effective to warrant
the addition of the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing Overlays. In 2019, the
California enacted the Housing Crisis Act of 2019 (SB 330), which declared a
housing crisis in California. This and other laws adopted recently imposed
obligations on cities to facilitate housing production, including strict requirements on
local housing elements. For the 6th cycle Regional Housing Needs Allocation
(RHNA), El Segundo's allocation is 521 housing units, including 279 affordable
housing units. The City conducted an analysis of the feasibility of facilitating
construction of 521 under existing zoning and determined that it would infeasible.
Page 240 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 13 of 16
Consequently, on November 15, 2022, the City adopted its 2021-2029 Housing
Element, which includes Program No. 6 to rezone an adequate number of sites allow
high density residential development. The proposed amendment directly implements
Housing Element Program No. 6, which is critical in meeting the City's RHNA
obligations.
4. The benefits of the proposed change of zone will clearly outweigh any potential
adverse effect to adjoining property or the area.
The proposed zone change will help the City meets its General Plan Housing
Element Goal No. 3 to provide opportunities for new housing construction in a
variety of locations and a variety of densities. The proposed Mixed -Use and Housing
overlays provide an opportunity and variety of locations for the construction of new
housing units at high densities. The City provides existing locations that permit
construction of single-family, low density residential developments in its Single -
Family Residential (R-1) and Two -Family Residential (R-2) zones. It also provides
locations that permit construction of multi -family, medium density residential
developments in its Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone. Thus, the proposed
overlays will address the need for high density residential locations in the City.
The proposed zone change directly implements Housing Element Program No. 6 tc
provide adequate sites to meet the assigned RHNA of 521 housing units, including
279 affordable housing units at the moderate, low, and very low income categories.
In addition, the zone change helps address the need for housing for various
population groups, which is identified in the Housing Element.
Further, the proposed zone change directly addresses an HCD requirement that will
result in full certification of City's Housing Element, with all the accompanying
benefits of certification, such as the ability to qualify for HCD and other State grant
funding.
There is no evidence in the record to suggest that there will be significant adverse
effects as a result of the proposed zone change.
Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed amendment
were analyzed consistent with the requirements of the California Environmental
Quality Act (CEQA). It was determined that the proposed amendments will have no
greater impacts than the impacts analyzed in the EIR for the General Plan.
Zone Text Amendment
1. The amendment must be consistent with the General Plan.
The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use
Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere in that it
Page 241 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 14 of 16
preserves and maintains the City's low -medium density residential nature, with low
building height profile and character, and minimum development standards. The
proposed amendment will establish density, height, and other standards, to facilitate
high density residential developments only on a limited number of properties in the
proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays, thereby preserving the medium density
and low building profile on vast majority of properties in the northwest quadrant of
the City.
The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use Element
Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it will preserve and
protect existing Single -Family Residential uses. The proposed amendment does not
alter the standards or designation of any existing Single -Family Residential
properties; it affects only properties designated as Commercial or Multi -Family
Residential.
The proposed zone text amendment is consistent with General Plan Housing
Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing Construction in a Variety of
Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the proposed amendment directly
implements Program No. 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed
amendment implements the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which
effectively rezone nine sites to allow high density residential development. The
number of sites and proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 6th cycle
RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and
77 moderate income units. The proposed amendment also amends the ESMC to
provide by right approval of projects on rezoned sites for lower income RHNA if the
project provides 20 percent of the units as affordable housing for lower income
households.
In addition, the proposed amendment is consistent with Housing Element Program
No. 9: El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments (ESMC). The proposed
amendment will increase the permitted maximum density in the Multi -Family
Residential (R-3) zone to 30 dwelling units per acre, which is adequate pursuant to
Government Code section 65583.2(c)(3) to facilitate the development of low -and
very low-income housing. The proposed amendment will also revise the findings for
site plan review applications to ensure that the findings are objective and provide
certainty in outcomes, which will help streamline and encourage construction of new
housing.
Further, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly implements
Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City to undertake a
number of actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The proposed amendment
directly implements the Fair Housing Program objective to rezone adequate sites
and establish standards for high density residential development to meet the City's
6th cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low
income, and 77 moderate income units.
Page 242 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 15 of 16
2. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare.
The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and
general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the City's land
resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new overlays in the ESMC
that allow high density residential development. The amendment establishes
development standards for the two new overlays that will allow high density
residential uses designed in a manner that is compatible with surrounding uses.
In addition, the proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum density
in the Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to 30 dwelling units per acre, which helps
focus the increased density in the City's multi -family residential neighborhoods and
preserves the character of those areas zoned Single -Family Residential (R-1).
Further, the proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the
opportunities for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing needs of all
segments of the community as described in General Plan Housing Element Program
6: Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed amendment will help establish two
new high density residential overlays on an adequate number of sites and it will
streamline the Site Plan Review process to meet the 6th cycle RHNA requirement for
279 affordable housing units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77
moderate income units.
The proposed amendment is also necessary in that it is required for the City to
comply with State Housing Element Law and to maintain a certified Housing
Element.
41!1y/I:To]►ILVi14►11IF_1NNANIATA
Addendum
The proposed project was analyzed for its environmental impacts and an Addendum to
the previously adopted EIR for the General Plan was prepared pursuant to CEQA and
CEQA Guidelines § 15164. Under CEQA, an Addendum to a previously certified EIR is
appropriate if minor changes or additions to the EIR are necessary to reflect the
proposed modifications to the project in the environmental analysis and none of the
conditions described in Section 15162 of the CEQA Guidelines calling for the
preparation of a subsequent EIR or negative declaration have occurred (CEQA
Guidelines §15164). Generally, the conditions described in § 15162 have not occurred
if the proposed modifications do not result in any new significant impacts or a
substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant impacts. The
Addendum need not be circulated for public review (CEQA Guidelines §15164(c));
however, an addendum must be considered by the decision -making body before
making a decision on the project (CEQA Guidelines §15164(d)).
Page 243 of 441
EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation
April 16, 2024
Page 16 of 16
This Addendum to the previously -certified EIR demonstrates that the environmental
analysis, impacts, and mitigation measures identified in the 1992 EIR for the General
Plan remain substantively unchanged despite the proposed project revisions. It
supports the finding that the proposed project does not raise any new issues and does
not exceed the significance level of impacts identified in the previous Environmental
Impact Report. The mitigation measures listed in the certified EIR for the General Plan,
are sufficient to reduce the identified environmental impacts to a less than significant
level.
In addition, the proposed zone text amendments to the Subdivision, Site Plan Review,
and certain affordable housing application procedures are exempt from the
requirements of CEQA Guidelines §15061), because they consist only of minor
revisions to existing zoning regulations and related procedures and do not have the
potential for causing a significant effect on the environment.
Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability
Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and
the community.
PREPARED BY:
Paul Samaras, AICP, Principal Planner
REVIEWED BY:
Michael Allen, Community Development Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Resolution
2. Ordinance
3. Public Comments
Page 244 of 441
RESOLUTION NO.
A RESOLUTION ADOPTING AN ADDENDUM TO THE PREVIOUSLY
CERTIFIED EIR FOR THE EL SEGUNDO GENERAL PLAN AND
APPROVING A GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT FOR THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF HOUSING ELEMENT PROGRAM NO. 6
(PROVISION OF ADEQUATE SITES) AND PROGRAM NO. 9 (EL
SEGUNDO MUNICIPAL CODE AMENDMENTS)
(Environmental Assessment No. EA-1344 and General Plan
Amendment No. GPA 23-01)
The City Council of the City of El Segundo does resolve as follows:
SECTION 1: The City Council finds and declares that:
A. On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted a general plan amendment
approving the City's updated 2021-2029 Housing Element;
B. On January 17, 2023 the Department of Housing and Community Development
("HCD") indicated in correspondence to the City that the Housing Element was
consistent with State Housing Law, however, it conditioned certification of the
Housing Element on completion of the rezoning identified in Program No. 6
(Provision of Adequate Sites) and on making sufficient progress on the
implementation of all other Housing Element programs;
C. On March 22, 2023, the City initiated an application for Environmental Assessment
No. EA 1344, General Plan Amendment No. GPA 23-01, Zone Change No. ZC 23-
01, and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 23-01 to adopt an addendum to the
previously certified the environmental impact report ("EIR") for the El Segundo
General Plan, approve a general plan amendment, and adopt a zone change and
zone text amendment implementing Housing Element Program No. 6 (Provision
Of Adequate Sites) and Program No. 9 (El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC")
(Amendments);
D. The City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under the California
Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA"),
the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 Cal. Code of Regulations §§15000, et
seq., the "CEQA Guidelines");
E. On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission held a duly -noticed public hearing
at the conclusion of which the Planning Commission adopted Resolution 2935
recommending the City Council certify the EIR and approve the proposed
amendments;
Page 245 of 441
F. The City Council of the City of El Segundo held a duly -noticed public hearing on
April 11, 2024 to review and consider the Project, receive public testimony, and
review all of the evidence in the administrative record; and
G. This Resolution and its findings are made based upon the evidence presented to
the City Council at its April 11, 2024 hearing, including the staff reports submitted
by the Community Development Department and the totality of the evidence in the
administrative record.
SECTION 2: Factual Findings and Conclusions. The City Council finds that the following
facts exist:
A. Government Code Section 65583 establishes the required contents and analysis
in the General Plan Housing Elements in local jurisdictions.
B. Government Code Section 65584 mandates HCD to provide a determination of a
region's existing and projected housing needs. It also mandates the Southern
California Association of Governments ("SCAG") to allocate the housing needs
among local jurisdictions in the SCAG region in the Regional Housing Needs
Assessment ("RHNA") process;
C. The RHNA allocation for El Segundo during the 2021-2029 period is 521 dwelling
units that are affordable to households of different income levels, including 131
units at above moderate income, 84 at moderate income, 99 at low income, and
207 at very low income;
D. Program 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) of the 2021-2029 Housing Element calls
for specific rezoning actions, establishment of objective development standards,
and streamlining of residential development projects containing affordable units,
to help the City meet its RHNA allocation goal;
E. Program 9 (ESMC Amendments) calls for specific amendments to the municipal
code that will remove constraints from and incentivize the construction of housing,
including transitional and supportive housing, micro -unit housing, residential care
facilities, emergency shelters, low barrier navigation centers, employee housing
senior housing, and housing for individuals with disabilities. The program also calls
for increasing the maximum permitted density in the R-3 zone and revising the site
plan review application findings to make them objective and provide more certainty
in application outcomes;
F. The proposed General Plan Amendment will create a new Mixed -Use Overlay
designation that applies to four sites covering 4.47 acres. The overlay applies
over —and in addition to —the existing Corporate Office, General Commercial, and
Parking land use designations for the sites (Exhibit B). The maximum permitted
2
Page 246 of 441
density in the Mixed -Use Overlay designation is 75 dwelling units per acre and will
result in the construction of up to 335 additional dwelling units (Exhibit D);
G. The proposed General Plan Amendment will create a new Housing Overlay
designation that applies to five sites covering 5.56 acres. The overlay applies
over —and in addition to —the existing Multi -Family Residential land use
designation for the sites. The maximum permitted density in the Mixed -Use
Overlay designation is 65 dwelling units per acre and will result in the construction
of up to 193 additional dwelling units (Exhibit D);
H. The proposed General Plan Amendment will change the maximum permitted
density in the Multi -Family Residential land use designation from 27 dwelling units
per acre to 30 dwelling units per acre;
The proposed Zone Change will apply a new Mixed -Use Overlay to four sites
covering 4.47 acres. The overlay will apply over —and in addition to —the existing
Corporate Office (CO), General Commercial (C-3), and Parking (P) zoning for the
sites (Exhibit F);
J. The proposed Zone Change will apply a new Housing Overlay to five sites covering
5.56 acres. The overlay will apply over —and in addition to —the existing Multi -
Family Residential (R-3) zoning for the sites (Exhibit F);
K. The proposed Zone Text Amendment will:
add the Mixed -Use Overlay (MU-0) and Housing Overlay (HO) to ESMC
Section 15-3-1 (Designation of Zone Names);
2. amend ESMC Article 154D Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to change
the maximum permitted density to 30 dwelling units per acre and update
other development standards in the R-3 zone.
3. add a new ESMC Article 15-7(C) Mixed Use Overlay (MU-0) incorporating
development standards for higher density mixed -use commercial and
residential projects;
4. add a new ESMC Article 15-7(D) Housing Overlay (H-O) incorporating
development standards for higher density residential projects;
5. amend ESMC Section 15-25-4 Site Plan Review Findings to streamline and
ensure approval of multi -family residential projects; and
6. amend ESMC Title 14 (Subdivisions) to permit subdivisions involving up to
10-lots or units ministerially, without discretion or public hearings.
3
Page 247 of 441
SECTION 3: General Plan Amendment Findings. As required under Government Code
§ 65454 and ESMC § 15-27-3 and based on the findings set forth in Section 2, the
Planning Commission finds:
A. That the amendment is consistent with the General Plan.
The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use
Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere in that
it preserves and maintains the City's low -medium density residential nature, with
low building height profile and character, and minimum development standards.
The proposed amendment increases the density and permitted height only on a
limited number of properties in the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays,
thereby preserving the medium density and low building profile on vast majority of
properties in the northwest quadrant of the City. Further, the Overlay sites are
located near existing buildings with similar heights or in zones where similar
building heights are allowed.
The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use Element
Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it preserves and
protects existing Single -Family Residential uses. The proposed amendment does
not alter designation of any existing Single -Family Residential properties; it affects
only properties designated as Commercial or Multi -Family Residential.
The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Housing
Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing Construction in a Variety
of Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the proposed amendment directly
implements Program No. 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed
amendment implements the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which
effectively rezone nine sites to allow high density residential development. The
number of sites and proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 61" cycle
RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income,
and 77 moderate income units.
In addition, the proposed amendment is consistent with Housing Element Program
No. 9: El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments. The proposed amendment
increases the permitted maximum density in the Multi -Family Residential land use
designation to 30 dwelling units per acre, which is adequate pursuant to
Government Code section 65583.2(c)(3) to facilitate the development of low -and
very low-income housing. It is also consistent with and directly implements
Housing Element Goal 3 to provide adequate sites and opportunities for
construction of new housing and Program No. 9 to amend the maximum density in
the R-3 zone to 30 units per acre.
Lastly, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly implements
Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City to undertake a
0
Page 248 of 441
number actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The proposed amendment is
direct implementation of the Fair Housing Program objective to rezone adequate
sites to allow high density residential development to meet the City's 6` cycle
RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income,
and 77 moderate income units.
B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general
welfare.
The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and
general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the City's land
resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new zoning overlays that
allow high density residential development on nine specific sites. Four of those
sites currently have a commercial General Plan Land Use designation and will
allow high density residential uses in combination with other permitted commercial
uses. Five of the sites currently have a Multi -Family Residential General Plan Land
Use designation and will allow high density residential uses in a manner that is
compatible with surrounding uses. Further, the Overlay sites are located near
existing buildings with similar heights or in zones where similar building heights
are allowed.
In addition, the proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum density
in the Multi -Family Residential land use designation to 30 dwelling units per acre,
which helps focus the increased density in the City's multi -family residential
neighborhoods and preserves those areas with a Single -Family Residential Land
Use designation.
Further, proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the opportunities
for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing needs of all segments of
the community as described in General Plan Housing Element Program 6:
Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed amendment will rezone an adequate
number of sites to meet the 61" cycle RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing
units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income
units.
Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed
amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of CEQA. It was
determined that the proposed amendments will have no greater impacts than the
impacts analyzed in the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) for the General Plan.
SECTION 4: Environmental Assessment. The City Council finds and determines as
follows:
A. The proposed amendments to the General Plan, the Zoning Map, and ESMC
contemplated herein were analyzed for their environmental impacts and an
5
Page 249 of 441
Addendum to the previously certified EIR for the General Plan was prepared
pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15164. Under CEQA, an Addendum to a
previously certified EIR is appropriate if minor changes or additions to the EIR are
necessary to reflect the proposed modifications to the project in the environmental
analysis and none of the conditions described in Section 15162 of the CEQA
Guidelines calling for the preparation of a subsequent EIR or negative declaration
have occurred (CEQA Guidelines §15164). Generally, the conditions described in
Section 15162 have not occurred if the proposed modifications do not result in any
new significant impacts or a substantial increase in the severity of previously
identified significant impacts. The Addendum need not be circulated for public
review (CEQA Guidelines §15164(c)); however, an addendum must be considered
by the decision -making body before making a decision on the project (CEQA
Guidelines §15164(d)).
B. This Addendum to the previously -certified EIR demonstrates that the
environmental analysis, impacts, and mitigation measures identified in the 1992
EIR for the General Plan remain substantively unchanged despite the proposed
project revisions. It supports the finding that the proposed project does not raise
any new issues and does not exceed the significance level of impacts identified in
the previously certified EIR. The mitigation measures listed in the certified EIR for
the General Plan, are sufficient to reduce the identified environmental impacts to
a less than significant level.
C. To evaluate the potential environmental impacts of the Ordinance and the need for
additional environmental review, the City conducted an initial study. Based on the
findings of the initial study, an addendum was prepared. The Initial
Study/Addendum dated March 2024, is incorporated herein by this reference, as
though fully set forth.
D. Based on the findings and information yielded by the initial study/addendum, the
Planning Commission finds as follows:
There are no substantial changes relative to the amendments proposed
herein that will require preparation of a subsequent or supplemental EIR
due to the involvement of new significant environmental effects or a
substantial increase in the severity of previously identified effects.
The proposed amendments would approve minor changes and additions to
the General Plan described and analyzed in the previously certified final EIR
("FEIR"). There are no substantial changes resulting from the Ordinance
that require major revisions to the FEIR. As detailed in the Initial
Study/Addendum, the Ordinance will not result in any new or increased
environmental effects beyond those that were previously identified in the
FEIR. In addition, all applicable mitigation measures set forth in the FEIR
would continue to be implemented.
0
Page 250 of 441
2. No substantial changes have occurred with respect to the circumstances
under which the project is undertaken that would require preparation of a
subsequent or supplemental EIR due to the involvement of new significant
environmental effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously
identified significant effects.
There are no substantial changes with regard to the facts, data, and
mitigation measures included in the FEIR. The proposed amendments will
not result in a General Plan that is substantially different from the plan
evaluated in the FEIR, and the environmental circumstances applicable to
the city have not changed substantially.
3. There is no new information of substantial importance, which was not known
and could not have been known with the exercise of reasonable diligence
at the time the previous FEIR was certified as complete, that shows any of
the following: (i) The project will have one or more significant effects not
discussed in the previous FEIR; (ii) Significant effects previously examined
will be substantially more severe than shown in the previous FEIR; (iii)
Mitigation measures or alternatives previously found not to be feasible
would in fact be feasible and would substantially reduce one or more
significant effects of the project, but the project proponents decline to adopt
the mitigation measure or alternative; or (iv) Mitigation measures or
alternatives which are considerably different from those analyzed in the
previous FEIR would substantially reduce one or more significant effects on
the environment, but the project proponents decline to adopt the mitigation
measure or alternative.
E. No subsequent environmental review is required pursuant to Section 15162 of the
CEQA Guidelines. Therefore, the proposed amendments to the General Plan, the
Zoning Map, and ESMC contemplated herein, are within the scope of the project
covered by the General Plan FEIR and, pursuant to Section 15168(c)(2) of the
CEQA Guidelines, no further environmental review is required.
F. The proposed zone text amendments to the Subdivision, Site Plan Review, and
certain affordable housing application procedures are exempt from the
requirements of CEQA, pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3),
because they consist only of minor revisions to existing zoning regulations and
related procedures and do not have the potential for causing a significant effect on
the environment.
SECTION 5: Approvals. Based upon the foregoing and the evidence in the record as a
whole, the City Council takes the following actions:
7
Page 251 of 441
A. The City Council adopts and approves an Addendum to the previously approved
General Plan EIR for the proposed amendments outlined in Sections 2 and 4, as
set forth in Exhibit A to this Resolution which is incorporated herein by this
reference;
B. The City Council approves a CEQA exemption pursuant to CEQA Guidelines
Section 15061(b)(3) for the proposed zone text amendments to the ESMC
provisions on Subdivision, Site Plan Review, and certain affordable housing
application procedures, as set forth in Sections 2 and 4; and
C. The City Council approves General Plan Amendment No. GPA 23-01 as set forth
in Exhibits "B" through "E".
SECTION 6: Exhibits. This Resolution includes the following exhibits which are attached
hereto and a part hereof:
A. Addendum to the previously approved General Plan EIR
B. Amendment to General Plan Land Use Designations
C. Amendment to General Plan Land Use Plan Northwest Quadrant subsection
D. Amendment to 1992 General Plan Summary of Existing Trends Build -out
E. Amendment to General Plan Land Use Map
SECTION 7: Reliance on Record. Each and every one of the findings and determination
in this Resolution are based on the competent and substantial evidence, both oral and
written, contained in the entire record relating to the project. The findings and
determinations constitute the independent findings and determinations of the City Council
in all respects and are fully and completely supported by substantial evidence in the
record as a whole.
SECTION 8: Limitations. The City Council's analysis and evaluation of the project is
based on information available at the time of the decision. It is inevitable that in evaluating
a project that absolute and perfect knowledge of all possible aspects of the project will
not exist. In all instances, best efforts have been made to form accurate assumptions.
SECTION 9. Summaries of Information. All summaries of information in the findings,
which precede this section, are based on the substantial evidence in the record. The
absence of any particular fact from any such summary is not an indication that a particular
finding is not based in part on that fact.
SECTION 10: This Resolution will take effect immediately and remain effective until
superseded by a subsequent resolution.
8
Page 252 of 441
SECTION 11: The City Clerk is directed to certify the adoption of this Resolution.
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED this day of 2024.
Drew Boyles, Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney
ATTEST:
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO )
I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that
the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing
Resolution No. was duly passed, approved, and adopted by said City Council,
at a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of , 2024, approved
and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAIN:
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
11
Page 253 of 441
EXHIBIT "A" TO RESOLUTION NO.
GENERAL PLAN PROGRAM EIR ADDENDUM
Can be found at the following link on the City
Housing Element website:
https://www.eIsegunao.org/home/showpuoIisheddocument/8534/638470612151770263
Page 254 of 441
RESOLUTION NO.
EXHIBIT "B"
El Segundo General Plan Land Use Element Excerpt - Page 3-6
Modify the following text on page 3-6
Residential Designations
Single -Family Residential
Permits one single-family home on one legal lot at a maximum
density of eight dwelling units per acre. The minimum lot size for new
lots is 5,000 square feet.
Two -Family Residential
Permits two residences on one legal lot, either attached or detached,
at a maximum density of 12 dwelling units per acre. The minimum lot
size for new lots is 7,000 square feet.
Multi -Family Residential
Permits multiple dwelling units in either a condominium or apartment
configuration. A condominium or apartment is a structure or group of
structures containing three or more dwelling units, as defined by the
Zoning Code. The maximum permitted density for multi -family
residential is 27-30 dwelling units per acre on proper -toes equal to or
less thou 15,000 square foot and 18 .du/on OR nrenerties greater +hen
11 Fsquare feet. -except for properties that have the Housing
Overlay (H-O) designation that permits a maximum density of 60
dwelling units per acre."
540 East Imperial Avenue Specific Plan
Permits a mix of residential uses with two possible development
options. Option 1 would allow up to a maximum of 304 units in a
Senior Housing Community with a Multi- Family Residential (R- 3)
component, or Option 2 would allow up to a maximum of 58 units in a
Mixed Residential Development (single-family and multi -family units).
This designation is intended to encourage design flexibility and
provide transitional densities and uses that are compatible with
surrounding land uses. This designation is not intended to be used
elsewhere within the City.
Pacific Coast Commons Specific Plan
Permits a mix of hotel, commercial, and residential uses. The existing
Fairfield Inn & Suites by Marriott and Aloft Hotels, which have 350
and 246 rooms respectively remain and are considered conforming
uses. The maximum allowed gross floor area for the commercial
uses is 11,252 square feet. The maximum number of residential
units is 263.
Page 255 of 441
"Housing Overlay
The overlay applies in combination with the Multi -Family
Residential designation to properties identified in the General
Plan Housing Element. Permits multiple dwelling units at high
densities to facilitate meeting the City's Regional Housing
Needs Allocation (RHNA) and Housing Element goals. The
maximum permitted density in the Housing Overlay is 60
dwelling units per acre."
"Mixed -Use Overlay
The overlay applies in combination with Commercial
designations to properties identified in the General Plan
Housing Element. Permits multiple dwelling units at high
densities in combination with permitted commercial uses to
facilitate meeting the City's Regional Housing Needs Allocation
(RHNA) and Housing Element goals. The maximum permitted
residential density in the Mixed -Use Overlay is 75 dwelling units
per acre."
Page 256 of 441
RESOLUTION NO.
EXHIBIT "C"
General Plan Land Use Plan Excerpt Pages 3-10 thru 3-12
Modify the following text on pages 3-10 and 3-12:
Proposed Land Use Plan
"The following is a discussion of the 1992 Land Use Plan, which
indicates future land uses for the entire City. For ease of discussion,
the City is divided into four quadrants and the proposedland use
designations within that quadrant are discussed. To knowwhat is
allowed under each designation, please reference the land use
definitions listed above.
Northwest Quadrant
The northwest quadrant of the City has the most varied mix of uses
within the City. All of the City's residential units, the Downtown area,
the Civic Center, and the older industrial area of SmokyHollow, are
located in this quadrant. The 1992 Plan retains the three residential
designations found on the old Plan: single-family, two-family, and
multi -family, PIUS
tWG ReW G186;^Rati=�the 540 East Imperial
Avenue Specific Plan (2012), and the Pacific Coast Commons
Specific Plan (2022), which is a mixed -use, high -density residential
and commercial designation. In addition, this quadrant contains
two high -density overlay designations added in 2024: the
Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay. These two
designations occupy 4.47 and 5.56 acres respectively and
apply over the existing multi -family and commercial
designations. The overlay designations are projected to
generate approximately 678 additional dwelling units to help
meet the 2021-2029 Housing Element Regional Housing Needs
Allocation (RHNA) goals. The Plan shows 357.2 acres of single-
family, 57.4 acres of two-family, 126.74 acres of multi- family, 5.65
acres of 540 East Imperial Avenue Specific Plan, and 6.38 acres of
Pacific Coast Commons Specific Plan. The total number of dwelling
units projected by the Plan is 8,0894-8,767. One of the major goals of
the 1992 Plan is to preserve the residential neighborhoods.
The Smoky Hollow area, which houses many of the City's older
industrial uses, has been designated Smoky Hollow Specific Plan.
The Specific Plan allows a combination of office, industrial, research
and development, public facilities, parking facilities, and limited retail
and restaurant uses. The Smoky Hollow area is approximately 94.3
Page 257 of 441
acres.
The 222 Kansas Street Specific Plan (222 KSSP) consists of 4.83
acres, which were previously a part of the Smoky Hollow area. The
222 Kansas Street Specific Plan permits primarily office, light
industrial, manufacturing, and research and development uses. The
southerly portion may be used for governmental purposessubject to
a development agreement. Commercial retail and restaurant uses
are prohibited.
The Downtown area is designated as Downtown Commercial
(8.4acres) and Downtown Specific Plan (26.3 acres), where existing
uses are already of a community -serving nature. There are also 7.0
acres designated for Neighborhood Commercial uses along Grand
and Imperial Avenues and at Mariposa and Center Streets. These
have been designated only where there are existing neighborhood -
serving commercial uses.
The public schools, private schools, Library, and other public uses are
all shown as Public Facilities. The Civic Center is included in the
Downtown Specific Plan area. In addition, each of the existing public
parks are designated as such. The open space areas under utility
transmission corridors and the preserve for the Blue Butterfly are
designated as Open Space.
The areas designated for parking on the Plan include public- and
privately -owned lots which are necessary to serve existing
businesses and the Downtown area.
The southwest corner of Pacific Coast Highway and Imperial Avenue
is designated Corporate Office (17.8 ac) allowing a mix of office uses,
similar to what exists there now, with retail in the lobby.
There are General Commercial uses indicated along Pacific Coast
Highway, where there are existing commercial uses. There is also one
General Commercial area along Imperial Avenue, where the Crown
Sterling Suites Hotel now exists."
Page 258 of 441
RESOLUTION NO.
EXHIBIT "D"
GENERAL PLAN LAND USE PLAN EXISTING TRENDS BUILDOUT
1992 General Plan
Summaryof Existing Trends Buildout
Land Use Category
Acres
Dwelling
Square Footage
Units
Single -Family Residential
357.2
2,858
-
Two -Family Residential
57.4
934
-
540 East Imperial Avenue Specific
-
-
-
Plan
5.65
M4358
-
Multi -Family Residential
119.7
3,531
-
Pacific Coast Commons Specific Plan
6.38
263
293,650
Mixed -Use Overlay3
-
335
-
Housint! Overlay3
-
195
-
Neighborhood Commercial
6.6
85'
89,110
Downtown Commercial
8.8
18,
383,328
General Commercial
32.62
-
1,421,093
Corporate Office
213.62
-
12,461,324
Commercial Center
85.8
-
850,000
Smoky Hollow Specific Plan
94.3
126
2,973,010
Urban Mixed -Use North
232.5
-
13,166,010
Urban Mixed -Use South
70.6
-
3,997,936
120 Street Specific Plan
3.9
1
73,530
Aviation Specific Plan
5.4
-
66,000
Downtown Specific Plan
26.3
232'
1,145,628
Corporate Campus Specific Plan
46.5
-
2,550,000
199 North Continental Boulevard
-
-
-
Specific Plan
1.75
-
70,132
222 Kansas Street Specific Plan
4.65
-
121,532
888 No. Sepulveda Boulevard
-
Specific Plan
2.98
-
206,710
El Segundo South Campus
-
-
-
Specific Plan
142.28
-
4,231,547
Parking
9.95
-
-
Light Industrial
213.82
-
16,190,266
Heavy Industrial
1001
-
z
Public Facilities
87.9
-
-
Federal Government
90.6
-
-
Open Space
77.0
-
-
Parks
50
-
Street and Railroad R.O.W
442.6
-
-
Totals
3,497
8,617
60,290,806
Population Projection
17,287
Page 259 of 441
I Existing construction and recently constructed, renovated commercial centers and legal non -conforming
residential uses at densities that are currently higher than allowed by the land use designations in this plan will not
realistically be converted to mixed commercial/residential uses and these buildings are expected to remain for the
life of the Plan.
2 The heavy industrial shown on this plan includes the Chevron Refinery and former Southern California Edison
Generation Station. These facilities have processing equipment and tanks rather than buildings and are expected to
remain for the life of the Plan. Therefore, no estimated building square footage is shown.
3 This ntwiber- represeffts the maxinium number of dwelling tmits that ean be developed in Option 1 of the 5 4 0
East imperial Avenue Speeifie Plan. if Option 1 is not built, the maxinium nu�er- of units that ean be developed
in Option 2 of the 540 East imperial Aveatte Speeifie Plan is 59 r-esidefAial dwelling .The Mixed -Use
Overlay and the Housing Overlay apply to nine sites over (and in addition to) the existing multi -family and
commercial land use designations. The projected number of dwelling units within the overlays are in
Page 260 of 441
dibb
ORDINANCE NO.
AN ORDINANCE APPROVING ZONE CHANGE NO. ZC 23-01 AND
ZONE TEXT AMENDMENT NO. ZTA 23-01 IMPLEMENTING HOUSING
ELEMENT PROGRAM NO. 6 (PROVISION OF ADEQUATE SITES) AND
PROGRAM NO. 9 (EL SEGUNDO MUNICIPAL CODE AMENDMENTS).
The City Council of the city of El Segundo does ordain as follows:
SECTION 1: The Council finds and declares as follows:
A. On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted a general plan
amendment approving the City's updated 2021-2029 Housing Element;
B. On January 17, 2023 the Department of Housing and Community
Development ("HCD") indicated in correspondence to the City that the
Housing Element was consistent with State Housing Law, however, it
conditioned certification of the Housing Element on completion of the
rezoning identified in Program No. 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) and on
making sufficient progress on the implementation of all other Housing
Element programs;
C. On March 22, 2023, the City initiated an application for Environmental
Assessment No. EA 1344, General Plan Amendment No. GPA 23-01, Zone
Change No. ZC 23-01, and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 23-01 to adopt
an addendum to the previously certified environmental impact report ("EIR")
for the El Segundo General Plan, approve a general plan amendment, and
adopt a zone change and zone text amendment implementing Housing
Element Program No. 6 (Provision Of Adequate Sites) and Program No. 9
(El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") (Amendments);
D. The City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under the California
Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq.,
"CEQA"), the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 Cal. Code of
Regulations §§15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines");
E. The Community Development Department completed its review and
scheduled a public hearing regarding the application before the Planning
Commission for March 28, 2024;
F. On March 14, 2024, notice of a public hearing on the proposed amendments
to ESMC Title 14 (Subdivision), ESMC Title 15, the General Plan Land Use
Element, the General Plan Land Use Map, and the Zoning Map was
published in the El Segundo Herald and mailed to all property owners within
300 feet of the proposed overlay districts;
Page 1 of 28
Page 263 of 441
G. On March 28, 2024, the Planning Commission held a public hearing to
receive public testimony and other evidence regarding the application
including, without limitation, information provided to the Planning
Commission by city staff; and, adopted Resolution No. 2935 recommending
that the City Council approve the proposed amendments set forth in this
Ordinance;
H. On , 2024, notice of a public hearing on the proposed
amendments to ESMC Title 14 (Subdivision), ESMC Title 15 (Zoning), the
General Plan Land Use Element, the General Plan Land Use Map, and the
Zoning Map was published in the El Segundo Herald and mailed to all
property owners within 300 feet of the proposed overlay districts;
On , 2024, the City Council held a public hearing and
considered the information provided by City staff and public testimony
regarding this Ordinance; and
J. This Ordinance and its findings are made based upon the entire
administrative record including, without limitation, testimony and evidence
presented to the City Council at its , 2024 hearing and the staff
report submitted by the Community Development Department.
SECTION 2: Factual Findings and Conclusions. The City Council finds as follows:
A. Government Code Section 65583 establishes the required contents and
analysis in the General Plan Housing Elements in local jurisdictions;
B. Government Code Section 65584 mandates HCD to provide a
determination of a region's existing and projected housing needs. It also
mandates the Southern California Association of Governments ("SCAG") to
allocate the housing needs among local jurisdictions in the SCAG region in
the Regional Housing Needs Assessment ("RHNA") process;
C. The RHNA allocation for El Segundo during the 2021-2029 period is 521
dwelling units that are affordable to households of different income levels,
including 131 units at above moderate income, 84 at moderate income, 99
at low income, and 207 at very low income;
D. Program 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) of the 2021-2029 Housing Element
calls for specific rezoning actions, the establishment of objective
development standards, and streamlining of residential development
projects containing affordable units, to help the City meet its RHNA
allocation goal;
Page 2 of 28
Page 264 of 441
E. Program 9 (ESMC Amendments) calls for specific amendments to the
municipal code that will remove constraints from and incentivize the
construction of housing, including transitional and supportive housing,
micro -unit housing, residential care facilities, emergency shelters, low
barrier navigation centers, employee housing senior housing, and housing
for individuals with disabilities. The program also calls for increasing the
maximum permitted density in the R-3 zone and revising the site plan review
application findings to make them objective and provide more certainty in
application outcomes;
F. The proposed General Plan Amendment will create a new Mixed -Use
Overlay designation that applies to four sites covering 4.47 acres. The
overlay applies over —and in addition to— the existing Corporate Office,
General Commercial, and Parking land use designations for the sites
(Exhibit B). The maximum permitted density in the Mixed -Use Overlay
designation is 75 dwelling units per acre and will result in the construction
of up to 335 additional dwelling units (Exhibit D);
G. The proposed General Plan Amendment will create a new Housing Overlay
designation that applies to five sites covering 5.56 acres. The overlay
applies over —and in addition to —the existing Multi -Family Residential land
use designation for the sites. The maximum permitted density in the Mixed -
Use Overlay designation is 65 dwelling units per acre and will result in the
construction of up to 193 additional dwelling units (Exhibit D);
H. The proposed General Plan Amendment will change the maximum
permitted density in the Multi -Family Residential land use designation from
27 dwelling units per acre to 30 dwelling units per acre;
The proposed Zone Change will apply a new Mixed -Use Overlay to four
sites covering 4.47 acres. The overlay will apply over --and in addition to —
the existing Corporate Office (CO), General Commercial (C-3), and Parking
(P) zoning for the sites (Exhibit F);
J. The proposed Zone Change will apply a new Housing Overlay to five sites
covering 5.56 acres. The overlay will apply over —and in addition to —the
existing Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zoning for the sites (Exhibit F);
K. The proposed Zone Text Amendment will:
1. add the Mixed -Use Overlay (MU-0) and Housing Overlay (HO) to
ESMC Section 15-3-1 (Designation of Zone Names);
2. amend ESMC Article 154D Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to
change the maximum permitted density to 30 dwelling units per acre
and update other development standards in the R-3 zone.
Page 3 of 28
Page 265 of 441
3. add a new ESMC Article 15-7(C) Mixed Use Overlay (MU-0)
incorporating development standards for higher density mixed -use
commercial and residential projects;
4. add a new ESMC Article 15-7(D) Housing Overlay (H-O)
incorporating development standards for higher density residential
projects;
5. amend ESMC Section 15-25-4 Site Plan Review Findings to
streamline and ensure approval of multi -family residential projects;
and
6. amend ESMC Title 14 (Subdivisions) to permit subdivisions involving
up to 10-lots or units ministerially, without discretion or public
hearings.
SECTION 3: Zone Change Findings. As required under ESMC § 15-27-3 and based on
the findings set forth in Section 2, the City Council finds:
A. The amendment is consistent with the General Plan.
The proposed zoning amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use
Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere
in that it preserves and maintains the City's low -medium density residential
nature, with low building height profile and character, and minimum
development standards. The proposed amendment will increase the density
and permitted height only on a limited number of properties in the proposed
Mixed -Use and Housing overlays, thereby preserving the medium density
and low building profile on the vast majority of properties in the northwest
quadrant of the City.
The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use
Element Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it
will preserve and protect existing Single -Family Residential uses. The
proposed amendment does not alter the zoning of any existing Single -
Family Residential (R-1) properties; it affects only properties zoned
Commercial or Multi -Family Residential (R-3).
The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan
Housing Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing
Construction in a Variety of Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the
proposed amendment directly implements Program No. 6: Provision of
Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed amendment implements the
Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which effectively rezone nine
sites to allow high density residential development. The number of sites and
proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 6t" cycle RHNA
Page 4 of 28
Page 266 of 441
requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income,
and 77 moderate income units.
Further, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly
implements Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City
to undertake a number actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The
proposed amendment direct implements the Fair Housing Program
objective to rezone adequate sites to allow high density residential
development and meet the City's 61" cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units,
including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income
units.
B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general
welfare.
The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety,
and general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the
City's land resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new
zoning overlays that allow high density residential development on nine
specific sites. Four of those sites currently have a commercial zoning
designation and will allow high density residential uses in combination with
other permitted commercial uses. Five of the sites are currently zoned Multi -
Family Residential (R-3) and will allow high density residential uses in a
manner that is compatible with surrounding uses.
Further, proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the
opportunities for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing
needs of all segments of the community as described in General Plan
Housing Element Program 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed
amendment will rezone an adequate number of sites to meet the 6t" cycle
RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing units, including 184 very low
income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units.
Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed
amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of CEQA. It
was determined that the proposed amendments will not result in greater
impacts than the impacts analyzed in the previously certified EIR for the
General Plan.
C. There are changed conditions since the existing zoning became effective to
warrant other or additional zoning.
There are changed conditions since the existing zoning became effective to
warrant the addition of the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing Overlays. In
2019, the California enacted the Housing Crisis Act of 2019 (SB 330), which
declared a housing crisis in California. This and other laws adopted recently
Page 5 of 28
Page 267 of 441
imposed obligations on cities to facilitate housing production, including strict
requirements on local housing elements. For the 6t" cycle RHNA, El
Segundo's allocation is 521 housing units, including 279 affordable housing
units. The City conducted an analysis of the feasibility of facilitating
construction of 521 under existing zoning and determined that it would
infeasible. Consequently, on November 15, 2022, the City adopted its
2021-2029 Housing Element, which includes Program No. 6 to rezone an
adequate number of sites allow high density residential development. The
proposed amendment directly implements Housing Element Program No.
6, which is critical in meeting the City's RHNA obligations.
D. The benefits of the proposed change of zone will clearly outweigh any
potential adverse effects to adjoining property or the area.
The proposed zone change will help the City meets its General Plan
Housing Element Goal No. 3 to provide opportunities for new housing
construction in a variety of locations and a variety of densities. The
proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays provide an opportunity and
variety of locations for the construction of new housing units at high
densities. The City provides existing locations that permit construction of
single-family, low density residential developments in its Single -Family
Residential (R-1) and Two -Family Residential (R-2) zones. It also provides
locations that permit construction of multi -family, medium density residential
developments in its Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone. Thus, the
proposed overlays will address the need for high density residential
locations in the City.
The proposed zone change directly implements Housing Element Program
No. 6 to provide adequate sites to meet the assigned RHNA of 521 housing
units, including 279 affordable housing units at the moderate, low, and very
low income categories. In addition, the zone change helps address the need
for housing for various population groups, which is identified in the Housing
Element.
Further, the proposed zone change directly addresses an HCD requirement
that will result in full certification of City's Housing Element, with all the
accompanying benefits of certification, such as the ability to qualify for HCD
and other State grant funding.
There is no evidence in the record to suggest that there will be significant
adverse effects as a result of the proposed zone change.
Page 6 of 28
Page 268 of 441
Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed
amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of CEQA. It
was determined that the proposed amendments will not result in greater
impacts than the impacts analyzed in the previously certified EIR for the
General Plan.
SECTION 4: Zone Text Amendment Findings. As required under ESMC § 15-27-3 and
based on the findings set forth in Section 2, the City Council finds:
A. The amendment is consistent with the General Plan.
The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan
Land Use Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town"
Atmosphere in that it preserves and maintains the City's low -medium
density residential nature, with low building height profile and character, and
minimum development standards. The proposed amendment will establish
density, height, and other standards, to facilitate high density residential
developments only on a limited number of properties in the proposed Mixed -
Use and Housing overlays, thereby preserving the medium density and low
building profile on vast majority of properties in the northwest quadrant of
the City.
The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use
Element Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it
will preserve and protect existing Single -Family Residential uses. The
proposed amendment does not alter the standards or designation of any
existing Single -Family Residential properties; it affects only properties
designated as Commercial or Multi -Family Residential.
The proposed zone text amendment is consistent with General Plan
Housing Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing
Construction in a Variety of Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the
proposed amendment directly implements Program No. 6: Provision of
Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed amendment implements the
Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which effectively rezone nine
sites to allow high density residential development. The number of sites and
proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 61" cycle RHNA
requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income,
and 77 moderate income units. The proposed amendment also amends the
ESMC to provide by right approval of projects on rezoned sites for lower
income RHNA if the project provides 20 percent of the units as affordable
housing for lower income households.
In addition, the proposed amendment is consistent with Housing Element
Program No. 9: El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments (ESMC). The
proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum density in the
Page 7 of 28
Page 269 of 441
Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to 30 dwelling units per acre, which is
adequate pursuant to Government Code section 65583.2(c)(3) to facilitate
the development of low -and very low-income housing. The proposed
amendment will also revise the findings for site plan review applications to
ensure that the findings are objective and provide certainty in outcomes,
which will help streamline and encourage construction of new housing.
Further, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly
implements Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City
to undertake a number actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The
proposed amendment directly implements the Fair Housing Program
objective to rezone adequate sites and establish standards for high density
residential development to meet the City's 6t" cycle RHNA requirement of
279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate
income units.
B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general
welfare.
The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety,
and general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the
City's land resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new
overlays in the ESMC that allow high density residential development. The
amendment establishes development standards for the two new overlays
that will allow high density residential uses designed in a manner that is
compatible with surrounding uses.
In addition, the proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum
density in the Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to 30 dwelling units per
acre, which helps focus the increased density in the City's multi -family
residential neighborhoods and preserves the character of those areas
zoned Single -Family Residential (R-1).
Further, proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the
opportunities for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing
needs of all segments of the community as described in General Plan
Housing Element Program 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed
amendment will help establish two new high density residential overlays on
an adequate number of sites and it will streamline the Site Plan Review
process to meet the 6t" cycle RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing
units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate
income units.
The proposed amendment is also necessary in that it is a requirement for
the City to comply with State Housing Element Law and to maintain a
certified Housing Element.
Page 8 of 28
Page 270 of 441
Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed
amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of the
California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). It was determined that the
proposed amendments will have no greater impacts than the impacts
analyzed in the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) for the General Plan.
SECTION 5: Environmental Assessment. The proposed project was analyzed for its
environmental impacts and an Addendum to the previously certified EIR for the General
Plan was prepared pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15164. Under CEQA, an
Addendum to a previously certified EIR is appropriate if minor changes or additions to the
EIR are necessary to reflect the proposed modifications to the project in the
environmental analysis and none of the conditions described in Section 15162 of the
CEQA Guidelines calling for the preparation of a subsequent EIR or negative declaration
have occurred (CEQA Guidelines §15164). Generally, the conditions described in Section
15162 have not occurred if the proposed modifications do not result in any new significant
impacts or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant
impacts. The Addendum need not be circulated for public review (CEQA Guidelines
§15164(c)); however, an addendum must be considered by the decision -making body
before making a decision on the project (CEQA Guidelines §15164(d)).
This Addendum to the previously -certified EIR demonstrates that the environmental
analysis, impacts, and mitigation measures identified in the 1992 EIR for the General Plan
remain substantively unchanged despite the proposed project revisions. It supports the
finding that the proposed project does not raise any new issues and does not exceed the
significance level of impacts identified in the previously certified EIR. The mitigation
measures listed in the certified EIR for the General Plan, are sufficient to reduce the
identified environmental impacts to a less than significant level.
To evaluate the potential environmental impacts of the actions proposed in this Ordinance
and the need for additional environmental review, the City conducted an initial study.
Based on the findings of the initial study, an addendum was prepared. The Initial
Study/Addendum dated March 2024, is incorporated herein by this reference, as though
fully set forth.
Based on the findings and information yielded by the initial study/addendum:
1. There are no substantial changes proposed for the project that will require
preparation of a subsequent or supplemental EIR due to the involvement of
new significant environmental effects or a substantial increase in the
severity of previously identified effects.
The proposed amendments would approve minor changes and additions
described and analyzed in the previously certified final EIR ("FEIR"). There
are no substantial changes resulting from the Ordinance that require major
revisions to the FEIR. As detailed in the Initial Study/Addendum, the
Page 9 of 28
Page 271 of 441
Ordinance will not result in any new or increased environmental effects
beyond those that were previously identified in the FEIR. In addition, all
applicable mitigation measures set forth in the FEIR would continue to be
implemented.
2. No substantial changes have occurred with respect to the circumstances
under which the project is undertaken that would require preparation of a
subsequent or supplemental EIR due to the involvement of new significant
environmental effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously
identified significant effects.
There are no substantial changes to the facts, data, and mitigation
measures included in the FEIR. The proposed amendments will not result
in a General Plan that is substantially different from the plan evaluated in
the FEIR, and the environmental circumstances applicable to the city have
not changed substantially.
3. There is no new information of substantial importance, which was not known
and could not have been known with the exercise of reasonable diligence
at the time the previous FEIR was certified as complete, that shows any of
the following: (i) The project will have one or more significant effects not
discussed in the previous FEIR; (ii) Significant effects previously examined
will be substantially more severe than shown in the previous FEIR; (iii)
Mitigation measures or alternatives previously found not to be feasible
would in fact be feasible and would substantially reduce one or more
significant effects of the project, but the project proponents decline to adopt
the mitigation measure or alternative; or (iv) Mitigation measures or
alternatives which are considerably different from those analyzed in the
previous FEIR would substantially reduce one or more significant effects on
the environment, but the project proponents decline to adopt the mitigation
measure or alternative.
No subsequent environmental review is required pursuant to Section 15162 of the CEQA
Guidelines. Therefore, the proposed amendments to the Zoning Map and Zoning Code
contemplated herein are within the scope of the project covered by the General Plan EIR
and, pursuant to Section 15168(c)(2) of the CEQA Guidelines, no further environmental
review is required.
In addition, the proposed zone text amendments to the Subdivision, Site Plan Review,
and certain affordable housing application procedures are exempt from the requirements
of CEQA, pursuant to the "common sense" exemption in CEQA Guidelines Section
15061(b)(3), because they consist only of minor revisions to existing zoning regulations
and related procedures and do not have the potential for causing a significant effect on
the environment.
Page 10 of 28
Page 272 of 441
SECTION 6: ESMC Section 14-1-4 is amended to add the following subsection E:
E. Residential 10-lot subdivision: Notwithstanding the above, residential subdivision
requests for up to 10 lots must be approved by the Community Development Director if
said subdivision requests comply with the provisions and applicable requirements
specified in ESMC Chapter 15-4 (Residential Zones) and Government Code section
66499.41. No public hearina or public hearina notification shall be reauired.
SECTION 7: ESMC Section 15-3-1 (Designation of Zone Names) is amended in its
entirety to read as follows:
15-3-1: DESIGNATION OF ZONE NAMES:
In order to classify, regulate, restrict and segregate the uses of lands and buildings, to
regulate and restrict the height and bulk of buildings, to regulate the area of yards and
other open spaces about buildings, and to regulate the density of population, the classes
of use zones are by this title established, to be known as follows:
R-1
Single -Family Residential Zone
R-2
Two -Family Residential Zone
R-3
Multi -Family Residential Zone
C-RS
Downtown Commercial Zone
C-2
Neighborhood Commercial Zone
C-3
General Commercial Zone
CO
Corporate Office Zone
MU-N
Urban Mixed Use North Zone
MU-S
Urban Mixed Use South Zone
C-4
Commercial Center Zone
M-1
Light Industrial Zone
M-2
Heavy Industrial Zone
MDR
Medium Density Residential Overlay
Zone
MMO
Multimedia Overlay District
MU-0
Mixed -Use Overlay
H-O
Housing Overlay
O-S
Open Space Zone
P
Automobile Parking Zone
P-F
Public Facilities Zone
Page 11 of 28
Page 273 of 441
SECTION 8: ESMC Section 15-4D-3 (R-3 zone Site Development Standards) is
amended as follows:
15-4D-3: SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:
F. Minimum Unit Size and Density- The minimum dwelling unit size shall be 250 square
feet and the density shall he as follows.
- - --- - - --- ---- - -- - ---
- - -
- -
- - - - -
---- -
.if jig
• - r ...
- - 1
-
G. Density: The maximum permitted densitv shall be 30 dwellina units Der acre.
GH. Placement of buildings and structures:
1. A minimum distance of three feet must be maintained between buildings;
2. A detached accessory structure in the rear one-third of the lot may be located on
the rear and one interior side lot line, unless one of the following conditions exists:
a. Where the lot rears upon an alley and the vehicular entrance to the detached
accessory structure is from the alley, such detached accessory structure shall be
set back a distance measured from the opposite side of the alley that will provide
a turning radius as follows:
90 degrees - 25 feet
75 degrees - 21 feet
60 degrees - 18 feet
45 degrees - 15 feet
b. On the rear third of a reversed corner lot, a detached accessory structure may
be built to the interior lot side line, but no building shall be erected closer than five
feet to the property line of any abutting lot to the rear. However, if an alley
intervenes and the vehicular entrance to the detached accessory building is
directly from the street side, a detached accessory building may be built to the rear
lot line.
c. Notwithstanding the above, a detached accessory dwelling unit must be set
back at least four feet from interior side and rear property lines.
#I. Lot Coverage: All buildings, including detached accessory buildings, shall not cover
more than 53 percent of the area of the lot.
Page 12 of 28
Page 274 of 441
fJ. Open space and recreation requirements: The following minimum open space and
recreational facilities must be provided:
Number Of
Units
Private Open Space
Per Unit
Common Open Space
Per Unit
Recreational Facilities
Per Unit
4 or fewer
50 square feet
150 square feet
5-9
50 square feet
200 square feet
10 - 20
50 square feet
250 square feet
21 and
above
50 square feet
250 square feet
50 square feet
All required open space and recreational facilities are in addition to the required front and
street side setbacks. Interior side and rear setbacks may be considered as required open
spaces and recreation facilities. All required common open space must: 1) be phys+Eally
er visual! accessible to t#eall residents, 2) be a minimum of five feet in both length and
width, and 3) include a minimum of 50 percent of softscape landscaping.
1. Adjustments: The Director may approve adjustments from the minimum open
space dimensions and landscaping percentage standards as provided in Chapters 22
and 23 of this Title.
JK. Building Wall Modulation: No plane of a building wall facing a property line shall
exceed 24 feet in height or length without at least a two -foot offset for a minimum length
of six feet in the wall plane. When expanding or adding onto the height or length of an
existing building wall, only the expansion or addition shall not exceed 24 feet without wall
modulation. Below is an example of wall modulation for walls up to 30 feet:
Total wall length or
height (in feet)
Maximum length of unbroken
wall plane (in feet)
Minimum length of 2-foot
offset (in feet)
24
24
0
25
24
1
26
24
2
27
24
3
28
24
4
29
24
5
30
24
6
Page 13 of 28
Page 275 of 441
L. Landscaping:
1. Except where not allowed per the placement of existing utilities, one
deciduous or evergreen on -site tree must be provided per 25 feet of street -facing
frontage length along the front -yard, rear -yard, and street -facing side -yard
setbacks.
a. Trees must be planted within a maximum of ten feet of the property line.
2. Those setback areas fronting upon a public street must incorporate a
minimum of 50 percent softscape and a maximum of 50 percent hardscape in the
landscape, except for those portions devoted to vehicular parking. In addition, those
portions of the property which abut a different zoning classification must be
landscaped with trees and shrubs to provide an effective buffer from adjoining
property.
3. The setback areas may contain artificial turf or synthetic grass in the side
and rear yards only, provided that it: 1) is not harmful to the environment (such as
containing lead based or other hazardous materials); 2) includes a pervious surface
to address percolation, drainage, runoff, and stormwater detention requirements;
and 3) is incorporated into a comprehensive landscaping design and site plan.
4. Drouaht-tolerant plants must be utilized in the landsca
KM. Condominium Conversions: Condominiums and stock cooperatives converted
from multiple -family dwellings shall meet all the requirements for condominiums in effect
at the time they were originally constructed. If there were no condominium standards in
effect at the time of construction, the conversion shall comply with the condominium
standards of ordinance 898, adopted January 20, 1976.
Page 14 of 28
Page 276 of 441
LN. Detached Accessory Buildings:
1. Unless permitted as an accessory dwelling unit pursuant to article 154E of this
title, buildings shall not contain a kitchen or kitchen facilities, a bathtub or shower and
shall not be used for sleeping purposes.
2. Detached accessory buildings, except detached accessory dwelling units, shall not
be rented or used as a separate dwelling unit or as an "R" occupancy, as defined by
the California Building Code, except that they may contain a sink and a toilet.
3. Prior to issuance of a building permit for a detached accessory structure, except a
detached accessory dwelling unit, the Director shall require the recording of a
covenant to run with the land, which states that the accessory structure shall not be
used as a dwelling unit or used in violation of this subsection.
SECTION 9: A new Article C (Mixed Use Overlay (MU-0) Zone) is added to Chapter 7 of
Title 15 of the EMSC to read as follows:
ARTICLE C. MIXED -USE OVERLAY (MU-0) ZONE
SECTION:
15-7C-1: Purpose
15-7C-2: Development Standards
15-7C-3: Landsca
15-7C-4: Off Street Parking and Loading Spaces
15-7C-5: Signs
15-7C-6: Vehicular Access
15-7C-7: Affordable Housina Developments
15-7C-1: PURPOSE:
The purpose of this zone is to provide consistency with and implement policies related to
those locations which are designated Mixed -Use Overlay on the General Plan land use
map and in the General Plan text. This overlay permits multiple dwelling units at high
densities in combination with permitted commercial uses to facilitate meeting the City's
Reaional Housina Needs Assessment (RHNA) allocation and Housina Element aoals.
Page 15 of 28
Page 277 of 441
15-7C-2: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:
A. General Provisions:
1. As provided by chapter 2 of this title.
2. New dwelling units must be internally integrated and connected.
3. An addition to, or extension of, a dwelling unit, except a garage, must share a
common wall and be internally integrated and connected to the existing dwelling
unit.
B. Lot Area: A minimum of 7,000 square feet.
C. Height:
1. The height of all buildings or structures with a pitched roof shall not exceed 58 feet
and four stories. Buildings or structures with a flat roof must not exceed 52 feet and
four stories.
2. A maximum grade differential of six feet is permitted on sloping lots. The vertical
height which exceeds the maximum grade differential limit is included in measuring
the maximum building height. On sloped lots, a segmented grade plane may be
applied to different portions of a building.
3. See section 15-2-3 of this title for exceations to buildina heiaht.
D. Setbacks:
1. Front Yard: Structures must maintain a minimum setback of 15 feet with the
exception of structures fronting Franklin Avenue, where no setback is required. Entry
gates for vehicular access must maintain a minimum setback of 20 feet.
a. Porches, verandas, courtyards, raised decks, or pergolas may encroach into
the front -yard setback a maximum of six feet.
2. Side yard facing a side street: Ten percent of the width of the lot, but shall never
be less than three feet and need not be more than five feet, except if parking garages
or covered Darkina saaces face a street, then the setback shall be 20 feet.
3. Side yard facing an adjacent lot: Ten percent of the width of the lot on each side
of the lot, but shall never be less than three feet and need not be more than five feet.
Detached accessory structures, located in the rear one-third of the lot, are allowed
zero setback on one interior side lot line.
4. Side yard, reversed corner: Reversed corner lots shall have the following side yard
with a triangular area described as follows: one angle shall be formed by the rear and
street side property lines, and the sides of this angle shall be 15 feet in length,
measured along the rear and street side property lines. The third side of this triangle
shall be a straight line connecting the two other lines at their endpoints. This triangular
side yard setback area shall be in addition to the other side yard setback requirements
described in subsections D2 and D3 of this section.
Page 16 of 28
Page 278 of 441
5. Rear Yard: A minimum of 10 feet.
6. Rear Yard: Detached accessory structures are allowed zero setback on the rear
oroaerty line and on one interior lot side line in the rear one-third of the lot.
E. Lot Width: A minimum of 50 feet.
F. Unit size:
1. The minimum unit size per dwelling unit shall be 250 square feet.
2. The averaae unit size for all dwellina units shall be 600 sauare feet.
G. Density: The maximum permitted densitv shall be 75 dwellina units per acre.
H. Placement Of Buildings And Structures:
1. A minimum distance of three feet must be maintained between buildi
2. A detached accessory structure in the rear one-third of the lot may be located on
the rear and one interior side lot line, unless one of the following conditions exists:
a. Where the lot rears upon an alley and the vehicular entrance to the detached
accessory structure is from the alley, such detached accessory structure shall be
set back a distance measured from the opposite side of the alley that will provide
a turnina radius as follows:
i. 90 degrees
— 25 feet
ii. 75 degrees
— 21 feet
iii. 60 degrees
— 18 feet
iv. 45 dearees
— 18 feet
b. On the rear third of a reversed corner lot, a detached accessory structure may
be built to the interior lot side line, but no building shall be erected closer than five
feet to the property line of any abutting lot to the rear. However, if an alley
intervenes and the vehicular entrance to the detached accessory building is
directly from the street side, a detached accessory building may be built to the rear
lot line.
c. Notwithstanding the above, a detached accessory dwelling unit must be set
back at least four feet from interior side and rear property lines.
I. Lot Coverage: All buildings, including detached accessory buildings, may cover 100
percent of the lot area, except for any required setback and/or open space areas
J. Common Recreation Facility Requirements: A minimum of 50 square feet of common
recreational facility space is reauired per unit for buildinas with 21 or more units.
K. Building Frontage: No plane of a building wall facing a property line shall exceed 140
fPPt in Width
Page 17 of 28
Page 279 of 441
1. Developments that include more than one building shall maintain a minimum 25
feet open -to -the -sky separation to allow for landscape, courtyards, and passageways.
L. Massing Modulation: The top story of all new developments must be a maximum 70
percent of the largest floor area of the building.
1. If more than ten percent of the total number of dwelling units in a building are three
or more -bedroom units, the top story must be a maximum of 90 percent of the largest
floor area of the buildina.
M. Building Wall Modulation: No plane of a building wall facing a property line shall
exceed 36 feet in height or length without at least a two -foot offset for a minimum length
of six feet in the wall plane. When expanding or adding onto the height or length of an
existing building wall, only the expansion or addition shall not exceed 36 feet without wall
modulation. Below is an example of wall modulation for walls uD to 43 feet:
Total Wall Lenqth Or Height
Maximum Length Of
Minimum Length Of 2 Foot
Unbroken Wall Plane
Offset
36 feet
36 feet
0 feet
37 feet
36 feet
1 foot
38 feet
36 feet
2 feet
39 feet
36 feet
3 feet
40 feet
36 feet
4 feet
41 feet
36 feet
5 feet
42 feet
36 feet
6 feet
1. Buildings are exempt from the above wall modulation standard if at least one of
the following components are integrated into the building design:
a. Windows that are recessed or projected at least three inches from the wall
plane.
b. Three feet of landscaped building setback on street -facing sides in addition to
the existina setback standards.
c. Two or more materials on street-facina facades.
N. Balconies: External Balconies facina R-1 zoned neiahborhoods are Drohibited.
O. Condominium Conversions: Condominiums and stock cooperatives converted from
multiple -family dwellings shall meet all the requirements for condominiums in effect at the
time they were originally constructed. If there were no condominium standards in effect
at the time of construction, the conversion shall comply with the condominium standards
of ordinance 898, adopted January 20. 1976.
Page 18 of 28
Page 280 of 441
P. Detached Accessory Buildinas:
1. Unless permitted as an accessory dwelling unit pursuant to article 15-4E of this
title, detached accessory buildings shall not contain a kitchen or kitchen facilities, a
bathtub or shower and shall not be used for sleeping purposes. Each multi -family lot
is permitted no more than two detached accessory dwellina units.
2. Detached accessory buildings, except detached accessory dwelling units, shall not
be rented or used as a separate dwelling unit or as an "R" occupancy, as defined by
the California Building Code, except that they may contain a sink and a toilet.
3. Prior to issuance of a building permit for a detached accessory structure, except a
detached accessory dwelling unit, the Director shall require the recording of a
covenant to run with the land, which states that the accessory structure shall not be
used in violation of this subsection.
Q. Parking:
1. A minimum of one parking space per bedroom is required. No more than two
parking spaces are required per unit.
2. See Section 15-15-6 for number of required commercial parking spaces.
3. Tandem and mechanical parking shall be permitted for two or more -bedroom units.
4. Notwithstanding the standards in this section, see Section 15-5-5 for additional
parking area design standards.
15-7C-3: LANDSCAPING:
5. Except where not allowed per the placement of existing utilities, one deciduous or
evergreen on -site tree must be provided per 25 feet of street -facing frontage length along
the front -yard, rear -yard, and street -facing side -yard setbacks.
a. Trees must be planted within a maximum of ten feet of the property line.
6. Those setback areas fronting upon a public street must incorporate a minimum of 50
percent softscape and a maximum of 50 percent hardscape in the landscape, except for
those portions devoted to vehicular parking. In addition, those portions of the property
which abut a different zoning classification must be landscaped with trees and shrubs to
provide an effective buffer from adjoining property.
7. The setback areas may contain artificial turf or synthetic grass in the side and rear
yards only, provided that it: 1) is not harmful to the environment (such as containing lead
based or other hazardous materials); 2) includes a pervious surface to address
percolation, drainage, runoff, and stormwater detention requirements; and 3) is
incorporated into a comprehensive landscaping design and site plan.
8. Drought -tolerant plants must be utilized in the landscape.
Page 19 of 28
Page 281 of 441
15-7C-4: OFF STREET PARKING AND LOADING SPACES:
Off-street parking shall be provided as required by Chapter 15 of this title.
15-7C-5: SIGNS:
Signs in the Mixed -Use Overlay Zone shall comply with the requirements of chapter 18 of
this title.
15-7C-6: VEHICULAR ACCESS:
Where a Mixed -Used Overlay lot abuts an alley, vehicular access to the lot must be from
the alley. Curb cuts and driveways must be installed in conformance with section 15-15-
5 nf this title_
15-7C-7: AFFORDABLE HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS
Mixed -use developments in which at least 20 percent of residential units are affordable
to lower -income households shall be considered a by right use as defined in Government
Code Section 65583.2.
SECTION 10: A new Article D (Housing Overlay (H-O) Zone) is added to Chapter 7 of
Title 15 of the ESMC to read as follows:
ARTICLE D. HOUSING OVERLAY (H-O) ZONE
SECTION:
15-7D-1: Purpose
15-7D-2: Development Standards
15-7D-3: Landscape
15-7D-4: Off Street Parking and Loading Spaces
15-7D-5: Sians
15-7D-6: Vehicular Access
15-7D-7: Affordable Housing Developments
Page 20 of 28
Page 282 of 441
15-7D-1: PURPOSE:
The purpose of this zone is to provide consistency with and implement policies related to
those locations which are designated Housing Overlay on the General Plan land use map
and in the General Plan text. This overlay permits multiple dwelling units at high densities
to facilitate meeting the City's Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) allocation
and Housing Element goals.
15-7D-2: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:
The following development standards apply to the Housing Overlay parcels located in
these four neighborhoods.
A. General Provisions:
1. As provided by chapter 2 of this title.
2. New dwellina units must be internallv intearated and connected.
3. An addition to, or extension of, a dwelling unit, except a garage, must share a
common wall and be internallv intearated and connected to the existina dwellina unit.
B. Lot Area: A minimum of 7,000 square feet.
C. Height:
1. The height of all buildings or structures with a pitched roof shall not exceed 47 feet
and three stories. Buildings or structures with a flat roof must not exceed 41 feet and
three stories_
2. A maximum grade differential of six feet is permitted on sloping lots. The vertical
height which exceeds the maximum grade differential limit is included in measuring
the maximum building height. On sloped lots, a segmented grade plane may be
applied to different portions of a building.
3. See section 15-2-3 of this title for exceptions to building height.
D. Setbacks:
Front Yard: Structures must maintain a minimum setback of 15 feet with the
exception of structures fronting Franklin Avenue, where no setback is required. Entry
gates for vehicular access must maintain a minimum setback of 20 feet.
a. Porches, verandas, courtyards, raised decks, or pergolas may encroach into
the front -yard setback a maximum of six feet.
2. Side yard facing a side street: Ten percent of the width of the lot, but shall never
be less than three feet and need not be more than five feet, except if parking garages
or covered Darkina saaces face a street. then the setback shall be 20 feet.
Page 21 of 28
Page 283 of 441
3. Side yard facing an adjacent lot: Ten percent of the width of the lot on each side
of the lot, but shall never be less than three feet and need not be more than five feet.
Detached accessory structures, located in the rear one-third of the lot, are allowed
zero setback on one interior side lot line.
4. Side yard, reversed corner: Reversed corner lots shall have the following side yard
with a triangular area described as follows: one angle shall be formed by the rear and
street side property lines, and the sides of this angle shall be 15 feet in length,
measured along the rear and street side property lines. The third side of this triangle
shall be a straight line connecting the two other lines at their endpoints. This triangular
side yard setback area shall be in addition to the other side yard setback requirements
described in subsections D2 and D3 of this section.
5. Rear Yard: A minimum of 10 feet.
6. Rear Yard: Detached accessory structures are allowed zero setback on the rear
Droaerty line and on one interior lot side line in the rear one-third of the lot.
E. Lot Width: A minimum of 50 feet.
F. Unit size:
1. The minimum unit size Der dwellina unit shall be 250 sauare feet.
2. The averaae unit size for all dwellina units shall be 600 sauare feet.
G. Density: The maximum permitted density shall be 65 dwelling units per acre.
H. Placement Of Buildings And Structures:
1. A minimum distance of three feet must be maintained between buildi
2. A detached accessory structure in the rear one-third of the lot may be located on
the rear and one interior side lot line, unless one of the followina conditions exists:
a. Where the lot rears upon an alley and the vehicular entrance to the detached
accessory structure is from the alley, such detached accessory structure shall be
set back a distance measured from the opposite side of the alley that will provide
a turnina radius as follows:
i. 90 degrees — 25 feet
ii. 75 degrees — 21 feet
iii. 60 degrees — 18 feet
iv. 45 degrees — 18 feet
Page 22 of 28
Page 284 of 441
b. On the rear third of a reversed corner lot, a detached accessory structure may
be built to the interior lot side line, but no building shall be erected closer than five
feet to the property line of any abutting lot to the rear. However, if an alley
intervenes and the vehicular entrance to the detached accessory building is
directly from the street side, a detached accessory building may be built to the rear
Int IinP
c. Notwithstanding the above, a detached accessory dwelling unit must be set
back at least four feet from interior side and rear DroDerty lines.
I. Lot Coverage: All buildings, including detached accessory buildings, may cover 100
percent of the lot area, except for any required setback and/or open space areas.
J. Common Recreation Facility Requirements: A minimum of 50 square feet of common
recreational facilitv space is reauired Der unit for buildinas with 21 or more units.
K. Building Frontage: No plane of a building wall facing a property line shall exceed 140
feet in width.
1. Developments that include more than one building shall maintain a minimum 25
feet open -to -the -sky separation to allow for landscape, courtyards, and passageways.
L. Massing Modulation: The top story of all new developments must be a maximum 70
percent of the largest floor area of the building.
1. If more than ten percent of the total number of dwelling units in a building are three
or more -bedroom units, the top story must be a maximum of 90 percent of the largest
floor area of the buildina.
M. Building Wall Modulation: No plane of a building wall facing a property line shall
exceed 36 feet in height or length without at least a two -foot offset for a minimum length
of six feet in the wall plane. When expanding or adding onto the height or length of an
existing building wall, only the expansion or addition shall not exceed 36 feet without wall
modulation. Below is an example of wall modulation for walls uD to 43 feet:
Total Wall Length Or Height
Maximum Length Of
Minimum Length Of 2 Foot
Unbroken Wall Plane
Offset
36 feet
36 feet
0 feet
37 feet
36 feet
1 foot
38 feet
36 feet
2 feet
39 feet
36 feet
3 feet
40 feet
36 feet
4 feet
41 feet
36 feet
5 feet
42 feet
36 feet
6 feet
Page 23 of 28
Page 285 of 441
1. Buildings are exempt from the above wall modulation standard if at least one of
the following components are integrated into the building design:
a. Windows that are recessed or projected at least three inches from the wall
plane.
b. Three feet of landscaped building setback on street -facing sides in addition to
the existing setback standards.
c. Two or more materials on street -facing facades.
N. Balconies: External Balconies facina R-1 zoned neiahborhoods are prohibited.
O. Condominium Conversions: Condominiums and stock cooperatives converted from
multiple -family dwellings shall meet all the requirements for condominiums in effect at the
time they were originally constructed. If there were no condominium standards in effect
at the time of construction, the conversion shall comply with the condominium standards
of ordinance 898, adopted January 20, 1976.
P. Detached Accessory Buildinas:
1. Unless permitted as an accessory dwelling unit pursuant to article 15-4E of this
title, detached accessory buildings shall not contain a kitchen or kitchen facilities, a
bathtub or shower and shall not be used for sleeping purposes. Each multi -family lot
is permitted no more than two detached accessory dwellina units.
2. Detached accessory buildings, except detached accessory dwelling units, shall not
be rented or used as a separate dwelling unit or as an "R" occupancy, as defined by
the California Buildina Code. exceot that thev may contain a sink and a toilet.
3. Prior to issuance of a building permit for a detached accessory structure, except a
detached accessory dwelling unit, the Director shall require the recording of a
covenant to run with the land, which states that the accessory structure shall not be
used in violation of this subsection.
Q. Parking:
1. A minimum of one parking space per bedroom is required. No more than two
parking spaces are required per unit.
2. Standard residential parking dimensions in the Housing Overlay shall be 8.5' W X
1 R' I
3. Tandem and mechanical parking shall be permitted for two or more -bedroom units.
4. Notwithstanding the standards in this section, see Section 15-5-5 for additional
parking area design standards.
Page 24 of 28
Page 286 of 441
15-7D-3: LANDSCAPING:
A. Except where not allowed per the placement of existing utilities, one deciduous or
evergreen on -site tree must be provided per 25 feet of street -facing frontage length along
the front -yard, rear -yard, and street -facing side -yard setbacks.
1. Trees must be planted within a maximum of ten feet of the property line.
B. Those setback areas fronting upon a public street must incorporate a minimum of 50
percent softscape and a maximum of 50 percent hardscape in the landscape, except for
those portions devoted to vehicular parking. In addition, those portions of the property
which abut a different zoning classification must be landscaped with trees and shrubs to
provide an effective buffer from adjoining property.
C. The setback areas may contain artificial turf or synthetic grass in the side and rear
yards only, provided that it: 1) is not harmful to the environment (such as containing lead
based or other hazardous materials); 2) includes a pervious surface to address
percolation, drainage, runoff, and stormwater detention requirements; and 3) is
incorporated into a comprehensive landscaping design and site plan.
D. Drought -tolerant plants must be utilized in the landscape.
15-713-4: OFF STREET PARKING AND LOADING SPACES:
Off street parking shall be provided as required by Chapter 15 of this title.
15-713-5: SIGNS:
Signs in the Housing Overlay Zone shall comply with the requirements of chapter 18 of
this fitly
15-713-6: VEHICULAR ACCESS:
Where a Housing Overlay lot abuts an alley, vehicular access to the lot must be from the
alley. Curb cuts and driveways must be installed in conformance with section 15-15-5 of
this title.
15-7D-6: AFFORDABLE HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS
Housing developments in which at least 20 percent of residential units are affordable to
lower -income households shall be considered a by right use as defined in Government
Code Section 65583.2.
Page 25 of 28
Page 287 of 441
SECTION 11:
as follows:
ESMC Section 15-25-4 (Site Plan Review Findings) is amended to read
15-25-4: FINDINGS:
In order to approve or conditionally approve the site plan, the approval authority shall
make the following findings:
.._ ..Imp...
A. The physical location, size, massing, setbacks, and placement of proposed structures
on the site and the location of proposed uses within the project are consistent with
applicable development standards and objective design standards in the subject specific
plan, zone, and/or overlay district;
B. The project is consistent with the General Plan goals, objectives, and policies and
provisions of any applicable development agreement;
C. The project has no specific adverse impact on public health or safety;
D. A consistent architectural style is used on all sides of the building or structure
including roofing, materials, windows, doors, openings, textures, and colors; and
E. The existing or proposed public infrastructure (e.g., utilities, sewers, parkways,
sidewalks, storm drains, street lights, traffic control devices, and the width and pavement
of adjoining streets and alleys) and health and safety services (e.g., police and fire) are
sufficient to accommodate the new development.
If such findings cannot be made, the site plan shall be denied.
SECTION 12: Actions. The City Council approves Zone Change No. ZC 23-01 as set
forth in Exhibit "A," which is incorporated into this Ordinance by reference and Zone Text
Amendment No. ZTA 23, as set forth above, to implement Housing Element Program No.
6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) and Program No. 9 (El Segundo Municipal Code
Amendments).
Page 26 of 28
Page 288 of 441
SECTION 13: CONSTRUCTION. This Ordinance must be broadly construed in order to
achieve the purposes stated in this Ordinance. It is the City Council's intent that the
provisions of this Ordinance be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a
manner that facilitates the purposes set forth in this Ordinance.
SECTION 14: ENFORCEABILITY. Repeal of any provision of the ESMC does not affect
any penalty, forfeiture, or liability incurred before, or preclude prosecution and imposition
of penalties for any violation occurring before this Ordinance's effective date. Any such
repealed part will remain in full force and effect for sustaining action or prosecuting
violations occurring before the effective date of this Ordinance.
SECTION 15: VALIDITY OF PREVIOUS CODE SECTIONS. If this entire Ordinance or
its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, any repeal or
amendment of the ESMC or other city ordinance by this Ordinance will be rendered void
and cause such previous ESMC provision or other the city ordinance to remain in full
force and effect for all purposes.
SECTION 16: SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed
invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity
will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this
end, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable.
SECTION 17: The City Clerk is directed to certify the passage and adoption of this
Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book of original
ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this meeting; and,
within fifteen (15) days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause a
summary thereof to be published or posted in accordance with California law.
Page 27 of 28
Page 289 of 441
SECTION 18: This Ordinance shall take effect 30 days after its passage and adoption.
PASSED AND ADOPTED this day of
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney
ATTEST:
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO )
2024.
Drew Boyles, Mayor
I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that
the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing
Ordinance No. was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting
held on the day of 2024, and was duly passed and adopted by said City
Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a
regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2024, and the same
was so passed and adopted by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAIN:
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
Page 28 of 28
Page 290 of 441
TY
ATTACHMENT NO. 3
PUBLIC COMMENTS
(EA 1344)Zone change Amendment No. GPA 23-01, ZC 23-01
Gary Voets <gary@polariselectric.com>
Thu 4/4/2024 9:45 PM
To:Samaras, Paul <PSamaras@elsegundo.org>
Cc:edward@santacruzcadd.net <edward@santacruzcadd.net>;terri.voets5@gmail.com<terri.voets5@gmail.com>;'Rafael Padilla'
<Rafael@Parcommercial.com>
MR. Samaras,
If possible, We would also like to be apart of the rezoning .i see my
neighbor on the corner of E. Imperial ave. and California street is a part of the
mixed -use Overlay.
We at G T Northstar LLC. Have two building that meet your
requirements. The addresses we propose to add to the 2021-2029 Sites Inventory
are 1212 &1216 E. Imperial Ave.
Your vision for adding much needed housing to El Segundo will require
everyone working together to repurpose the existing parcels of land in our city to
their fullest extent.
G T Northstar looks forward to working with the city of El Segundo to
achieve the goal of increasing available housing.
We look forward to partnering with city to achieve this goal.
Gary Voets
GT Nothrstar LLC
1216 E. Imperial Ave.
El Segundo, CA 90245
310-384-6929 cell
Page 293 of 441
M M City Council Agenda Statement
E L S E G U N D O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Public Hearings
Item Number: C.17
TITLE:
Amendment to the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan for Vesting Tentative Tract
Map No. 83236
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Open the public hearing and solicit public testimony.
2. Waive first reading and introduce an Ordinance amending El Segundo South
Campus Specific Plan for permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking
requirements; and find that the proposed amendments are exempt under the
California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15162
because the previously environmental impact report for the Specific Plan,
certified on December 15, 2015, contemplated development of the project site
and none of the proposed minor amendments would trigger conditions set forth in
§ 15162 necessitating the preparation of a subsequent or supplemental
environmental impact have occurred.
3. Schedule second reading of the Ordinance for the May 7, 2024 regular City
Council meeting or as soon thereafter feasible.
4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The proposed amendment is not anticipated to have any fiscal impact.
BACKGROUND:
Planning staff deemed CDC Mar Retail 1, LLC's applications for Environmental
Assessment No. EA-1348 and Specific Plan Amendment No. ASP 23-01 for Vesting
Tentative Tract Map ("VTTMP") No. 83236 to amend the El Segundo South Campus
Specific Plan ("ESSCSP") modifying development standards complete on January 22,
2024. The project applications and plans were circulated to all City departments for
Page 294 of 441
EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 8
comments, and no objections were received.
The ESSCSP is the implementing document for the General Plan with specific
goals/policies for the El Segundo South Campus (Raytheon Campus) area. The
proposed project amends the ESSCSP development standards by modifying permitted
uses, setback requirements, and paring requirements for the Phase 1 (Raytheon
Campus) area. The site is currently developed with a commercial retail center (a.k.a.
Chargers Commons) and no new development is proposed as part of this
Project/request.
Planning Commission Action
On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission held a duly noticed public hearing and
discussion. The Planning Commission discussed whether the amendments affect the
existing commercial development and inquired if, through the recording of Covenants,
Conditions, and Restrictions ("CC&Rs"), it will be ensured that surface level parking lots
will continue to serve the existing commercial center. After a brief discussion, it was
determined that the proposed amendments will not interfere with or affect the existing
commercial center and by recording CCR&Rs that run with the property, it will be
ensured that surface level parking lot continues to serve the existing commercial center.
On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission adopted Resolution No. 2947
recommending City Council approve the proposed Ordinance, without modifications or
additional conditions. The Planning Commission also adopted Resolution No. 2948 to
approve Subdivision No. SUBD 23-02 for VTTMP No. 83236.
DISCUSSION:
Proposed Ordinance
The draft Ordinance proposes amendments to the ESSCSP development standards
modifying the:
- Permitted uses table;
- Setback requirements; and
- Parking requirements within the Phase 1 (Raytheon Campus) area.
The ordinance does not propose any new development as part of this request. The
discussion below summarizes the proposed amendments.
Proposed Specific Plan Amendments
Permitted Uses
Page 295 of 441
EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 8
- Amend Table IV-1 Allowable Uses to include structures and surface parking lots as a
permitted primary use (already allowed as an accessory use) only in the Phase 1, CMU
district.
1-Murtt: IVV. 1 C0.711.01" r1rUpV5eu IVIVUITIGd11Ur1
Parking structures and surface parking c's
A i
PIA
P=
Radar towers
AAUP
AAUP
.4VA P
Video arcades, defined as any business with three or more %9deo or arcade
machines,
C
C
All uses that are not permitted, conditionally permitted, or determined to be
similar uses as specified above.
All uses that are involved with the storage of waste materials as the pnmary
business
Freight Forwarding
Gasoline and Diesel Service Stations
Residential Uses
-
-
AUP Administrative Use Permit
A Permitted Accessory Use
C Conditional Use
P Permitted Use
- Not Pemvtted
Note: Pursuant to the ESW, uses of a similar nature %rich are unlisted in Table IV-1 may be considered by the D -ec-✓ of
Planning and Building Safety subject to appeal to the Panning Corrm ss on.
Surface Parking Lots is a permitted (P) use within Phase 1 CloW District subject to ESSCSP Section VI
Development Standards D Parking and Loading
Setback requirements
- Amend ESSCSP Section Vl. Development Standards: 1. Setbacks to include
additional language toad allow lots with frontage on the portion of El Segundo
Boulevard located east of the future extension of Continental Boulevard and west of the
future extension of Nash Street, and allow buildings and structures to be setback a
minimum of five feet from each lot line within the Phase 1 area of the ESSCSP.
f-iqure No. 'I tbbubi' vroposea moamcation
n. Building and structure setbacks within the interior of the Specific Plan trust
be a minimum of fifteen feet (15') from each lot line. For lots '"ith frontage
on the portion of E1 Sea -undo Boulevard located east of the future
extension of Continental Boulevard and «vest of the future extension of
-Nash Street. buildings and structures must be setback a minimum of five
feet (5). required setbacks ttla%- can- depending on Building Code
requirements that relate to t-%-pe and height of the structure.
Parking requirements
- Modify ESSCSP Section IV. Development Standards: D Parking and Loading section
to include additional text for ESSCSP Phase 1 area only to allow 100% of the required
Page 296 of 441
EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236
April 16, 2024
Page 4 of 8
parking for an individual lot to be provided off -site; with approval by the Community
Development Director, subject to the following performance standards:
• Off -site parking must be contained within the CMU District Phase 1 lots.
• Parking must be located within 150 feet of the lot it serves.
• Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures with
the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is across a project roadway, a
crosswalk must be provided.
• Other conditions may be applied by the Director as part of site plan approval.
- Modify ESSCSP Section IV. Development Standards. D Parking and Loading section
to include additional text to allow parking lots to service multiple lots or buildings for
retail and restaurant uses in ESSCSP Phase 1 within the CMU District, subject to the
following standards:
• Reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants must be recorded in
conjunction with final map.
Figure No. 3 ESSCSP Proposed Modification
Page 297 of 441
EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236
April 16, 2024
Page 5 of 8
3. For retail and restaurant uses within the C\SC District eicluding the Phase 1
area, up to 20°o of the required parking for an individual lot in may be
provided off -site with approval by the Director of Planning and Building
Safety, subject to the following performance standards:
a. Parking must be located within 150 feet of the lot it serves.
b. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or
structures with the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is
across a project roadway. a crosswalk must be provided.
c. Other conditions may be applied by the Director as part of site plan
approval.
d. Requests for over 20% off -site parking require Planning Commission
review and approval and may include such conditions as the Planning
Commission may lawfully impose.
4. For retail and restaurant uses in Phase 1 within the CMU District, up to 100gb
of the required parking for an individual lot mac be provided off -site, kith
approval be the Director of Community Development, subject to the follonin�
performance standards:
a. Off -site parking must be contained mithin the C\IL- District Phase 1 lots.
b. Parking must be located within 1;0 feet of the lot it sen es.
c. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or
structures with the buildings they sen-e. AN -here off -site parking is across
a proiect roadea}, a crosswalk must be provided.
d. Other conditions maN be applied by the Director as pan of site plan
approval.
5. For retail and restaurant uses within the CNfU District including Phase 1,
parking lots may sen ice multiple lots or buildings subject to the following
standards: -
a. Reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants must be
recorded before issuance of a building permit and or in conjunction
«ith a final map as required bN• the Community Development
Director and must be shown or noted on the applicable site plans.
Specific Plan Amendment Findings
Pursuant to ESMC Section 15-27-3, the City Council must make the findings below to
approve a specific plan amendment:
1. That the amendment is consistent with the General Plan.
2. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare.
The ESSCSP serves as the General Plan document for the El Segundo South Campus
Area and was found to be consistent with the City's General Plan when originally
adopted. The proposed specific plan amendment is consistent with and implements the
Specific Plan's vision, goal, and objectives to create, maintain, and implement a
business climate that fosters a strong economic community, and develop a strategic
Page 298 of 441
EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236
April 16, 2024
Page 6 of 8
plan that will result in business retention and attraction.
On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission considered the amendments and
adopted Resolution No. 2947 affirming the proposed amendments are consistent with
the General Plan, specifically with Economic Development Element Objective ED1-2,
General Plan Land Use Element Objective LU44, which seek to create job
opportunities and seek balance between growth, local resources, and infrastructure
capacity.
The Project site will continue to physically be suitable for the existing buildings and
structures as the proposed amendments do not create any non -conformities with the
existing commercial development. The existing development allowed under the Specific
Plan continue to provide a basis for a positive contribution to the maintenance and
expansion of El Segundo's economic base as development typically increases the
City's business license taxes, increases the City's utility user taxes, increases the City's
property taxes, and increases the City's sales taxes which enhances the General Plen
Economi Development Element policy ED1-2.1 and ED1-2.3 as it seeks to "expand El
Segundo's retail and commercial base so that the diverse needs of the City's business
and residential communities are met" and "seek to balance the City's economic
development program with the City's resources and infrastructure capacity." An
increased economic base will price the City with resources to provide high -quality
services to its residents and daytime population.
The specific plan amendments will help achieve the primary ESSCSP goal to facilitate
the revitalization of commercial areas by making them viable, attractive, and people -
oriented commercial districts. The Amendments provide development standards
tailored for Phase 1 area of the ESSCSP and the proposed modifications do not
interfere with the existing commercial center development at the site, which will
continue to provide an aesthetically pleasing and attractive commercial district and
comply with General Plan Circulation Element Policy C2-1.6 as its design will continue
to ease pedestrian access. The amendments will continue to transform the campus into
an economic force, which is consistent with and necessary to serve public health,
safety, and general welfare. In addition, there is no evidence indicating that any of the
proposed amendments will have a detrimental impact on public health, safety, and
general welfare.
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
An Environmental Impact Report ("EIR") was prepared for the ESSCSP (EA- 905)
pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA") and was certified on
December 15, 2015. With the exception of one building that is currently under
construction, all of the development for the Phase 1 project site contemplated on the
ESSCSP (a total of six buildings and 385 surface parking spaces) is developed and
operational. Minor amendments to the ESSCSP are necessary to accommodate
proposed Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236. Further, none of these amendments
Page 299 of 441
EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236
April 16, 2024
Page 7 of 8
will change the development potential of the project site and, therefore, they will not
involve any new significant effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously
identified effects. Furthermore, no new information of substantial importance, which
was not known and could not have been known with the exercise of reasonable
diligence at the time the previous EIR was certified as complete, shows that the project
will have any new significant impacts not previously disucssed in the EIR. Pursuant to
CEQA Guidelines § 15162, none of the conditions necessitating the preparaion of a
subsequent or supplemental EIR have occured. Consequently, no further
environmental documentation is required.
CONCLUSION
The proposed ESSCSP amendments and Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 will
enhance existing development standards for Phase 1 area within the
Commercial/Office Mixed -Use (CMU) land use designation in the ESSCSP. All of the
above will help the City achieve the primary Specific Plan goal to transform the Campus
into an economic force in the City. The proposed ordinance is consistent with the
Planning Commission's previous direction. Staff recommends that the City Council
adopt the attached Ordinance approving an amendment to the ESSCSP modifying
permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking requirements.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 1: Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communication
Objective 1 B: El Segundo's engagement with the community ensures excellence.
Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability
Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and
the community.
Objective 513: El Segundo approaches its work in a financially strategic and responsible
way.
PREPARED BY:
Jazmin Farias, Planning Technician
REVIEWED BY:
Michael Allen, Community Development Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Page 300 of 441
EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236
April 16, 2024
Page 8 of 8
Draft Ordinance
2. El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan (ESSCSP) as amended
3. March 14, 2024 Planning Commission Meeting Minutes
Page 301 of 441
DRAFT ORDINANCE NO.
AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS
SPECIFIC PLAN (ESSCSP) TO MODIFY PERMITTED USES, SETBACK
REQUIREMENTS, AND DEVELOMENT STANDARDS REGARDING
PARKING AND LOADING FOR PHASE 1 IN THE ESSCSP AREA.
(Environmental Assessment No. EA-1348 and Specific Plan
Amendment No. ASP 23-01).
The City Council of the city of El Segundo does ordain as follows:
SECTION 1: The City Council finds and declares as follows:
A. On June 28, 2023, the City processed an application for Environmental
Assessment No. EA 1348 and Specific Plan Amendment No. ASP 23-01 to
amend the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan (ESSCSP) updating
permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking requirements;
B. The City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under the California
Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq.,
"CEQA") and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 Cal. Code of
Regulations §§15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines");
C. On February 5, 2024, 45 public notices were mailed to all property owners
within a 300-foot radius from the project site, providing a 10-day time period
for the submittal of comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-
6(A);
D. On February 5, 2024, 117 public notices were mailed to all occupants within
a 300-foot radius from the project site, providing a 10-day time period for
the submittal of comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-6(A);
E. On February 8, 2024, a public notice was published in the El Segundo
Herald newspaper, providing a 10-day time period for the submittal of
comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-6(A);
F. On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission held a duly noticed public
hearing to receive public testimony and other evidence regarding the
Ordinance and adopted Resolution No. 2947 recommending that the City
Council introduce and adopt this Ordinance;
G. On April 1, 2024, 45 public notices were mailed to all property owners within
a 300-foot radius from the project site, providing a 10-day time period for
the submittal of comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-6(A);
1
Page 302 of 441
H. On April 1, 2024, 117 public notices were mailed to all occupants within a
300-foot radius from the project site, providing a 10-day time period for the
submittal of comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-6(A);
On April 4, 2024, a public notice was published in the El Segundo Herald
newspaper, providing a 10-day time period for the submittal of comments in
accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-6(A);
J. On April 16, 2024, the City Council held a duly noticed public hearing and
considered the information provided by City staff and public testimony
regarding the Ordinance; and
K. This Ordinance and its findings are made based upon the entire
administrative record including, without limitation, testimony and evidence
presented to the City Council at its April 16, 2024 hearing and the staff report
submitted by the Community Development Department.
SECTION 2: Factual Findings and Conclusions. The City Council finds that adopting the
proposed Ordinance would result in the following:
A. Amend Table IV-1 Allowable Uses of the ESSCSP, adding surface parking lots
as a permitted use as it corresponds to the Phase 1 area of the
Commercial/Office Mixed Use (CMU) District;
B. Amend Subsection B.3 (Setback Development Standards) of Section VI
Development Standards, adding setback standards for lots with frontage on the
portion of El Segundo Boulevard located east of the future extension of
Continental Boulevard and west of the future extension of Nash Street;
C. Amend Subsection D.3 (Parking and Loading Standards), adding language to
exclude Phase 1 area from the 20% threshold standard to meet required
parking via off -site parking lots or structures;
D. Add Subsection DA (Parking and Loading Standards), adding required parking
and off -site parking standards for Phase 1 area,
E. Amend Subsection D.5 (Parking and Loading Standards), allowing parking lots
to service multiple lots or buildings with a retail and restaurant use in ESSCSP
Phase 1 area within the CMU district subject to the recordation of reciprocal
parking and access easements or covenants in conjunction with final map.
SECTION 3: Specific Plan Amendment Findings. As required under Government Code §
65854 and ESMC § 15-27-3 and based on the findings set forth in Section 2, the City
Council finds as follows:
A. That the amendment is consistent with the General Plan.
2
Page 303 of 441
The ESCSP serves as the General Plan document for the El Segundo
South Campus area. The ESSCSP was found to be consistent with the
City's General Plan when originally adopted, and the proposed specific plan
amendment is consistent with the Specific Plan's vision, goal, and
objectives. The specific plan amendment is consistent with and implements
the primary ESCSP goal to create, maintain, and implement a business
climate that fosters a strong economic community, develop a strategic plan
that will result in business retention and attraction, provide an effective level
of City services to all elements of the community, and maintain the quality
of life that has characterized El Segundo for more than nine decades.
Specifically, the proposed amendments are consistent with General Plan's
Economic Development Element Objective ED1-2 which seeks to "Center
diversification efforts on targeted industries that meet the City's criteria for
job creation, growth potential, fiscal impact, and fit with local resources"
because the existing uses within the Campus will continue to create job
opportunities and seek balance between growth, local resources, and
infrastructure capacity. The Project site will continue to physically be
suitable for the existing buildings and structures as the proposed
amendments do not create any non -conformities with the existing
Commercial Development; which will continue to meet the General Plan
Land Use Element Objective LU4-4 which seeks to "Provide areas where
development has the flexibility to mix uses, in an effort to provide synergistic
relationships which have the potential to maximize economic benefit,
reduce traffic impacts, and encourage pedestrian environments." The
proposed Specific Plan amendments will continue to help guide the existing
commercial development activities within the CMU district and ensure
landscaping in parking areas and around the buildings are permanently
maintained through the recordation of covenants, conditions, and
restrictions.
The existing development allowed under the Specific Plan will continue to
provide a basis for a positive contribution to the maintenance and expansion
of El Segundo's economic base as development typically increases the
City's business license taxes, increases the City's utility user taxes,
increases the City's property taxes, and increases the City's sales taxes
which enhances the General Plan Economic Development Element policy
ED1-2.1 as it seeks to "expand El Segundo's retail and commercial base so
that the diverse needs of the City's business and residential communities
are met." An increased economic base will provide the City with resources
to provide high -quality services to its residents and daytime population.
B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and
general welfare.
The specific plan amendments will help achieve the primary ESCSP goal to
facilitate the revitalization of commercial areas by making them viable,
3
Page 304 of 441
attractive, and people -oriented commercial districts. The Amendments
provide development standards tailored for Phase 1 area of the ESSCSP
and the proposed modifications do not interfere with the existing commercial
center development at the site which will continue to provide an
aesthetically pleasing and attractive commercial district and comply with
General Plan Circulation Element Policy C2-1.6 as its design will continue
to ease pedestrian access. Thus, the amendments will continue to
transform the Campus into an economic force, which is consistent with and
necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. In
addition, there is no evidence indicating that any of the proposed
amendments will have a detrimental impact on public health, safety, and
general welfare.
SECTION 4: Environmental Assessment. The City Council finds and determines as
follows:
A. An Environmental Impact Report was prepared for the El Segundo South
Campus Specific Plan (ESSCSP) (EA-905) pursuant to 14 California Code
of Regulations, § 15063 ("CEQA") and was certified on December 15, 2015.
Pursuant to 14 California Code of Regulations, § 15162 ("CEQA"), no
subsequent EIR shall be prepared for the project for the following reasons:
(1) the proposed amendments do not propose any new development and
no changes will occur to the existing Phase 1 development; 2) since no
development is proposed with the amendments, there will be no new
environmental impacts beyond what the previous certified EIR identified;
and, 3) the amendments to the Specific Plan will not result in or allow
additional development beyond what was previously approved at the site.
Therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility the
amendments may have a significant effect on the environment.
B. As detailed in Section 3, the proposed Ordinance amending the ESSCSP
includes minor modifications to use regulations, setback regulations, and
parking regulations.
C. There are no substantial changes proposed for the project that will require
preparation of a subsequent or supplemental EIR due to the involvement of
new significant environmental effects or a substantial increase in the
severity of previously identified effects.
D. The proposed Ordinance will not result in a Specific Plan that is substantially
different from the plan evaluated in the EIR, and the environmental
circumstances applicable to the Specific Plan area have not changed.
SECTION 5: Table IV-1 Allowable Uses in Section VI. Development Standards A.
Permitted Uses of the ESSCSP is amended as follows:
0
Page 305 of 441
Section VI. Table IV-1-Allowable Uses
•
•
Alternative fuel stations
P
P
--
Cafes
P
P
Data Centers
C
P
--
Financial institutions
P
P
--
General Offices, including medical and dental
P
P
--
General storage and warehousing
--
P
--
General storage and warehousing (Raytheon Company
only)
P
P
Health Clubs
P
P
--
High and medium bay labs
--
P
--
High and medium bay labs (Raytheon Company only)
P
P
Light Industrial uses
--
P
--
Light Industrial uses (Raytheon Company only)
P
P
Movie and Entertainment Facilities
P
P
--
Multimedia Related Offices
P
P
--
Postproduction Facilities
P
P
--
Public facilities, including, but not limited to, fire and
police facilities, post offices, and libraries.
P
P
Public Utilities
P
P
P
Recreation Facilities (public and private)
P
P
P
Research and Development, including scientific research
and experimental development laboratories
P
P
Restaurants, full service
P
P
--
Restaurants, fast food
P
P
--
Retail uses (excluding off site sale alcohol sales)
P
P
--
Special Effects Studios
P
P
--
Studio/sound stage(s) and other support facilities
P
P
--
Trade and vocational schools for adults
P
P
Any use customarily incidental to a permitted use,
including the storage of hazardous materials associated
with any allowable use.
A
A
A
Drive -through or walk-up services related to financial
operations.
A
A
--
The on -site sale and consumption of alcohol at
restaurants and cafes.
AUP
AUP
--
The off -site sale of alcohol at retail establishments.
AUP
AUP
--
Drive-through restaurants
C
C
C
Helicopter landing facilities subject to the provisions of
El Segundo Municipal Code §15-2-13.
C
C
C
Hotels (provided that the existing deed restriction is
removed)
C
C
C
Page 306 of 441
Section VI. Table IV-1-Allowable Uses (continued)
Use
CMU
•
•
Outdoor dining, exempting outdoor dining at
restaurants where outdoor dining comprises 20%
C
C
C
or less of the total dining area of the restaurant,
but not exceeding two hundred (200) square feet
of floor area.
Laser/optical targets
A/AUP
A/AUP
--
Parking structures and surface parking lots
A,
A/AUP
P/A
P/A
Radar towers
A/AUP
A/AUP
Video arcades, defined as any business with three or
more video or arcade machines.
C
C
C
All uses that are not permitted, conditionally permitted,
or determined to be similar uses as specified above.
All uses that are involved with the storage of waste
materials as the primary business
Freight Forwarding
--
--
--
Gasoline and Diesel Service Stations
--
--
--
Mini-storage
--
--
--
Residential Uses
--
--
--
AUP Administrative Use
Permit A Permitted
Accessory Use
C Conditional Use
P Permitted Use
-- Not Permitted
Note: Pursuant to the ESMC, uses of a similar nature which are unlisted in Table IV-1 may be
considered by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, subject to appeal to the
Planning Commission.
1 Surface Parking Lots is a permitted (P) use within Phase 1 CMU District subject
to ESSCSP Section VI. Development Standards: D. Parking and Loading
SECTION 6: Section VI. Development Standards: 1. Setbacks (subsection B.3) of the
ESSCSP is amended as follows:
b. Building and structure setbacks within the interior of the Specific Plan
must be a minimum of fifteen feet (15') from each lot line. For lots with
frontaae on the aortion of El Seaundo Boulevard located east of the
future extension of Continental Boulevard and west of the future
extension of Nash Street. buildinas and structures must be setback a
minimum of five feet (51. Actual required setbacks may vary depending
[01
Page 307 of 441
on Building Code requirements that relate to type and height of the
structure.
SECTION 7: Section VI. Development Standards: D. Parking and Loading (subsection
D.3, D.4, and D.5) of the ESSCSP is amended as follows:
3. For retail and restaurant uses within the CMU District excluding the
Phase 1 area, up to 20% of the required parking for an individual lot in
may be provided off -site with approval by the Director of Planning and
Building Safety, subject to the following performance standards:
4. For retail and restaurant uses in Phase 1 within the CMU District,
up to 100% of the required parking for an individual lot may be
provided off -site, with approval by the Director of Community
Development, subject to the following performance standards:
a. Off -site parking must be contained within the CMU District Phase
1 lots.
b. Parking must be located within 150 feet of the lot it serves.
c. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or
structures with the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is
across a project roadway, a crosswalk must be provided.
d. Other conditions may be applied by the Director as part of site
plan approval.
5. For retail and restaurant uses within the CMU District including Phase
1, parking lots may service multiple lots or buildings subject to the
following standards:
a. Reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants must be
recorded before issuance of a building permit and or in conjunction
with a final map as required by the Community Development
Director and must be shown or noted on the applicable site plans.
SECTION 8: Action. The City Council hereby approves and adopts the El Segundo
South Campus Specific Plan as set forth in attached Exhibit "A," which is incorporated
into this Ordinance by reference.
7
Page 308 of 441
SECTION 9: Electronic Signatures. This Ordinance may be executed with electronic
signatures in accordance with Government Code § 16.5. Such electronic signatures will
be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.
SECTION 10: Construction. This Ordinance must be broadly construed to achieve the
purposes stated in this Ordinance. It is the City Council's intent that the provisions of this
Ordinance be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a manner that
facilitates the purposes set forth in this Ordinance.
SECTION 11: Severability. If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid
by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not
affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the
provisions of this Ordinance are severable.
SECTION 12: Recordation. The City Clerk, or designee, is directed to certify the passage
and adoption of this Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book
of original ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this
meeting; and, within 15 days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it
to be published or posted in accordance with California law.
1:3
Page 309 of 441
SECTION 13: Effective Date. This Ordinance will become effective 30 days following its
passage and adoption.
PASSED AND ADOPTED this 16th day of April, 2024.
Drew Boyles, Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney
ATTEST:
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO )
I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that
the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing
Ordinance No. was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting
held on the day of 2024, and was duly passed and adopted by said City
Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a
regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2024, and the same
was so passed and adopted by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAIN:
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
W7
Page 310 of 441
EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS
SPECIFIC PLAN
Specific Plan No. 11-01
October 2015
Amended per CC Resolution No. 5291
Amended per CC Resolution No. TBD
Page 311 of 441
EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................1
A. Specific Plan Area.................................................................................................... I
B. Background.............................................................................................................. I
C. Demographics...........................................................................................................7
D. Economic Context.................................................................................................... 7
II. OVERVIEW OF THE SPECIFIC PLAN........................................................................9
A. Purpose and Authority of Specific Plan.................................................................... 9
B. Specific Plan Scope and Goals...............................................................................10
C. Consistency with the General Plan.........................................................................10
D. Entitlements............................................................................................................16
E. Existing Land Uses.................................................................................................17
III. LAND USE PLAN............................................................................................................19
A. Development Concept............................................................................................19
B. Land Use Plan........................................................................................................20
C. Phasing...................................................................................................................27
D. Circulation Plan......................................................................................................27
E. Grading Concept....................................................................................................29
IV. EXISTING UTILITIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE...................................................31
A.
Water Service.........................................................................................................31
B.
Reclaimed Water....................................................................................................33
C.
Sewer Service.........................................................................................................33
D.
Drainage.................................................................................................................35
E.
Gas..........................................................................................................................37
F.
Electric...................................................................................................................39
G.
Telecommunications Utilities.................................................................................39
H.
Solid Waste Disposal..............................................................................................41
I.
Fire Protection........................................................................................................41
J.
Police Services.......................................................................................................41
V. DESIGN GUILDELINES................................................................................................43
A. Design Objectives and Intent.................................................................................43
Page i
October 2015
Page 312 of 441
EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN
VI. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS...................................................................................57
A.
Permitted Uses........................................................................................................57
B.
Development Standards..........................................................................................59
C.
Circulation.......................................................................................................................
62
D.
Parking and Loading......................................................................................................
64
E.
Landscaping...................................................................................................................67
F.
Public Safety...................................................................................................................68
G.
Signage.............................................................................................................................69
H.
Sustainability..................................................................................................................69
I.
Enclosed Uses.........................................................................................................70
VII. ADMINISTRATION.............................................................................................................. 71
A. Introduction............................................................................................................71
B. Municipal Code References....................................................................................71
C. Modifications.........................................................................................................71
D. Site Plan Review....................................................................................................73
E. Amendment............................................................................................................78
F. California Environmental Quality Act Compliance................................................78
Page ii
October 2015
Page 313 of 441
EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN
EXHIBITS
Exhibit 1
Regional Vicinity Map............................................................................................ 2
Exhibit 2
Local Vicinity Map.................................................................................................
3
Exhibit 3
Local Vicinity Aerial View..................................................................................... 4
Exhibit 4
Existing Development.............................................................................................
6
Exhibit 5
Land Use Plan.......................................................................................................
24
Exhibit 6
Conceptual Site Plan.............................................................................................
25
Exhibit 7
Vesting Tentative Map #71551.............................................................................
26
Exhibit 8
Conceptual Water Plan ..........................................................................................
32
Exhibit 9
Conceptual Reclaimed Water Plan........................................................................
34
Exhibit 10
Conceptual Sewer Plan..........................................................................................
36
Exhibit 11
Conceptual Drainage Plan.....................................................................................
38
Exhibit 12
Electric, Gas and Telecommunication Conceptual Plan ........................................
40
Exhibit 13
El Segundo Boulevard Street Concept..................................................................
49
Exhibit 14
Hughes/Nash Extension Streetscape Concept.......................................................
50
Exhibit 15
Continental Streetscape Concept...........................................................................
51
Exhibit 16
Corner Entry Concept............................................................................................
52
Page N
October 2015
Page 314 of 441
EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN
TABLES
TableI-1 Existing Uses............................................................................................................ 5
Table III-1 Land Use Summary................................................................................................21
Table III-2 Land Use — Project Development Scenario............................................................22
Table III-3 Project Trip Ceiling................................................................................................23
TableIII-4 Phasing...................................................................................................................27
Table IV-1 Allowable Uses.......................................................................................................57
Table VII-1 California Environmental Quality Act Conformance.............................................78
APPENDICES
Appendix A El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan
Trip Generation Rates, Credits, and Caps...............................................................79
Appendix B El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan Legal Description..................................81
Page iv October 2015
Page 315 of 441
I. INTRODUCTION
A. SPECIFIC PLAN AREA
The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan (ESSC-SP) area is located in the City of El Segundo,
County of Los Angeles, California. El Segundo is situated 15 miles southwest of downtown Los
Angeles. The City of El Segundo is located south of the City of Los Angeles, west of the City of
Hawthorne and the County of Los Angeles, north of the City of Manhattan Beach, and the east of
the City of Los Angeles and the Pacific Ocean (refer to Exhibit 1, Regional Vicinity Map).
More specifically, the roughly 142.28 gross acre Campus site ("Campus") is located in the
southeast quadrant of the City of El Segundo, approximately 1.0 miles south of the Los Angeles
International Airport (LAX) and the Glen Anderson Century Freeway (I -105), two miles west of
the San Diego Freeway (SR-405), and approximately two miles west of the juncture of these two
freeways. The Campus is bounded by El Segundo Boulevard to the north, the elevated MTA Line
and an older industrial subdivision on Coral Circle to the east, a Union Pacific Railroad spur and
the El Segundo sump to the south, and a Southern California Edison high voltage transmission
easement to the west (refer to Exhibit 2, Local Vicinity Map, and Exhibit 3, Local Vicinity Aerial
View). The adjacent zoning uses are: corporate office and mixed -use to the north, across El
Segundo Boulevard; light manufacturing to the east and south; and open space and public facility
to the west. A multi -media zone overlies the entire eastern half of the City, including the Specific
Plan Area.
B. BACKGROUND
In 1978 a Precise Plan was approved for Hughes (which merged with Raytheon Company in
December 1997) to build a total of 2,575,000 square feet of improvements on the Campus for a
FAR of 0.42. The Precise Plan project consisted of two main components — an office tower of up
to 16 stories to be located on the northwest portion of the Campus and a large low -profile complex
housing the engineering and manufacturing components. The approval allowed Hughes to
consolidate its corporate headquarters which was then in Culver City with its electro-optical data
systems group which was already located elsewhere in El Segundo. The Campus was chosen by
Hughes for the flexibility and consolidation potential made possible by the size of the property,
the proximity to other Hughes' facilities, and the proximity to LAX - considerations that remain
important today. Before the implementation of the Precise Plan, the Campus had been used
primarily for farming.
Page 1 October 2015
Page 316 of 441
\
\
Cast
\
Lake
\
.k
Lake\Castaic
\
PiNewhall
Fillmore
Santa
Carita
VEN
®
C O U N T Y
Sylmar
A
Moorpark
Simi
I
Valley
Chatsworth
r—
Canoga
Park Van
Nuys
Thousand
_
Agoura Hills Woodland
Oaks
Westlake 101
Calabasas Hills Sher'
Oa'l
Village
®
I
Palmdale
I
I
® I
I
;I
LOS ANGELES 1
COUNTY
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
Glendale '
Z ®
BeverlyHollywoodoll
Alhambra
Hills
Monterey
-alibu
. Ma
Q
Santa
Monic
Park
Culver
City
Los
Angeles
Pic(
ivei
(
Marina Del Rey'',,
Inglewood
South
Project SiteIt
Playa Out Rey
Gate Downey
EI Sepunde`,
Hawthorne
Manhattan Beach'. qP
Compton Bellflower
Redondo Beach Torrance
Lakewood
10
Carson
C�
Palos
Verdes
Estates
_--
Long
San
Beach
O
Pedro
—
c<, q4,
Monrovia Azuza
Arcadia Claremont I �'
Upland
Baldwin I San �
Park Covina Dimas V7
West Pomona'
Covina
Walnut I
Chino
i Whittier
La Habra
Heights _ \
I Brea \
I a Yorba
irada_ inda
Fullerton
Anaheim ORANGE
J © Orange COUNTY
Garden
Is
Grove
Santa Tustin
Ana
Huntington
Beach
Costa I Irvine
Mesa ® Lake
i— Forest
ii
Newport
Beach \ -;
EXHIBIT 1
REGIONAL LOCATION MAP
Page 2 October 2015
Page 317 of 441
OOCKWEIL
INTERNATIONAL'` ��
`� �fj
0
PD
1
- W I
AIRPORT
SEE
- c�ENNCOW
ff
.11�
lAY'ERIA TERMINAL
A
®
I
HWY ° E
, I❑
G �E
s.E
¢
IM ERIAL 5LINE_-,_1:�
(CENTUu
- W +
d IMPERIAL mceaul av rrrlro too E fi
arn1A nvt, TraAvrn
AV E _..
it.
AYi
AV
� wsa Avw :'.
» AVJ�V
FRWY)isTn
tt;,
II
E
.Pfh��Ii
i M1PLE A z S E r
E
��yy
k' kA
p�
E '"` �Gm_
E,_ LMPL AVIIv
Y1181RyTM
Ntoo
a
.. AY--_Im[
gVG�aS
E
PALM A
I51a
E ELM AV �'t
AV G ■
III
Y ll4
`
o.•� G E v
G,
LJ
AV
■-
ue
E
noo
I
:mA a E MARIPOSA
I na zt
■
V
12DTH s
¢
$ v 12u
4 Y
..
W MARI
�� t'
f
PI
G
AV
laD I.
G
G
•,E
�i GI G
PI
A4 tM mr� .,S•S��
TEL
W y�
rR
$'d W
_
• 11c'' � L —
G I
�V1IAY�1124TN
G
1•:.146
G
8
ATE
9
Izc=
HO
Y
CW
E
E
TVRI L
�'
MID KAMSAS
�AOV QT
m
AV
S
W
AV
`fn
�n ■�
Ay
BEACH
;
Nn
AV
■
DEc AA
IT.
j' y�
Ll
I`'90
y
D A
Ioo PQ
tam^
J
i
Y .+
IM
AV ■
E
F AV
%ERO%
usTaxr
z
I
-- YEL 5Ea11100,fBlVD� 20e E
aua
L� soo SEGUN00 _ -
--_- BLVO °
_•,fi..L
A
zsmAIM
��1
•
EL EQ000
inn
•
I
I • �
{I'
EL SE"10 1 39 I.,c".. -� ---,` --�
I I
I
I .
�---- --•- -`'��'
r r
•
-
S
�3(i._un�B_
UP
i-T�
`.�' , I
134TR PI1
+____t---- _
J +'
H76ME5 W
N�<ASKA
MID
Q}^
`_• _________-_.,._
AY_
BEACH
--
F.
,�
S
'C CI�YREW`, OIL i RE
VERY
P A J?..
13V
14a
i7Th
:®
V ;�
--- ------ - -
RDSECRANS
_
600
■
ao
b1EL �y=`PARK VIEW
lyvao
r J
p
EXHIBIT 2
LOCAL VICINITY MAP
Page 3
October 2015
Page 318 of 441
EXHIBIT 3
LOCAL VICINITY AERIAL VIEW
Page 4
October 2015
Page 319 of 441
Through the years the Precise Plan went through several changes including moving the recreation
component from under the Edison Right -of -Way to the northwest portion of the Campus,
eliminating the corporate office tower which was planned for the northwest corner of the Campus,
and adding additional facilities. Up until 1983 there was no official "Precise Plan" map. With
Hughes' request to construct additional storage buildings in 1983, the City Council provided that
the plan that was submitted with the amendment request would be the official Precise Plan which
could only be modified with Planning Commission and City Council approval. In 1987, the City
Council approved the last modification of the Precise Plan. Today there are 11 structures on the
Campus, including the recreation facility, comprising approximately 1,802,513 square feet of net
development, for an FAR of approximately 0.29 (refer to Exhibit 4, Existing Development). The
current net square footage is broken down as follows between uses:
• Office 1,018,959 s.f.
• Laboratory 303,825 s.f.
• Manufacturing 373,634 s.f.
• Warehouse 106,095 s.f.
More specifically, the structures shown on Exhibit 4 consist of:
Table I-1
Existing Uses
7E-2
Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse
996,871
Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse
39,082
E-3
Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse
28,383
E-4
Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse
670,619
E-5
Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse
1,705
E-6
Office
2,263
E-7
Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse
49,966
E-20
Warehouse
9,245
E-21
Office, Warehouse
3,951
E-23
Warehouse
428
E-24
Recreation*
0
Total
1
11,802,513
*Note: Building E-24 includes locker rooms, restroom and shower rooms which are non -assignable areas for purposes
of net square footage.
Page 5 October 2015
Page 320 of 441
"' "•• •� .� t W}1�{itit+St�hn
- 1G•y I, `I_ �y `���'`��'T :}� `j; �i ., 1�1i31►� ",+ /+'ni
CX
' ill ^ la• pl ++'' i'V
a., - I;i. _ . Yl♦�.. oli) •'•' jai •, D 1 3 t1 ••
>z 1 :1 Own,do;BJ,ud:
�.._ .j • • � � - '� dll 111 il!l, •. �,t l3 iY
A.
4177
• � m P" � �� 1 �r D ^�C+ .� .a.isirl ,:,t s{ hf4_�in!
e3r's Ave r,, Nosecca"ns-A�jj
Imagery Date. 317;20' 1 i 1994 33 5441,99" t4 118'23'08-33".,W e,ev 13 ; rt n Eye alt ,12,1 t,
Under the existing approvals, only an additional 215,390 net square feet can be built for a total
FAR of 0.325. With this FAR, the Property is extremely underdeveloped as both the General Plan
and zoning for similar light industrial uses allow a 0.60 FAR as of right. Further, the El Segundo
Municipal Code (ESMC) was recently amended to clarify that the FAR is based on net square feet
of development in the light manufacturing zone. Currently the Campus is built close to the
maximum FAR currently allowed. The limitations caused by the Precise Plan have caused
Raytheon to utilize property in other areas for its operations when the need arises. This creates
inefficiency and unnecessary costs, as well as results in economic losses for the City.
In order to make efficient use of the Campus, Raytheon filed for this Specific Plan in December
2011 along with other applications, including a General Plan Amendment, Zoning Amendment,
and Tentative Map. The intent of the Specific Plan is to allow Raytheon to develop the Specific
Plan area with any combination of allowed uses provided that the FAR does not exceed a specified
development square footage (at a maximum FAR of 0.60 within the ESSCSP area) and the
specified peak hour trip ceiling on new development (26,585 daily trips, 3042 a.m. peak hour trips
and 3120 p.m. peak hour trips). The adoption of this Specific Plan will allow Raytheon to expand
its operations, invest in the City of El Segundo, and make use of its property in a manner similar
to adjacent properties.
C. DEMOGRAPHICS
According to the 2010 United States Census, as of 2010 El Segundo had a population of 16,654
persons and a total of 7410 dwelling units. From 2000 to 2010, El Segundo's population increased
by 4%. The 2009 Profile of the City of El Segundo prepared by the Southern California Association
of Governments ("SCAG") indicates that as of 2008 there were 53,715 jobs in the City of El
Segundo, which was 1.3% lower than the 2003 level. Raytheon employs approximately 7,000 of
these employees. During the period from 2003 to 2008 there was a 13.2% decrease in
manufacturing jobs although manufacturing jobs remain the largest sector of jobs in the City.
D. ECONOMIC CONTEXT
El Segundo has a daytime population of approximately 85,000 persons compared to its resident
population of approximately 17,000 persons. Through the years El Segundo has steadily moved
away from heavy industrial and manufacturing uses towards more diversified commercial and
professional uses. With the exception of the Chevron Refinery and the Air Products Chemical
Plants, most heavy industrial uses have relocated outside of the City. El Segundo is home to many
major corporations including Raytheon, Boeing, Chevron, Computer Sciences Corporation,
DirecTV, Mattel, Xerox, Time Warner Cable, The Aerospace Corporation, and Northrop
Grumman. Raytheon is the City's largest employer.
Over the past few years there has been a net loss of jobs in the City. The potential for additional
businesses and jobs that may be created by this Specific Plan will improve the overall economic
health of the City, allowing the City to provide a high quality of municipal services to the benefit
of the City's resident and business community.
Page 7 October 2015
Page 322 of 441
This page intentionally left blank.
Page 8
October 2015
Page 323 of 441
II. OVERVIEW OF THE SPECIFIC PLAN
A. PURPOSE AND AUTHORITY OF SPECIFIC PLAN
The purpose of this Specific Plan is to provide a foundation for the proposed land uses on the
subject property through the application of regulations, standards and design guidelines. The El
Segundo South Campus Specific Plan provides text and exhibits which describe the proposed land
uses and associated guidelines.
This Specific Plan is adopted pursuant to Government Code §§ 65450 through 65457.
Pursuant to Government Code § 65450, a Specific Plan must include text and a diagram or
diagrams which specify all of the following in detail:
• The distribution, location, and extent of the uses of land, including open space
within the area covered by the plan.
• The proposed distribution, location, extent, and intensity of major components of
public and private transportation, sewage, water, drainage, solid waste disposal,
energy and other essential facilities proposed to be located within the land area
covered by the plan and needed to support the land uses described in the plan.
• Standards and criteria by which development will proceed, and standards for the
conservation, development, and utilization of natural resources, where applicable.
• A program of implementation measures including regulations, programs, public
works projects and financing measures necessary to carry out the above items.
A discussion of the relationship of the Specific Plan to the General Plan.
A thorough review of the El Segundo General Plan shows that this Specific Plan is compatible and
consistent with the goals and policies outlined in the General Plan. This Specific Plan will further
the goals and policies of the General Plan as more fully described below.
This Specific Plan was prepared to provide the essential relationship between the policies of the
El Segundo General Plan and actual development in the Project area. By functioning as a
regulatory document, the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan provides a means of
implementing the City of El Segundo's General Plan. All future development plans and
entitlements within the Specific Plan boundaries must be consistent with the standards set forth in
this document.
Page 9 October 2015
Page 324 of 441
B. SPECIFIC PLAN SCOPE AND GOALS
The City of El Segundo is an employment -led community and accordingly, development has been
led by employment rather than housing growth. The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan will
serve the mission of economic development in the City which is to create, maintain, and implement
a business climate that fosters a strong economic community, develop a strategic plan that will
result in business retention and attraction, provide an effective level of City services to all elements
of the community, and maintain the quality of life that has characterized El Segundo for more than
nine decades.
Permitted uses within the Campus will create job opportunities and seek balance between growth,
local resources, and infrastructure capacity. Additionally, the growth allowed by the Specific Plan
will create a synergy with other uses in the area and help those businesses to grow as well. The
development allowed under the Specific Plan will provide a basis for a positive contribution to the
maintenance and expansion of El Segundo's economic base as development typically increases
the City's business license taxes, increases the City's utility user taxes, increases the City's
property taxes, and increases the City's sales taxes. An increased economic base will provide the
City with resources to provide high -quality services to its residents and daytime population.
C. CONSISTENCY WITH THE GENERAL PLAN
The El Segundo General Plan provides the underlying fundamentals of the El Segundo South
Campus Specific Plan, which serves both as a planning and regulatory document. The Specific
Plan is the document implementing the El Segundo General Plan for the Campus area.
Proposed development plans or agreements, tentative tract or parcel maps, and any other
development approvals must be consistent with the Specific Plan. Projects consistent with this
Specific Plan will be automatically deemed consistent with the General Plan.
The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan requires a General Plan Amendment that changes
the Land Use Designation from Light Industrial, Public Facility and Open Space to El Segundo
South Campus Specific Plan with an accompanying Land Use map change. With approval of this
amendment, the Specific Plan is consistent with the General Plan of the City of El Segundo. More
specifically, the Specific Plan directly implements or furthers the intent of the following goals,
objectives and policies of the General Plan:
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ELEMENT
Goal ED1: To create in El Segundo a strong, healthy economic community in which all
diverse stakeholders may benefit.
Policy ED1-1.1: Maintain economic development as one of the City's and the
business and residential communities' top priorities.
Page 10 October 2015
Page 325 of 441
Policy EDI-1.2: Focus short -run economic development efforts on business
retention and focus longer -run efforts on the diversification of
El Segundo's economic base in order to meet quality of life
goals.
Objective EDI-2: Center diversification efforts on targeted industries that meet
the City's criteria for job creation, growth potential, fiscal
impact, and fit with local resources.
Policy EDI-2.1: Seek to expand El Segundo's retail and commercial base so that
the diverse needs of the City's business and residential
communities are met.
Policy ED1-2.2: Maintain and promote land uses that improve the City's tax
base, balancing economic development and quality of life
goals.
Goal ED2: To provide a supportive and economically profitable environment as the
foundation of a strong local business community.
Policy ED2-1.3: Develop a framework within which interested groups can work
together on matters of common interest related to economic
growth, its orderly management, and the resolution of attendant
problems to improve the City's business climate.
LAND USE ELEMENT
Goal LU4: Provide a stable tax base for the City through development of new commercial
uses, primarily within a mixed -use environment, without adversely affecting
the viability of Downtown.
Objective L U4-1: Promote the development of high quality retail facilities in
proximity to major employment centers.
Policy LU4-3.1: Encourage retail uses, where appropriate, on the ground floor
of Urban Mixed -Use and corporate offices with other uses
above.
Policy LU4-3.2: Encourage mixed -use developments within one -quarter mile of
the Green Line Stations.
Objective LU4-4: Provide areas where development has the flexibility to mix
uses, in an effort to provide synergistic relationships which
have the potential to maximize economic benefit, reduce traffic
impacts, and encourage pedestrian environments.
Page 11
October 2015
Page 326 of 441
Policy LU4-4.1: Policies and zoning regulations shall be developed to help
guide the development of commercial activities within mixed -
use projects.
Policy LU4-4.4: Promote commercial uses, in conjunction with other uses, in
buildings within a quarter -mile walking radius of the Green
Line Stations.
Policy LU4-4.6: Promote mixed -use development near transit nodes and
encourage modes of transportation that do not require an
automobile.
Goal LU5: Retain and attract clean and environmentally safe industrial uses that provide
a stable tax base and minimize any negative impact on the City.
Objective LU5-1: Attract the kinds of industrial uses which will be economically
beneficial to the community as well as enhance the
environmental quality of the City.
Objective LU5-2: Encourage the construction of high -quality, well designed
industrial developments through adoption of property
development standards and provisions of community services
and utilities.
Policy LU5-2.1: New industrial developments shall provide landscaping in
parking areas and around the buildings. This landscaping is to
be permanently maintained.
Policy LU5-2.5: Employee recreational facilities shall be provided by the
employer for large industrial developments.
Objective LU54: Preserve and maintain a balanced and diversified industrial
base.
Objective L U5-6: Encourage a mix of office and light industrial uses in industrial
areas.
Policy LU6-1.1: Continue to provide uniform and high quality park and
recreational opportunities to all areas of the City, for use by
residents and employees.
CIRCULATION ELEMENT
Goal Cl: Provide a safe, convenient, and cost-effective circulation system to serve the
present and future circulation needs of the El Segundo community.
Page 12
October 2015
Page 327 of 441
Policy C1-1.8: Provide all residential, commercial, and industrial areas with
efficient and safe access to the major regional transportation
facilities.
Policy C1-1.9: Provide all residential, commercial, and industrial areas with
efficient and safe access for emergency vehicles.
Goal C2: Provide a circulation system that incorporates alternatives to the single -
occupant vehicle, to create a balance among travel modes based on travel
needs, costs, social values, user acceptance, and air quality considerations.
Objective C2-1: Provide a pedestrian circulation system to support and
encourage walking as a safe and convenient travel mode within
the City's circulation system.
Policy C2-1.3: Encourage new developments in the City by participating in the
development of the citywide system of pedestrian walkways
and require participation funded by the Project developer where
appropriate.
Policy C2-1.4: Ensure the installation of sidewalks on all future arterial
widening or new construction projects, to establish a
continuous and convenient link for pedestrians.
Objective C2-2: Provide a bikeway system throughout the City to support and
encourage the use of the bicycle as a safe and convenient travel
mode within the City's circulation system.
Policy C2-2.1: Implement the recommendations on the Bicycle Master Plan
contained in the Circulation Element, as the availability arises;
i.e., through development, private grants, signing of shared
routes.
Policy C2-2.2: Encourage new development to provide facilities for bicyclists
to park and store their bicycles and provide shower and clothes
hanging facilities at or close to the bicyclist's work destination.
Policy C2-2.6: Encourage design of new streets with the potential for Class I
or Class II bicycle routes that separate the automobile, bicycle,
and pedestrian to the maximum extent feasible.
Policy C2-2.8: Evaluate bikeway system links with the Metro Green Line rail
stations and improve access wherever feasible.
Page 13
October 2015
Page 328 of 441
Policy C3-1.8: Require the provision of adequate pedestrian and bicycle access
for new development projects through the development review
process.
OPEN SPACE AND RECREATION ELEMENT
Goal OS1: Provide and maintain high quality open space and recreational facilities that
meet the needs of the existing and future residents and employees within the
City of El Segundo.
Objective OSI -3: Provide recreational programs and facilities for all segments
of the community.
Policy OS1-3.4: Encourage commercial recreational uses to locate in El
Segundo.
CONSERVATION ELEMENT
Goal CN2: Assist in the maintenance of a safe and sufficient water supply and distribution
system that provides for all the water needs within the community.
Policy CN2-7: Require new construction and development to incorporate the
principles and practices of sound landscape design and
management, particularly those conserving water and energy.
Policy CN2-11: Encourage, whenever appropriate and feasible, development
techniques which minimize surface run-off and allow
replenishment of soil moisture. Such techniques may include,
but not be limited to, the on -site use and retention of storm
water, the use of pervious paving material (such as walk -on -
bark, pea gravel, and cobble mulches), the preservation of
vegetative covers, and efficiently designed and managed
irrigation systems.
Goal CN5: Develop programs to protect, enhance, and increase the amount and quality
of the urban landscape to maximize aesthetic and environmental benefits.
Policy CN5-8: Increase the quantity of plant material to:
• Increase filtration of airborne particulate matter
• Increase oxygen production
• Provide carbon storage
• Reduce the solar heat load on structures and heat gain from
paved surfaces
• Increase the percolation of water into soil
Page 14
October 2015
Page 329 of 441
Decrease run-off and evapotranspiration
Policy CN5-10: Develop standards, procedures, and guidelines for sound
landscape design and management. Incorporate these
standards, procedures, and guidelines, including conservation
concepts, into the City's review and approval process for
residential and non-residential projects.
AIR QUALITY ELEMENT
Goal AQ4: Reduce Motorized Transportation
Policy AQ4-1.1: It is the policy of the City of El Segundo that the City actively
encourage the development and maintenance of a high quality
network of pedestrian and bicycle routes, linked to key
locations, in order to promote non -motorized transportation.
NOISE ELEMENT
Goal N1: Encourage a high quality environment within all parts of the City of El
Segundo where the public's health, safety, and welfare are not adversely
affected by excessive noise.
Objective NI -1: It is the objective of the City of El Segundo to ensure that City
residents are not exposed to mobile noise levels in excess of the
interior and exterior noise standards or the single event noise
standards specified in the El Segundo Municipal Code.
Policy N1-1.4: Consider noise impacts from traffic arterials and railroads, as
well as aircraft, when identifying potential new areas for
residential land use.
Objective NI -2: It is the objective of the City of El Segundo to ensure that City
residents are not exposed to stationary noise levels in excess of
El Segundo's Noise Ordinance standards.
PUBLIC SAFETY ELEMENT
Goal PSI: Protect the public health and safety and minimize the social and economic
impacts associated with geologic hazards.
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND WASTE MANAGEMENT ELEMENT
Goal HM1: Protect health and safety of citizens and businesses within El Segundo and
neighboring communities.
Page 15
October 2015
Page 330 of 441
Goal HM3: Ensure compliance with State laws regarding hazardous materials and waste
management.
Goal HM4: Assist in meeting State, Federal, and County hazardous materials and waste
management goals, as these are consistent with City goals.
Goal HM5: Assist in meeting State and County goals to reduce hazardous waste
generation to the maximum extent possible.
Goal HM8: Maintain the economic viability of the City of El Segundo.
Policy HM8-1: Promote continuous updating of business plans by companies
in the City.
D. ENTITLEMENTS
The following entitlements are required in conjunction with this Specific Plan (SP No. 11-01):
• General Plan Amendment No.I 1-01 to change the land use designation from Light
Industrial, Public Facility and Open Space to El Segundo South Campus Specific
Plan with an accompanying Land Use map change.
• Zone Text Amendment No. 11-01 to: 1) add "El Segundo South Campus Specific
Plan" to El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") § 15-3-1; and 2) add a new ESMC
§ 15-3-2(A)(8) "El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan."
• Zone Change No. 11-02 to rezone the property from Light Manufacturing, Open
Space and Public Facility to El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan.
• Development Agreement No. 11-02 between the City of El Segundo and Raytheon
Company.
• Vesting Tentative Map # 71551 dividing the Specific Plan Area into 26 individual
lots.
Findings justifying the General Plan Amendment and Zone Change include:
1. The Specific Plan designation is intended to provide more flexibility for the
development of a master -planned Campus that will be constructed in several
phases.
2. The primary objective of the Specific Plan is to provide for superior, more
comprehensive, site planning of the Campus.
3. Uses permitted within the Campus are consistent with prior zoning and compatible
with adjacent uses.
Page 16
October 2015
Page 331 of 441
E. EXISTING LAND USES
The City of El Segundo has distinctive land use patterns, which are divided into four quadrants by
the intersection of Sepulveda Boulevard and El Segundo Boulevard. Compatibility of an individual
land use is determined mainly by its relationship to other uses within its quadrant. The El Segundo
South Campus Specific Plan area is located in the southeastern quadrant of the City of El Segundo,
which is east of Sepulveda Boulevard and south of El Segundo Boulevard. The design and
implementation of this Specific Plan relate directly to its position within this larger context.
The southeast quadrant of the City is primarily designated for light industrial which allows a
mixture of industrial and office uses. This quadrant also contains a commercial region which is
home to the retail development of Plaza El Segundo, an approximately 388,000 square foot
lifestyle retail center. The northeast quadrant of the City lies directly across El Segundo Boulevard
and consists primarily of corporate office and urban mixed uses which allow for office and
commercial uses. The southwest quadrant of the City lies directly across Sepulveda Boulevard and
consists primarily of oil refinery/heavy industrial use. A multimedia zone overlies both the
southeast and northeast quadrants of the City. Before the adoption of the El Segundo South
Campus Specific Plan (ESSC-SP) the property was designated primarily as Light Industrial in the
General Plan Land Use Element with Light Industrial zoning.
Adjacent land uses include the following:
North: Across El Segundo Boulevard, include mid- and high-rise office buildings with
multi -story parking structures and a hotel. LAX is located approximately 1.0
mile north of the Campus.
East: The adjacent land uses to the east include the elevated MTA Green Line and a
variety of one and two story industrial uses along Coral Circle. The El Segundo
Boulevard Green Line station is located at the northeast corner of the Campus.
South: A Union Pacific Railroad spur line lies immediately to the south and further to
the south, the Plaza El Segundo commercial center. Immediately to the
southwest of the Campus is a City of El Segundo Stormwater retention basin
and to the west of that are public storage units and a Federal Express distribution
facility.
West: Land uses to the west include the El Segundo Municipal Golf Course and the
West Basin Municipal Water District Water Recycling Facility. The Chevron
Refinery is located across Sepulveda Boulevard.
Page 17 October 2015
Page 332 of 441
This page intentionally left blank.
Page 18
October 2015
Page 333 of 441
III. LAND USE PLAN
The Raytheon campus has been in place since the 1970s and has been modified and expanded
several times as the need arose. The existing Campus includes 1,802,513 square feet of mixed
development on the site's 142.28 gross acres, 13,624 square feet of which would be demolished
as part of the land use program. The project area, excluding the right -of-way of El Segundo
Boulevard, is 137.06 acres.
A. DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT
The Specific Plan establishes the general type, parameters and character of the development in
order to develop an integrated Campus that is also compatible with the surrounding area. The
Campus' proximity to freeways, major arterials, and the Metro Rail makes the Campus an ideal
location for the expansion of uses and is consistent with the City's desire to facilitate economic
development in El Segundo.
The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan development concept provides flexibility for
Raytheon to either expand its existing operations or develop a mixed -use project that would be
compatible with the existing Raytheon Campus facilities and operations. On an overall basis, the
maximum development potential within the 142.28 acre campus is based upon a floor area ratio
(FAR) of 0.60, resulting in a maximum development intensity of 3,718,889 net square feet.
Development of individual parcels may exceed 0.60 FAR as noted in the sections below.
In order to allow for maximum flexibility within the Specific Plan area, a Mixed Use concept is
utilized, with mechanisms in the Specific Plan's Development Regulation to allow for transfers
between land use types and planning areas, subject to the following requirements:
1. The overall FAR of the Campus cannot exceed 0.60 based on the gross acreage of
the site, resulting in a maximum development intensity of 3,718,889 net square feet
of building area;
2. Land uses conform to allowable uses as outlined in the Permitted Use Table in the
Development Standards section of this Specific Plan; and
The total number of traffic trips cannot exceed the trip ceiling established for the
Project. The trip ceiling for trip generation of new development within the Project
area is:
a. 631 PM peak hour inbound trips and 2,489 PM peak hour outbound trips, for a
total of 3,120 PM peak hour trips as outlined in the trip budget mechanism for the
Project (refer to Appendix A).
b. 2,634 AM peak hour inbound trips and 408 outbound AM peak hour trips, for a
total of 3,042 AM peak hour trips as outlined in the trip budget mechanism for the
Project (refer to Appendix A).
c. 26,585 daily trips as outlined in the trip budget mechanism for the Project (refer
to Appendix A).
Page 19 October 2015
Page 334 of 441
Floor Area. For purposes of this Specific Plan, application of a floor area ratio results in net
building square footage. Gross floor area is the sum of the net floor area plus an additional twelve
percent (12%) of net floor area. The purpose of evaluating individual buildings proposed within
the Specific Plan area net floor area is defined in section VI.B.5.c of this Specific Plan.
B. LAND USE PLAN
The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan is based upon the following land uses (refer to
Exhibit 5, Land Use Plan):
1. Commercial/Office Mixed Use (CMU)
The Commercial/Office Mixed Use (CMU) land use designation is located on parcels
fronting onto El Segundo Boulevard, consisting of lots 2, 3, 4, 14, 15, and 16, and totaling
approximately 24 acres. The CMU area allows for a wide range of office and commercial
uses consistent with the existing and planned Campus. However this area's frontage on El
Segundo Boulevard is most appropriate for commercial land uses such as office, retail,
restaurants, and fitness centers which require more visibility and the potential to attract
users from outside the Raytheon Campus.
The specific uses are limited in this land use category as shown in the Specific Plan's
development regulations in order to provide an aesthetically pleasing frontage to the
Campus along this high visibility corridor.
Anticipated floor area ratios along this frontage range from 0.25-1.81. Table III-1 shows
one potential scenario, based upon the conceptual site plan shown in Exhibit 6, Conceptual
Site Plan.
2. Office/Industrial Mixed Use (O/I MU)
The Office/Industrial Mixed Use (O/I MU) land use designation is comprised of the
balance of the development areas of the site, including the existing Raytheon Campus
buildings. This consists of lots 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 17 and 18 and totals approximately
86.62 acres. This designation includes a full range of commercial, office, warehousing, and
light industrial land uses, allowing for new light industrial/R&D, office, and commercial
uses consistent with the existing Campus. This range of uses would facilitate an expansion
of the existing Campus or the sale of parcels for development by others.
Anticipated floor area ratios range from 0.22-2.2. Table III-1 shows one potential scenario,
based upon the conceptual site plan shown in Exhibit 6, Conceptual Site Plan.
The existing Raytheon Campus facility is located in the central portion of the
Office/Industrial Mixed Use area. This facility may continue to be fenced and gated to
secure its perimeter.
Page 20
October 2015
Page 335 of 441
3. Recreation/Open Space (REC/OS)
The Recreation/Open Space category includes the Project's private recreation facility,
identified as Lot 11 on Exhibit 6, as well as several small remnant and potential right -of-
way parcels along the properties eastern (Lots 20, 22, 23, and 24) and western (Lot 26)
edge, as shown on Exhibits 6 and 7).
The Specific Plan recreation facility includes 7.54 acres of private outdoor recreational
facilities for Raytheon employees. A field house building including showers, lockers and
restrooms would be provided as a required facility but is not counted as part of the Project's
FAR and square footage cap.
The recreation facilities provided on site must include at least three of the following:
Fields for baseball, soccer and/or other team sports
Tennis courts
Basketball courts
Handball courts
• Volleyball courts
Table III-1, Land Use Summary, shows the anticipated scenario for the Project's land use mix.
Table III-1
Land Use Summary
Land Use
New Development
Building Area (Net)
(square feet)
Building Area (Gross)
(square feet)
Office
1,565,000
1,752,800
Warehouse/Storage
82,000
91,840
Light Industrial
150,000
168,000
Commercial
133,000
148,960
Subtotal New Development
1,930,000
2,161,600
Existing Campus Uses'
1,788,889
2,069,947
Total Campus Development
3,718,889
4,231,547
1 Buildings scheduled for demolition are E-20, E-21, E-23, and E-24 (refer to Exhibit 4); already excluded from
Existing Campus Uses.
Page 21
October 2015
Page 336 of 441
Table III-2, Land Use - Project Development Scenario, show a potential implementation of the
uses and standards of this Specific Plan based upon the vesting map and the Conceptual Site Plan
shown in Exhibit 6, Site Plan. Ultimate land use would be determined at the time of site plan
submittal for a specific parcel, subject to the development standards and permitted uses outlined
in Section VI, Development Standards, and analysis of compliance with overall FAR and trip
budget limitations.
Table III-2
Land Use- Project Development Scenario
Parcel Use Acreage Building ding Area (GrosS)2 Assumed FA
Commercial/Office Mixed Use (CMU)
2
Office
4.87
380,040
425,644.80
1.79
3
Office
2.57
191,540
214,524.80
1.71
4
Office
5.20
191,540
214,524.80
0.84
14
Commercial
4.01
50,000
56,000
0.29
15
Commercial
3.99
1 46,000
51,520
1 0.26
16
Commercial
3.36
37,000
41,440
0.25
Subtotal
24.00
896,120
1,003,654.4
0.86
Office/Industrial Mixed Use (011 MU)
1
Office
10.02
191,540
214,524.8
0.44
5
Existing
7.17
67,465
82,412
0.22
6
Warehouse
Light Ind.
4.53
82,000
150,000
91,840
168,000
1.18
7
Office
4.75
163,840
183,500.8
0.79
8
Office
5.81
163,840
183,500.8
0.65
9
Office
1.68
160,840
180,140.8
2.20
10
Parking
structure
1.49
--
--
--
12
Existing
7.78
53,934
82,798
0.16
13
Office
2.71
121,820
136,438.4
1.03
17
Existing
22.32
996,871
1,121,048
1.03
18
Existing
18.36
670,619
783,689
0.84
Subtotal
86.62
2,822,769
3,227,892.6
0.75
TOTAL DEV
110.62
3,718,8894
4,231,547
0.77
19-26
Roads/OS
18.07
--
--
--
11
Recreation
7.54
--
--
-
El Segundo Blvd. New
Dedication
Road and Bike
Path
0.83
--
--
-
El Segundo Blvd. Existing
Dedication
Road
5.22
--
--
--
TOTAL
142.28
0.60
2 Gross building area ofnew construction is assumed to be 1.12% ofnet area. Twelve (12) percent of gross area is excluded, accounting for
elevators, stairwells, and other non occupied space.
3 FAR calculation yields a net building area.
4 Total allowable intensity would be capped at a potential maximum of 3,718,889 net square feet.
Page 22
October 2015
Page 337 of 441
Trip Ceiling. A Trip Budget tracking system is a mechanism for managing the forecast vehicular
trips generated by the land use mix identified in Tables III-1 and III-2. The Trip Budget is defined
in Appendix "A" of this Specific Plan and is outlined in Table III -3 below.
The purpose of the system is to ensure that development can be accommodated within the planned
roadway capacity of the on -site and off -site roadway systems and to allow maximum flexibility of
land uses in keeping with the market and ongoing Raytheon facilities requirements.
The basis for the trip budget is the specification of a mix of uses within the Specific Plan area. The
budget establishes a baseline capacity of trips. Using assumed traffic generation rates for the uses
anticipated within the Project, the number of trips that would be generated at build -out of the plan
was estimated.
Table III-3
Project Trip Ceiling
for trips associated with new development
within the ESSCSP area.
AM Peak Hour Trips AM
Out
PM Peak Hour Trips
Out
Total Daily Trips
If a different mix of land uses is proposed at the time of Site Plan review, a trip budget table and
analysis would be provided as part of the Project submittal to allow for:
Confirmation that the proposed mix of uses falls within the maximum trip
allowance; and
City tracking of the land use mix within the Project.
Page 23
October 2015
Page 338 of 441
-offwe I Idusbial Mard uw
-RCCM600 1 OPM Spwe
EXHIBIT 5
LAND USE PLAN
Amended per CC Resolution No. 5291
Amended per CC Resolution No. TBD
I
Page 24
October 2015
Page 339 of 441
21 JT
y lit
m
EXHIBIT 6
CONCEPTUAL SITE PLAN
Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291
-20
Page 25
October 2015
Page 340 of 441
EXHIBIT 7
VESTING TENTATIVE MAP #83507
Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291
Page 26
October 2015
Page 341 of 441
C. PHASING
Development starts and occupancy rates are not mandated by any phasing schedule. Development
will be dictated by market demand and phased accordingly. The conceptual phasing schedule
identified below is a best estimate for planning purposes only.
Table III-4
Phasing
•p
Office
i
0
i i
1,752, 800
��
1,752,800
Warehouse
0
91,840
91,840
Industrial
0
168,000
168,000
Retail/Restaurant
92,960
56,000
148,960
Total
92,960
2,068,640
2,161,600
Note: Phase 1 is a commercial development site bounded by
El Segundo Boulevard, the future extension of
Nash Street, and future extension of Continental Boulevard,
illustrated at lots 15 and 16 and
identified as
CMU district in Land Use Exhibit 5.
D. CIRCULATION PLAN
Regionally, the Campus is accessible from the San Diego freeway (405), Century Freeway (105),
the Metro Green Line, and the major arterials of El Segundo Boulevard and Sepulveda Boulevard.
The Campus is directly accessible from El Segundo Boulevard at the intersections of Continental
Boulevard and Nash Street and is accessible off of Sepulveda Boulevard via Hughes Way. There
is a third access point located adjacent to the El Segundo Boulevard Metro Green Line station.
However, that access is gated. The internal circulation system of the Campus is currently private
and access is controlled by fencing, guard stations, and gates.
The development of the Specific Plan must provide for an efficient, internal roadway system that
will facilitate on -site circulation and parking. Access will be provided for emergency vehicles and
development within the Campus will provide infrastructure and facilitate access for various modes
of travel including automobiles, transit, bicycles, and pedestrian. Connectivity in this part of the
City will also be provided in accordance with the City's General Plan. Pedestrian and handicap
access must be provided between buildings, to key elements in the surrounding area, and to the
nearby MTA Green Line station.
VEHICULAR CIRCULATION
El Segundo Boulevard. El Segundo Boulevard is an existing public arterial that abuts the property
on its northern edge. An off-street "Class I" bicycle path will be designed and constructed
consistent with the requirements of the South Bay Bicycle Master Plan. The bicycle path may
diverge from running parallel to El Segundo Boulevard near the overhead green line overhead
alignment and enter the El Segundo Green Line Station south of any obstructions created by the
supports for the Green Line's elevated track.
Page 27 October 2015
Page 342 of 441
A limited number of additional curb cuts may be allowed along El Segundo Boulevard to provide
direct access to the Campus, subject to the approval of the Director of Planning and Building Safety
and Director of Public Works as part of site plan review.
Hughes Way/Nash Street Extension. With the development of the Specific Plan, Hughes Way
will be connected with Nash Street through the south and eastern portions of the Campus (Parcel
19). The street will be dedicated to the City for public right -of-way purposes as a Secondary
Arterial with a right-of-way width of 100 feet, including a 22-foot wide raised landscaped median.
Hughes Way extension will include a 6-foot wide on -street "Class II" bicycle lane consistent with
the South Bay Bicycle Plan. This street must be completed before a certificate of occupancy is
issued for any use which would cause the new development trip cap of 89 a.m. peak hour, 225
p.m. hour peak trips or 3775 daily trips to be exceeded.
The circulation pattern provides for future connection from the Nash Street extension to Coral
Circle (an easement through Parcels 20 and 22) and provides for additional parking for the Coral
Circle businesses (Parcels 20 and 22). 20-year irrevocable offers of dedication to Parcels 20 and
22 must be offered and may be accepted by the City at such time as the City acquires access rights
from the affected businesses along Coral Circle and enters into a contract for the construction of
the connecting street.
Continental Boulevard. The Circulation Plan calls for the extension of Continental Boulevard,
along the southwestern boundary lines, to its connection with Hughes Way. This street will initially
be private and gate controlled until such time as the first parcel taking access from the road is either
sold or leased for use by non -Raytheon parties. At that time a portion of the road (Parcel 21 or
Parcel 25 or both) will be opened to public access either through dedication to the City or
recordation of a public access easement. Continental Boulevard is designed as a Collector Street
with a right-of-way width of 80 feet, and a 14-foot raised median.
At the point where the future Continental Boulevard turns from an east -west direction to a north -
south direction, a parcel has been created (Parcel 26) which will allow access to the adjacent golf
course. Raytheon will provide a 20-year irrevocable offer of dedication for this parcel. This
dedication may be accepted by the City at such time the City permits circulation through the
adjacent golf course and Continental Boulevard is made accessible to the public.
Until such time as a street is accepted by the City, the street may be fenced, guarded or gated.
However, perimeter security will be relocated so as to provide unfettered access to all public
streets.
NON -VEHICULAR CIRCULATION
Three non -vehicular circulation components are included within the Campus:
A 6-foot wide Class I bicycle path (4-foot one way path with 2-foot shoulder) is
required to be installed in a dedicated public easement adjacent to El Segundo
Boulevard (consistent with the South Bay Bicycle Plan). This path is illustrated in
the Landscape portion of the Specific Plan Design Guidelines.
Page 28 October 2015
Page 343 of 441
A 6-foot wide Class II, on -street bicycle lane is included within the right-of-way of
the Hughes/Nash Street extension on each side of the street.
A pedestrian access easement across one or a combination of parcels 13, 14 and/or
parcel 24 of Vesting Map 71551 is required to allow direct pedestrian access to the
Green Line Station.
Improved bicycle parking facilities will be located at either the Metro Green -line station or on -
site, on land reserved for secured bicycle parking in close proximity to the Green -line station. This
facility, at a minimum, will include fully enclosed, secured parking for bicycles. The station could
also include other amenities for cyclists, such as: staffing, repair facilities, sales of bicycle related
materials, changing and or shower facilities, bicycle rental and/or bicycle sharing facilities.
E. GRADING CONCEPT
Site grading will require cut and fill to create building pads. The grading is expected to be balanced
on -site. Final grading plans will be approved by the City Engineer before the City issues a grading
permit.
Page 29
October 2015
Page 344 of 441
I
R,
r—T 6BIKE PATH
11KE PATH CLASS I
FUTURE RETAINING
WALL k SWALE
AS NEEDED
EXISTING EL SEGUNDO BLVD.
AND PROPOSED DEDICATION
SCAU: NTS
R/W R/W
100'
BID* _I
PROP. ` PROP.
10' Clfe 40' 40' CURB 10'
5' S' B. 1 12' 11' n' 11' 11' 1 2 1 6' 5' 1 5'
2x MAX) NEW. AC PVMT-- 2% (MAX)
�r •�.nJ L«ev
�- PROP RAISED MEDIAN PROP. CONC. SIDEWALK
PROP. CONC. CURB AI GUTTER PROP. CONC CURB k GUTTER
OONC. SIDEWALK
R
NC
• - BIKE LANE
TYPICAL SECTION: SECONDARY ARTERIAL STREET
SCALE NTS
BO
60'
10' o 30' 30' t1uRo 1G•
5' S' 11' 1 12' 7' 1 7' 12' 1 IV S' 5'
2x (MAX) EW- AC PVMT -_2% (MAX)
PROP CONC. CURB k GUTTER PROP. RAISED MEDIAN `1 PROP CONC SIDEWALK
PROP CONC CURB & GUTTER
CCNC SIDEWALK
r � � 1 •► • •► li
Page 30
October 2015
Page 345 of 441
IV. EXISTING UTILITIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE
The following is a summary of existing and proposed public infrastructure for development of the
site. Some private infrastructure may be converted to public infrastructure where appropriate and
if the City of El Segundo approves. All infrastructure will be constructed in accordance with the
standards of the governing agency.
A. WATER SERVICE
EXISTING CONDITION
Water utility service is provided by the City of El Segundo and is currently available within the
Campus. Water is purchased through West Basin Municipal Water District which is a member of
The Metropolitan Water District of Southern California.
The current points of connection to the public water system are near the midpoint of the northern
and midpoint of the eastern property line. Connection is made with 12-inch service laterals to an
existing 27-inch diameter City of El Segundo water main line.
Water for fire suppression is provided by on -site building sprinklers and fire hydrant(s) and from
off -site fire hydrants located on El Segundo Boulevard.
PROPOSED CONDITION
The existing and future water service must be provided through a future public line or a private
line with private easement serving each lot. Location of lines in public streets is the preferred
condition; where a public main line serving multiple lots is not within a public street, an easement
must be granted to the City for access and maintenance. Points of connection will be based on the
City of El Segundo's approval and may include connections to existing 27-inch water main line in
El Segundo Boulevard, an existing 10-inch public water service in Hughes Way, or an existing 27-
inch public water service which lies within an existing City easement along the east side of the
site. Future water service points of connection will need to be provided to existing Raytheon
buildings to remaining and future buildings. A Conceptual Water Utility Plan has been developed
for the Specific Plan Area (refer to Exhibit 8, Water Plan).
Fire flows for future construction will be based on County of Los Angeles Fire Department Land
Development Unit standards, requiring up to 5,000 gallons per minute (gpm) at 20 psi residual
pressure for up to a five -hour duration. Final fire flows will be based on specific building design
details.
Page 31 October 2015
Page 346 of 441
EXHIBIT 8
CONCEPTUAL WATER PLAN
Source: Psomas
Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291
Page 32
October 2015
Page 347 of 441
B. RECLAIMED WATER
EXISTING CONDITION
Reclaimed water utility service is provided by the West Basin Municipal Water District from a
treatment plant just west of the Campus and is already being used for landscaping the Campus. A
current point of connection to the reclaimed water system for irrigation of landscaping along El
Segundo Boulevard is along El Segundo Boulevard at Continental Boulevard. Connection is made
with a 6-inch service lateral to an existing 42-inch diameter West Basin reclaimed water main line.
A sewer study was prepared by Psomas for the Specific Plan, dated September 2012. Please refer
to the full study for technical details on potential reclaimed water usage.
PROPOSED CONDITION
The existing and future reclaimed water service must be provided through a future public main
line or a private line with private easement serving each lot. Location of lines in public streets is
the preferred condition; where a public main line serving multiple lots is not within a public street,
an easement will be granted to the City for access and maintenance. Points of connection will be
based on West Basin Municipal Water District's and the City of El Segundo's input and may
include connections to an existing 8-inch reclaimed water service in Hughes Way and/or to an
existing 42-inch reclaimed water line in El Segundo Boulevard. New service points of connection
will need to be provided to the new parcels within the Campus. A Conceptual Reclaimed Water
Utility Plan has been developed for the Specific Plan area (refer to Exhibit 9, Reclaimed Water
Plan).
C. SEWER SERVICE
EXISTING CONDITION
Sewer utility service is provided by the City of El Segundo and County Sanitation District of Los
Angeles County and is currently available within the Campus. The Raytheon Campus presently
includes an 18-inch sewer line which connects to an existing 21-inch trunk sewer near the southeast
corner of the site. This trunk sewer continues northeasterly to Douglas Street, turns southerly along
Douglas Street to Alaska Avenue, runs easterly in Alaska Avenue to Hawaii Street and runs
southeasterly in Hawaii Street to Aviation Boulevard where it increases to a 24-inch trunk, runs
southerly for a short distance and then connects to the Los Angeles County Sanitation District
trunk in Aviation. From research of existing sewer plans, there are no connections to this trunk
sewer through this entire alignment as smaller, parallel lines collect all the sewage from the parcels
along this alignment. An existing 10-inch and 15-inch sewer line is also present in El Segundo
Boulevard generally east of Nash Street.
Page 33 October 2015
Page 348 of 441
Kw
Is L—
PROPUbJEU JOIN kX.
1PX1AfMr1�RK(3AM9
77-
Ro
LINE
)L RELLUMED
WATRR M, MCIA
WArrJt T:
R"MEON Sr1FE
l, AMR LINE
KW
RIWIATMUD
PLAN WiVrKRUNE
SCAJ F- I" = 4DO'
LEGEND
kW PROPOSED RECLAIMED WATER
EXISTING RECLAIMED WATER y N.
IT ......... UTILITY TO BE REMOVED
FIRE HYDRANT
RAYTHEON
D
WATER UNE
r
PROPOSED RECLAIMED WATER 1;
EXHIBIT
EXHIBIT 9
CONCEPTUAL RECLAIMED WATER PLAN
Source: Psomas
Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291
Page 34 October 2015
Page 349 of 441
PROPOSED CONDITION
The existing and future sewer service must be provided through a future public sewer line or a
private line with private easement serving each lot. Location of lines in public streets is the
preferred condition; where a public main line serving multiple lots is not within a public street, an
easement must be granted to the City for access and maintenance. Points of connection will be
based on the City's approval and may include connections to an existing 21-inch sewer located at
the southeast corner of the site and/or the existing sewer in El Segundo Boulevard. To serve the
new Project, approximately 8,000 linear feet of new public sewer is anticipated to be constructed
within the Project boundary. A conceptual sewer plan has been developed for the Specific Plan
area (refer to Exhibit 10, Sewer Plan).
D. DRAINAGE
EXISTING CONDITION
A drainage study was prepared by Psomas for the Specific Plan, dated September 2012. Please
refer to the full study for technical details.
The area drains in a northwest to southeast direction. Current points of connection to the City's
public drainage system exist at multiple locations along the eastern and southern Raytheon
property lines. The City's public drainage system consists of variable diameter (96 to 108 inches)
reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) storm drain. The public main lines discharge into an existing City
of El Segundo retention and infiltration basin just south of the Raytheon site. Existing storm water
quality currently goes untreated on -site. However, downstream of the Project site runoff drains to
the City of El Segundo retention and infiltration basin where it is captured and infiltrated.
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) map #06037C1770F shows this Project site is
located within Zone X, which is described to be an area determined to be outside of the 0.2%
annual chance floodplain. There are no Special Flood Hazards on -site.
PROPOSED CONDITION
Relatively minor off -site flows from El Segundo Boulevard and the property to the south will
continue unobstructed to combine with on -site flows. The Project area will continue to drain in its
existing northwest to southeast direction. Reconfiguration of site roadways and the replacement of
existing buildings and surface parking lots with new buildings and parking lots/structures will
result in changes to drainage patterns and amounts of impervious surfaces. However, proposed
drainage sub -areas will closely match existing sub -areas in area, and potential increases in surface
runoff will be mitigated by Project design features. The average imperviousness of the site is
expected to decrease from 79.5% to 70.0%.
Page 35 October 2015
Page 350 of 441
EXHIBIT 10
CONCEPTUAL SEWER PLAN
Source: Psomas
Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291
Page 36
October 2015
Page 351 of 441
As each phase of the proposed Project is implemented, flows into the existing public storm drain
system will not increase. If the proposed Project results in a change in drainage pattern, an increase
in impervious area, or higher rates of flow, storm water detention will be part of the design to avoid
negative downstream impacts. Sub -drainage areas will continue to flow to the City of El Segundo
storm drain along the eastern and southern edge of the Project boundary.
The total proposed tributary area to be studied is less than 1% larger than the existing tributary
area since portions of the Project area that formerly drained off -site will be redirected and managed
on -site. There will be no net increase in discharge of storm water from the site. The total proposed
tributary area is approximately 134.4 acres.
New storm drains will be required to serve the site redesign. To serve the proposed Project,
approximately 7,000 linear feet of new on -site storm drain lines are expected be constructed within
the Project boundary. The maximum pipe diameter is not expected to exceed 54 inches. On -site
detention is not expected to be required (refer to Exhibit 11, Drainage Plan).
Storm Water Quality
Existing storm water quality currently goes untreated on -site. The project site discharges into an
existing City of El Segundo retention and infiltration basin just south of the Raytheon site. No
runoff leaves the City of El Segundo retention and infiltration basin. However, the project site lies
within the Dominguez Channel watershed. The Dominguez Channel ultimately empties into the
consolidated slip of the Los Angeles Harbor.
To the maximum extent practical, storm water quality treatment will be provided with infiltration.
The treatment methods are expected to include infiltration wells, infiltration basins, high -
efficiency planter boxes, and surface planting areas. Drainage must comply with all applicable
laws and regulations, including without limitation, the City's National Pollution Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) Permit.
E. GAS
EXISTING CONDITION
Natural gas service is provided by Southern California Gas Company and is currently available
within the Campus.
PROPOSED CONDITION
The existing and future natural gas service must be provided through a future public main line or
a private line with private easement serving each lot.
Page 37 October 2015
Page 352 of 441
Note: Storm Drain may be private or public. If public there will be an easement to the City.
EXHIBIT 11
CONCEPTUAL DRAINAGE PLAN
Source: Psomas
Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291
Page 38
October 2015
Page 353 of 441
Location of lines in public streets is the preferred condition; where a public main line serving
multiple lots is not within a public street, an easement will be granted for access and maintenance.
Points of connection will be based on Southern California Gas Company's approval and may
include connections to existing 12-inch and 20-inch high pressure gas lines within El Segundo
Boulevard and/or an existing 4-inch service line along the easterly property line. A conceptual plan
has been developed for the Specific Plan area (refer to Exhibit12, Electric, Gas and
Telecommunication).
F. ELECTRIC
EXISTING CONDITION
Electric power is provided by Southern California Edison to the Campus through underground
utilities.
PROPOSED CONDITION
Location of lines in public streets is the preferred condition; where a public main line serving
multiple lots is not within a public street right-of-way, an easement will be granted for access and
maintenance. Points of connection will be based on Edison's approval. A future substation
location, reserved by an easement adequate in size for the placement of a SCE substation, is
identified on Parcel 5 (refer to Vesting Tentative Map No.71551). A conceptual plan has been
developed for the Specific Plan area (refer to Exhibit 12, Electric, Gas and Telecommunication).
G. TELECOMMUNICATIONS UTILITIES
EXISTING CONDITION
Cable and telecommunication service is provided by a variety of companies and is currently
available within the Campus. These companies include AT&T, Level 3, MCI (Verizon), Quest,
Time Warner, and XO Communications.
PROPOSED CONDITION
Location of lines in public streets or their rights -of -way is the preferred condition; where a public
line serving multiple lots is not within a public street or its right-of-way, an easement will be
granted for access and maintenance. Points of connection will be based on the requirements of
local providers. A conceptual plan has been developed for the Specific Plan area (refer to Exhibit
12, Electric, Gas and Telecommunication).
Page 39 October 2015
Page 354 of 441
EXHIBIT 12
ELECTRIC, GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATION CONCEPTUAL
PLAN
Source: Psomas
Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291
Page 40
October 2015
Page 355 of 441
H. SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL
EXISTING CONDITION
Solid waste disposal is provided to commercial and industrial users by a variety of private haulers.
FUTURE CONDITION
Development within the Campus would contract with a provider. Landfill capacity is adequate for
assumed population and commercial growth within Los Angeles County. Solid waste facilities
within the Specific Plan area will comply with all ESMC requirements pertaining to building, fire,
zoning codes (e.g., adequate trash enclosures and screening).
I. FIRE PROTECTION
EXISTING CONDITION
The Campus is less than one mile from Fire Station 2, located at Mariposa Avenue and Douglas
Street. The provision of water for fire suppression is provided by on -site building sprinklers and
fire hydrants and from off -site fire hydrants located on El Segundo Boulevard.
FUTURE CONDITION
Future development will include new public fire hydrants within the future public street connecting
Hughes Way and Nash Street. Buildings will be sprinklered as required by the ESMC.
Development will be required to pay fire impact fees to off -set the additional demand for municipal
fire protection services as a result of the new development.
J. POLICE SERVICES
EXISTING CONDITION
Police services are provided by the El Segundo Police Department which is located at 348 Main
Street.
FUTURE CONDITION
Development will be required to pay police impact fees to off -set the additional demand for
municipal police services as a result of the new development.
Page 41 October 2015
Page 356 of 441
This page intentionally left blank.
Page 42
October 2015
Page 357 of 441
V. DESIGN GUIDELINES
These design guidelines are intended as "guidelines" instead of "development regulations,"
Consequently, strict compliance is not required. To promote the quality of design planned for this
Project, the design guidelines given in this document establish criteria that enhance the
coordination, organization, function and identity of the site, while maintaining a compatible
relationship with the surrounding development of the El Segundo South Campus.
A. DESIGN OBJECTIVES AND INTENT
Design Guidelines for the South Campus Specific Plan will promote and reinforce the City's
commitment to high quality development. The objectives of these guidelines are to:
• Provide for high -quality, large scale commercial/industrial development within a
cohesive campus setting.
Promote orderly and predictable development.
• Encourage individual creativity and innovative solutions by allowing flexibility in
how a particular guideline is met as long as the intent of the guideline is achieved.
• Ensure functional pedestrian, bicycle and motor vehicle circulation within the
Project and convenient pedestrian and bicycle linkages to and from adjacent
residential, commercial, industrial, and school areas.
1. Site Planning
a. The arrangement of new buildings, parking and circulation areas should
recognize the particular characteristics of the site and should create an
identity as a cohesive campus.
b. Site development should utilize variations on building orientation and
landscaping adjacent to the public streets so that a monolithic "wall" of
building faces is not created.
C. The design and location of accessory buildings (e.g., security kiosks,
maintenance buildings, trash and recycling enclosures, and outdoor
mechanical equipment enclosures) should be incorporated into and be
compatible with the overall design of the Project and the main buildings on
the site.
Page 43
October 2015
Page 358 of 441
d. Appropriate linkages between internal
Project components and buildings, as well as
between the Project and the surrounding
development should be incorporated,
including pedestrian walkways, and plaza
areas.
e.
Buildings should be arranged to create
opportunities for open space amenities
plazas, courtyards, outdoor eating areas, public art, etc.).
2. Access and Parking
a. The use of common (shared) access points and driveways is encouraged;
placement of vehicle access points close to building entries should be
avoided to minimize pedestrian and vehicular conflicts.
b. Entry driveway areas should be clearly marked by special features, (e.g.,
enhanced paving, prominent landscape features, low -height decorative
walls, and well -designed monument -type signs).
C. Access to each building should be clearly visible to pedestrians and
motorists through the use of signage, color, and/or design elements.
d. Parking lots adjacent to and visible from public streets should be
appropriately screened to minimize undesirable visual impacts.
e. Parking lots should not be a dominant visual element on the site from El
Segundo Boulevard or the Nash Street extension.
f. Surface parking areas should be enhanced and visually broken up through
the use of appropriate trees and landscape improvements.
g. Surface parking areas should be divided into smaller multiple lots and
provided with canopy trees spaced appropriately throughout the parking
area to reduce the effects of heat gain.
h. Parking lot design is encouraged to include water quality storm water
facilities consistent with City standards and a Water Quality Management
Plan prepared for each phase.
Page 44
October 2015
Page 359 of 441
3. Architecture/Orientation/Massing
a. The massing, scale and architectural style should consider compatibility
with the surrounding character and existing buildings to reflect a cohesive
campus character.
The orientation of the newly constructed buildings should facilitate and
encourage pedestrian activity and convey a visual link to the Project's
internal road system.
C. The mass and scale of new buildings should be compatible with the existing
and adjacent structures and with each other. This can be accomplished by
transitioning from the height of adjacent buildings to the tallest elements of
the new building, stepping back the upper portions of taller buildings, and
incorporating human scale elements, such as pedestrian scaled doors,
windows, and building materials on the ground floor.
d. Buildings should be divided into distinct massing elements and should be
articulated with architectural elements and details. Changes in height,
horizontal plane, materials, patterns and colors should be used to reduce
building scale and mass.
e. Primary building entries should be easily identified through the use of
prominent architectural elements, signage, landscaping, decorative
hardscape, lighting, canopies, roof form, architectural projections, columns,
vertical and/or horizontal elements, and other design features that help
emphasize a building's entry.
f. Building elevations, whether front, side, or rear, that are visible from public
rights -of -way should be architecturally detailed to incorporate quality
materials and architectural features that reflect the theme of surrounding
structures and facades. Buildings facing El Segundo Boulevard should
include enhanced and articulated facades. Building entrances should be
readily identifiable. The use of recesses, projections, columns, and other
design elements to articulate entrances is encouraged.
g. Facades should be `divided' by vertical and horizontal variations in wall
planes, building projections, door and window bays, and similar elements.
Building articulation should be present on the side and rear walls of the
building.
Page 45
October 2015
Page 360 of 441
h. Roofs should be designed as an integral component of building form, mass,
and facade. Building form should be enhanced by varying and offset roof
planes, eave heights, and rooflines.
Green roofs and rooftop gardens are allowed to add landscaping, decrease
the heat island effect of large expanses of flat roofs, retain and filter storm
water run-off, and to reduce energy demand for heating and cooling
buildings. Green roofs are encouraged, but not required.
j. The exterior surfaces of buildings for the ground floor must be protected
with anti -graffiti coating where appropriate.
4. Color and Materials
a. Colors and materials should be consistent and complementary throughout
the Project area.
b. Exterior materials and architectural details should complement each other
and should be stylistically consistent.
C. Building materials must be durable and resistant to damage, defacing, and
general wear and tear. Acceptable building materials may include concrete,
stone masonry, metal, stucco, glass and/or other contemporary composites.
d. Building materials that support sustainability through the use of
environmentally sound building materials and local resources (e.g., locally
available, contain high recycled -content, are reused, come from renewable
sources, and that contain low volatile organic compound (VOC) levels) is
highly encouraged.
5. Screening and Mechanical Equipment
a. All screening devices must be compatible with the architecture, materials
and colors of the building.
b. Loading docks, bays and parking spaces, delivery service areas, outdoor
storage areas, stand-alone mechanical equipment facilities, should be
located and designed to minimize their visibility, circulation conflicts and
adverse noise impacts. These facilities must be oriented so that they do not
face any public or private rights -of -way. Sound attenuation walls must be
used where appropriate to reduce noise where required by code or the
Project's environmental analysis.
Page 46
October 2015
Page 361 of 441
C. Utility and mechanical equipment must be screened from view of public
streets and nearby buildings on all sides with landscaping and/or
architectural elements.
d. Rooftop mounted equipment visible from the surrounding area, adjacent
buildings, and any public or private rights -of -way must be screened from
public view and equipment should be painted to match the roof color when
equipment is visible.
e. Trash and recycling receptacles areas
must be completely screened from public
view from public and private rights -of -
way with a combination of solid walls,
wood, and landscaping.
f. Ground mounted enclosures must be
protected with anti -graffiti coating.
6. Parking Structures
Trash enclosures with
architectural screening elements
a. Parking garages should be designed to help reduce the mass and scale of the
garage and to ensure their compatibility with surrounding uses.
b. Parking garages should be designed to conceal the view of vehicles in the
garage through a combination of screen walls and plantings while providing
adequate visibility for security purposes.
C. The exterior elevations of parking structures should be designed to avoid a
monotonous, monolithic appearance. This can be accomplished through a
menu of options as follows:
• Minimize horizontal and vertical banding by balancing both
horizontal and vertical elements.
Design `green screens' to provide visual relief.
Use simple, clean geometric forms, and coordinated massing.
• Size openings in the parking garage to resemble large windows as
in an office building.
• Use masonry materials that are predominantly light in color, but
avoid unpainted concrete. Use of accent materials is encouraged.
• Avoid a sloping ramp appearance by providing level and uniform
spandrels.
Page 47
October 2015
Page 362 of 441
• Visually define and differentiate between pedestrian and vehicular
entrances through appropriate architectural detailing.
d. Stairs and elevators should be located adjacent to a street on the exterior of
the structure where lobbies can be exposed to outside view. Safe pedestrian
street crossings should be taken into consideration.
e. The use of security cameras is encouraged and may be required by the
Police Department as part of site plan approval.
f. Lighting levels should be equally distributed to provide uniform
illumination over all parking areas. Photometric analysis will be required
as part of site plan/architectural review.
g. Light sources should be shielded so that the source of the illumination is not
seen from outside the structure.
h. The ground floor level of any parking structure must be protected with anti -
graffiti coating.
7. Landscaping
A Landscape Master Plan for the Campus must be provided to the City at or before first
site plan review submittal to provide for a unified concept for the Campus.
Streetscape concepts are provided for the three hierarchies of streets within the project,
including the El Segundo Boulevard frontage, Hughes/Nash Street Extension, and
Continental (see Exhibits 13-15, Streetscape Concepts). The Master Landscape Concept
Plan must be consistent with these concepts and their associated plant palettes.
General
a. Entries into the project should include a consistent entry feature for the
Campus as a whole. Entries should be provided in the following locations:
• Hughes Way at El Segundo Boulevard
• Hughes Way/Nash Street at the southern Campus boundary
b. Consistent tree species must be planted at Project entries, consistent with
Exhibit 16, Corner Entry Concept.
Page 48
October 2015
Page 363 of 441
EL SEGUNDO BOULEVARD
R.O.W.
LYING UUYYSCAPWG CRAPE MYRTLE TREE 0 25' O.C.
WHEELER'S DWARF TOBIRA R.O w.
I �
ftu x[s *a* Rml ,emu �, r
�,7 •xis .,a-s was
onPCH
PARKWAY TREE
LAGERSTROEMA 10CA CRAPE MYRTLE
SHRUBS
HITOSPORUM IOBIRA 'WHEELER'S DWARF' WHEELER'S DWARF TOBRA
DESCRIPTION
EL SEGUNDO BOULEVARD WILL HAVE A NEW CLASS I BIKE TRAIL
ALONG THE STREET FRONTAGE. DUE TO THE DSTNG POWER
LINES, THE PARKWAY WILL BE PLANTED WITH CRAPE MYRTLES
BECAUSE OF IT'S SMALL SCALE AND FLOWEFdNG CHARACHNSTICS.
WHEELER'S DWARF 10BIRA WILL HE USED N THE PARKWAY, SO THAT
IT CAN BE EASILY MA'NTAPID AWAY FROM THE BIKE PATH CLEAR
ZONE.
EXHIBIT 13
EL SEGUNDO BOULEVARD STREETSCAPE CONCEPT
Page 49
October 2015
Page 364 of 441
R.O.W.
SECONDARY ARTERIAL STREET
HUGHES WAY NASH STREET EXTENSION
3' TALL TEXAS PRIVET HEDGE
RHUS LANCEA TREE
® 30' O.C.
STAR JASMINE
� �mI" ��-,R,�L-1-N;EE
BIKE
AE UNf tANE
R.O.W.
8' WIDE DECORATIVE MAINTENANCE WALK
—STAR JASMINE
CANYON PRINCE WILD RYE
CANYON
PLANE TREE ® 30' O.C.
DANfRA4Et-#-WAVEL-i`y.A-'F
UKK IHVE BIKE PKO
LANE
MEDIAN TREE
PLATANUS ACERIFOLIA LONDON PLANE TREE
PARKWAY TREE
RHUS LANCER AFRICAN SUMAC
SHRUBS
LEYMUS CONDENSATUS 'CANYON PRINCE' CANYON PRINCE WILD RYE
LIGUSTRUM JAPONICUM 'TEXANUM' TEXAS PRIVET
GROUNDCOVER
TRACHELOSPERMUM JASMINOIDES STAR JASMINE
DESCRIPTION
THE SECONDARY ARTERIAL STREET (NASH/HUGHES) WILL BE PLANTED
WITH LONDON PLANE TREES IN THE MEDIANS TO MATCH THE
EXISTING LONDON PLANE TREES FOUND ON SOUTH HUGHES WAY.
THIS WILL CREATE A CONTINUOUS AND CONSISTENT LANDSCAPE
CHARACTER FOR THE STREET CORRIDOR. THE PARKWAYS WILL BE
PLANTED WITH RHUS LANCEA TREES TO PROVIDE SHADE FOR THE
STREETSCAPE. A HEDGE OF TEXAS PRIVET SHRUBS WILL BE USED
IN THE PARKWAYS TO PROVIDE SCREENING OF THE ADJACENT USE
AND CANYON PRINCE WILD RYE WILL BE USED IN THE MEDIANS
UNDER THE LONDON PLANE TREES.
;��JI
o M `
EXHIBIT 14
HUGHES/NASH EXTENSION STREETSCAPE CONCEPT
Page 50
October 2015
Page 365 of 441
COLLECTOR STREET
CONTINENTAL BOULEVARD i-A
R.O.W. R.O.W.
3' JAPANESE BOXWOOD HEDGE 18" WIDE DECORATIVE MAINTENANCE WALK
® 30 D.C.TWILLOW TREE ® 30 ALLI CN WILLOW TREE
�UTTLE JOHN BOTTLEBRUSH TT�� SEM0 N�BOTTLEBRUSH
A la'
PKVYf swLANE LANE
uEnu
PARKWAY AND MEDIAN TREES
GEUERA PARVIFLORA AUSTRALIAN WILLOW
SHRUBS
BUXUS MICROPHYLLA JAPONICA JAPANESE BOXWOOD
CALLISTEMON 'LITTLE JOHN' LITTLE JOHN BOTTLEBRUSH
WESTRINGIA FRUTICOSA 'MORNING LIGHT' COAST ROSEMARY
1110 ►41211IR
THE COLLECTOR STREET WILL BE PLANTED WITH AUSTRALIAN WILLOW
TREES IN BOTH THE PARKWAYS AND MEDIANS TO PROVIDE SHADE AND
INTERESTING TEXTURE TO THE STREETSCAPE. A HEDGE OF JAPANESE
BOXWOOD SHRUBS WILL BE USED IN THE PARKWAYS TO PROVIDE
SCREENING OF THE ADJACENT USES. LITTLE JOHN BOTTLEBRUSH
WILL BE USED IN THE PARKWAYS AND MEDIANS TO PROVIDE
FLOWERING COLOR TO THE STREETSCAPE AND COAST ROSEMARY WILL
BE USED IN THE MEDIANS TO PROVIDE SHRUBS OF VARYING HEIGHTS.
..—#-1FA,L—T—S — {-
LANE LANE PKA
JAPANESE BOXWOOD
AUSTRALIAN WILLOW LITTLE JOHN BOTTLEBRUSH
CONTINENTAL STREETSCAPE CONCEPT
Page 51
October 2015
Page 366 of 441
Tfu
POW filt4'Im
SHRUBS
U(, iRw JAPO►A1UIY 'tEa(ANI,1r
GROl1NDCOVER
fPN'wt07p1AA01A5A Ols
DESCRIPTION
CORNER ENTRY TREATMENT
NM so
LIAR 1+lSA6NE
i--iV1a PAIM
rY TALL DAS PRi4E1 HEDGE
I
DUE PALM
am fR6E
STAR ,elW
K USER ENM 40 NIL BE DEWD E11 A W RADRIS AS
KASIIRED fROYI RREASEC110N OF EXTENDING 1HE U.N. LIE 1HE
CORNERS ML RAlUilE [At[ PRA 10 MAR A BOLD AND
VM LY 19RESTMIC ENTRY SiUTUYENI A IMS PRW HEDGE
W Pau AN E4E MEN DODROP AND STAR A WIE N!
PAM FE KK T THE EltTR'► LWA
y
CORNER ENTRY CONCEPT
Page 52
October 2015
Page 367 of 441
C. All areas not covered by buildings, walkways, driveways, parking spaces,
and service areas must be landscaped (with drought tolerant plantings and
sustainable hardscapes in accordance with the City's water conservation
requirements).
d. Landscaping should enhance the quality of the Project by framing and
softening the appearance of buildings, defining site functions, screening
undesirable views and buffering incompatible uses.
e. Landscaping at the perimeter of buildings is encouraged to soften the
transition between building and parking lot. Parking lot landscaping must
be distributed evenly to provide for consistent design and shading.
f. Landscaped areas should
generally incorporate a
combination of planting materials
utilizing a three tiered system
consisting of. 1) trees, 2) shrubs or
vines, 3) groundcover/ornamental
grasses. Landscaping should be in
scale with the adjacent buildings
and be of appropriate size at
maturity.
g. Placement of landscaping should not interfere with the lighting of the
Project area or restrict access to utilities.
h. Landscaping should be utilized to define edges, buffer adjacent properties,
screen parking areas and storage areas.
i. Street trees should be spaced appropriately (in adequately sized and
landscaped parkway strips or in tree -wells within wider sidewalks or plazas)
to emphasize and reinforce the spatial definition between the building,
pedestrian environment and the street.
In order to reduce the heat-island effect, space parking lot trees to achieve
shading at ratios required by the development regulations of this Specific
Plan. Trees must adequately shade parking lots and provide sufficient area
for water quality requirements.
k. Textured paving materials should be used in pedestrian areas such as
pedestrian courtyards and plaza areas for safety and to provide visual
interest.
Page 53
October 2015
Page 368 of 441
1. Paving materials should include
pervious hardscape materials to
facilitate water treatment and reduce
runoff.
M. Bio-retention areas can be used to
detain/percolate run-off in planted
swales, raised open -bottomed
planters, etc.
n. Site furnishings including, but not limi On -site storm water capture system
ted to, fixed and moveable seating,
trash and recycling receptacles, bike r ticks, and pedestrian scaled lighting
should be of durable and sustainable materials.
0. Design and selection of site furniture should include considerations for the
security, safety, comfort and convenience of the user.
P. A unified site furniture "look" is encouraged. The color and appearance of
site furniture products should be selected to complement other design
elements.
8. Walls and Fences
a. Wall and fence design should
complement the Project's
architecture. Landscaping may be
used to soften the appearance of
the wall surface.
b.
Wall and fencing materials must
be made of a durable material.
Wall and fencing materials may
consist of wrought iron, tubular steel, stone, stucco, or brick. Solid walls
should incorporate pilasters with decorative caps and offsets, consistent
with the overall architecture.
C. Landscaping should be used to soften the appearance of the wall surfaces
and deter graffiti.
d. Security fencing must be of high quality design. Razor wire is not permitted.
Chain link fencing is not permitted in any areas that are visible from any
public or private rights -of -way.
e. Walls and fences must be protected with anti -graffiti coating.
Page 54
October 2015
Page 369 of 441
9. Lighting Design
a. The type and location of parking area and building lighting must prevent
direct glare on to adjacent properties.
Pedestrian scale lighting should be present at all entries, plazas, courtyards,
parking lots, pedestrian ways, and other areas where nighttime pedestrian
activity is expected.
C. Lighting design of fixtures and their structural support should be
architecturally compatible with the architecture of the Project.
d. When appropriate, wall -mounted lighting may be incorporated. Wall -
mounted lights should be compatible with the building's architectural style.
10. Signage
a. A Master Sign Program must be prepared for the South Campus Specific
Plan at or before the first site plan review submittal. Unless specifically
modified by this Specific Plan, all signage must comply with ESMC
requirements.
Billboards, pole signs, and signs incorporating flashing or blinking lights
are not permitted within this Specific Plan area.
C. The character of the signage, including the location, size, height, design and
lighting must be in keeping with the architectural character and monument
style of the overall Project.
d. Signs should make a positive contribution to the desired character of the
Project and overall streetscape and provide for clear identification and
wayfinding.
e. Vehicle, bicycle and pedestrian circulation throughout the Project site, to
parking and various destinations should be enhanced through a
comprehensive system of directional signage and related wayfinding
elements.
Page 55
October 2015
Page 370 of 441
This page intentionally left blank.
Page 56
October 2015
Page 371 of 441
VI. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
The following standards are intended to supplement the existing General Plan and ESMC. Where
this Specific Plan is inconsistent with the ESMC, the Specific Plan prevails. Where this Specific
Plan does not specifically regulate, development must comply with the standards and requirements
set forth in the ESMC.
A. PERMITTED USES
Uses within the Specific Plan area are governed by the following Table, by district: Wireless
facilities are permitted subject to the requirements of ESMC Chapter 15-19.
Table IV-1
Allowable Uses
Use
Alternative fuel stations
CMU
P
•
P
•
--
Cafes
P
P
Data Centers
C
P
--
Financial institutions
P
P
--
General Offices, including medical and dental
P
P
--
General storage and warehousing
--
P
--
General storage and warehousing (Raytheon Company only)
P
P
Health Clubs
P
P
--
High and medium bay labs
--
P
--
High and medium bay labs (Raytheon Company only)
P
P
Light Industrial uses
--
P
--
Light Industrial uses (Raytheon Company only)
P
P
Movie and Entertainment Facilities
P
P
--
Multimedia Related Offices
P
P
--
Postproduction Facilities
P
P
--
Public facilities, including, but not limited to, fire and police facilities, post
offices, and libraries.
P
P
--
Public Utilities
P
P
P
Recreation Facilities (public and private)
P
P
P
Research and Development, including scientific research and experimental
development laboratories
P
P
Restaurants, full service
P
P
--
Restaurants, fast food
P
P
--
Retail uses (excluding off site sale alcohol sales)
I P
I P
--
Page 57
October 2015
Page 372 of 441
Table IV-1 [continued]
Allowable Uses
Use
CMU
•
•
Special Effects Studios
P
P
--
Studio/sound stage(s) and other support facilities
P
P
--
Trade and vocational schools for adults
P
P
Any use customarily incidental to a permitted use, including the storage of
A
A
A
hazardous materials associated with any allowable use.
Drive -through or walk-up services related to financial operations.
A
A
The on -site sale and consumption of alcohol at restaurants and cafes.
AUP
AUP
The off -site sale of alcohol at retail establishments.
AUP
AUP
--
Drive-through restaurants
C
C
C
Helicopter landing facilities subject to the provisions of El Segundo Municipal
C
C
C
Code § 15-2-13.
Hotels (provided that the existing deed restriction is removed)
C
C
C
Outdoor dining, exempting outdoor dining at restaurants where outdoor
dining comprises 20% or less of the total dining area of the restaurant,
C
C
C
but not exceeding two hundred (200) square feet of floor area.
Laser/optical targets
AAUP
AAUP
--
Parking structures and surface parking lots
A,
AAUP
P/A
P/A
Radar towers
AAUP
AAUP
Video arcades, defined as any business with three or more video or arcade
C
C
C
machines.
All uses that are not permitted, conditionally permitted, or determined to be
similar uses as specified above.
_
All uses that are involved with the storage of waste materials as the primary
business
_
Freight Forwarding
--
--
--
Gasoline and Diesel Service Stations
--
--
--
Mini-storage
--
--
--
Residential Uses
--
--
--
AUP Administrative Use Permit
A Permitted Accessory Use
C Conditional Use
P Permitted Use
Not Permitted
Note: Pursuant to the ESMC, uses of a similar nature which are unlisted in Table IV-1 may be considered by the Director of
Planning and Building Safety, subject to appeal to the Planning Commission.
1 Surface Parking Lots is a permitted (P) use within Phase 1 CMU District subject to ESSCSP Section VI.
Development Standards: D. Parking and Loading
Page 58
October 2015
Page 373 of 441
B. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
1. Lot Area
a. The minimum building lot area is 10,000 gross square feet.
2. Height
a. Buildings and structures within the Campus cannot exceed 200 feet in
height, measured from finished grade. Exceptions to building height are
permitted in accordance with ESMC § 15-2-3.
Structures cannot interfere with the operation of the MTA Green Line.
3. Setbacks
a. Buildings and structures within the Campus must be setback a minimum of
twenty-five feet (25') from the adjoining public rights -of -way of El
Segundo Boulevard, the future extension of Nash Street, and the future
extension of Continental Boulevard, except for lots with frontage on the
portion of El Segundo Boulevard located east of the future extension of
Continental Boulevard and west of the future extension of Nash Street. For
lots with frontage on the portion of El Segundo Boulevard located east of
the future extension of Continental Boulevard and west of the future
extension of Nash Street, buildings and structures must be setback a
minimum of fifteen feet (15') from the adjoining public right-of-way of El
Segundo Boulevard.
Building and structure setbacks within the interior of the Specific Plan must
be a minimum of fifteen feet (15') from each lot line. For lots with frontage
on the portion of El Segundo Boulevard located east of the future extension
of Continental Boulevard and west of the future extension of Nash Street,
buildings and structures must be setback a minimum of five feet (5'). Actual
required setbacks may vary depending on Building Code requirements that relate
to type and height of the structure.
C. Permitted intrusions into setbacks are identified in ESMC § 15-2-7. The
Class 1 bicycle path located adjacent to El Segundo Boulevard may also
be located within required setback areas as long as a minimum distance of
5 feet is maintained from any building.
4. Lot Frontage
a. A minimum of 100 feet of frontage must be provided for all lots whether on
a dedicated public street or a private street. Parcels exclusively devoted to
right-of-way purposes are excluded from minimum lot frontage
requirements.
5. Floor Area
Page 59
October 2015
Page 374 of 441
a. The South Campus Specific Plan is currently developed with 1,802,513 net
square feet of development. Development in the Campus is limited to an
additional 1,916,376 net square feet of floor area, as specified herein, for a
total pre -dedication of public right-of-way net FAR of 0.60 distributed over
the entire Campus area and not required as a maximum FAR on any
individual lot as permitted in Section B.6 below. The maximum amount of
developed floor area within the Specific Plan must not exceed 3,718,889 net
square feet as permitted by this Specific Plan.
For purposes of this Specific Plan, application of a floor area ratio results in
net building square footage. Gross floor area is the sum of the net floor area
plus an additional twelve percent (12%) of net floor area for all proposed
new construction.
C. Net floor area consists of the area of all floors or levels included within the
exterior surrounding walls of a building or structure. The total space
devoted to high or medium bay labs may be multiplied by a factor of 0.5 to
determine the net floor area. Space devoted to the following is not included
when determining the total net floor area within a building or structure:
l . Elevator shafts;
2. Stairwells;
3. Courts or atriums uncovered and open to the sky;
4. Rooms exclusively holding building operating equipment;
5. Parking spaces at or above grade and access thereto;
6. Structures devoted exclusively for parking;
7. Restrooms in common areas of nonresidential buildings.
d. Gross floor area consists of the area included within the surrounding
exterior walls of a building or portion thereof, exclusive of garages, vent
shafts, and courts. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not
provided with surrounding exterior walls is the usable area under the
horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. For new construction, after
the date of adoption of this plan, gross floor area is defined as specified in
section VI.B.5.b. above.
Page 60
October 2015
Page 375 of 441
6. Floor Area Ratio and Transfer of Development Rights
a. FAR may be transferred from any parcel within the boundaries of the
Campus (the "Donor Site") to any other parcel within the boundaries of the
Campus, whether contiguous or non-contiguous, within the Specific Plan
area (the "Receiver Site") upon the written consent of the owners of both
the Donor Site and Receiver Site. Any FAR transferred from a Donor Site
is deducted from that parcel's base FAR. The overall FAR for the entire Campus
cannot exceed a net 0.60 as computed in accordance with the above, based on
pre -dedication of public right-of-way, but any individual parcel may exceed such
FAR. Transfer of FAR may be accomplished by submitting a letter from the
applicant to the Director of Planning and Building Safety before the City issues
building permits for the Receiver Site which would utilize the transferred FAR.
The Director will maintain records of such transfers and the current density
allocations, if any, of all of the properties within the Specific Plan area. In
addition, the owner of Donor Site must record a covenant acceptable to the
Director and the City Attorney memorializing such transfer of FAR. No approval
from the City is required for such transfer.
Regardless of any transfer of FAR, no building can exceed the applicable
development standards set forth in this Specific Plan.
7. Walls and Fences
a. All walls and fences must comply with ESMC § 15-2-4
Accessory Structures
a. Radar towers, dishes, laser/optical targets, and other similar structures are
permitted as accessory structures only subject to approval of an
Administrative Use Permit.
Page 61
October 2015
Page 376 of 441
C. CIRCULATION
Transportation Demand Management (TDM) Plan, that identifies trip reduction
methods in accordance with the guidelines set forth in ESMC Chapter 15-16 and
Chapter 15-17, must be prepared for development within the Campus. A TDM Plan
must be submitted for City review concurrent with the first site plan application
within the campus.
2. The maximum number of total daily trips, as well as A.M. and P.M. peak hour
vehicle trips for new development within the Specific Plan area, as determined in
accordance with the Trip Generation tables set forth in Appendix A, cannot exceed
the table below, unless a subsequent traffic report is prepared and approved by the
Director of Planning and Building Safety that identifies potential impacts and
proposes feasible measures to mitigate previously unidentified new impacts. To
ensure that peak traffic does not exceed these thresholds, a trip inventory analysis
must be prepared, acceptable to the Director of Planning and Building Safety, to
maintain a cumulative accounting of total square footage by land use as well as the
cumulative number of A.M. and P.M. peak hour trips. The trip inventory must be
updated and submitted upon the filing of each building permit request.
PM Peak I rips
1W Total Daily Trips 1P
1. Public and private streets must be designed and constructed in accordance with the
General Plan and in the overall right-of-way size identified in the General Plan.
a. The connection of Hughes Way with Nash Street must be constructed to the
standards of a secondary arterial street identified in the Circulation Element
of the General Plan.
The extension of Continental Boulevard to Hughes Way must be
constructed to the standards of a commercial collector street identified in
the Circulation Element of the General Plan.
Page 62
October 2015
Page 377 of 441
C. The private street connecting Continental Boulevard and Nash Street must
be constructed to the standards of a local commercial street identified in the
Circulation Element of the General Plan.
Page 63
October 2015
Page 378 of 441
D. PARKING AND LOADING
1. Parking and loading spaces must be provided in accordance with ESMC Chapter
15-15, except as provided below.
2. Within the O/I MU District or for office/industrial uses within the CMU District,
parking lots or structures may serve multiple lots and buildings. Up to 100% of the
required parking for an individual lot in the O/I MU District or for office/industrial
uses within the CMU District, may be provided off -site subject to the following
standards:
a. Parking must be located within 300 feet of the lot it serves.
b. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures
with the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is across a project
roadway, a crosswalk must be provided.
C. Reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants must be recorded
before the City issues a building permit and must be shown or noted on the
applicable site plans.
d. Parking lots and driveways may straddle lot lines subject to provisions in a
reciprocal parking and access easement or covenant. Such documents must
provide provisions for shared maintenance.
3. For retail and restaurant uses within the CMU District excluding the Phase 1 area,
up to 20% of the required parking for an individual lot in may be provided off -site
with approval by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, subject to the
following performance standards:
a. Parking must be located within 150 feet of the lot it serves.
b. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures
with the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is across a project
roadway, a crosswalk must be provided.
C. Other conditions may be applied by the Director as part of site plan
approval.
d. Requests for over 20% off -site parking require Planning Commission
review and approval and may include such conditions as the Planning
Commission may lawfully impose.
4. For retail and restaurant uses in Phase 1 within the CMU District, up to 100% of the
required parking for an individual lot may be provided off -site, with approval by the
Director of Community Development, subject to the following performance standards:
Page 64
October 2015
Page 379 of 441
a. Off -site parking must be contained within the CMU District Phase 1 lots.
b. Parking must be located within 150 feet of the lot it serves.
C. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures with
the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is across a project roadway, a
crosswalk must be provided.
d. Other conditions may be applied by the Director as part of site plan approval.
For retail and restaurant uses within the CMU District including Phase 1, parking
lots may service multiple lots or buildings subject to the following standards:
a. Reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants must be recorded
before issuance of a building permit and or in conjunction with a final map
as required by the Community Development Director and must be shown
or noted on the applicable site plans.
Parking lots and driveways may straddle lot lines subject to provisions in a
reciprocal parking and access easement or covenant. Private access roads
that connect parking lots with a right-of-way may encroach into a required
landscape setbacks on interior property lines. Such documents must
provide provisions for shared maintenance and landscaping.
6. The number of required parking spaces may be modified subject to the approval of a
Transportation Systems Management Plan, as specified in the ESMC Chapter 15- 16
"Developer Transportation Demand Management."
The Director of Planning and Building Safety may modify the required number of
parking spaces up to a maximum of 10% based on the submittal and approval of a
parking demand study or shared parking analysis. Additionally, for any use for which the
number of parking spaces is not listed in ESMC Chapter 15-15, the Director of Planning
and Building Safety shall specify the required number of spaces based on a parking
demand study.
8. The Planning Commission may modify the required number of parking spaces up
to a maximum of 20% based on the submittal of a parking demand/shared parking
study.
Notwithstanding items 7 and 8 above, the Director of Planning and Building Safety
may also grant uses with significantly different peak hours of operation up to a 20%
parking reduction, without approval of the Planning Commission. Any request for
such shared parking must meet the following requirements:
a. A parking study must be submitted by the applicant demonstrating that there
will not be substantial conflict in the peak hours or parking demand for the
uses for which the joint use is proposed.
The number of parking stalls which may be credited against the
requirements of the structures or uses involved cannot exceed the number
of stalls reasonably anticipated to be available during differing hours of
operation.
Page 65
October 2015
Page 380 of 441
C. A written agreement must be executed by all parties concerned, to the
satisfaction of the Director of Planning and Building Safety and the City
Attorney assuring the continued availability of the number of stalls designed
for joint use.
10. Preferential parking must be provided for carpools and vanpools.
11. Bicycle parking must comply with ESMC Chapters 15-15 and 15-16 and the South
Bay Bicycle Plan.
12. The Raytheon Company recreation facility within the Specific Plan area is not
required to provide parking beyond that already provided for daytime, weekday
users.
Page 66
October 2015
Page 381 of 441
E. LANDSCAPING
Landscaping is a critical criterion when evaluating development proposals in the Campus. This
section will ensure that adequate landscaping area and permanent maintenance is provided for all
new development. This mandate is also in accordance with the City's requirements to landscape
commercial and industrial areas.
Landscaped areas must be provided and permanent irrigation systems installed in the landscaped
areas at: 1) the Campus entry areas, 2) around the perimeter of the buildings in the setbacks, 3)
within the required setbacks along the property perimeter and, 4) in the Vehicular Use Areas
(VUAs) as defined in ESMC §15-1-6.
A Landscape Master Plan must
implementing the intent of the
Landscape Master Plan must be
submittal within the Campus.
ALL LANDSCAPING
be prepared for the Campus to ensure a unified appearance
Design Guidelines and objectives of this Specific Plan. The
submitted to the City at or before the first site plan review
Landscaping must conform to the City's Water Conservation in Landscaping
requirements as set forth in ESMC Chapter 10-2.
CAMPUS ENTRIES
Campus entries must be provided at the following locations:
• Nash Street at El Segundo Boulevard
• Hughes Way/Nash Street at the southern campus boundary
Entry landscaping must be in substantial conformance with the entry concepts outlined in the
Design Guidelines of this Specific Plan.
BUILDING PERIMETER LANDSCAPING
Except as otherwise allowed by this Plan, a minimum horizontal depth of five feet
of landscape materials, excluding curbs, must be provided around each building. In
instances where two buildings are separated by ten feet, the landscape requirement
may be reduced to allow for pedestrian walkways/access.
PROPERTY PERIMETER LANDSCAPING
1. One shade tree must be provided for every 25 feet of street frontage.
2. The following encroachments are permitted into the landscaped setback areas:
a. Parking may encroach into the landscaped setback up to a maximum of fifty
percent of the required setback area, provided a minimum landscaped
setback of five feet is maintained except as permitted in Specific Plan §
VI.D.2.
Page 67 October 2015
Page 382 of 441
"Architectural landscape features" including fountains,
free-standing arbors/pergolas, and public art, may encroach into the landscaped
setback area subject to site plan review, provided a minimum landscaped setback
of five feet is maintained. The features may cover a maximum of twenty five
percent of the total area of the setback, and be a maximum of twenty feet in
height.
VEHICULAR USE AREAS
Vehicular Use Areas (VUA) include parking lots and loading areas. Landscaping
in the WAS must cover a minimum
of five percent of the VUA and be
distributed uniformly throughout the
VUA. Such landscaping is in addition
to the required property perimeter and
building perimeter landscaping. The
figure to the right represents a typical
parking area within the Campus.
a. A minimum of 5 foot
landscape buffers must be
provided at all parking lot
edges to screen parking lots
and provide shading.
Planting areas containing trees
must have a minimum width of 5 feet.
PARKING LOT LANDSCAPE
amp
C. Each parking space must be located within 30 feet of a tree. Trees are
required to provide shade and parking lot/loading area screening.
F. PUBLIC SAFETY
In an effort to ensure the safety of employees and visitors to the Campus, the following strategies
must be incorporated into site development:
1. Lighting must be adequate throughout the Campus and shielded to minimize off -
site illumination. Submittal of photometric studies is required as part of any site
plan review submittal which includes parking lots, and parking structures in the
Specific Plan area.
2. The site design and operation must comply with fire and police safety regulations
with regard to site layout, building configurations, landscape design, and
infrastructure requirements.
Street lighting must be provided in accordance with ESMC requirements.
Page 68
October 2015
Page 383 of 441
G. SIGNAGE
1. Signage within the Campus must conform to the signage regulations of the ESMC
except as established and approved in a Master Sign Program for the Campus.
2. The following signs are not permitted within the Campus:
• Billboards, as defined in the ESMC; and
• Pole signs; and
• Signs incorporating flashing or blinking lights.
3. A Master Sign Program for the entire Campus must be developed and submitted
for review and approval by the Planning Commission before or concurrent with the
first site plan review for a project within the Specific Plan. The Master Sign
Program must include the following elements:
• Campus Master signage (entryways, common sign design throughout
Campus);
• Sign standards developed for each of the three uses allowed: industrial,
commercial and office;
Provisions for way finding and decorative elements such as banners;
• General features that all signs in the Campus are required to comply with;
and
Regulations for temporary signs (including construction signs).
H. SUSTAINABILITY
1. All new development must have buildings designed to be energy efficient, at least
15% above Title 24 requirements.
2. The Project areas must include Stormwater management practices that treat
Stormwater runoff from 90% of the average rainfall on the site using structural and
non-structural management measures.
3. Preferential parking must be provided for carpools and vanpools at the rate of not
less than 10 percent of total employee parking.
Page 69
October 2015
Page 384 of 441
4. Bicycle parking must comply with the ESMC.
5. Shower facilities must be provided for buildings of 25,000 square feet or greater.
6. Exterior lighting must be energy efficient and designed to minimize light pollution.
Low -emitting building materials must be utilized.
Roof structures must be designed to support future solar panels.
Reclaimed water must be utilized for all landscaped areas.
10. A Pedestrian Walkway for direct access to the Green Line Station from the project
site that meets ADA minimum width requirements.
I. ENCLOSED USES
All uses must be conducted wholly within an enclosed building except for the following:
Electrical distribution stations, adequately screened from public rights -of -way and
public view, as determined by the Director of Planning and Building Safety.
2. Outdoor restaurants and cafes incidental to the permitted use, provided they
comply with the provisions of ESMC §15-2-16.
Recreational facilities customarily conducted in the open.
4. Radar towers, antennas, dishes, and laser/optical targets, provided they comply with
the screening requirements of ESMC § 15-2-8.
Page 70
October 2015
Page 385 of 441
VII. ADMINISTRATION
A. INTRODUCTION
Unless regulated by this Specific Plan, development will be administered and enforced by the City
in accordance with the ESMC. This Specific Plan supersedes any conflicts with ESMC zoning
regulations.
1. The Director of Planning and Building Safety may grant administrative use permits
in accordance with ESMC Chapter 15-22.
2. The Director of Planning and Building Safety may make other administrative
determinations using the same procedures set forth in ESMC Chapter 15-22.
The Director of Planning and Building Safety may grant adjustments and
administrative adjustments in accordance with ESMC Chapter 15-24.
4. The Planning Commission may grant conditional use permits in accordance with
ESMC Chapter 15-23.
B. MUNICIPAL CODE REFERENCES
All section references in the Specific Plan refer to the El Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) as
adopted at the time of building permit application submittal.
C. MODIFICATIONS
1. Major Modifications
The following modifications constitute a Major Modification and require an amendment to
this Specific Plan:
a. Any decrease in the required building setbacks as set forth in Section VI.B.3
above;
b. Any increase in the total developable square footage of the entire Specific
Plan in excess of the maximum allowable development intensity allowed
under the Specific Plan;
C. Any increase in height of buildings or structures on the Property above 200
feet;
d. Any increase in the maximum number of A.M. and P.M. peak hour vehicle
trips for the Specific Plan as specified in Section VI.C.2 above, unless a
Page 71
October 2015
Page 386 of 441
subsequent traffic report has been prepared to the reasonable satisfaction of
the Director that identifies potential impacts and proposes feasible
mitigation measures to mitigate such impacts and otherwise complies with
CEQA;
e. Any change in use to a use which is not permitted under the Specific Plan,
except as approved by the Director in accordance with Chapter 15-22 of the
ESMC;
f. Any change in the land use plan categories identified in Exhibit 5 of this
plan.
g. Any decrease in the minimum required lot area;
h. Any decrease in the minimum required lot frontage;
Any material modification that requires modification to the EIR other than
an Addendum; and
Any modification deemed by the Director of Planning and Building Safety
as major and requiring amendment to this Specific Plan.
2. Minor Modifications
Any modification to this Specific Plan not listed above as a "major modification,"
including a use approved subject to an Administrative Use Permit, is a Minor Modification.
The Developer may make Minor Modifications without amending this Specific Plan upon
the administrative approval of the Director of Planning and Building Safety or designee,
provided that such modifications are consistent with the Development and Design
Standards, Applicable Rules, and Project Approvals. Such Minor Modifications may
include:
• Modifications to the streetscape palette with the concurrence of the City's
urban forester.
• Modifications to infrastructure sizing based upon final engineering plans
approved by the City.
• Relocation of the Raytheon Recreation Facility to a parcel or parcels of the
same size (7.54 acres) or larger and having similar access. Should this occur,
a revised land use plan shall be provided updating the land use plan of this
document (Exhibit 5).
• Modifications to the conceptual plan (Exhibit 6), Vesting Tentative Map
(Exhibit 7) and Conceptual Utility Plans (Exhibits 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12) that
do not exceed the new development vehicle trip cap, do not increase the
Page 72
October 2015
Page 387 of 441
number of parcels and do not require subsequent CEQA environmental
review may be deemed minor by the Director of Planning and Building
Safety.
Adjustments, Administrative Adjustments, Administrative Determinations
subject to the requirements in Section VII.A, above.
D. SITE PLAN REVIEW
1. Overview
In order to develop a Project that is in conformance with the uses, density, approved FAR,
Design Guidelines and trip generation of this Specific Plan, a Site Plan Review ("SPR")
application shall be filed with the Department of Planning and Building Safety.
2. Application for Site Plan Review - Contents
The Site Plan Review Application must conform to the following. The number of copies
required for submittal will be determined by City policy at time of submittal:
a. A "Development Status Tracking Table" must be submitted to the Director
of Planning and Building Safety for review by the Planning and Building
Safety Department as part of any site plan submittal within the Specific Plan
area. This table must specify the development request for the site plan
including the following information:
Specific Plan parcel area(s) and the allocation of intensity by land
use as defined in Section III herein;
A revised Land Use table for the Specific Plan area by phase,
showing updated land use distribution and intensity as modified by
the site plan submittal; and
Submittal of a traffic report analyzing the trip generation for the land
use(s) and demonstrating that the maximum number of vehicle trips
(trip ceiling) is not exceeded.
c. Plans and landscape plans for projects must be prepared by a registered
architect and a licensed landscape architect respectively.
C. Site Plan. A fully dimensioned site plan, drawn to scale and showing:
Location of existing and proposed structures, including signs,
showing dimensions from property line;
Page 73
October 2015
Page 388 of 441
2. Location, size and species of existing trees or natural attributes;
3. Location of off-street parking. The number of parking spaces
(specifying handicapped, compact and regular spaces), type of
paving, direction of traffic flow, parking stall dimensions, and areas
for turning and maneuvering vehicles;
4. Location and dimension of driveway approaches, off-street loading
areas, street and highway dedications;
5. Refuse disposal and recycling;
6. Location, height, and material of existing and/or proposed fences
and walls;
7. Means of screening all vents, pipes, antennas and machinery placed
on roofs;
8. Location, height and specifications of all existing and/or proposed
exterior lighting;
9. Location of all utility pipes, valves, vaults and similar
appurtenances; and
10. Location of structures on abutting lots showing dimensions to
property line.
d. Photometric Analysis for parking lots and parking structures.
e. Elevation Drawings. Elevation drawings dimensioned and fully illustrating
all sides of the proposed structures. These drawings must include:
1. Location of signs and size, height, color, material and type of
illumination of all signs. A Master Sign Plan must be submitted
when the development includes two or more tenants;
2. Location, size and style of architectural features, such as awnings,
doors, windows and other wall openings; and
3. All exterior materials and their colors.
f. Landscape Plan. A preliminary landscape plan showing the location and
design of the following listed items:
1. Existing trees (by species and size) proposed to be retained,
removed or relocated on the site;
Page 74
October 2015
Page 389 of 441
2. Landscaped areas and the numbers, varieties and sizes of plant
materials to be planted therein and all other landscape features;
Softscape, hardscape (walkways, paving, textured concrete) and
lighting; and
4. All submittal material required by ESMC Chapter 10-2.
g. Colors and Materials. A materials and colors board showing all colors and
materials, with color chips and textures keyed to the principal plan elements
where those components are found.
h. Floor Plans.
Photo Board. Showing subject site, and all surrounding properties.
Rendering/Illustration. One set of color elevation drawings or a color
rendering. The Director of Planning and Building Safety may require, at
his/her discretion, a computer model where such is necessary to evaluate
scale, massing and architectural treatment.
3. Site Plan Review - Procedure
a. The Director of Planning and Building Safety must review the application
to ensure there is consistency with the Specific Plan within 30 days after the
Director deems the application complete.
CEQA Review, if required, must be conducted in accordance with
applicable law.
C. The Site Plan Review must be timely scheduled for public hearing before
the Planning Commission, which date should not exceed 45 days after the
completion of the public review period of the environmental
documentation, or within 30 days from the date the application is deemed
complete if no further environmental review is required. The Planning
Commission must render its decision in writing, either approving,
approving with conditions, or denying the Site Plan Review application,
stating the reasons for such action. The decision of the Planning
Commission is final unless appealed to the City Council.
d. Any aggrieved person may appeal the Planning Commission's decision to
the City Council. Such appeal must be filed in writing with the Department
of Planning and Building Safety within ten (10) days after the date of the
written decision by the Planning Commission. Upon receipt of such an
appeal and the payment of the appropriate filing fee, the matter must be
Page 75
October 2015
Page 390 of 441
scheduled for consideration by the City Council no more than 45 days after
the date of receipt of the appeal.
e. The Site Plan is valid for two years from the date of approval. If construction
does not commence within such time, but the applicant has diligently
pursued the Project plan review process, the Director of Planning and
Building Safety may extend the Site Plan approval for up to two additional
years.
f. After the Site Plan is approved, the Director of Planning and Building Safety
may approve minor changes in the Site Plan or its conditions if the Director
finds that there are practical reasons for such changes, that such changes do
not substantially vary from the previously approved site plan and applicable
law and that such changes do not involved deviations from the design's
intent.
4. Site Plan Review Criteria
The purpose of the Site Plan Review procedure is to ensure that the development provides
a cohesive visual identity and coordinated design character for the Specific Plan area of
high quality. The overall coordinated design character must be expressed in the site
planning, architecture, landscaping, lighting, and signage. The architectural design is to be
compatible in character, massing and materials consistent with the conceptual plan
depicted in this Plan.
In approving the Site Plan Review the Planning Commission, or City Council on appeal,
must consider the following factors:
a. The dimensions, shape and orientation of the parcel;
b. The placement of buildings and structures on the parcel;
C. The height, setbacks, bulk and building materials;
d. The building materials and design;
e. The distance between buildings or structures;
f. The location, number and layout of off-street parking and loading spaces;
The internal vehicular patterns and pedestrian safety features;
The location, distribution, amount and type of landscaping materials and the
sustainability of the landscaping material with the El Segundo climate in
compliance with the applicable climate zone;
Page 76
October 2015
Page 391 of 441
i. The placement, photometrics, height and direction of illumination of light
standards;
The location, number, size and height of signs;
k. The location, height and materials of walls, fences or hedges;
1. The location and method of screening refuse and storage areas, roof
equipment, pipes, vents, utility equipment and all equipment not contained
in the main buildings of the development;
In. Compliance with all applicable development standards including, but not
limited to, height, setbacks, FAR, trip generation, and off-street parking
requirements; and,
n. Consistency with the Design Guidelines of this Specific Plan.
5. Approval Criteria
The Planning Commission, or City Council on appeal, may approve the Site Plan Review
if it finds that the site plan, architecture and landscape design, with conditions if necessary
are consistent with this Specific Plan.
6. Exempt Activities
The following is a list of activities which are exempt from the site plan review process.
This list is not all-inclusive; the Director of Planning and Building Safety may exempt
other activities not listed:
a. All interior changes and alterations
b. Demolition of Buildings E-20, E-21, E-23, or E-24
C. Exterior mechanical equipment (heating, air conditioning, water heater)
designed with mechanical equipment screening compatible with the
architecture of the building to which it is adjacent or affixed.
d. Minor exterior repairs costing less than $50,000 in 2015 dollars, indexed
for inflation to the Consumer Price Index (CPI).
e. Reglazing, new mullions
f Re -landscaping consistent with the landscape palette
g. Repainting
h. Reroofing with similar style roofing materials
Page 77
October 2015
Page 392 of 441
E. AMENDMENT
In accordance with the Government Code §§ 65450-65457, Specific Plans must be prepared,
adopted and amended in the same manner as General Plans except that Specific Plans may be
adopted by resolution or by ordinance.
This Specific Plan may be amended as necessary by ordinance. Said amendment or amendments
do not require a concurrent General Plan amendment unless the Director of Planning and Building
Safety determines that the proposed amendment would substantially affect General Plan goals,
policies, objectives or programs.
F. CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT COMPLIANCE
The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan and related entitlements were approved in
accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), the State CEQA Guidelines
(Guidelines), and City policies adopted to implement the CEQA and the Guidelines.
An Environmental Impact Report was prepared and certified by the City Council which establishes
the development thresholds shown in Table VII-1 below.
Table VII-1
California Environmental Quality Act Compliance
The CEQA clearance indicated above analyzes the effects of 1,930,000 net square feet of
incremental development by the Project , 13,624 of which is anticipated to be replacement of
existing facilities with allowed uses.
Any portion of the Project that is developed consistent with the Conceptual Site Plan evaluated
for this Specific Plan is exempt from further CEQA analysis unless an event specified in Public
Resources Code § 21166 occurs as to the Specific Plan.
Page 78 October 2015
Page 393 of 441
APPENDIX A
E1 Segundo South Campus Specific Plan Trip Generation
Rates, Credits, and Caps
The following two tables are to provide data for maintaining a trip inventory analysis for the build -
out of the Specific Plan. A table maintaining a cumulative accounting of total square footage by
land use as well as the cumulative number of A.M. and P.M. peak hour trips generated by new
development within the Specific Plan area must be generated by the project applicant and verified
by the City. The trip inventory must be updated and submitted upon the filing of site plan review
application and verified before a building permit is issued.
The traffic -generating characteristics of most of the components of the Project are identified in the
Institute of Transportation Engineers' (ITE) Trip Generation, 91 Edition.
With mixed -use projects there are many opportunities for interaction amongst the various uses.
The interaction is likely to reduce the number of trips entering and leaving the site ("internal
capture"). Additionally, many of the individual uses will attract vehicles already on the
surrounding street network ("diverted/pass-by"). These are trips that are already on the roadway
network and are diverted to the Project. Furthermore, since the Specific Plan is adjacent to the El
Segundo Metro Green Line station, the following table takes into consideration credits for transit
usage, as well as for "internal capture" and "diverted/pass-by."
Appendix A — Table 1
Project Trip Ceiling
for trips associated with new development
within the ESSCSP area.
AM Peak Hour Trips
2634 408 3042
quin PM Peak Hour Trips
631 2489 3120
Total Daily Trips
26, 585
Page 79 October 2015
Page 394 of 441
Appendix A - Table 2
Summary of Trip Generation Rates and Trip Credits
RAYTHEON SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN DRAFT TRAFFIC IMPACT ANALYSIS
SUMMARY OF TRIP GENERATION RATES AND TRIP CREDITS
AM PEAK -HOUR
PM PEAK -HOUR
AVERAGE DAILY
FORMULA (per
FORMULA (per
TRIPS FORMULA
Use
1,000 gross square
1,000 gross square
(per 1,000 gross
feet)
feet)
square feet)
Retail
T = 0.96 (A)
T = 3.71 (A)
T = 42.70 (A)
Internal Capture
-
Less 1%
Less 2%
Diverted/Pass-By
-
Less 34%
-
General Light Industrial
T = 0.92 (A)
T = 0.97 (A)
T = 6.97 (A)
Internal Capture
-
Less 1%
Less 1%
Warehouse
T = 0.30 (A)
T = 0.32 (A)
T = 3.56 (A)
Internal Capture
-
Less 1%
Less 1%
Office
T = 1.56 (A)
T = 1.49 (A)
T = 11.03 (A)
Internal Capture
-
Less 1%
Less 1%
Transit Credit*
Less 5%
Less 5%
Less 5%
Other Possible Uses
Health/Fitness Club
T = 1.41 (A)
T = 3.53 (A)
T = 32.93 (A)
Hotel
T = 0.53 (R)
T = 0.60 (R)
T = 8.17 (R)
Medical/Dental Office
T = 2.39 (A)
T = 3.57 (A)
T = 36.13 (A)
Supermarket
T = 3.40 (A)
T = 9.48 (A)
T=102.24 (A)
Quality Restaurant
T = 0.81 (A)
T = 7.49 (A)
T = 89.95 (A)
High -Turnover (Sit -Down) Restaurant
T = 10.81 (A)
T = 9.85 (A)
T= 127.15 (A)
Fast -Food Restaurant without Drive -Through
Window
T = 43.87 (A)
T = 26.15 (A)
T = 716.00 (A)
Coffee/Donut Shop without Drive -Through
Window
T = 108.38 (A)
T= 40.75 (A)
T = 818.58 (A)
Notes
* Trip generation adjustment discount associated with proximity to transit service for similar sites based on
recommendations published by Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transportation Authority (LAMTA) and ITE.
T: Trip ends
A: Building area in 1,00 sq. ft.
R: Rooms
Page 80
OctoUe� 2015
Page 395 of 441
APPENDIX B
EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
THAT PORTION OF SECTION 18, TOWNSHIP 3 SOUTH, RANGE 14 WEST, IN THE RANCHO
SAUSAL REDONDO, IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF
CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON THE MAP FILED IN CASE NO. 11629, SUPERIOR COURT OF SAID
COUNTY ON JUNE 21, 1890, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY CLERK OF SAID COUNTY, A
COPY OF SAID MAP APPEARING IN THE FILES OF THE COUNTY SURVEYOR OF SAID
COUNTY AS CLERK'S FILED MAP NO. 218, BOUNDED AS FOLLOWS:
BOUNDED ON THE NORTH BY THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 18; BOUNDED ON THE
EAST BY THE WESTERLY LINE AND THE NORTHERLY PROLONGATION THEREOF OF
TRACT NO. 26556, AS SHOWN ON MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 675 PAGES 93 TO 94 OF MAPS,
IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY; BOUNDED ON THE
SOUTHEAST BY THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF THE 80 FOOT STRIP OF LAND DESCRIBED
IN THE DEED TO PACIFIC ELECTRIC RAILWAY CO., RECORDED MAY 27, 1913 AS
INSTRUMENT NO. 210 IN BOOK 5750 PAGE 43 OF DEEDS, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY AND
BOUNDED ON THE SOUTHWEST BY THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF THE LAND DESCRIBED
AS PARCEL 2 IN THE DEED TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY, RECORDED
MARCH 6, 1930 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 535 IN BOOK 9840 PAGE 33, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF
SAID COUNTY.
EXCEPT THEREFROM, ALL OIL, GAS AND OTHER HYDROCARBONS, GEOTHERMAL
RESOURCES AS DEFINED IN SECTION 6903 OF THE CALIFORNIA PUBLIC RESOURCES CODE
AND ALL OTHER MINERALS, WHETHER SIMILAR TO THOSE HEREIN SPECIFIED OR NOT,
WITHIN OR THAT MAY BE PRODUCED FROM THE PROPERTY BELOW A DEPTH OF FIVE
HUNDRED (500) FEET, AS RESERVED BY DEED EXECUTED BY CHEVRON U.S.A. INC., A
CORPORATION, RECORDED ON NOVEMBER 28, 1978 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 78-1317577,
WHICH ALSO RECITES, "PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ALL RIGHTS AND INTEREST IN THE
SURFACE OF THE PROPERTY AND THE LAND MASS OF THE PROPERTY TO A DEPTH OF FIVE
HUNDRED (500) FEET ARE HEREBY CONVEYED TO GRANTEE, NO RIGHT OR INTEREST OF
ANY KIND THEREIN, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BEING EXCEPTED OR RESERVED TO GRANTOR
EXCEPT AS HEREINAFTER EXPRESSLY SET FORTH."
ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NOs. 4138-014-047 AND 4138-014-013
Page 81 October 2015
Page 396 of 441
South Campus Development Tracking Table - Square Feet and FAR As of April
2023
Land Us Building Area Building Area
(Net Square Feet) (Gross Square Feet)
South Campus Specific Plan Entitled Square Feet
Office
1,565,000
1,752,800
Warehouse/Storage
82,000
91,840
Light Industrial
150,000
168,000
Commercial
133,000
148,960
Subtotal Entitled Additional Development
1,930,000
2,161,600
Existing Campus Uses-
1,788,889
2,069,947
Total Campus Entitled Square Feet
3,718,889
4,231,547
Phase I - New Development
Office
40,450
42,119
Warehouse/Storage
-
-
Light Industrial
-
Commercial
19,259
19,918
Total Phase I Square Feet
59,709
62,037
Phase II - New Development
Office
122,080
143,250
Warehouse/Storage
4,368
4,800
Light Industrial
-
-
Commercial
-
-
Total Phase II Square Feet
126,448
148,050
Phase III - New Development
Office
-
-
Warehouse/Storage
Light Industrial
Commercial
Total Phase III Square Feet
-
-
Phase IV - New Development
Office
-
-
Warehouse/Storage
5,237
5,865
Light Industrial
-
Commercial
-
Total Phase IV Square Feet
5,237
1 5,865
Remaining South Campus Specific Plan Entitled Square Feet
Office
1,402,470
1,567,431
Warehouse/Storage
72,395
81,175
Light Industrial
150,000
168,000
Commercial
113,741
129,042
Subtotal Remaining Specific Plan Entitled Square Feet
1,738,606
1,945,648
Existing Campus Uses-
1 1,788,889
1 2,069,947
Total Campus Entitled Square Feet
1 3,718,889
1 4,231,547
Page 397 of 441
South Campus Development Tracking Table - Square Feet and FAR As of April
2023 [continued]
South Campus Specific Plan FAR
Total Entitled FAR
0.60
Total FAR of Existing Development
0.29
Total FAR of New Development
0.03
Total FAR of Existing & New Development
0.32
Page 398 of 441
MINUTES OF THE
EL SEGUNDO PLANNING COMMISSION
Regularly Scheduled Meeting
March 14, 2024
A. Call to Order
Chair Keldorf called the meeting to order at 5:31 p.m.
B. Pledge of Allegiance
Chair Keldorf led the pledge.
C. Roll Call
Present: Chair Keldorf
Present: Vice Chair Hoeschler
Present: Commissioner Newman
Present: Commissioner Maggay
Present: Commissioner Inga
Also present: Michael Allen, AICP, Community Development Director
Also present: Eduardo Schonborn, AICP, Planning Manager
Also present: Joaquin Vazquez, City Attorney
Also present: Paul Samaras, AICP, Principal Planner
Also present: Jazmin Farias, Planning Technician
D. Public Communications
None.
E. Written Communications (other than what is included in Agenda packets)
None.
F. Consent Calendar
1. Approval of Planning Commission Meeting Minutes:
• February 22, 2024
MOTION: Approve the minutes.
Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga.
Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote:
1
Page 399 of 441
Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga.
G. Continued Business —Public Hearing
2. El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan ("ESSCSP") Amendment and
Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 (Environmental Assessment No. EA-
1348, Specific Plan Amendment No. SPA 23-01, and Subdivision No. SUB
23-02 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236). (JF)
Planning Technician Jazmin Farias presented the staff report regarding the
proposed Project to amends the ESSCSP by modifying the development
standards regarding permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking
requirements within Phase 1 (Raytheon Campus) area. The Project also includes
subdividing two existing contiguous lots to allow a 7-lot tract map subdivision. She
specified that the site is currently developed with a commercial retail center (a.k.a.
Chargers Commons) and no new development is proposed as part of this
Project/request. Applicant was present to answer any questions.
• Vice Chair Hoeschler inquired if "100% off -site parking" means that the
lots have no physical parking on -site, but they will use the adjacent
surface parking lots that are being provided via lots 2 and 3. Jazmin
advised that this is correct and through the recordation of CC&R's it will
be ensured that the surface parking lots (lot 2 and 3) will continue to
serve the existing commercial center.
• Commissioner Maggay inquired why the lot which host the medical office
was excluded from the project and wants to ensure there is enough
parking on -site for all uses. Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn
advised that the medical office building still functions as part of "Phase
1"; however, since it is currently a separate parcel and no changes are
being proposed, it is not included in the tentative tract map. He added
that the adjacent parking lots (lot 2 and 3) will continue to serve the
existing commercial center which includes the medical office. Phase 1
has enough parking on -site for the existing commercial center as this
was approved prior to its development; this application will not tamper
with required parking count on -site.
• Chair Keldorf inquired if the proposed application interfered with existing
Development Agreements for the site. Staff advised that the proposed
amendments do not affect any existing Development Agreements on
file.
Chair Keldorf opened public communications.
• Commissioner Maggay inquired why the subdivision was proposed.
Applicant Lionel Uhry advised that it is a financial benefit to have the
option to sell each lot.
2
Page 400 of 441
Chair Keldorf closed public communications.
MOTION: Adopt Resolution No. 2948, approving a subdivision to create seven
land parcels for an existing commercial retail center (Chargers Commons
Commercial Center) and adopt Resolution No. 2947, recommending City Council
approve an amendment to the ESSCSP modifying permitted uses, setback
requirements, and parking requirements.
Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga.
Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote:
Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga.
H. New Public Hearings
3. An Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in the El
Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) Title 15. (Environmental Assessment No.
EA-1358 and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 24-01) (PS)
Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn provided a brief introduction of the
proposed project. Specifically, he stated that the ZTA request is a result of the
"Beach Cities" project that was considered by the Commission in September 2023.
The project included an adjustment that was denied by the Commission, but
included direction that the applicant work with staff to submit a ZTA; and before
them is the ZTA proposal.
Principal Planner Paul Samaras presented the staff report regarding the proposed
amendments to ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) (Driveway and Curb Cuts) to reduce
the required minimum distance between driveway curb cuts on the same property
from 24 feet to 10 feet, but only for driveways that are signalized and located along
a major or secondary arterial street (as identified in the City's General Plan
Circulation Element), subject to approval by the Community Development Director
and City Engineer. Applicant was present to answer any questions.
Vice Chair Hoeschler inquired if the site has a traffic signal in place.
Paul stated that traffic signal is part of the development of the property,
and it will not interfere with existing traffic signals nearby.
Commissioner Newman inquired why a minimum 10-foot distance
between driveway curb cuts is being proposed. Paul advised that a
minimum 10-foot distance is being proposed to better serve pedestrian
safety/access.
Chair Keldorf opened public communications.
• Applicant Alex Rose, advised that the ZTA proposal is a replication of
signalized intersection for an existing site at the other end of
Rosecrans Avenue. The existing site which has this similar curb cut
Page 401 of 441
distance was constructed in 1988 prior to the minimum 24-foot code
provision which came into effect after that development. He added
that, a minimum 10-foot distance between curb cuts is being proposed
to facilitate landscape design and to provide pedestrian refuge.
Chair Keldorf closed public communications.
MOTION: Adopt Resolution No. 2949, recommending City Council approve an
amendment to the ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) driveway and curb cut standards.
Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga.
Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote:
Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga.
I. New Business
None.
J. Report from Community Development Director or designee
Community Development Director stated that the welcome sign project was
approved and awarded a contract; no timing has been provided for the start time.
Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn reminded the Commissioners of
forthcoming Planning Commission meetings to ensure we have quorum as they will
touch on important topics.
K. Report from City Attorney's Office
None.
L. Planning Commissioners' Comments
Commissioner Inga shared that he attended training for Planning Commissioners,
and he really enjoyed it and learned a lot.
M. Adjournment —the meeting adjourned at 6:11 p.m.
The next meeting is scheduled for March 28, 2024 at 5:30 pm.
//I (Vt
Michael Allen, Community Development Director
Michellel,Keldorf, Planning Commission Chair
M
Page 402 of 441
M M City Council Agenda Statement
E L S E G U N D O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Public Hearings
Item Number: C.18
TITLE:
Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo Municipal
Code Chapter 15-15
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Open the public hearing and solicit public testimony.
2. Waive first reading and introduce an Ordinance amending the minimum required
distance between driveway curb cuts on the same property in El Segundo
Municipal Code Section 15-15-5(N) and find that the proposed amendments are
exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA
Guidelines §15061(b)(3) because they do not approve any particular
development project, they consist only of minor revisions to existing zoning
regulations and related procedures, and they do not have the potential for
causing a significant effect on the environment.
3. Schedule the Ordinance's second reading for the May 7, 2024 regular City
Council meeting or as soon thereafter feasible.
4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The proposed amendment is not anticipated to have any fiscal impact.
BACKGROUND:
Request Description
The applicant, RSP4, LLC (Continental Development Corporation), is requesting Zone
Text Amendment No. ZTA 24-01 to amend the minimum required distance between
driveway curb cuts on the same property pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code
("ESMC") § 15-15-5(N). This section currently requires a minimum distance of 24 feet
Page 403 of 441
Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo
Municipal Code Chapter 15-15
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 6
between curb cuts on the same property in nonresidential zones. The requested
amendment proposes a reduction in that distance from 24 feet to 10 feet when it is for a
signalized driveway along a major or secondary arterial street (as identified in the City's
General Plan Circulation Element), subject to approval of the Community Development
Director and City Engineer.
Beach Cities Media Campus Project
The proposed amendment is a result of the Beach Cities Media Campus development
project that was considered by the Planning Commission September 14, 2023. The
project involves construction of a seven -story office building and a five -level parking
structure at 2021-2031 Rosecrans Avenue. The project includes a traffic signal along
Rosecrans Avenue at the intersection with the site's main access driveway. The
proposed access driveway design was divided into two separate driveways, one for
providing ingress and the second one providing egress. The proposed driveways were
separated by an 11-foot landscaped planter serving as a refuge for pedestrians crossing
the driveways along Rosecrans Avenue. The Planning Commission approved the
overall project, but was unable to make the mandatory findings required to allow the
requested Adjustment to deviate from the required 24 feet and allow a reduced
separation of 11 feet between the two driveways. Instead of providing the minimum 24
feet required by the Municipal Code, the applicant subsequently submitted the subject
application for a zone text amendment to reduce the required 24 foot minimum distance
between curb cuts.
Subsequent Planning Commission Action
On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission held a public hearing to consider the
proposed zone text amendment. During the discussion, the Planning Commissioners
agreed on the adequacy of a 10-foot separation between driveway curb cuts to protect
pedestrians (See Attachment No. 2). At the conclusion of the public hearing, the
Planning Commission adopted Resolution No. 2949 (5-0) recommending City Council
approve the proposed amendment (Environmental Assessment No. EA 1358 and Zone
Text Amendment No. ZTA 24-01).
DISCUSSION:
Zoning Code Intent and Proposed Amendment
The intent of the required 24-foot separation in ESMC §15-15-5(N) and the reasoning
for the proposed amendment is discussed below:
Preserve on -street parking spaces. The current separation requirement of 24 feet
provides the minimum space required for an on -street parallel parking space. On -
street parking is important especially on streets designated either local or
Page 404 of 441
Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo
Municipal Code Chapter 15-15
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 6
collector, which are typically located in the western part of the City. Rosecrans
Avenue, however, where the Beach Cities Media Campus is proposed, is a major
arterial street that does not allow street parking. This is also the case along most
major and secondary arterial streets in the east part of the City. Therefore, a
reduction in the separation requirement on arterial streets will not substantially
impact on -street parking in the City.
2. Improve traffic safety. The minimum separation requirement also provides space
to reduce conflicts between vehicles entering and exiting adjacent driveways,
especially when turning in opposite directions. The extra distance between
driveways gives drivers additional time to react to other vehicles entering or
exiting the street. The proposed zone text amendment would allow for driveways
that are signalized to be separated by only 10 feet. The driveway signalization
will control and separate vehicle traffic to prevent conflicts between vehicles
entering or exiting the public street in opposite directions. As a result, a 24-foot
separation will not be necessary to improve traffic safety and, thus, the reduced
driveway separation will not impair on -street traffic safety.
3. Improve on -site vehicle circulation. For the same reasons above, a separation
between driveways helps reduce conflicts between vehicles traveling on -site,
although the separation distance is not as critical. As mentioned above, the
proposed zone text amendment would allow for driveways that are signalized to
be separated by 10 feet, which will control and separate vehicles maneuvering
on -site, near the street frontage. In addition, while a larger distance of 24 feet
between driveways can separate and reduce conflicts between those vehicles, it
is not necessary to preserve on -street parking. Thus, the proposed 10-foot
distance is adequate to reduce on -site circulation conflicts in combination with
the driveway signalization.
In conclusion, a 24-foot distance between driveway approaches is not necessary on
properties located along arterial streets and the intersection with the street is controlled
by a traffic signal. In addition, the proposed 10-foot separation will provide a sufficient
safety refuge between driveways for pedestrians crossing the intersection.
Zone Text Amendment Findings
Pursuant to ESMC § 15-17-3, the City Council must make certain findings to approve a
zone text amendment. Staff believes that the findings can be made as follows:
A. The amendment is consistent with the General Plan.
The amendment is consistent with Circulation Element Goal C1 to provide a safe
convenient and cost-effective circulation system. The proposed amendment reduces
Page 405 of 441
Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo
Municipal Code Chapter 15-15
April 16, 2024
Page 4 of 6
the distance requirement between driveways at signalized intersections with arterial
streets. Signalization reduces vehicular circulation conflicts on- and off-street, and
provides a safe crossing passage for pedestrians.
In addition, the amendment is consistent with Economic Development Goal ED1 to
create in El Segundo a strong, healthy economic community in which all diverse
stakeholders may benefit. The proposed amendment allows more flexibility in the
design of driveways in non-residential zones. A strong, healthy economic community
exists, and diverse stakeholders benefit when regulations are reviewed and updated
to allow business flexibility to pursue, design, construct and implement improved,
safer, more efficient options in the course of their endeavors.
Furthermore, the amendment is consistent with Economic Development Goal ED2 to
provide a supportive and economically profitable environment as the foundation of a
strong local business community. The proposed amendment provides opportunities
for improvements that accommodate existing and future circulation needs in a
manner that preserves the City's goals to improve traffic and pedestrian safety and
access to onsite vehicle circulation and parking. The amendment represents a
reasonable modification to the existing regulation to allow for flexibility. Its approval is
a consistent and supportive action to promote, maintain, and further an economically
profitable environment and a strong local business community.
B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare.
The proposed amendment serves the public health, safety, and general welfare,
because it removes an unnecessary restriction on the design of driveways. ESMC
Section 15-15-5(N) requires a minimum separation of 24 feet between driveways, in
part to "preserve on -street parking spaces." However, this intent is not applicable or
necessary on major and secondary arterial streets in the City, because on -street
parking is prohibited on major and secondary arterial streets, with few exceptions.
The high traffic volumes and speeds along arterial streets necessitate more through
vehicle lanes, rather than on -street parking lanes, to facilitate better traffic flow. In
addition, on -street parking near access driveways on high-speed streets can create
visibility and traffic safety problems. Therefore, the proposed amendment to allow a
separation of 10 feet between driveways along arterial streets does not conflict with
the goal of preserving on -street parking, which is more applicable to lower -volume
streets, such as collector and local streets.
The proposed amendment serves the public health, safety, and general welfare by
furthering the goals of the Driveway and Curb Cuts standards of ESMC Section 15-
15-5(N) to "improve traffic safety" and "improve on -site vehicle circulation."
The ESMC currently limits the maximum driveway width in non-residential zones to
30 feet and requires a minimum of 24 feet between driveways on the same property.
Page 406 of 441
Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo
Municipal Code Chapter 15-15
April 16, 2024
Page 5 of 6
The amendment allows flexibility, when certain criteria are met, for driveway designs
that better meet the listed ESMC goals of improving traffic safety and on -site vehicle
circulation.
Decreasing the minimum distance required between curb cuts allows designs that
provide adequate, safe crossings for pedestrians and safe access for vehicles
entering and exiting a site. Access driveways on an arterial street with a minimum 10-
foot median for separation, in combination with a traffic signal, control and separate
conflicting vehicle movements, and thus improve traffic safety and on -site circulation.
In addition, the shorter separation provides more safety for pedestrians crossing such
driveways than the current 24-foot separation, because it reduces the overall
distance pedestrians must cross. Further, the signalization also improves pedestrian
safety, because it separates pedestrian movements from vehicular movements, and
thus reduces conflicts. The proposed amendment's safety benefits are also evident
because signalized driveways already exist on arterial streets and function safely
without negative impacts on traffic safety and on -site vehicle circulation.
Finally, the proposed amendment creates an approval pathway for improved, high -
quality driveway designs appropriate to the environment in which they will be located.
Such a pathway would not interfere with or be detrimental to the public health, safety,
and orderly development of the City.
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The zone text amendment is exempt from further review under the California
Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA") pursuant to the so-caled "common sense"
exemption set forth in CEQA Guidelines § 15061(b)(3)) because it consists only of
minor revisions to existing zoning regulations and related procedures and does not have
the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability
Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and
the community.
PREPARED BY:
Paul Samaras, AICP, Principal Planner
REVIEWED BY:
Michael Allen, Community Development Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
Page 407 of 441
Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo
Municipal Code Chapter 15-15
April 16, 2024
Page 6 of 6
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. Draft Ordinance
2. Planning Commission Meeting Minutes Dated March 14, 2024
Page 408 of 441
ORDINANCE NO.
AN ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTION 15-15-5(N) OF THE EL
SEGUNDO MUNICIPAL CODE TITLE 15 REGARDING DRIVEWAY AND
CURB CUT STANDARDS AND FINDING SUCH AMENDMENT EXEMPT
FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT
PURSUANT TO CEQA GUIDELINES § 15061(b)(3)).
The City Council of the city of El Segundo does ordain as follows:
SECTION 1: The City Council finds and declares as follows:
A. On January 12, 2024, RSP4, LLC initiated the process to amend the El
Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") Title 15 ("Zoning Code") to reduce the
required distance between curb cuts on the same property from 24 to 10
feet on streets designated as arterial streets;
B. The proposed amendment was reviewed by the City's Community
Development Department for, in part, consistency with the General Plan
and conformity with the ESMC;
C. The City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under the California
Environmental Quality Act (California Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et
seq., "CEQA") and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 California
Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines");
D. On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission held a public hearing to
receive public testimony and other evidence regarding the Ordinance and
adopted Resolution No. 2949 recommending that the City Council introduce
and adopt an Ordinance amending the ESMC curb cut standards.
E. On April 16, 2024, the City Council held a duly noticed public hearing and
considered the information provided by City staff and public testimony
regarding the Ordinance; and
F. This Ordinance and its findings are made based upon the entire
administrative record including, without limitation, testimony and evidence
presented to the City Council at its April 16, 2024 hearing and the staff report
submitted by the Community Development Department.
SECTION 2: Factual Findings and Conclusions. The City Council finds, without limitation,
that:
A. Introducing and adopting the Ordinance will amend ESMC Section 15-15-
5(N) (Driveway and Curb Cuts) to reduce the minimum distance between
driveway curb cuts on nonresidential properties from 24 to 10 feet for
properties:
Page 1
Page 409 of 441
1. located along major or secondary arterial streets identified in the El
Segundo General Plan Circulation Element,
2. where the subject driveways' intersection with the arterial street is
signalized, and
3. where the driveways provide a safe crossing passage for pedestrians,
subject to approval of the Community Development Director and City
Engineer;
B. Most streets designated as major or secondary arterial streets in the
General Plan Circulation Element do not currently permit on -street parking;
C. Signalized intersections between commercial property driveways and
arterial streets effectively separate and eliminate conflicts between traffic
moving in opposite direction;
D. A 10-foot separation between driveway curb cuts on commercial properties
in combination with a traffic signal adequately control and reduce on -site
vehicle circulation conflicts; and
E. A 10-foot separation between driveway curb cuts on commercial properties
can provide a safe crossing passage for pedestrians.
SECTION 3: Zone Text Amendment Findings. In accordance with ESMC § 15-27-3, the
City Council finds that:
A. The amendment is consistent with the General Plan.
The amendment is consistent with Circulation Element Goal C1 to provide
a safe, convenient and cost-effective circulation system. The proposed
amendment reduces the distance requirement at signalized intersections
between driveways and arterial streets. Signalization reduces vehicular
circulation conflicts on and off street and provides a safe crossing passage
for pedestrians.
In addition, the amendment is consistent with Economic Development Goal
ED1 to create in El Segundo a strong, healthy economic community in
which all diverse stakeholders may benefit. The proposed amendment
allows more flexibility in the design of driveways in non-residential zones. A
strong, healthy economic community exists, and diverse stakeholders
benefit when regulations are reviewed and updated to allow business
flexibility to pursue, design, construct, and implement improved, safer, more
efficient options in the course of their endeavors.
Page 2
Page 410 of 441
Furthermore, the amendment is consistent with Economic Development
Goal ED2 to provide a supportive and economically profitable environment
as the foundation of a strong local business community. The proposed
amendment provides opportunities for improvements that accommodate
existing and future circulation needs in a manner that preserves the City's
goals to improve traffic and pedestrian safety and access to onsite vehicle
circulation and parking. The amendment represents a reasonable
modification to the existing regulation to allow for flexibility. Its approval is a
consistent and supportive action to promote, maintain, and further an
economically profitable environment and a strong local business
community.
B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general
welfare.
The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety,
and general welfare, because it removes an unnecessary restriction on the
design of driveways. ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) requires a minimum
separation of 24 feet between driveways, in part to "preserve on street
parking spaces." However, this intent is not applicable or necessary on
major and secondary arterial streets in the City, because on -street parking
is prohibited on major and secondary arterial streets, with few exceptions.
The high traffic volumes and speeds along arterial streets necessitate more
through vehicle lanes, rather than on -street parking lanes, to facilitate better
traffic flow. In addition, on -street parking near access driveways on high-
speed streets can create visibility and traffic safety problems. Therefore, the
proposed amendment to allow a separation of 10 feet between driveways
along arterial streets does not conflict with the goal of preserving on -street
parking, which is more applicable to lower -volume streets, such as collector
and local streets.
The proposed amendment is also necessary to serve the public health,
safety, and general welfare by furthering the goals of the Driveway and Curb
Cuts standards of ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) to "improve traffic safety" and
"improve on site vehicle circulation."
The ESMC currently limits the maximum driveway width in non-residential
zones to 30 feet and requires a minimum of 24 feet between driveways on
the same property. The amendment allows flexibility, when certain criteria
are met, for driveway designs that better meet the listed ESMC goals of
improving traffic safety and on -site vehicle circulation.
Decreasing the minimum distance required between curb cuts allows
designs that provide adequate, safe crossings for pedestrians and safe
access for vehicles entering and exiting a site. Access driveways on an
arterial street with a minimum 10-foot median for separation, in combination
Page 3
Page 411 of 441
with a traffic signal, control and separate conflicting vehicle movements, and
thus improve traffic safety and on -site circulation. In addition, the shorter
separation provides more safety for pedestrians crossing such driveways
than the current 24-foot separation, because it reduces the overall distance
pedestrians must cross. Further, the signalization also improves pedestrian
safety, because it separates pedestrian movements from vehicular
movements, and thus reduces conflicts. The safety benefits of the proposed
amendment are also supported by the fact that signalized driveways already
exist on arterial streets and function safely without negative impacts on
traffic safety and on -site vehicle circulation.
Finally, the proposed amendment creates an approval pathway for
improved, high -quality driveway designs appropriate to the environment in
which they will be located, which would also be necessary to serve the
public health, safety. Such a pathway would not interfere with or be
detrimental to the public health, safety, and orderly development of the City.
SECTION 4: Environmental Assessment. Based on the facts set forth in Section 2, the
City Council finds that the Ordinance is exempt from the California Environmental Quality
Act ("CEQA") (Pub. Resources Code, § 21000 et seq.) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines §
15061(b)(3)), because it consists only of minor revisions to existing zoning regulations
and related procedures, and, therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no
possibility that the Ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment.
Furthermore, the Ordinance does not approve any specific project, and City staff will
conduct discrete environmental review for any project proposed under this Ordinance's
provisions.
SECTION 5: Subsection (N) of ESMC Section 15-15-5 regarding Driveway and Curb
Cuts is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
"N. Driveway and Curb Cuts: All curb cuts and driveways must lead directly to
required parking. Curb cuts not leading to parking, must be removed whenever
new buildings are constructed or additions are made to existing buildings. The
location and design of all driveway entrances and exits must comply with the
standards listed below. The goal of these standards is to: 1) preserve on street
parking spaces, where applicable, 2) improve traffic safety, and 3) improve on site
vehicle circulation.
Page 4
Page 412 of 441
1. Driveway and Curb Cut Width:
Curb Cut Width (in
Driveway Width (in
feet)4�
feet
Zone
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum
Maximum
R-1 and R-2 - lots less
10
20
10
20
than 50 feet wide
R-1 and R-2 - lots at
10
25
10
28
least 50 feet wide
R-3 - serving 12 or fewer
12
30
12
30
parking spaces or one-
way
R-3 - serving 13 or more
18
30
18
30
parking spaces or two-
way
Nonresidential - one-way
12
130
112
30
Nonresidential - two-way
18
130
118
30
Note: 4*Curb cut width excludes the width of aprons.
2. Curb Cut Locations:
Minimum Distance
Minimum
Minimum
Between Curb Cuts
Distance From
Distance From
Zone
On The Same
Curb Cuts To
Curb Cuts To
Property
Street Corners
Property Lines
Residential
24 feet
20 feet
5 feet
Nonresidential
24 feet*
50 feet
5 feet
*For a signalized driveway on a major or secondary arterial street as defined in the General Plan
Circulation Element that provides safe passage for pedestrians crossing the driveway, a minimum
distance of 10 feet between curb cuts on the same property is permitted, subject to approval of the
Communitv Development Director and Citv Enaineer."
SECTION 6: Electronic Signatures. This Ordinance may be executed with electronic
signatures in accordance with Government Code § 16.5. Such electronic signatures will
be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.
SECTION 7: Construction. This Ordinance must be broadly construed to achieve the
purposes stated in this Ordinance. It is the City Council's intent that the provisions of this
Ordinance be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a manner that
facilitates the purposes set forth in this Ordinance.
SECTION 8: Severability. If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid
by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not
affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the
provisions of this Ordinance are severable.
Page 5
Page 413 of 441
SECTION 9: Recordation. The City Clerk, or designee, is directed to certify the passage
and adoption of this Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book
of original ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this
meeting; and, within 15 days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it
to be published or posted in accordance with California law.
SECTION 10: Effective Date. This Ordinance will become effective 30 days following its
passage and adoption.
PASSED AND ADOPTED this day of , 2024.
Drew Boyles, Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney
/_TAaIam I
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO )
I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that
the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing
Ordinance No. was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting
held on the day of 2024, and was duly passed and adopted by said City
Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a
regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2024, and the same
was so passed and adopted by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT-
ABSTAIN -
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
Page 414 of 441
MINUTES OF THE
EL SEGUNDO PLANNING COMMISSION
Regularly Scheduled Meeting
March 14, 2024
A. Call to Order
Chair Keldorf called the meeting to order at 5:31 p.m.
B. Pledge of Allegiance
Chair Keldorf led the pledge.
C. Roll Call
Present: Chair Keldorf
Present: Vice Chair Hoeschler
Present: Commissioner Newman
Present: Commissioner Maggay
Present: Commissioner Inga
Also present: Michael Allen, AICP, Community Development Director
Also present: Eduardo Schonborn, AICP, Planning Manager
Also present: Joaquin Vazquez, City Attorney
Also present: Paul Samaras, AICP, Principal Planner
Also present: Jazmin Farias, Planning Technician
D. Public Communications
None.
E. Written Communications (other than what is included in Agenda packets)
None.
F. Consent Calendar
1. Approval of Planning Commission Meeting Minutes:
• February 22, 2024
MOTION: Approve the minutes.
Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga.
Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote:
1
Page 415 of 441
Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga.
G. Continued Business —Public Hearing
2. El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan ("ESSCSP") Amendment and
Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 (Environmental Assessment No. EA-
1348, Specific Plan Amendment No. SPA 23-01, and Subdivision No. SUB
23-02 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236). (JF)
Planning Technician Jazmin Farias presented the staff report regarding the
proposed Project to amends the ESSCSP by modifying the development
standards regarding permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking
requirements within Phase 1 (Raytheon Campus) area. The Project also includes
subdividing two existing contiguous lots to allow a 7-lot tract map subdivision. She
specified that the site is currently developed with a commercial retail center (a.k.a.
Chargers Commons) and no new development is proposed as part of this
Project/request. Applicant was present to answer any questions.
• Vice Chair Hoeschler inquired if "100% off -site parking" means that the
lots have no physical parking on -site, but they will use the adjacent
surface parking lots that are being provided via lots 2 and 3. Jazmin
advised that this is correct and through the recordation of CC&R's it will
be ensured that the surface parking lots (lot 2 and 3) will continue to
serve the existing commercial center.
• Commissioner Maggay inquired why the lot which host the medical office
was excluded from the project and wants to ensure there is enough
parking on -site for all uses. Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn
advised that the medical office building still functions as part of "Phase
1"; however, since it is currently a separate parcel and no changes are
being proposed, it is not included in the tentative tract map. He added
that the adjacent parking lots (lot 2 and 3) will continue to serve the
existing commercial center which includes the medical office. Phase 1
has enough parking on -site for the existing commercial center as this
was approved prior to its development; this application will not tamper
with required parking count on -site.
• Chair Keldorf inquired if the proposed application interfered with existing
Development Agreements for the site. Staff advised that the proposed
amendments do not affect any existing Development Agreements on
file.
Chair Keldorf opened public communications.
• Commissioner Maggay inquired why the subdivision was proposed.
Applicant Lionel Uhry advised that it is a financial benefit to have the
option to sell each lot.
2
Page 416 of 441
Chair Keldorf closed public communications.
MOTION: Adopt Resolution No. 2948, approving a subdivision to create seven
land parcels for an existing commercial retail center (Chargers Commons
Commercial Center) and adopt Resolution No. 2947, recommending City Council
approve an amendment to the ESSCSP modifying permitted uses, setback
requirements, and parking requirements.
Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga.
Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote:
Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga.
H. New Public Hearings
3. An Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in the El
Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) Title 15. (Environmental Assessment No.
EA-1358 and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 24-01) (PS)
Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn provided a brief introduction of the
proposed project. Specifically, he stated that the ZTA request is a result of the
"Beach Cities" project that was considered by the Commission in September 2023.
The project included an adjustment that was denied by the Commission, but
included direction that the applicant work with staff to submit a ZTA; and before
them is the ZTA proposal.
Principal Planner Paul Samaras presented the staff report regarding the proposed
amendments to ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) (Driveway and Curb Cuts) to reduce
the required minimum distance between driveway curb cuts on the same property
from 24 feet to 10 feet, but only for driveways that are signalized and located along
a major or secondary arterial street (as identified in the City's General Plan
Circulation Element), subject to approval by the Community Development Director
and City Engineer. Applicant was present to answer any questions.
Vice Chair Hoeschler inquired if the site has a traffic signal in place.
Paul stated that traffic signal is part of the development of the property,
and it will not interfere with existing traffic signals nearby.
Commissioner Newman inquired why a minimum 10-foot distance
between driveway curb cuts is being proposed. Paul advised that a
minimum 10-foot distance is being proposed to better serve pedestrian
safety/access.
Chair Keldorf opened public communications.
• Applicant Alex Rose, advised that the ZTA proposal is a replication of
signalized intersection for an existing site at the other end of
Rosecrans Avenue. The existing site which has this similar curb cut
Page 417 of 441
distance was constructed in 1988 prior to the minimum 24-foot code
provision which came into effect after that development. He added
that, a minimum 10-foot distance between curb cuts is being proposed
to facilitate landscape design and to provide pedestrian refuge.
Chair Keldorf closed public communications.
MOTION: Adopt Resolution No. 2949, recommending City Council approve an
amendment to the ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) driveway and curb cut standards.
Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga.
Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote:
Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga.
I. New Business
None.
J. Report from Community Development Director or designee
Community Development Director stated that the welcome sign project was
approved and awarded a contract; no timing has been provided for the start time.
Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn reminded the Commissioners of
forthcoming Planning Commission meetings to ensure we have quorum as they will
touch on important topics.
K. Report from City Attorney's Office
None.
L. Planning Commissioners' Comments
Commissioner Inga shared that he attended training for Planning Commissioners,
and he really enjoyed it and learned a lot.
M. Adjournment —the meeting adjourned at 6:11 p.m.
The next meeting is scheduled for March 28, 2024 at 5:30 pm.
//I (Vt
Michael Allen, Community Development Director
Michellel,Keldorf, Planning Commission Chair
M
Page 418 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F 1 F �' t 1) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Staff Presentations
Item Number: D.19
TITLE:
Results of 2024 Resident and Business Survey Regarding Satisfaction with City
Services
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Receive and file the results of the 2024 resident and business survey.
2. Alternatively, discuss other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
Included in the adopted FY24 Budget. The City utilizes a cloud -based software service
"Qualtrics" to conduct the surveys and data analysis, as well as other City surveys
throughout the year, for an annual fee of $20,789.
Amount Budgeted: $22,000
Additional Appropriation: None.
Account Number: 001-400-2102-6206
BACKGROUND:
In accordance with the first goal of the City's Strategic Plan, "Enhance Customer
Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communications," City Council directed staff to
conduct resident and business satisfaction surveys using the Net Promoter Score (NPS)
methodology. This is the seventh NPS survey. The goal of this annual survey is to
measure the City's customer service performance, identify areas of success and areas
that need improvement, and take the necessary actions to improve.
Net Promoter Question
To calculate the City's NPS, survey respondents are asked the following NPS question.
In addition, several questions were asked regarding various attributes of City services.
Page 419 of 441
2024 Net Promoter Survey Results
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 6
Resident Survey NPS Question
On a scale of 0 to 10, where 10 is very likely, 5 is neutral and 0 is very unlikely, based
on your personal experiences, how likely would you recommend the City of El Segundo
to a friend or family member considering moving to the area?
Business Survey NPS Question
On a scale of 0 to 10, where 10 is very likely, 5 is neutral and 0 is very unlikely, based
on your company's experience, how likely would you recommend the City of El Segundo
to a business associate or colleague?
Respondents are grouped as follows:
Promoters (score 9-10) are loyal enthusiasts who will keep engaging and refer
to others, fueling possible growth.
• Passives (score 7-8) are satisfied but unenthusiastic customers who are
vulnerable to alternative offerings.
• Detractors (score 0- 6) are unhappy customers who can damage the City's
reputation and impede growth through negative word-of-mouth.
Subtracting the percentage of detractors from the percentage of promoters yields the
"Net Promoter Score", which can range from a low of -100 (if every customer is a
detractor) to a high of 100 (if every customer is a promoter).
Attributes Rankings
In addition to the Net Promoter question, respondents were asked to rate how satisfied
they were with various attributes of City services. These questions were asked to solicit
resident perceptions on particular areas of City operations, including: police, fire,
recreation & parks, public library services, City infrastructure, utility billing, and City
Council. Respondents were asked to rank, on a five -point scale, their level of
satisfaction as follows: Very Dissatisfied (1), Dissatisfied (2), Neutral (3), Satisfied (4) or
Very Satisfied (5).
Business respondents were asked to rate their satisfaction with the City on the following
attributes:
• Responsiveness, knowledge and competency of working with the Community
Development Department for plan checks, permits, or inspection services
• City zoning policies
• Business development and attraction policies
Page 420 of 441
2024 Net Promoter Survey Results
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 6
• Availability and responsiveness of Police Department services
• Responsiveness, knowledge and competency of Fire Department & Field
Inspection services
• Business license renewal process
Residents were asked to rate their satisfaction with the City on the following attributes:
• Maintenance and upkeep of recreation and park facilities
• Quality of recreation and parks programs offered
• Resources and services provided by the Public Library
• Responsiveness, knowledge and competency of fire & paramedic services
• Availability and responsiveness of Police Department services
• Condition of City infrastructure: streets, sidewalks and public facilities
• Water and sewer billing department customer service
• Responsiveness and overall vision of City Council
The Likert scale methodology was utilized to analyze the results:
• A mean score of 4.2 or greater = "very satisfied"
• A mean score of 3.41-4.2 = "satisfied"
• A mean score of 2.61-3.4 = "neutral"
• A mean score of 1.81-2.6 = "dissatisfied"
• A mean score under 1.8 = "very dissatisfied"
Overall City Improvement Ranking
Lastly, respondents were asked to rate, on a five -point scale, how the City has improved
over the last year. The Likert scale methodology was also utilized to analyze the
results.
DISCUSSION:
A total of 7,792 surveys were sent to residents and businesses. The total response rate
for both surveys was 17.9% (1,402), a 3.9% increase in responses from the 2023
survey. Online surveys were sent via email to 4,330 business contacts and 2,380
residents. In addition to online surveys, traditional paper surveys were sent via the U.S.
postal service to 985 residents for whom email addresses were not available. Also, for
the first time, 97 paper surveys were delivered to the residents at Park Vista
Apartments, which is owned by the City of El Segundo.
Page 421 of 441
2024 Net Promoter Survey Results
April 16, 2024
Page 4 of 6
Resident Survey Results and Key Findings
3,462 surveys were sent to residents and 861 responses were received for a response
rate of 24.8%, which is a 4.3% increase from the 20.5% response rate (611 responses)
in 2023. 86% of all respondents are either "Promoters" (60%) or "Passives" (26%), while
14% are "Detractors." When comparing the results of the 2023 survey with this year's
results, the NPS decreased by three points from 49 to 46.
The primary concerns among detractors were:
• Issues related to odor/air quality (predominantly Hyperion, some mention of
Chevron and LAX)
• Police presence (more e-bike and traffic enforcement, crime prevention, reducing
homelessness)
• Issues related to the loss of the city's "small town" environment (rapid growth)
• Housing and cost of living increases
• Parking issues
Attribute Ranking Results
The attribute rankings described above were analyzed based on the mean score for
each response. The following areas are viewed as strengths falling in the range of "very
satisfied": (4.2 to 5):
Responsiveness, knowledge, and competency of fire & paramedic services
(4.46)
Availability & responsiveness of the Police Department (4.25)
The following were identified as areas of modest concern due to mean scores in the
"satisfied range" (3.41 to 4.2):
• Maintenance and upkeep of recreation and parks facilities (4.16)
• Resources and services provided by the Public Library (4.15)
• Quality of recreation and parks programs offered (4.08)
• Condition of City Infrastructure: streets, sidewalks and public facilities (3.86)
• Water and sewer billing department customer service (3.85)
• Responsiveness and overall vision of City Council (3.47)
Overall City Improvement
The final question asked respondents to rank overall City improvement over the last
year. The results showed that on average, residents are neutral on this topic, giving a
Page 422 of 441
2024 Net Promoter Survey Results
April 16, 2024
Page 5 of 6
mean score of 3.20 on the five -point Likert scale, which is a "neutral" ranking. A neutral
ranking is viewed as an area of improvement because these residents are at risk of
moving to the dissatisfied range if perceptions are not improved.
Business Survey Results and Key Findings
4,330 surveys were sent to businesses and 541 responses were received for a
response rate of 12%, which is a 3% increase from the 9% response rate (365
responses) in 2023. A total of 86% of all respondents are either "Promoters" (65%) or
"Passives" (21 %), while 13% are "Detractors". When comparing the results of the 2023
survey with this year's results, the NPS decreased by three points from 55 to 52.
The primary concerns among detractors were:
• Business License Fee increases and loss of business tax credit
• Police presence (concerns about crime and homelessness in the area)
• Parking and speeding issues
• Issues related to supporting small businesses
• Issues with the permitting process
The attribute rankings described above were analyzed based on the mean score for
each response. The following areas are viewed as strengths falling in the range of "very
satisfied":(4.2 to 5):
• Business license renewal process (4.33)
The following were identified as areas of modest concern due to mean scores in the
"satisfied range" (3.41 to 4.2):
• Responsiveness, knowledge, and competency of Fire Department & Field
Inspection services (4.15)
• Availability and responsiveness of Police Department services (4.14)
• Responsiveness, knowledge, and competency of working with the Community
Development Department for plan checks, permits, or inspection services (3.98)
• Business development and attraction policies (3.87)
• City zoning policies (3.79)
Overall City Improvement
The final question asked business respondents to rank overall City improvement over
the last year. The results showed that, on average, business respondents feel that the
City has made some improvement over the last year, giving a mean score of 3.56 on
Page 423 of 441
2024 Net Promoter Survey Results
April 16, 2024
Page 6 of 6
the five -point Likert scale.
Next Steps
Staff will reach out to respondents who provided feedback on areas of concern to better
understand and, if possible, resolve the issue.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 1: Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communication
Objective 1A: El Segundo provides unparalleled service to all customers.
Objective 1 B: El Segundo's engagement with the community ensures excellence.
Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability
Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and
the community.
PREPARED BY:
Diane Chaaban, Communications Manager
REVIEWED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
None
Page 424 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
F I, F, G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
Agenda Heading: Staff Presentations
Item Number: D.20
TITLE:
Ordinance Adopting the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code with Certain Appendices
and Amendments and Resolution Making Supporting Findings
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Read by title only, waive further reading, and introduce the proposed Ordinance.
2. Set a public hearing and second reading of the Ordinance for May 7, 2024 or as
soon thereafter feasible.
3. Adopt a resolution making certain findings to support local amendments to the
2022 Edition of California Fire Code.
4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The proposed actions would have no significant fiscal impact.
BACKGROUND:
Government Code § 50022.9 authorizes the City to adopt, by reference, codes from
another governmental entity as the City's own. The California Building Standards Codes
(the "California Building Codes"), set forth in California Code of Regulations Title 24,
constitute statewide codes and regulations for building construction and fire safety and
are published every three years by order of the California Legislature.
The 2022 California Building Codes are based upon the International Code Council's
2021 International Building Code, were published on July 1, 2022, and became effective
on January 1, 2023.
California Health & Safety Code §§ 17958.5 and 18941.5 authorize cities and counties
to modify the California Building Code by adopting more restrictive standards and
Page 425 of 441
Ordinance Adopting the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 3
modifications if such standards and modifications are accompanied by express findings
that they are reasonably necessary because of local climatic, geological or
topographical conditions.
DISCUSSION:
On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1641 to adopt the
2022 edition of the California Building Code, including Part 9 of Title 24 of the California
Building Codes (the "Fire Code"), with certain appendices and amendments, as justified
via Resolution No. 5373.
The City Council seeks to enforce additional appendices of the Fire Code to maximize
its regulatory capacity and ensure public health, safety, and welfare. A local agency's
adopting ordinance must identify specific California Building Codes appendices to adopt
and enforce them. Accordingly, the proposed Ordinance would authorize the City to
enforce Fire Code Appendices B, C, O, BB, and CC and Sections 503, 510.3, 808.5 and
1103.2, which concern issues such as fire -flow for buildings, fire access roads, and
emergency responder communications in existing buildings.
Government Code § 50022.3 requires the City Council to conduct a public hearing
before a second reading of ordinances that adopt the codes by reference. Staff
recommends that the City Council set a public hearing for the second reading of the
Ordinance for its May 4, 2024 regular meeting or as soon thereafter feasible. Staff also
recommends that the City Council adopt the proposed Resolution to establish findings
that support the adoption of the Fire Code and its appendices and sections by
reference.
The proposed actions are exempt from further review under the California
Environmental Quality Act (California Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq.,
"CEQA") and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 California Code of
Regulations §§ 15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines") because they consist only of
minor revisions and clarifications to an existing code of construction -related regulations
and specification of related procedures. These will not have the effect of deleting or
substantially changing any regulatory standards or findings. Accordingly, the Ordinance
(by itself) does not have the potential to cause significant effects on the environment.
This Ordinance is also an action being taken for enhanced protection of the
environment and is exempt from further review under CEQA Guidelines § 15308.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 2: Support Community Safety and Preparedness
Objective 2A: El Segundo is a safe and prepared community.
Page 426 of 441
Ordinance Adopting the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code
April 16, 2024
Page 3 of 3
Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability
Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and
the community.
Objective 513: El Segundo approaches its work in a financially strategic and responsible
way.
PREPARED BY:
Vanessa Arias, Senior Management Analyst
REVIEWED BY:
George Avery, Fire Chief
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
1. ES - Ordinance Consolidated Title 24 Fire Code 2024
2. Fire Code Readoption Findings Resolution 2024
Page 427 of 441
ORDINANCE NO.
AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE 2022 EDITION OF PART 9 OF TITLE
24 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (FIRE CODE) WITH
CERTAIN ADDITIONAL APPENDICES AND AMENDMENTS.
The City Council of the city of El Segundo does ordain as follows:
SECTION 1. Findings.
A. Government Code § 50022.9 authorizes the City of El Segundo (the "City") to
adopt, by reference, codes from another governmental entity as the City's own.
B. The California Building Standards Codes (the "California Building Codes"), set
forth in California Code of Regulations Title 24, constitute statewide codes and
regulations for building construction and fire safety and are published every three
years by order of the California Legislature.
C. The 2022 California Building Codes are based upon the International Code
Council's 2021 International Building Code; and
D. The 2022 California Building Codes were published on July 1, 2022 and became
effective on January 1, 2023.
E. California Health & Safety Code §§ 17958.5 and 18941.5 authorize cities and
counties to modify the California Building Code by adopting more restrictive
standards and modifications if such standards and modifications are accompanied
by express findings that they are reasonably necessary because of local climatic,
geological or topographical conditions.
F. On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1641 to adopt
the 2022 edition of the California Building Code, including Part 9 of Title 24 of the
California Building Codes (the "Fire Code"), with certain appendices and
amendments, as justified via Resolution No. 5373.
G. The City Council seeks to enforce additional appendices and sections of the Fire
Code to maximize its regulatory capacity and ensure public health, safety, and
welfare. A local agency's adopting ordinance must identify specific California
Building Codes appendices and sections to adopt and enforce them.
SECTION 2. Sections 13-9-1 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the El Segundo Municipal Code
("ESMC") is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
"13-9-1: ADOPTION OF CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE, 2022 EDITION.
Page 428 of 441
Pursuant to California Government Code sections 50022.1 to 50022.8, the
California Fire Code ("CFC"), 2022 Edition, published as Title 24, Part 9, of the
California Code of Regulations, including Appendices B, C, O, BB, and CC, and
Sections 503, 510.3, 808.5, and 1103.2, is adopted by reference, subject to the
amendments, additions and deletions set forth below. One true copy of the CFC is
on file in the office of the Building Official and is available for public inspection as
required by law."
SECTION 3. Section 511.6.1 of Section 13-9-2 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the ESMC is
amended as follows:
511.6.1 General. An on -site standby power system conforming to the City of El
Segundo Electrical Code must be provided. In the event of failure of the normal
power source, the standby power system must provide an alternate source of
electrical power to serve at least the designated loads as set forth in Section
2 511.6.2 at full power. The system may consist of an on -site generator or a
system of batteries, or both. The installation must be in accordance with this code,
nationally recognized standards, and any policies of the fire code official
SECTION 4. Section 13-9-2 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the ESMC is amended to add the
following section 503 which will be appropriately numerically ordered therein and read as
follows:
Section 503 Fire Apparatus Access Roads
503.1 Where required. Fire apparatus access roads shall be provided and
maintained in accordance with Sections 503.1.1 through 503.1.3.
503.1.1. Buildings and facilities. Approved fire apparatus access roads shall
be provided for every facility, building or portion of a building hereafter
constructed or moved into or within the jurisdiction. The fire apparatus access
road shall comply with the requirements of this section and shall extend to
within 150 feet (45270 mm) of all portions of the facility and all portions of the
exterior walls of the first story of a building as measured by an approved route
around the exterior of the building or facility.
Exceptions:
1. The fire code official is authorized to increase the dimension of 150 feet
(45720 mm) where any of the following conditions occur:
1.1. The building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.1.1, 903.3
or 903.1.3.
1.2. Fire apparatus access roads cannot be installed because of location
on property, topography, waterways, nonnegotiable grades or other
similar conditions, and an approved alternative means of fire
N
Page 429 of 441
protection is provided.
1.3. There are not more than two Group R-3 or Group U occupancies.
2. Where approved by the fire code official, fire apparatus access roads shall
be permitted to be exempted or modified for solar photovoltaic power
generation facilities.
503.1.2. Additional access. The fire code official is authorized to require more
than one fire apparatus access road based on the potential for impairment of a
single road by vehicle congestion, condition of terrain, climatic conditions or
other factors that could limit access.
503.1.3. High -piled storage. Fire department vehicle access to buildings used
for high -piled combustible storage shall comply with the applicable provisions
of Chapter 32.
503.2 Specifications. Fire apparatus access roads shall be installed and arranged
in accordance with Sections 503.2.1 through 503.2.8. Per California Code of
Regulations, Title 19, Division 1, §3.05(a) Fire Department Access and Egress,
required access roads form every building to a public street shall be all-weather
hard -surfaced (suitable for use by fire apparatus) right-of-way not less than 20 feet
in width. Such right-of-way shall be unobstructed and maintained only as access
to the public street.
Exception: The enforcing agency may waive or modify this requirement if in his
opinion such all-weather hard -surfaced condition is not necessary in the interest
of public safety and welfare.
503.2.1. Dimensions. Fire apparatus roads shall have an unobstructed width
of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm), exclusive of shoulders, except for approved
security gates in accordance with Section 503.6, and an unobstructed vertical
clearance of not less than 13 feet 6 inches (4115 mm).
503.2.2 Authority. The fire code official shall have the authority to require or
permit modifications to the required access widths where they are inadequate
for fire or rescue operations or where necessary to meet the public safety
objectives of the jurisdiction.
503.2.3 Surface. Fire apparatus roads shall be designed and maintained to
support the imposed loads of fire apparatus and shall be surfaced so as to
provide all-weather driving capabilities.
503.2.4 Turning radius. The required turning radius of a fire apparatus access
road shall be determined by the fire code official.
503.2.5 Dead ends. Dead-end fire apparatus access roads in excess of 150
feet (45720 mm) in length shall be provided with an approved area for turning
around fire apparatus.
3
Page 430 of 441
503.2.6 Bridges and elevated surfaces. Where a bridge or an elevated
surface is part of a fire apparatus access road, the bridge shall be constructed
and maintained in accordance with AASHTO HB-17. Bridges and elevated
surfaces shall be designed for a live load sufficient to carry the imposed loads
of fire apparatus. Vehicle load limits shall be posted at both entrances to
bridges where required by the fire code official. Where elevated surfaces
designed for emergency vehicle use are adjacent to surfaces that are not
designed or such use, approved barriers, approved signs or both shall be
installed and maintained where required by the fire code official.
503.2.7 Grade. The grade of the fire apparatus access road shall be within the
limits established by the fire code official based on the fire department's
apparatus.
503.2.8 Angles of approach and departure. The angles of approach and
departure for fire apparatus access roads shall be within the limits established
by the fire code official based on the fire department's apparatus.
503.3 Marking. Where required by the fire code official, approved signs or other
approved notices or markings that include the words "NO PARKING —FIRE LANE"
shall be provided for fire apparatus access roads to identify such roads or prohibit
the obstruction thereof. The means by which fire lanes are designated shall be
maintained in a clean and legible condition at all times and be replaced or repaired
when necessary to provide adequate visibility.
503.4 Obstruction of fire apparatus access roads. Fire apparatus access roads
shall not be obstructed in any manner, including eh parking of vehicles. The
minimum widths and clearances established in Sections 503.2.1 and 503.2.2 shall
be maintained at all times.
503.4.1 Traffic calming devices. Traffic calming devices shall be prohibited
unless approved by the fire code official.
503.5 Required gates or barricades. The fire code official is authorized to require
the installation and maintenance of gates or other approved barricades across fire
apparatus access roads, trails or other accessways, not including public streets,
alleys or highways. Electric gate operators, where provided, shall be listed in
accordance with UL 325. Gates intended for automatic operation shall be
designed, constructed and installed to comply with the requirements of ASTM
F2200.
503.5.1 Secured gates and barricades. Where required, gates and
barricades shall be secured in an approved manner. Roads, trails and other
accessways that have been closed and obstructed in the manner prescribed in
Section 503.5 shall not be trespassed on or used unless authorized by the
E
Page 431 of 441
owner and the fire code official.
Exception: The restriction on use shall not apply to public officers acting within
the scope of duty.
503.5.2 Fence and gates. School grounds may be fenced and gates therein
may be equipped with locks, provided that safe dispersal areas based on 3
square feet (0.28 m2) per occupant are located between the school and the
fence. Such required safe dispersal areas shall not be located less than 50 feet
(15240 mm) from school buildings. Every public and private school shall
conform with Section 32020 of the Education Code.
503.6 Security gates. The installation of security gates across a fire apparatus
access road shall be approved by the fire code official. Where security gates are
installed, they shall have an approved means of emergency operation. The
security gates and the emergency operation shall be maintained operational at all
times. Electric gate operators, where provided, shall be listed in accordance with
ULA 325. Gates intended for automatic operation shall be designed, constructed
and installed to comply with the requirements of ASTM F2200.
SECTION 5. Section 13-9-2 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the ESMC is amended to add the
following section 503 which will be appropriately numerically ordered therein and read as
follows:
Section 510.3 Permit Required. A construction permit for the installation of or
modification to in -building, two-way emergency responder communication
coverage systems and related equipment is required as specified in Section
105.6.4. Maintenance performed in accordance with this code is not considered a
modification and does not require a permit.
SECTION 6. Section 13-9-2 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the ESMC is amended to add the
following section 808.5 which will be appropriately numerically ordered therein and read
as follows:
Section 808.5. Play Structures Added to Existing Buildings. Where play
structures that exceed 10 feet (3048 mm) in height or 150 square feet (14 m2) in
area are added inside an existing building, they shall comply with Section 424 of
the California Building Code.
SECTION 7. Section 13-9-2 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the ESMC is amended to add the
following section 1103.2 which will be appropriately numerically ordered therein and read
as follows:
Section 1103.2. Emergency Responder Communication Coverage in Existing
Buildings. Existing buildings other than Group R-3, that do not have approved in -
building, two-way emergency response communication coverage for emergency
responders in the building based on existing coverage levels of public safety
5
Page 432 of 441
communication systems, shall be equipped with such coverage according to one
of the following:
Where an existing wired communication system cannot be repaired or is being
replaced, or where not approved in accordance with Section 510.1, Exception
1.
2. Within a time frame established by the adopting authority.
Exception: Where it is determined by the fire code official that the in -building, two-
way emergency responder communication coverage system is not needed.
SECTION 8. Consistency. Prior City ordinances in conflict with this Ordinance, in whole
or in part, are superseded and expressly repealed.
SECTION 9. Environmental Assessment. The City Council determines that this
Ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act
(California Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA") and the regulations
promulgated thereunder (14 California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq., the "CEQA
Guidelines") because it consists only of minor revisions and clarifications to an existing
code of construction -related regulations and specification of procedures related thereto
and will not have the effect of deleting or substantially changing any regulatory standards
or findings required therefor, and therefore does not have the potential to cause significant
effects on the environment. In addition, this Ordinance is an action being taken for
enhanced protection of the environment and is exempt from further review under CEQA
Guidelines § 15308. Also, there is no possibility that the Ordinance may have a significant
effect on the environment (14 Cal. Code Regs. § 15061(b)(3), and it will not result in a
direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment (14 Cal.
Code Regs. § 15060(c)(2)).
SECTION 10. Construction. This Ordinance must be broadly construed in order to
achieve the purposes stated in this Ordinance. It is the City Council's intent that the
provisions of this Ordinance be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a
manner that facilitates the purposes set forth in this Ordinance.
SECTION 11. Savings Clause. Repeal of any provision of the ESMC or any other
city ordinance herein will not affect any penalty, forfeiture, or liability incurred before, or
preclude prosecution and imposition of penalties for any violation occurring before, this
Ordinance's effective date. Any such repealed part will remain in full force and effect for
sustaining action or prosecuting violations occurring before the effective date of this
Ordinance.
SECTION 12. Severability. If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed
invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the city council intends that such invalidity will
not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end,
the provisions of this Ordinance are severable.
6
Page 433 of 441
SECTION 13. Publication. The City Clerk is directed to certify the passage and
adoption of this Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book of
original ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this
meeting; and, within fifteen 15 days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance,
cause it to be published or posted in accordance with California law.
SECTION 14. Effective Date. This Ordinance will become effective 30 days after
adoption.
SECTION 15. Filing with Building Standards Commission. The City Clerk must file a
certified copy of this Ordinance with the California Building Standards Commission.
PASSED AND ADOPTED this day of )2024.
Drew Boyles, Mayor
/_11aIan9
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO )
I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do certify that the whole
number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing Ordinance
No. was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting held on the day
of , 2024, and was duly passed and adopted by said City Council,
approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular
meeting of said Council held on the day of 2024, and the
same was so passed and adopted by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAIN:
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
I M61V x0 _ owome7 kAn
7
Page 434 of 441
Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney
Page 435 of 441
RESOLUTION NO.
A RESOLUTION MAKING EXPRESS FINDINGS AND
DETERMINATIONS SUPPORTING CITY MODIFICATIONS
TO THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
BECAUSE OF LOCAL CLIMATIC, GEOLOGICAL OR
TOPOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS.
The City Council of the city of El Segundo does resolve as follows
SECTION 1. Findings. The City Council finds and declares as follows:
A. Certain building standards and other related model codes are adopted by the State
of California in the California Building Standards Code and become applicable
unless amended by the City pursuant to Health and Safety Code § 17958.
B. The City of El Segundo ("City") may adopt model codes by reference pursuant to
Government Code § 50022.2 et seq.
C. Health and Safety Code § 17958.5 authorizes the City Council to make reasonably
necessary changes or modifications to the state -adopted building codes, including
the California Building Standards Code, based on certain local conditions.
D. Pursuant to Health and Safety Code § 17958.7, it was in the public interest to adopt
the California Building Standards Code with the proposed changes
E. Health and Safety Code Section 17958.7 requires the City Council to make express
findings of the necessity for modifications to the building standards contained in the
California Building Standards Code, 2022 Edition.
F. On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1641 to adopt the
2022 edition of the California Building Code, including Part 9 of Title 24 of the
California Building Codes (the "Fire Code"), with certain appendices and
amendments, as justified via Resolution No. 5373.
G. The City Council seeks to enforce additional appendices and sections of the Fire
Code to maximize its regulatory capacity and ensure public health, safety, and
welfare. A local agency's adopting ordinance must identify specific California
Building Codes appendices to adopt and enforce them.
H. The City Council seeks to adopt this Resolution, pursuant to Health and Safety Code
§ 17958.7, to make the requisite findings in support of the accompanying Ordinance.
SECTION 2. Legislative Findings. The City further finds and declares as follows:
A. Pursuant to the requirements of Health and Safety Code § 17958.7, the City Council
expressly finds that the amendments and modifications to building standards
Page 436 of 441
contained in the Fire Code are reasonably necessary due to the following local
climatic, geological or topographical conditions:
1. Climatic Conditions: The City is located in an area climatically classified as "semi-
arid" and prone to hot and dry Santa Ana winds of high velocity. Moreover, due to
the arid nature of the area, the weather during the windy period tends to be very
warm and dry. Furthermore, the City is a densely populated area having
buildings and structures constructed within a climate system capable of
producing major winds, fire and rain related disasters, including but not limited to
those caused by the Santa Ana winds and El Nino (or La Nina) subtropical -like
weather. Because of the described climatic conditions, the City and the
surrounding cities have historically suffered from occasional structural fires.
These have often been difficult to control due to the dry winds carrying sparks
and cinders to surrounding structures. These winds constitute a contributing
factor, which causes small fires originating in high -density development presently
being constructed in the City, which spread quickly and create the need for an
increased level of fire protection. This added protection, including, but not limited
to on -site protection, will supplement normal Fire Department response available
in new development, and provide immediate fire protection for life and safety of
multiple -occupancy occupants during fire occurrence.
2. Topographical Conditions: The City is a densely populated area having buildings
and structures constructed within relatively flat and hilly topography causing
structures close to develop heat island conditions due to urban development and
therefore needs to be incorporated into the code to assure that new buildings and
structures and additions or alterations to existing building or structures are
designed and constructed in accordance with the scope and objectives of the
California Codes. Traffic and circulation congested in urban areas often place
Fire Department response time to emergencies at risk. This condition makes the
need for enhanced on -site protection for property occupants necessary. The dry
weather conditions, combined with the relatively hilly topography of the City is
very hazardous to the surrounding highly populated areas regarding flame
spread is concerned. Because of the above -described topographic conditions,
the City and the surrounding cities have historically suffered from occasional
structural fires. These have often been difficult to control due to the dry winds
carrying sparks and cinders to surrounding structures.
3. Geological Conditions: The City is a densely populated area located in the
greater Los Angeles/Long Beach region having buildings constructed over and
near a vast array of fault systems capable of producing major earthquakes,
including but not limited to the 1994 Northridge Earthquake. During a major
earthquake, emergency resources would be extremely taxed, and the ability to
respond to such emergencies would be complicated. Local standards in excess
of statewide minimums will assist in reducing risks associated with earthquakes
and the consequent disruption of traffic flow. Due to the large number of tall
buildings in this region as well as the increased fire -life safety associated with
such a seismic failure, the proposed modification to have a higher minimum base
Page 437 of 441
seismic shear consistent with previous editions of the building codes need to be
incorporated into the code to assure that new buildings and additions or
alterations to existing buildings are designed and constructed in accordance with
the scope and objectives of the International Codes.
B. The City Council finds that the following table sets forth the 2022 California
Building Standards Code provisions constituting building standards that have
been modified pursuant to the accompanying adopting Ordinance, and the
associated local climatic, topographical, and/or geological conditions described in
Section 2(A) above:
2022 California Fire Code Section
added or amended:
Appendices B, C, O, BB, and CC
503 Added
510.3 Added
808.5 Added
Specific Finding — climatic,
topographical and/or
geological conditions
(Section 2(A)):
Administrative, Climatic,
Topographical, and
Geological
Climatic, Topographical
Climatic, Topographical
Climatic, Topographical
Climatic, Topographical
SECTION 3. Severability. If any part of this Resolution or its application is deemed
invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity
will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this
end, the provisions of this Resolution are severable.
SECTION 4. Signature Authority. The Mayor, or presiding officer, is hereby authorized
to affix his signature to this Resolution signifying its adoption by the City Council of the
City of El Segundo, and the City Clerk, or her duly appointed deputy, is directed to attest
thereto.
SECTION 5. Effective Date. This Resolution will take effect upon adoption and remain
effective unless repealed or superseded.
SECTION 6. City Clerk Direction, Transmittal to State. The City Clerk will certify to the
passage and adoption of this Resolution, enter it in the City's book of original Resolutions,
and make a record of this action in the meeting's minutes. The City Clerk is directed to
transmit a certified copy of this Resolution to the California Building Standards
Commission.
2024.
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED this day of ,
Page 438 of 441
Drew Boyles, Mayor
ATTEST:
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS
CITY OF EL SEGUNDO )
I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that
the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing
Resolution No. was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and
signed by the Mayor of said City, and attested to by the City Clerk of said City, all at a
regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2024, and the same was
so passed and adopted by the following vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
ABSTAIN:
Tracy Weaver, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney
Page 439 of 441
City Council Agenda Statement
Meeting Date: April 16, 2024
F 1, F �' t 1) 0Agenda Heading: Committees, Commissions and Boards
Presentations
Item Number: E.21
TITLE:
Aquatics Subcommittee Update
RECOMMENDATION:
1. Receive and file the Aquatics Subcommittee update.
2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.
FISCAL IMPACT:
None.
:Y_Tlg 201:16111011:3
The City Council has set a policy to review the activities of all Committees,
Commissions and Boards. The Aquatics Subcommittee has existed for many years but
did not meet consistently until 2023. The committee currently meets monthly to discuss
issues related to City aquatics programs and facilities.
DISCUSSION:
Aquatics Subcommittee member, Jeanette Gant, will make a presentation to the City
Council and will review accomplishments and current action items of the committee.
CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE:
Goal 1: Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communication
Objective 1A: El Segundo provides unparalleled service to all customers.
Objective 1 B: El Segundo's engagement with the community ensures excellence.
Page 440 of 441
Aquatics Subcommittee Update
April 16, 2024
Page 2 of 2
PREPARED BY:
Aly Mancini, Recreation, Parks and Library Director
REVIEWED BY:
Aly Mancini, Recreation, Parks and Library Director
APPROVED BY:
Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager
ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
None
Page 441 of 441